1
ACADEMICS
S.No.
1
TOPIC
DESCRIPTION OF TOPIC
BRAND EQUITY:
The uniqueness of Navodaya Vidyalayas has assured that they have been enjoying this
strong brand equity over a period of time due to the consistent and top performance in
CBSE. Navodaya Vidyalayas are well recognized as focal points of learning and all round
development. The currency of the Navodaya Brand, derived from the academic
performance, and success of the Alumni, has ensured that NAVODAYAS are one of the
foremost and successful institutions in the country. The shortcoming faced by many Govt.
Institutions, that they are almost unheard of, is no longer relevant in the context of
Navodayas. Brand equity is nothing but the association made by people when they hear
the name ‘Navodaya’ or ‘JNV’. Today the Navodaya Brand enjoys an unprecedented level
of acknowledgement from the society in the field of secondary and higher secondary
education. The teachers and students associated with the Navodaya Brand have been
successful in creating significant and noticeable changes in the quality of human lives in
the Indian Society. Thus the Navodaya Brand has become synonymous with exemplary
education and all round development. However, to ensure continued brand equity, we
need to move with the times and keep our skills updated with the modern innovations and
latest developments in the field of imparting modern quality education.
The Vision of the Navodaya Vidyalaya Samiti Headquarters, coupled with the efforts of
the Officers, Principals and Teachers has assumed proportions of a healthy coalition, thus
enabling Navodayas to continually churn out young and aspirant citizens possessing not
just the requisite knowledge to succeed in various spheres, but also to develop a
responsible, compassionate, dedicated and devoted attitude towards the society.
Navodaya citizens definitely will be the ones most suited to lead the country in future
since they are mentally alert, physically fit, psychologically balanced, emotionally mature
and spiritually sound. They will be multi tasking, creative, innovative and eco friendly who
are the most desirable attributes for the ‘Knowledge Society’ into which the world is
marching. The NVS headquarters is also on the verge of setting up institutes dedicated to
the learning of science, which will be another feather in the Navodaya Cap.
Steps to establish/Sustain Brand Equity:
1. Performance speaks – JNV must be much better than the rest in all areas.
2. Uphold values – Inculcate values through values embedded education.
3. Develop a tradition of excellence in all areas.
4. The top brands always are the best –be the best in your field
5. Pursue high ideals and standards
6. Team work and smart work always lead to better productivity.
7. Everyone with similar taste would try to emulate, thus be a pace setter.
8. Reaching the top is easier than staying there. Continue efforts with zeal and vigour
to stay at the top.
2
9. Consistent improvement and innovation at every step. In other words, aspire for
the best all the time
10. Common identity, however, with special individuality.
2
INSTITUTIONAL PLANNING:
Institutional Plan is a planned document prepared before the commencement of a new
academic session by every Vidyalaya to realize the goals of organization keeping in view
of objectives, felt needs, local resources available and likely to be available, constraints,
previous years’ feedback from the stake holders and priorities of JNVs. As it is a roadmap
to the institution all stakeholders such as teachers, parents, students, local community
members etc are to be involved in its preparation. It allows a comprehensive and long
term perspective based on a clear assessment and understanding of the JNV activities.
Areas like Academics, Administration, Developing Physical Facilities, Community
Linkage, Pace Setting Activities, Campus Beautification etc should find due place in it. It
can be used as a document for the decentralization of administration through formation of
various committees for ensuring participatory management. The process of framing the
institutional plan by the concerned committee at Vidyalaya level should be initiated well in
advance and kept ready for the implementation at least one week prior to the beginning of
the new academic session 2013-14. A copy of it should be placed in Vidyalaya library and
Principal’s table for day to day reference. Another copy of the same should be sent to the
Deputy Commissioner and concerned Asstt. Commissioner and Cluster I/C before 1 st of
April 2013. A good Institutional Plan properly implemented, no doubt, creates a
favourable setting in the school which in turn, ensures efficiency in operation, improved
instruction, better standards of achievement, a sense of joy and achievement among
stakeholders and a better image of the school.
3
SCHOOL ASSEMBLY:
Morning Assembly is the time when the entire school community assembles at an
appropriate place to affirm the school’s identity and aspirations. The school assembly is
the best forum to inspire and motivate students. It serves as a platform to develop self
confidence, acquiring knowledge and information, creativity and aesthetic sense among
students. We must ensure that monotony does not set in.
It is mandatory on the part of the Principals, Vice Principals, all the teachers and
students to attend the morning assembly on time. HMs/AHMs are to ensure the
participation of all their house students in the morning assembly activities by turn.
The vidyalaya prayer should be recited with dedication and emotion. Music teacher
should ensure proper pronunciation, rhythm and melody in prayer and community song.
Other activities are to be properly worded and modulated with variety. As for as possible
the content of the speech to be day’s specific and edited properly.MOD should invariably
address the morning assembly. It is to be conducted in all the three languages by turn.
The P.E.Ts, Music Teacher and Duty Master will ensure that all activities are performed
within the time limit and students leave the assembly to their respective classrooms in an
orderly manner. The school band may be used at the time of conduct of the prayer and
3
during the dispersal of the students.
ASSEMBLY ACTIVITIES
Sl.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ACTIVITIES
Roll call House wise/Class Wise
Navodaya Prayer
Meditation
Pledge
Thought for the Day
News Reading (International, National, Regional, Local &
Sports News to be incorporated)
Students Talk/Vocabulary Enrichment/Quiz/Book Review/
Recitation/Conversation
Community Song
Address by the MOD/Principal
National Anthem
TOTAL DURATION
TIME IN
MINUTES
2
3
1
1
1
3
3
3
2
1
20
Note: All the members concerned have to ensure that there is effectiveness in
planning, preparation and presentation of assembly activities to achieve its
intended and specified goals.
04
SCHOOL CALENDAR:
School calendar plans for more productive students and therefore greater learning.
Such a schedule sets the stage for teachers to communicate to students exactly what is
expected of them and allows the teacher to identify behaviors that must be directly
taught to one or more students, which, in turn, help them to develop greater student
autonomy, responsibility, and self-control. In this connection, the School calendar
is the most important document and hence the Vidyalayas have to prepare an
effective working calendar for the year 2013-14, well before the beginning of the
academic session by incorporating the areas such as Scholastic, Co-Scholastic,
along with important days / functions / activities etc.,
05
VIDYALAYA TIME TABLE AND ALLOTMENT OF PERIODS:
The following points are to be taken care while preparing the time table :1. The services of Art Teacher, SUPW Teacher, Music Teacher, Librarian, and
teachers of Language-III are to be taken for running supervised study periods in
the afternoon.
2.
The concerned subject teachers only are to be put on duty for remedial teaching.
3.
All staff members including PETs will be put on duty during supervised study as
per the requirement on rotation basis. The daily routine details of total no. of
periods to be given to the teachers & no. of periods to be allotted to each subject/
class wise is given as under:
4
Class XI&XII
Periods
Class X
Periods
Class IX
Periods
Class VI TO
VIII
Periods
SUBJECT WISE CLASS WISE ALLOTMENT OF PERIODS
(40 MINUTES DURATION)
ENG.
8
ENGLISH
7
ENGLISH
8
ENGLISH
7
HINDI.
8
HINDI/ R.L.
6
R.L./ HINDI
6
HINDI/MATHS
/I.P./C.S.
7
MATHS
5+1*
MATHS
7
MATHS
8
ELECTIVE-1
9
SCIENCE
5+1*
SCIENCE
9
SCIENCE
9
ELECTIVE-2
9
SOCIAL
5
SOCIAL
8
SOCIAL
9
ELECTIVE-3
9
LIBRARY
2
LIBRARY
2
LIBRARY
2
PHY.EDN.
1
COMPUTER
2
PHY.EDN.
1
PHY.EDN.
1
G.S./G.F.C
1
ART
2
COMPUTER
2
COMPUTER
2
COMPUTER
2
ART
1
ART
1
LIBRARY
2
MUSIC
1
MUSIC
1
SUPW
1
SUPW
1
WORK EXP.
1
SUPW
1
MUSIC
2
PHE
3RD /R.L
LANG.
1
5
3RD
LANG
3
*This period should be allotted for laboratory activities only
Note:
 Maximum of 36 periods per week may be allotted to each teacher depending upon
the availability of teachers in the concerned subjects. TGT (MATHS) will also
handle CLASS VIII PHYSICS portion.
 In respect of classes XI & XII, two periods per week are earmarked for practicals in
the concerned subjects like Physics, Chemistry etc.
 For classes, IX and X, the practicals/other lab. activities are to be conducted on
regular basis as per the given weightage in the subjects like Science and
Mathematics.
 For classes VI to VIII, at least one period per week should be earmarked for lab
activities in Mathematics and Science.
 Wherever IT subject is introduced as vocational subject in Class IX, two
, two periods of Comp. Sc and one period of Library are to be used for
teaching IT. This arrangement is made on experimental basis.

Each JNV will allot at least one period per week per class in school time table or in
daily routine programme for the conduct of Gender Sensitization Sessions.

AEP Trained teachers will handle the gender sensitization classes

Wherever, SUPW post lying vacant, this period can be allotted to Gender
sensitization. If not, one of the periods of creative subjects may be allotted for
5
gender sensitization in the time table.
06
REMEDIAL TEACHING:
Remedial teaching period is the time during which the identified low achievers in a
particular subject will be looked after by the teachers for corrective instructions so that
they can also achieve the mastery level in the subject. Low Achievers are those
students who are unable to cope up with the work normally expected of their age
groups. It is due to their limited cognitive capacity, poor memory, distraction and lack
of concentration, inability to express ideas and also lack of motivation.
At the beginning of the academic year the teacher should identify the students
whose performance is poor and their individual differences should be noted. Proper
diagnostic measures should be taken to identify the learning difficulties with
causes before any remedial measure. Remedial instruction should be arranged in a
systematic manner according to the nature of the pupil’s difficulties. Special steps
must be taken to improve their knowledge level and drill on practice is necessary for
every student.
The instructional content must be very carefully graded keeping in mind the
capacity, requirement, educational and experience levels of the students. In the
gradation of teaching materials, the principles of proceeding from easy to difficult and
simple to complex must be scrupulously followed. Remedial work should be given in
small doses and it should be so organized as to give a sense of achievement to the
student. The remedial programme for low achievers includes motivation, individual
attention, restoration and development of self confidence and special methods of
teaching. The teacher should adapt a friendly, helpful and sympathetic attitude
towards the student and always try to win their confidence.
REMEDIAL/SUPERVISION IN THE AFTERNOON
The following is the framework of remedial and supervisory study schedule in
JNVs having up to class-XII. It is decided to have remedial classes only for needy
students by allotting duties to the concerned subject teachers in the afternoon. Each
class will have remedial for one subject per day. Overall 07 teachers will be engaged
for seven classes (VI to XII), provided only one stream is available at the senior
secondary level in the JNV. If two streams are available, additional duties have to be
allotted accordingly. For non-remedial students, duties may be allotted as given below
for supervision.
REMEDIAL SCHEDULE
VI (A&B)
NO. OF TEACHERS FOR
REMEDIAL DUTIES PER DAY
01
VII (A&B)
01
VIII (A&B)
01
IX (A&B)
01
X (A&B)
01
CLASSES
NO. OF TEACHERS FOR
NON-REMEDIAL DUTIES PER DAY
01
01
01
6
XI
01
-
XII
01
-
EVENING SUPERVISED STUDY
Duties are to be allotted to teachers for evening supervised study by involving
all the teachers. Creative teachers are also to be involved for supervision both
for non-remedial afternoon supervision and evening supervision as well. It
should be ensured that every teacher gets almost the same work load by
combining afternoon and evening duties.
07
COVERAGE OF SYLLABUS & CONDUCT OF VARIOUS EXAMINATIONS:
1.
For Class-XII 100% syllabus has to be completed by 30th Nov’2013.
2.
For XI Class 100% syllabus has to be completed by 31st January 2014 and for other
classes First Term syllabus should be completed by 15 th September 2013 and
Second Term by 15th February 2014.
3.
The schedule for U.T. (XI & XII), formative assessment F.A-I, F.A.-II, F.A.-III and
F.A.-IV and Summative Assessment (S.A.-I, S.A.-II) are enclosed with this manual.
4.
Every JNV has to strictly follow the guidelines given by NVS, Hqrs & R.O. for
conducting various tests.
5.
Coverage of syllabus & conduct of various tests should be on the same dates in all
JNVs.
6.
The Vidyalaya has to send the result analysis of formative assessment from VI to X
directly to cluster I/C.
7.
The result analysis of Summative-I and Summative-II of classes VI, VII, VIII, IX and
S.A.-I of Class-X and Term-I (XI & XII), Term –II (XI only) is to be submitted to R.O.
within 48 hours of completion of examination.
8.
An explanation from the teachers is to be obtained by the Principal wherever the
subject average falls below the target fixed by the Hqrs. i.e. 75% for XI & XII & B 1
grade for VI to X.
9.
The Practicals in Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Geography & Computer Science, Bio
Technology etc. of Board Classes should be completed by the end of November
2013 and record work should also be completed by December 2013. Further
practicals in Science for classes IX & X should be conducted alongside the concepts
taught in theory classes.
10.
A complete record of various practicals conducted as per syllabus should be
maintained at Vidyalaya Level.
11.
Details of practicals to be conducted in different classes & subjects should be
displayed in concerned lab along with list of practicals completed and the same
needs to be maintained up to date.
12.
There should be co-relation between the marks allotted in internal examinations,
7
practicals and marks obtained by the students in external examinations. A large
deviation in the board results reveals the poor quality of evaluation at the Vidyalaya
level.
LABORATORY EQUIPMENTS (ANNEXURE-)
SPLITUP SYLLABUS FOR CLASSES VI TO XII (ANNEXURE-V)
08
ACADEMIC MONITORING AND SUPERVISION BY PRINCIPAL AND
VICE - PRINCIPAL:
Name of the Area
1. Teaching Periods
Vice Principal
12
2. Classes to handle
Preferably one of the classes
from IX to XII to be handled on
regular basis
3. Classroom
Observation
One period per day covering all
the teachers in the given month
4. Checking of Home
Work, Class work ,
Assignments and Project
Works
VI to X
5. Preparation of various
activities
Academic Calendar, Time-Table
,Institutional plan, Exams time
table
6. Maintenance of
records
Academic Records ,CCE Records
7. Monitoring
8. Meetings to be
conducted
9. Verification
10. Supervision
11. Time table and
arrangements
Principal
08
Preferably one of the
classes from IX to XII
to be handled on
regular basis
One period per day
covering all the
teachers in the given
month
XI and XII
Monitoring and
guidance
Monitoring and
guidance
All CCE activities of
All CCE activities of classes VI to X classes VI to X and
and Academic & CCA of XI and XII Academic & CCA of XI
and XII
Subject Committee
Subject Committee meetings,
meetings, Academic
Academic Performance Review
Performance Review
committee meetings, tests and
committee meetings,
exams
tests and exams
Timely submission of Academic
Monitoring and
Records, Question papers and
guidance
Results
Remedial and
Remedial and Supervisory study
Supervisory study
In charge
To monitor
8
12. Ensuring Attendance
13. Conduct of practicals
and maintaining records
Students and staff
Students and staff
To monitor
To monitor
Performance is to be
monitored
Note: The above mentioned duties are to be performed by the VicePrincipals in addition to the duties mentioned in Letter No:F.No.1-15/98NVS(Estt)
Dated
Dec.10,1998
and
F.No.5-4/2001/NVS(SA)
Dated:Oct,19,2001 and other letters issued from time to time.
14. Assembly Activities
09
Performance is to be monitored
PANEL INSPECTION:
The supervision and monitoring of the Vidyalaya activity is of utmost importance for
assessment, consolidation and further improvement of the Vidyalaya. The system of
the panel inspection of every JNV is aimed to achieve the same.
The panel inspection team should consist of one Assistant Commissioner, two JNV
Principals and one Educationist from local school/College, not below the rank of
Principal or Lecturer. The schedule of panel inspection will be informed by the Asst.
Commissioner, well in advance. A proforma for reporting by the panel inspection team
has already been provided to all JNVs. One to one meeting with the teachers by the
panel members is to be ensured and to be taken in a positive spirit. The Principal and
staff must complete all the preparations and update the records of various academic
and administrative activities for inspection. The inspection team, besides suggesting
for improvement in all the areas in their inspection report, should also bring the same
to the notice of the staff during the concluding meeting.
On receipt of the report, the action taken report by the Principal must be prepared and
submitted to the concerned Asst. Commissioner and Regional Office. Panel inspection
must be taken by the Principal and teachers as an opportunity for further improvement.
Follow up of the suggestions given by the panel inspection team is to be ensured by
the Vidyalaya within a given time schedule.
The Panel Inspection of all the JNVs is to be completed latest by 31st December 2013.
The schedule of the Panel Inspection for the concerned month is to be circulated to the
JNVs at the beginning of the month itself.
Every cluster incharge has to complete panel inspection of minimum five JNVs in every
month so that inspection of all JNVs may be completed on or before 31.12.13. Review
meetings are to be organised by Regional offices on monthly basis. Copy of the report
is to be handed over to the concerned officials for further necessary action.
10
BENCH MARK FIXED FOR PASS PERCENTAGE AND SUBJECT AVERAGE:
Class X
As regard to class X, the students are to get a minimum of 8 grade points in each
subject.
9
Class XII
The following pass percentages and subject averages for class XII Board Exam are
fixed as target for the session 2013-14
Pass percentage: 100%
SUBJECT-WISE AVERAGE
Subject
English Core
Hindi Core/Elective
Maths
Physics
Chemistry
Biology
Bio-Tech
Informatics Practices
Computer Science
History
Geography
Economics
Accountancy
Business Studies
Target Fixed for 2013-14 (%)
80
85
80
80
80
80
80
85
85
80
85
75
75
75
Classes VI to IX
In respect of classes VI to IX, apart from ensuring 100% pass, the subject average is
fixed as under.


For languages: 85%
For Maths, Science and Social Science - 80%
FOR CLASS XI:
Pass Percentage - 100%
SUBJECT-WISE AVERAGE
Subject
English Core
Target Fixed for 2013-14. (%)
70
10
Hindi Core/Elective
Maths
Physics
Chemistry
Biology
Bio-Tech
Informatics Practices
Computer Science
History
Geography
Economics
Accountancy
Business Studies
11
70
75
75
75
80
80
75
80
70
70
65
70
65
CONTINUOUS AND COMPREHENSIVE EVALUATION:

The central Board of Secondary Education introduced the scheme of Continuous
and Comprehensive Evaluation in its schools in a phased manner up to class X.
The detailed guidelines are given in the CBSE manuals for Teachers for classes VI
to VIII and IX & X for effective implementation.

In general, for the purpose of the CCE, an academic year has been divided into
two terms. The first term will be from 1st April’13 – 1st week of October’13 and the
second term from 2nd week of October’13 to 31st March’14.

The CCE in classes is intended to provide holistic profile of the learner through
evaluation of both Scholastic and Co-Scholastic areas spread over two terms in
a year.
Evaluation of Scholastic areas: Each term will have two Formative assessments
and one Summative Assessment for evaluation.
Clarification regarding implementation of School based assessment under
CCE – Formative Assessments
Specific Recommendations for Formative Assessment
Listed below are a few recommendations for Formative Assessment which can be
followed by schools. The purpose is to ensure use of multiple modules of assessment
so that the focus on written tests is reduced.
In order to fulfil the objectives of Formative Assessment and to enable students to
improve performance, teachers need to use a variety of assessment tools during the
course of their teaching. It is mandatory that the teachers must use different
assessment tools during the term for each Formative Assessment (FA) as
recommended by CBSE.
Formative Assessment can be carried through using multiple modes of
assessment such as assignments, quizzes, debates, group discussions, projects.
It may be clearly communicated to all teachers teaching various subjects that all
projects and assignments must be done as group activities within the class and
11
school time only. Each subject must have only one paper pen test under Formative
Assessment. The other modes of Assessment must be a part of classroom interactive
activities.
Clarification on Projects:
A team of subject teachers may formulate in-school inter-subjects, projects and rubrics
required to assess by incorporating inputs from different subjects. Schools are therefore
advise to assign ONE comprehensive group project (cross curricular project)
covering each of the four major subjects i.e. English/Hind, Maths, Science, Social
Sciences per term. Effective monitoring and objective assessment of inter disciplinary
group project must be ensured by the school. The weightage for the project will be for ten
marks. The same score of the student in the project after assessment by the group of
teachers will be reflected in English or Hindi, Maths, Science and Social Science. There
will be no project in Regional Language and English or Hindi (which is not taken in cross
curricular project).
FORMATIVE/SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
Term
wise
Percentage of weight
weight
age in an academic
Type of
Proposed Dates
age
session
assessment
FA1
FA2
SA1
FA3
FA4
SA2
VI to X
10%
10%
30%
10%
10%
30%
VI to X
29th to 31st July 2013
10th to 12th Sept 2013
th Sep’13 to 5th Oct’13
25
“‘132012
th
6 to 8th Jan 2014
24th to 26th Feb 2014
12th to 26th Mar 2014
50%
50%
In a view to have uniformity in formative assessments, certain weightages are
given to each and every category of assessment tools. Further the proposed
dates may be modified by the respective Regional Office considering their
vacation pattern.
EVALUATION OF SCHOLASTIC ASPECTS:
CLASSES VI TO VIII
ALL LANGUAGES -Formative Assessments 1 and 3
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
02 Oral and listening skills
03 Speeches (debate, oratory, recitation, ex tempo etc.)
Written Assignments(one task each from prose,
04 poetry and supplementary Reader as suggested in
the Text Book)
Total
Marks
50
10
10
10
Weightage
80 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
80
12
ENGLISH/HINDI -Formative Assessments 2 and 4
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
Cross Curricular Project (Comprehensive Group
02 Project covering each of 4 major subjects i.e.
English/Hindi, Maths, Science & Social Science)
03 Speeches (debate, oratory, recitation, ex tempo etc.)
Written Assignments(one task each from prose,
04 poetry and supplementary Reader as suggested in
the Text Book)
Total
Marks
Weightage
50
10
10
80 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
10
80
ENGLISH/HINDI and REGIONAL LANGUAGE- FORMATIVE ASSESSMENTS-2,4
( Applicable for the languages not covered under cross curricular project)
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
02 Oral and listening skills
Speeches (debate, oratory, recitation, ex tempo
03
etc.)
Written Assignments(one task each from prose,
04 poetry and supplementary Reader as suggested in
the Text Book)
Total
Marks
50
10
10
10
Weightage
80 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
80
MATHS: for Formative Assessments 1 and 3
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
02 Lab Activities
03 Problem Solving MCQ
Assignments(Unit wise tasks suggested in
04
the Text Book)
Total
Marks
50
10
10
10
Weightage
80 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
80
MATHS: for Formative Assessments 2 and 4
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
02 Lab Activities
Cross Curricular Project(Comprehensive Group
Project covering each of 4 major subjects i.e.
03
English/Hindi, Maths, Science & Social
Science)
Assignments(Unit wise tasks suggested in the
04
Text Book)
Marks
Weightage
50
10
10
80 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
10
13
Total
80
SCIENCE: for Formative Assessments 1 and 3
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
02 Activities
Assignments(Unit wise tasks suggested in
03
the Text Book)
04 Field Trip
Total
Marks
50
10
10
10
80
Weightage
80 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
SCIENCE: for Formative Assessments 2 and 4
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
02 Activities
Cross Curricular Project (Comprehensive
Group Project covering each of 4 major
03
subjects i.e. English/Hindi, Maths, Science &
Social Science)
04 Presentations including the use of IT
Total
Marks
50
10
10
Weightage
80 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
10
80
SOCIAL SCIENCE: for Formative Assessments 1 and 3
Sl.
No.
01
02
03
04
Tool of Assessment
Marks
Paper- Pen Test
Assignments(Unit wise tasks suggested in the
Text Book)
Comparison and Contrast
Model and charts /Open Book Test (alternative
to be taken in each FA)
Total
50
10
10
10
Weightage
80 marks
are
to be
reduced to
10
80
SOCIAL SCIENCE: for Formative Assessments 2 and 4
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
02 Assignments (Unit wise tasks suggested in the
Marks
Weightage
50
10
80 marks
are
14
Text Book)
Cross Curricular Project (Comprehensive
Group Project covering each of 4 major
subjects i.e. English/Hindi, Maths, Science &
Social Science)
Source Based Analysis/Secondary Sources
(alternative is to be taken in each FA)
Total
03
04
to be
reduced to
10
10
10
80
EVALUATION OF SCHOLASTIC ASPECTS FOR CLASS IX
ENGLISH/HINDI -Formative Assessments 1 and 3
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
Cross Curricular Project (Comprehensive Group
02 Project covering each of 4 major subjects i.e.
English/Hindi, Maths, Science & Social Science)
03 Speeches (debate, oratory, recitation, ex tempo etc.)
Written Assignments(one task each from prose,
04 poetry and supplementary Reader as suggested in
the FA Manual for teachers)
Total
Marks
Weightage
50
10
10
80 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
10
80
ENGLISH/HINDI AND REGIONAL LANGUAGE -Formative Assessments 1 and 3
(Applicable for English/Hindi where Cross Curricular Project is not applicable)
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
02 Oral and Listening
03 Speeches (debate, oratory, recitation, ex tempo etc.)
Written Assignments(one task each from prose,
04 poetry and supplementary Reader as suggested in
the FA Manual for teachers)
Total
Marks
50
10
10
10
Weightage
80 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
80
ALL LANGUAGES -Formative Assessment 2
Sl.
No.
01
02
03
04
Tool of Assessment
Marks
Weightage
Oral and Listening
Book Review
Speeches (debate, oratory, recitation, ex tempo etc.)
Written Assignments(one task each from prose,
10
10
10
10
40 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
15
poetry and supplementary Reader as suggested in
the FA Manual for teachers)
Total
40
ENGLISH/HINDI and REGIONAL LANGUAGE- FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT-4
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
Marks
Weightage
No.
40 marks are
Problem Solving Assessment/ FA2 modes
40 (where PSA
to be
NOT
01 of assessment as applicable in respect of
reduced
to
APPLICABLE)
languages not covered under PSA
10
Total
40
MATHS: for Formative Assessments 1 and 3
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
02 Lab Activities
Cross Curricular Project (Comprehensive
Group Project covering each of 4 major
03
subjects i.e. English/Hindi, Maths, Science &
Social Science)
Assignments(Unit wise tasks suggested in the
04
FA Manual for teachers)
Total
Marks
Weightage
50
10
10
80 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
10
80
MATHS: for Formative Assessment 2
Sl.
No.
01
02
03
04
Tool of Assessment
Assignments(Unit wise tasks suggested in the
FA Manual for teachers)
Lab Activities
Problem Solving MCQ
Data Handling and Analysis
Total
MATHS: for Formative Assessment 4
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Problem Solving Assessment by CBSE
SCIENCE: for Formative Assessments 1 and 3
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
Marks
Weightage
10
40 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
10
10
10
40
Marks
Weightage
-
10
Marks
Weightage
16
01
02
03
04
Paper- Pen Test
Experiments
Assignments(Unit wise tasks suggested in the
FA Manual for teachers)
Cross Curricular Project (Comprehensive
Group Project covering each of 4 major
subjects i.e. English/Hindi, Maths, Science &
Social Science)
Total
SCIENCE: for Formative Assessment 2
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Field Trip
02 Seminar/Quiz
03 Experiments
04 Problem Solving MCQ
Total
50
10
10
10
80 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
80
Marks
Weightage
10
10
10
10
40
40 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
SCIENCE: for Formative Assessment 4
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Problem Solving Assessment by CBSE
Marks
Weightage
-
10
SOCIAL SCIENCE: for Formative Assessments 1 and 3
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
Assignments(Unit wise tasks suggested in the
02
FA Manual for teachers)
Cross Curricular Project (Comprehensive
Group Project covering each of 4 major
03
subjects i.e. English/Hindi, Maths, Science &
Social Science)
Models and charts /Commentaries (alternative
04
is to be taken in each FA)
Total
Marks
Weightage
50
10
10
80 marks
are
to be
reduced to
10
10
80
SOCIAL SCIENCE : for Formative Assessment 2
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Open Book Test
Assignments (Unit wise tasks suggested in the
02
FA Manual for teachers)
Marks
Weightage
10
40 marks
are
to be
10
17
03
04
Comparison and Contrast
Source Based Analysis/Secondary Sources
Total
SOCIAL SCIENCE: for Formative Assessment 4
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Problem Solving Assessment by CBSE
10
10
40
reduced to
10
Marks
Weightage
-
10
EVALUATION OF SCHOLASTIC ASPECTSFOR CLASS X
ENGLISH/HINDI -Formative Assessments 1 and 3
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
Cross Curricular Project (Comprehensive Group
02 Project covering each of 4 major subjects i.e.
English/Hindi, Maths, Science & Social Science)
03 Speeches (debate, oratory, recitation, ex tempo etc.)
Written Assignments(one task each from prose,
04 poetry and supplementary Reader as suggested in
the FA Manual for teachers)
Total
Marks Weightage
50
10
10
10
80 marks
are
to be
reduced to
10
80
ENGLISH/HINDI and REGIONAL LANGUAGE-Formative Assessments 1 and 3
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
Marks Weightage
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
50
80 marks
02 Oral and Listening
10
are
03 Speeches (debate, oratory, recitation, ex tempo etc.)
10
to be
Written Assignments(one task each from prose,
reduced to
04 poetry and supplementary Reader as suggested in
10
10
the FA Manual for teachers)
Total
80
NOTE: above is applicable for Eng/Hindi and regional language where cross
curricular project is not applicable.
ALL LANGUAGES -Formative Assessment 2. In respect of language which is not
covered under class IX PSA (2012-13), applicable for FA 4 also.
18
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Oral and Listening
02 Book Review
03 Speeches (debate, oratory, recitation, ex tempo etc.)
Written Assignments(one task each from prose,
04 poetry and supplementary Reader as suggested in
the FA Manual for teachers)
Totals
MATHS: for Formative Assessments 1 and 3
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
02 Lab Activities
Cross Curricular Project (Comprehensive
Group Project covering each of 4 major
03
subjects i.e. English/Hindi, Maths, Science &
Social Science)
Assignments(Unit wise tasks suggested in the
04
FA Manual for Teachers)
Total
Marks Weightage
10
10
10
10
40 marks
are
to be
reduced to
10
40
Marks
Weightage
50
10
10
80 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
10
80
MATHS: for Formative Assessments 2
Sl.
No.
01
02
03
04
Tool of Assessment
Assignments(Unit wise tasks suggested in the
FA Manual for Teachers)
Lab Activities
Problem Solving MCQ
Data Handling and Analysis
Total
SCIENCE: for Formative Assessments 1 and 3
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
02 Experiments
Assignments(Unit wise tasks suggested in the
03
FA Manual for Teachers)
Cross Curricular Project (Comprehensive
Group Project covering each of 4 major
04
subjects i.e. English/Hindi, Maths, Science &
Social Science)
Marks
Weightage
10
40 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
10
10
10
40
Marks
Weightage
50
10
10
10
80 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
19
Total
80
SCIENCE: for Formative Assessments 2
Sl.
No.
01
02
03
04
Tool of Assessment
Field Trip
Seminar/Quiz
Experiments
Problem Solving MCQ
Total
Marks
Weightage
10
10
10
10
40
40 marks are
to be
reduced to
10
SOCIAL SCIENCE: for Formative Assessments 1 and 3
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
Marks
No.
01 Paper- Pen Test
50
Assignments(Unit wise tasks suggested in the
02
10
FA Manual for Teachers)
Cross Curricular Project (Comprehensive
Group Project covering each of 4 major
03
10
subjects i.e. English/Hindi, Maths, Science &
Social Science)
Models and charts /Commentaries (alternative
04
10
is to be taken in each FA)
Total
80
Weightage
80 marks
are
to be
reduced to
10
SOCIAL SCIENCE: for Formative Assessments
Sl.
Tool of Assessment
No.
01 Open Book Test
Assignments(Unit wise tasks suggested in the
02
FA Manual for Teachers)
03 Comparison and Contrast
04 Source Based Analysis/Secondary Sources
Total
Marks
Weightage
10
40 marks
are
to be
reduced to
10
10
10
10
40
1. Summative Assessment: The Summative assessment
is the terminal
assessment of performance at the end of instructions. Under the end term
Summative assessment, the students will be tested based on the following
criteria:a) Syllabus of Classes(VI-X) will be as per split up of syllabus given in the PAP/
curriculum
b) The Summative assessment will be in the
form of a paper-pen test being
conducted as per CBSE guide lines.
SUGGESTED WEIGHTAGE TO FORM QUESTIONS OF PAPER PEN TEST IN
RESPECT OF FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT :
20
Languages for Classes VI to X :
S.No
.1.No
2.
3.
4.
S.
No
1
2
3
4
Type of Question
Reading comprehension
Writing
Grammar
Textbook
TOTAL
Total Marks
10
10
10
20
50
MATHEMATICS FOR CLASSES VI TO X
Type of
Marks per
Total No. of
Total
Question
Question
Questions
Marks
MCQ
1
5
5
SA I
2
7
14
SA II
3
5
15
LA
4
4
16
TOTAL
21
50
SCIENCE FOR CLASSES VI TO X
S.
Type of
Marks per
Total No. of
No Question
Question
Questions
1 VSA
1
8
2 SA I
2
5
3 SA II
3
5
4 LA
5
2
5 MCQ
1
7
TOTAL
27
S.
No
1
2
3
4
Total
Marks
8
10
15
10
7
50
SOCIAL SCIENCE FOR CLASSES VI TO X:
Type of
Marks per Total No. of
Total
Question
Question
Questions
Marks
MCQ
1
10
10
SA
3
7
21
LA
4
4
16
Map
3
1
3
Questions
TOTAL
22
50
CO-SCHOLASTIC AREAS :
Classes VI to VIII and IX & X:
Co-Scholastic attainments 2(A, B, C & D) and 3 (A, B) will be evaluated on 5 point scale
as given in manuals. The process of assessment should be throughout the academic year
but the grading is to be done at the end of the academic year. Use of “Triangulation
Technique”– collecting and interpreting evidence by multiple assessors (at least three in
21
number) is needed for the Co-Scholastic Assessment. Appropriate documentation is
needed for the Assessments. Rating for the Descriptors will be from 1 to 5. Refer CCE
Manual for Teachers by CBSE for further clarification. Assessment will be on the lines as
mentioned in the Teacher Manual.
Note:The Principal has to ensure that once in 15 days there must be a discussion on the
CCE Assessments with the teachers on rotation basis to ensure effective
implementation of CCE. Proper documentation is needed both in Scholastic and
Co-scholastic areas of assessment. Refer CBSE Academic circular no. 17/2013
dated 18th February 2013.
12
COMMON EXAMINATION:
1. The question papers will be prepared at Head quarter level and printed at Regional
Level. These question papers will be provided to all JNVs. Confidentiality at all
levels to be maintained.
2. Question papers for S.A-I & II will be prepared at HQtrs. Level for VII & VIII as per
CBSE guidelines and to be printed at Regional Level. Question Papers of SA-I & SAII in respect of Classes IX & X will be supplied by CBSE & Printed by respective
Regional Offices.
3. Evaluation of answer scripts will be done at JNV itself.
4. The Vidyalayas have to analyse the results and result analysis is to be submitted to
RO within 48 hours of last paper. 10% of answer books in all subjects will be
checked by Principal and Vice Principal.
5. Identification of supportive learners (low achievers) will be done on the basis of
performance of students in above mentioned pen-paper tests.
6. Remedial teaching is to be taken up immediately after the diagnosis of supportive
learners strictly under the supervision of the Principal/Vice-Principal. Monthly review
of the performance of supportive learners will be done in all subjects and in case no
improvement is observed, the strategies will be modified to achieve improvement.
7. Note: Question papers for all 04 formative assessments of VI, VII, VIII, IX & X and
unit tests of XI & XII will be prepared at Vidyalaya level.
SCHEDULE FOR UNIT TESTS (XI & XII) 2012-13
13
Sl.
No
UT
Month
Classes
1
I
June/July
XI & XII
2
II
August
XI & XII
3
III
September
XI & XII
Remarks
Dates of UT may
be decided at the
Vidyalaya level
22
14
4
IV
November
XI & XII
5
V
December
XI
6
VI
January 2014
XI
SCHEDULE FOR FORMATIVE & SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTS AND PREBOARD
EXAMINATIONS 2013-14
S.NO
1
2
3
4
5
6
15
ASSESSMENT
DATE
Formative Assessment-I
Formative Assessment-II
Summative Assessment-I
Formative Assessment-III
Formative Assessment-IV
Summative Assessment-II
29th to 31st July 2013
10th to 12th Sep 2013
25th Sep to 5th Oct’13
6th to 8th Jan 2014
24th to 26th Feb. 2014
12th to 26th Mar 2014
7
Pre-Board-I CLASS XII
To be completed by 24th
Dec’2013-If winter break
begins from 15.12.13, dates
are to be decided by RO
8
9
Pre-Board-II CLASS XII
Revision Exam. CLASS XI
17th to 31st Jan’14
15th to 25th Feb-2014
TIME TABLE FOR TERM TESTS/PRE-BOARD EXAMINATIONS & REVISION
TEST (CLASS XI):
TIME TABLE SA1/TERM TEST 1
CLASS/ 25-SepDATE
13
26-Sep13
28-Sep13
30-Sep13
1-Oct-13
3-Oct-13
5-Oct13
VI
Maths
English
Hindi
Reg.Lang
Soc.Sci
Science
VII
Science
Reg.Lang
English
Hindi
Maths
Soc.Sci
VIII
Soc.Sci
Hindi
Reg.Lang
English
Science
Maths
23
17-Jan-14
18-Jan-14
20-Jan-14
22-Jan-14
24-Jan-14
25-Jan-14
27-Jan-14
29-Jan-14
31-Jan-14
COMP.Sci/ Info.Prac.
Chemistry/ Geography/
Business Studies/ Voc-I
Biology/ Economics/
Voc-II
Physics/ Accountancy
Hindi
Maths
Bio-Tech/ History/
Voc-III
English
CLASS/ DATE
ADDITIONAL SUBJECT
XII
CHEMISTRY/ GEOGRAPHY/
BUSINESS STUDIES/
VOCATIONAL COURSE-III
ENGLISH
MATHS
BIOTECH/ HISTORY/
VOCATIONAL COURSE-II
PHYSICS/ ACCOUNTANCY
BIOLOGY/ ECONOMICS/
VOCATIONAL COURSE-I
HINDI
COMPUTER/ INFORMATIC
PRACTICES
ADDITIONAL SUBJECT
XII
CLASS
IX
English
Reg.Lang
Maths
Hindi
Soc.Sci
Science
X
Science
Hindi
Soc. Sci
Reg.Lang
Maths
English
XI
Addl.Sub
English
Acc/Phy/
Voc-I/His.
Hindi
Chem/Geo/
B.St/Voc.II
Maths
Eco/Bio/
Voc-III
XII
Addl.Sub
Hindi
Eco/Bio
/Voc-I
Acc/Phy/
His/Voc-II
English
Chem/Geo/
B.St./Voc-III
Maths
TENTATIVE TIME TABLE FOR CLASS XII FIRST PREBOARD
EXAMINATION
DATES ARE TO BE DECIDED BY RESPECTIVE REGIONAL OFFICES
TIME TABLE FOR CLASS XII SECOND PREBOARD
EXAMINATION
REVISION EXAMINATION TIME TABLE FOR CLASS XI
24
25-Feb-14
22-Feb-14
CHEMISTRY/
GEOGRAPHY/
BUSINESS
STUDIES/ VOC.
COURSE-II
ENGLISH
21-Feb-14
BIOTECH/
HISTORY/ VOC.
COURSE
24-Feb-14
20-Feb-14
BIOLOGY/
ECONOMICS/ VOC.
COURSE
MATHS
19-Feb-14
HINDI
18-Feb-14
COMPUTERS/
INFORMATIC
PRACTICES
17-Feb-14
15-Feb-14
ADDITIONAL
SUBJECT
PHYSICS/
ACCOUNTANCY
CLASS/ DATE
XI
16
PREPARATION OF COMMON QUESTION PAPERS/ PRACTICE PAPERS
FOR THE YEAR 2013-14
S.
No.
Class
1
VII
2
VIII
3
XI
4
XII
5
VII
6
VIII
7
XI
8
XI
9
XII
10
XII
Type of work Assigned
Region
SA-1 (All papers including Hindi Course A & B except
Regional Language. Maths, Science, Social Science
Shillong
shall be in bilingual)
SA-1 (All papers including Hindi Course A & B except
Regional Language. Maths, Science, Social Science
Jaipur
shall be in bilingual)
Term Test-1 (All subjects). Humanities shall be in
Bhopal
Bilingual
Term Test-1 (All subjects). Humanities shall be in
Hyderabad
Bilingual
SA-2: Maths, Science, Social Science shall be in bilingual
and Hindi Course ‘B’ paper will be set by the respective
Jaipur
R.Os if need be.
SA-2: Maths, Science, Social Science shall be in bilingual
and Hindi Course ‘B’ paper will be set by the respective
Shillong
R.Os if need be.
Pre-Board exam (All subjects) Humanities shall be in
Pune
bilingual
Term Test-2 (All subjects) Humanities shall be in bilingual
Chandigarh
Pre board -1
Respective R.Os to arrange the QPs and complete pre board exam by
24th December 2013.
Pre board-2
1. English, Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology,
Hyderabad
2. Commerce, Economics
Jaipur
3. Hindi, History, Geography, Marketing Management,
Catering Technology and other Vocational Courses
Bhopal
4. Informative practices, Computer Science, Biotechnology
5. Fashion Technology and Beauty
Patna
25
Chandigarh
17
13
XII
14
X
Practice test papers (5 papers in each subject by dividing
the portion 20% each)
Practice test papers for SA1 & SA2 (5 papers in each
subject by dividing the portion 20% each)
Hyderabad
Bhopal
MINIMIZING OF SELF CENTERS FOR CONDUCT THE OF BOARD
EXAMINATIONS:
In order to sustain the credibility of Board Examination, NVS implemented the idea of having
outside centres for Board Exams for Navodaya Vidyalaya students.
Efforts are to be made by the Regional Offices to identify at least 50 % outside centres for the
conduct of AISSE/AISSCE-2014. JNVs are excelling in their Academic Performance and
producing quality output for the last couple of years. Producing quality results with outside
centres will prove to the public about the quality work performed by JNVs.
Since, the newly evolved CCE scheme has emphasized for internal assessment, the credibility of
School Based Assessments need to be maintained at Vidyalaya Level. The process of conduct of
exam, evaluation of answer scripts and compilation of results as per CBSE instructions need to
be strictly adhered to.
18
ADMISSION IN CLASS VI:










Once the selection list is received from CBSE, details of the selected students are
to be checked thoroughly with the application forms.
If any discrepancy is noticed, the same is to be brought to the notice of NVS, R.O
and CBSE. If there is no discrepancy, parents of the selected students are to be
informed officially along with different proformae which are to be submitted at the
time of verification of documents. Intimation is to be given only by Registered Post
with acknowledgement due card.
On the day of verification, proper scrutiny of the documents is to be done by
involving the staff of JNV. If clarification is to be sought, the same is to be officially
communicated.
A meeting of the parents along with their wards may be conducted to brief about
the “Navodaya” system.
On the day of verification, actual date of beginning the classes and the reporting
date are to be informed.
If any student/parent does not report for certificate verification, at least twice
registered posts are to be sent in the form of final notice.
Before the students of class VI report for classes, all the arrangements are to be
made for their stay in the dormitories.
Other items and textbooks are to be made available on the same day.
If any vacancy exists due to non-reporting of candidate even after two reminders or
non-submission of required documents, CBSE is to be requested to release the
waitlist.
It should be ensured that admission process is completed within 20 days from the
date of receipt of the select list.
26
JNVST (Class-VI):
 Time activity schedule provided by NVS HQrs is to be strictly followed.
 On receipt of prospectus-cum-application forms from NVS, R.O.,
arrangement is to be made for publicity:
 District administration is to be appraised regarding JNVST and the
cooperation for distribution of prospectus is to be requested.
 DEO/ DDPI/ IS/ BEO are to be requested for providing vide publicity.
 Principal of JNV, with the permission from competent authority, may attend
the meeting of Headmasters of primary schools and they may be requested
to help for enrolment of their students.
 Pamphlets may be distributed throughout the district for publicity.
 Help of PTC, parents and Alumni may be sought for distribution of
prospectus.
 Arrangement is to be made for publicity through AIR, DD, local cable
operators, Headman of village etc.
 On receipt of the filled in applications from District Administration,
arrangement is to be made for proper scrutiny.
 Language-wise requirement of question papers is to be communicated to
NVS, RO and CBSE as per time activity schedule.
 Bio-data is to be forwarded to CBSE within the stipulated period.
 All efforts should be made to enhance the no. of applications by at least
10%
LATERAL ENTRY TEST FOR ADMISSION IN CLASS-IX AGAINST VACANT
SEATS:
19
 Arrangement is to be made for lateral entry test, only when vacancies exist in
class IX of the session.
 Vacancy is to be notified and is to be intimated to NVS, R.O.
 Application forms are to be distributed in the district, only if vacancies exist.
 Demand for question papers is to be submitted to NVS, R.O after the scrutiny
of applications.
 Test is to be conducted as per the guidelines.
 After the conduct of the test, answer papers are to be forwarded to the
evaluation centre along with the latest vacancy position and bio-data of
candidates in soft and hard copies.
 On receipt of select list from Regional Office, admission is to be done after
proper verification of documents.
20
ALLOTMENT OF STREAMS:
It is decided to follow the criteria given below for admission in Class XI for the
session 2013-14:
Science with Mathematics


5.0 Grade Point in English
7.0 Grade Point in Maths
27



7.0 Grade Point in Science
7.5 Grade Point in Science & Maths together
35 Grade Point in aggregate of all subjects in Class X
Science without Mathematics




5.0 Grade Point in English
5.0 Grade Point in Maths
7.0 Grade Point in Science
30 Grade point in aggregate of all subjects in Class X
Commerce Stream with Maths
6.0 Grade Point in Maths if Maths is offered as compulsory subject in
this stream.
25 Grade Point in aggregate of all subjects in Class X


Commerce without Maths


5.0 Grade Point in Maths
26 Grade Point in aggregate of all subjects in Class X.
Note: If there is a tie among students, admission in Science Stream is to be
decided on the basis of performance in SA2 in the subjects like English,
Science and Mathematics only.
21
PROFICIENCY TEST:
The specific objective of this test is to measure an individual’s abilities and skills in a
domain or subject to know how well he/she has learnt, understood and internalized the
related concepts and principles. Such a test in language may assess a student’s skills
in reading, writing, listening, speaking or vocabulary. Similarly a test in Science may
focus on assessing students’ abilities to apply concepts and principles to analyse a
given situation, solve a given problem and conduct practical work efficiently. A test in
Mathematics may similarly assess problem solving abilities and skills of mathematical
thinking, mathematical reasoning and procedural techniques followed by students.
Thus, the Proficiency Test will mainly focus on assessing students’ abilities and skills
to apply knowledge and understanding of any subject to new and unfamiliar everyday
life situations. The core testing element of such a test will include observing,
comparing, classifying, solving, translating, interpreting, analyzing, synthesizing,
creating, composing, deducing, Justifying and judging/evaluating. Principals and
teachers of JNVs are required to motivate the children to appear for this proficiency
test. Application forms for the said proficiency test can be submitted online to CBSE in
CBSE website.
28
APTITUDE TEST:
The Aptitude of a child reflects the inherent capacity, talent or ability of a child.
Aptitude tests are known to be reliable predictors of future scholastic achievements as
they provide a profile of strength and weakness of a student. It is a battery of aptitude
tests, which also combine interest profile of a student. The CBSE aptitude test
coincides with the onset of adolescence and beginning of career concepts. It is also
aimed to empower a child with self knowledge. The aptitude can be of various types
like Scientific Aptitude, Social Aptitude, Behavioural Science Aptitude, Numerical
Aptitude, Art Aptitude and other interest areas. These tests are conducted for class X
students by CBSE to know the students preference for subjects after class X.
However, it should also be taken as indicator or facilitator. It would help the parents,
teachers and students to initiate a dialogue on subject choices together with students’
assessment from other sources. The Principal may assess the number of class X
students’ interest to enrol for these tests and thereafter register online on the CBSE
website.
THE PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TEST
It pertains to cardiopulmonary endurance, flexibility, muscular strength and muscular
endurance. In order to achieve these objectives, a teacher has to conduct a battery
test in different areas/events to assess the child stamina, endurance, team spirit,
coordination, level of confidence and above all inherited capacity of a child to perform.
In the physical efficiency domain. Various activities are suggested for this purpose:
 Conduct of field events i.e., jumps, throws, track events and various games like
volley ball, foot ball, kabaddi, khokho, badminton, cricket, hockey, etc.
 Various exercises leading to adoption, progression, specificity, overtraining,
balance, cardiopulmonary endurance, aerobic fitness, etc.
 Physical Education Teacher in the Vidyalaya can perform these tests and record
the achievements for judging the children potential and physical efficiency.
Schedule of Board Examination: As per the schedule of CBSE
22
ACTIVITIES TO BE CONDUCTED DURING THE YEAR 2013-14:
8)
I) Important Days to be Celebrated:
1) 12th January National Youth Day
2) 15th January Army Day
th
3) 26 January Republic Day
4) 30th January Martyr;’s Day
th
5) 28 February National Science Day
6) 8th March
International Women’s Day
th
7) 15 March
World Disabled Day
8) 21st March
International Day for Elimination of Racial Discrimination
9) 7th April
World Health Day
10) 31st May
Anti-Tobacco Day
11) 5th June
World Environment Day
th
12) 11 July
World Population Day
13) 9th August
Quit India Day
th
14) 15 August
Independence Day
15) 29th August
National Sports Day
th
16) 5 September Teacher’s Day
29
17)
18)
19)
20)
21)
22)
23)
1)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
2)
8th September World Literacy Day
nd
2 October Gandhi Jayanthi
30th October World Thrift Day
th
11 November- National Education Day
14th November- Children’s Day
1st December World AIDS Day
10th December- Human Rights Day
MEETINGS TO BE CONDUCTED
Safety and Security Meeting (Fortnightly)
PTC Meeting (1st / 2nd Saturday/ Sunday of every month)
Subject Committee Meeting (Monthly)
Academic Committee Meeting (Monthly)
Mess Committee Meeting (1st week of every month)
House Meeting (2nd week of every month)
SPORTS & GAMES ACTIVITIES
For cluster and Regional Meets-Dates are to be decided by Regional Office
National Meet allotted to Regional Offices for 2013-14
( Period of meet will be decided by the respective Regional Offices.)
Sl. No
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Regional office
Bhopal
Chandigarh
Hyderabad
Jaipur
Lucknow
Patna
Pune
Shillong
Event
Kabaddi, Basketball & Football
Volleyball & Tae-k-Won-Do
Athletics & Kho-kho
Handball & Chess
Judo & Yoga
Hockey, Wrestling & Archery
Table-Tennis& Badminton
Cricket
2 ) OTHER ACTIVITIES TO BE CONDUCTED
 Rajbhasha Programme as per schedule
 Book Week
 Maths.Day & Science Day
 Annual Day
 Alumni Day
 Annual Sports Meet
 Hindi Pakhwada
Note: In addition to the above mentioned activities, other activities of important nature
which are being conducted may also be continued.
23
CO-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES (CCA) IN JNVs:
Co-curricular activities supplement and compliment the curricular activities.
Performance in CCA is an important indicator of the quality of the students and the
academic inputs. Hence, high quality of performance and organization should be
30
ensured. Sufficient time has to be given to students for preparing for the CCA.
Invariably the CCA should be organized as Inter House Competitions and points are
recorded appropriately and also displayed on the ‘CCA Bulletin Board’.These
competitions add charm and boost the House spirit which is very much essential in a
residential setup. To manage time, these activities may be conducted in sync with the
celebration of important festivals, Days and occasions. AEP activities need not be
conducted in isolation; instead they may be embedded in CCA Inter House and Pace
Setting activities. A register for CCA should be maintained to record notices, draw of
lots, allotment of duties on the day of competitions, results of the event, etc. The
sequence of steps in organizing a CCA should be scrupulously followed to ensure
fairness and quality.
Activities identified should cover all the areas which ensure development of
holistic personality. CCA should be conducted on regular basis once in a week
by ensuring maximum participation of students.
The concerned
teachers/HMs/AHMs should be available for inter house CCA competitions and
all staff should be present for the celebrations of important days and events.
S. No
Events
I. LITERARY ACTIVITIES
1
English Debate
2
Hindi Debate
3
Regional language Debate.
4
Essay Writing in English
5
Essay Writing in Hindi
6
Essay Writing in Regional language
7
Creative Writing E/H/RL
8
Declamation in Eng.
9
Extempore Speech in Eng
10
Extempore Speech in Hindi
11
Poem Recitation in Eng
12
Poem Recitation in Hindi
13
Poem Recitation in Third Lang/RL.
14
Hand Writing Competition (Eng / Hin/RL)
15
Seminar – Paper Presentation
16
Book Review
II. PERFORMING ARTS
1
Group Dance
2
Solo Dance
3
Skit-English
4
Skit-Regional Lang.
5
Skit-Hindi
6
One Act Play English
III. Music
1
Group Singing
2
Solo Singing
3
Instrumental
31
IV. ART
1
Landscape Painting
2
Portrait Painting
3
Composition
4
Collage
5
Emboss Painting on glass
6
Calligraphy
7
Rangoli Competition
V. SUPW
1
House wise Exhibits
2
House wise gardening
3
Innovative Items
4
Recycling of Waste Materials
VI. ICT
1
PowerPoint Presentation on given topic
2
Inter House Quiz
3
MS-Paint Presentation
4
Web Surfing on a theme
VII. QUIZ
1
Inter house-class wise-covering all the subjects
VIII. CELEBRATION OF IMPORTANT DAYS
IX. Inter House Cultural Evening (Mimicry, Pantomime, Fancy
Dress, Jokes, Mono acting, Dance, Singing, Skit etc)
24
SUBJECT CLUBS:
All-round development means mental, physical, psychological, spiritual and vocational
development. We cannot achieve this all-round development by following mere class
room teaching-learning procedures. Here the relevance of Club Activities becomes
prominent. It is one of the co-curricular activities that are gaining much importance
these days. These activities are mostly voluntary for students.
Every student of the JNV is to be member of at least one club. Similarly every teacher
should be attached to any one of the clubs. Vidyalaya can give provision for conduct of
club activities in the monthly calendar. Last two periods, preferably, on any one of the
days, once in fort night may be exclusively reserved for club activities. All the in-charge
teachers and associated teachers are to sit together with all the club members for
planning their activities on the first club activity day of the year. Accordingly activities
are to be organized on the subsequent club activity days. All teachers after
considering the interest of the students and discussing with each student, may finalize
the club members. Principal and the concerned teachers to ensure that all the children
are involved in the club activities and each club should emerge as a resource centre.
Every JNV will properly plan, prepare and implement the club activities for the
academic year 2013-14 to achieve the intended objectives of the subject clubs.
Types of Clubs:
I. LANGUAGE: a) Hindi b) English c) Regional Language
II) MATHS: Junior and Senior
32
III) SCIENCE: Junior and Senior
IV) SOCIAL SCIENCE: Junior and Senior
V) COMPUTERS: Junior and Senior
METHODS OF ORGANISATION(Suggestive)
1. Daily – 2 minutes programme in the Morning Assembly
2. Weekly- Furnishing latest updates on the display Boards.
3. Monthly- Club activities separately for Senior and Junior Classes.
4. Throughout the Year- Models, Exhibits, Celebration of Days, Events etc.
Suggestive Club Activities:
 Preparation of models, devising simple experiments, collection of specimens,
samples, preparation of good presentations using ICT,
 Debates and discussion, School Magazine, Dramatics, Study Circle, Story
Writing, Seminar, Recitation, Kavi Sammelan, Library Work etc.
 Games, Indoor and Outdoor Athletics, Mass Drill, Parade, Scouting, NCC etc.
 Music, Dancing, Drawing, Painting Sculpture, Dramatics, Exhibition, Fancy
Dress, Folk Dance, Folk Songs, Variety Programme etc.
 Cooperative Bank, Cooperative Store, Assembly, Students' Council, Canteen,
Celebration of Religious, National and Social Festivals, Organizing of School
Panchayat Mock Parliament etc.
 Social Study Circle, Social Services on Special occasions like Fairs, Festivals,
Professions, Cultural
 Programmes, Assembly, Scouting, or Guiding, First Aid and Red Cross, Social
Survey etc.
 Stamp Collection, Coin Collection, Collection of Copies, Photography, Reading,
Needlework and Knitting, Picnic, Visit to Museum, Exhibition, Zoo etc.,
25
WALL MAGAZINE:
Wall magazine is a sort of a periodical, run on the notice board, especially in an
educational institution where the students and other members can post their articles,
poems, drawings etc., to share their views with each other. It is a medium for the students
to express their creativity. The wall magazine can be set up at class level, house level,
department level and vidyalaya level. Themes can also be specified for a week or month.
Quality presentations can be collected from all levels and preserved. The articles
prepared for this purpose may be used in competitions at local level and to publish in local
magazines. A committee consisting of the Art Teacher, Librarian, Language Teachers and
all the interested staff to be constituted to encourage and to provide material support and
guidance and to approve the articles to be exhibited. It can be taken as a part of CCE
activities. Group activities on this line bring in understanding, co-operation, and spirit of
participation as a team member and leadership qualities among students other than
creativity. Librarian can preserve these articles for incorporating the same in Vidyalaya
magazine and to reward the students suitably.
26
MUSEUM CORNER:
A Museum is an institution that cares for or conserves a collection of artefacts and other
33

27
objects of scientific, artistic, cultural or historical importance and makes them available for
public viewing. For each JNV, NVS has allotted funds for establishment of museum corner.
These funds should be properly utilized by providing requisite material/models.
A suitable place in the academic block should be made available for establishment of
museum and display of exhibits.

Efforts should be made to integrate the models prepared/exhibits procured with teaching
learning process in various classes.

Museum corner should also be enriched with antiques of local area.

History /Social Science teacher should be made incharge of the museum corner of the
Vidyalaya and should act as a key resource person in developing the corner and inculcating
interest among the students about the historical wealth of the local area and the country.
LIBRARY ACTIVITIES:
Library is the treasure house and hub of all academic activities of the Vidyalaya and the
JNV Librarian plays a vital role in mobilizing the library resources for the benefit of the
students and staff. The JNV Librarian has to follow the guidelines already circulated for
the effective functioning of the Vidyalaya Library. The following library based activities
are suggested for effective implementation and the required resources have to be
created :
A. Reader’s club activities.
 Promotion of reading habit of the students, staff and the community.
 Publication of handwritten magazine on special occasions.
 Preparation of wall magazines.
 Conduct of reading sessions by teacher to students.
 Arrangement of newspaper clippings.
 Story telling sessions.
 Read a book and review it and book talk.
 Exhibit “BOOK FOR THE DAY” and new arrivals in the library.
 Inviting Authors / Publishers to Vidyalaya.
 Organizing intra and inter-house quiz competitions.
 Literary competitions on special occasions.
 Visit to District library and publishing house along with students.
 Scrap book preparation on Great Personalities and different subjects.
 Automation of entire school library accession registers and issue system.
B. National Book week Celebration 14th to 20th November (Proposed Activities)
 Wall – Poster writing competitions.
 Designing of book jackets book covers.
 Inter-house quiz competition
 Essay writing competition in Hindi, English and Regional language.
 Story writing / telling competitions [in 3 languages]
 Debate / Elocution competitions.
 Pick and speak competitions on books / authors /.
 Review of Books.
 Organizing talks by eminent writers, publishers and literatures.
34
C.











28
OTHER ACTIVITIES:
Career guidance Programme on a regular basis
Guidance for Common Entrance Test (CET)
Special reference service for Board Class Students.
Sharing of library resources with neighbouring schools.
Mobile library to nearby schools / villages
Encourage the children to procure newspaper for dormitory reading in.
Co-ordinate the publication of school magazine/news bulletins.
Identifying best readers from each class and awarding them to motivate the students to
utilize the library facilities to the optimum level.
Installation of computer with internet facility for student and staff to surf and find
information. Librarian can also access.
Procuring books from other libraries on/loan for providing reading experience.
Helping students in library based project given by teachers.
ADOLESCENCE EDUCATION PROGRAMME :
Adolescence Education Programme (AEP) has been introduced as part of NCF 2005.
AEP aims to provide young people with accurate, age appropriate and culturally
relevant information; promote healthy attitude and develop skills to enable them to
respond to real life situations effectively. NCERT is the implementing agency in India
for AEP and works with the funds provided by UNFPA. So far five states have been
brought under the purview of the AEP. In implementing the AEP Master Trainers were
trained who further trained the nodal teachers. The nodal teachers involved the
remaining teachers of the Vidyalaya and also the peer. As per the plan of action a
minimum of 16 hours of activities in a year (Jan to Dec) are to be conducted. The Staff
Nurses should be involved fully in all these activities and also in counselling. Clear cut
guidelines have been given in the trainings organized. Principals also have been
exposed to AEP trainings and are capable of monitoring the AEP activity.
All the trainings and activities are conducted centrally for which fund is released to the
R.Os. During this year (2013-14) the focus should be on counselling, utilizing the
services of the Staff Nurses effectively. It is to be noted that where AEP activities are
organized effectively there may not be so many problems related to suicidal cases,
substance abuse, also problems related to self-esteem, growing up etc. The guiding
principles of AEP as given by NCERT are given here below for further information and
guidance:
Following are the areas to be covered during the programme.
Areas to be covered:
1. Changes occurs in adolescents during their growth and development
2. Reproductive and sexual health, myths and misconceptions
3. Gender issue, Eve-teasing and sexual harassment
4. Preventing HIV/ AIDS/ STD
5. Preventing Drug abuse
6. Developing life skills such as self-awareness, Problem solving, Decision making,
critical thinking, creative thinking, Interpersonal relationship effective
communication, empathy, critical thinking, managing emotions and dealing with
35
stress.
7. Providing minimum counselling.
The Principals of the concerned JNVs are required to prepare an action plan for the year
for the effective conduct of the relevant AEP activities in the form of Lectures,
demonstrations, discussions, role plays, handouts, charts, audio and video clippings,
campaigns etc., and the report along with expenditure incurred statement for necessary
reimbursement is to be submitted to the concerned regional offices by forwarding a copy
to the Head Office.
29
DEVELOPING COMMUNICATION SKILLS:
Developing English communication skills in the students of JNV has always been a
challenge. The new entrants at class VI generally have very low language
competence. To make the situation worse, the learners have different levels of
competence depending on the schooling background and the individual capacity of the
learners. On the first day the teacher faces a heterogeneous group of predominantly
low competence language learners and language teaching begins with a note of
despair. And yet, it is a fact that in the months and years to come the desperate efforts
of the teachers are amply rewarded when they find many of the students
communicating well in English, and quite a few of them very effectively
At the initial stages, in classes VI to VIII the schools have young learners who are at
the stage of language acquisition, when skills of oral communication in a language is
believed to be spontaneously acquired by the learner if sufficient exposure is provided.
At the higher level, from classes IX to XII the learners become comparatively mature in
terms of language competence and mental age. They have to make conscious effort
for learning higher levels of written and oral communication skills.
In order to overcome the difficulties of this typical language learning situation there has
to be different strategies/ approaches for developing communication skills at these two
different levels.
At the initial stage (Class VI - VIII)
Competence at the entry level
Competence at the terminal level
L: Letters of the alphabet,
L: Word, connected speech in day to day use
numbers, a few words
Prose passages on familiar subjects
S: Same as L
S: Approx. 500 words and 20 structures.
R: Alphabets, words of 3 to 4
R: Words & passages on familiar topics,
letters. Short sentences of a few
stories, contents in other subjects
words
W: Correct sentences, short paragraphs on
W: Same as R
known topics, notes/ question & answer in
other school subjects
The requirement at this stage is to create an “acquisition like situation”. It is a situation,
in which the learner regularly listens to the target language being used in a real life
situation for a considerable period of time, and he/she is compelled to speak the target
language since he/ she gets response from the other members in the target language
36
only. In order to create the acquisition like situation the Vidyalaya may take up the
following measures:(i) Only English is spoken in the academic block. (Assigning certain days for speaking
English has not been found very effective). The whole team of teachers will have to
resolve to speak English only in the academic block.
(ii) In order that students get the facility to listen to a standard English speech (including
word stress and intonation) the English teacher in particular and teachers in general
have to cultivate good spoken English.
(iii) Teaching in class rooms and particularly in the language class room must be
interactive. If the teaching is lecture based (as it generally is) one way traffic, the
learners will get least chance of speaking and the language competence acquired
through listening, speaking and writing will remain dormant at the competence level
and will not surface at the performance level.
(iv) In order to make the learners aware of the distinct English speech sounds and
prosodic features (stress, intonation, pause rhythm etc) at the initial stage, the new
entrants should be taught to sing nursery rhymes with proper articulation of English
speech sounds, word stress and intonation.
(v) Language games involving simple basic skills of oral communication, like picture
description, pick and speak, role play in a given situation (customer at a shop,
passenger at a railway station, man at a post office etc) should be played in the
class room. The teacher should not insist on correctness but should encourage
uninhibited, stress free oral communication.
(vi) Basic reading and writing skills are also to be introduced and practiced at this stage.
Words in isolation and short sentences should be read out by the teacher and the
students should be asked to repeat the model reading. Since many new entrants are
able to write just the alphabets, and even less, they should be given practice in
handwriting in the four line English handwriting note books. They should practice
cursive writing with proper use of capital letters and punctuation marks.
(vii) The learners should also be made to listen to recorded model speech in way of
news reading, story telling or other recorded material in the language laboratory;
although live models (teachers) are always better, provided the teacher herself
regularly practices model reading/ speech.
(viii) The language teacher has to realize and appreciate that her charge has to
overcome an almost insurmountable communication barrier to communicate with her
teachers and peers in English. Hence the teacher has to make a conscious effort to
cautiously bring herself down to the level of the child. He/ she should consciously
use a warm and inviting body language; should be playful and indulgent with the
children (without compromising with discipline, of course) in order to help them
overcome inhibitions, hesitation and poor level of language competence and open
up and communicate (listen and speak) in English.
(ix) The course material, i. e. the text books and workbooks should be used as a pretext
for practicing oral communication, and the teaching method has to be interactive.
(x) Communication skills of the learners who had an English medium background,
37
before joining the Vidyalaya may be cleverly utilized for leading peer group
communication and conducting language games so that being in a group of lower
level of language competence they do not get de motivated.
At the initial stage (Class IX-XII)
Competence at the entry level
Competence at the terminal level
L: Word, connected speech in day to L: Listen to and understand normal
day use. Prose passages on familiar speech on general topics/radio and TV
subjects.
news.
S: To communicate normally for day to
S: Approx. 500 words and 20
needs. To be able to participate in
structures.
discussion in peer groups
R: Silent fast reading with
R: Words & passages on familiar
comprehension. Read aloud with proper
topics,
articulation of phonemes, word stress,
intonation and pause.
W: To write correct sentences, with the
W: Correct sentences, short
competence to use 1500 words and 50
paragraphs on known topics,
structures. Composition of essays in
notes/ question & answer in other
paragraphs, writing notes, reports, letters
school subjects.
etc.
Language teaching strategy at the higher level
(i)
Class room teaching has to be interactive (the point is deliberately repeated)
with a view to providing the learners the opportunity to participate in
discussion and communicate ideas effectively.
(ii)
The language laboratory may be used to further exercise listening skill with
the help of recorded speech in Indian and British variations. Teachers may
diagnose and rectify mother tongue influence in the speech of the students.
(iii)
Maximum possible opportunity is to be provided to the learners to speak
English in various contexts and situations. For these activities like group
discussion, seminar, declamation, debate and extempore speech etc have
to be organized. The morning assembly activities give good practice in news
reading, conducting quiz and delivering short lectures.
(iv)
English course material may be properly used for developing both silent and
loud reading skills. The Reader should be used for loud reading. The
teacher himself should face the class after rehearsing loud reading with
correct pronunciation of words, word stress, pause and intonation. The
supplementary reader should be used for practicing the skill of silent and
fast reading with comprehension.
(v)
Students should be encouraged to read simplified, abridged story books/
classics and comics graded for each class. Such reading materials are
available in the market, published by various publishers. The language
teachers, the librarian and the Principal have to ensure that such reading
materials are available in the library and the learners are guided to read
books of the grade suitable for him/her.
38
(vi)
Vocabulary is the building block of a language. But vocabulary should not
be taught indiscriminately by rote learning. The teacher should identify
words which will be in the active vocabulary (know and use the word
actively), passive vocabulary (know the meaning of the word when it is used,
but may not be actively used by the learner himself) and adhoc vocabulary
(know the meaning of the word for one time passive use only) of the student
and need not insist on the student’s mugging up the meaning o fall words.
Besides, vocabulary should not be taught in isolation; it must be taught in
context.
(vii)
While teaching the Reader (for detailed study), it is expected that all
important components like vocabulary, structures, idioms etc are explained
and drilled and the content is analyzed thread bare. The learner has to
master local, global and inferential comprehension. While reading the
supplementary reader, the students are to be assisted to read by
themselves, fast and silently. The aim is not mastering the language
components but to comprehend the passage globally and enjoy independent
reading.
(viii)
Writing is the highest of all the four language skills. While
training/developing communication skill of students, writing skill has to be
integrated with all the other four skills. In higher classes care has to be taken
to ensure that the students write correct English in terms of spelling and
syntax. Teaching of grammar as a subject in itself is not required. In place of
learning definitions and rules of grammar it is more useful to practice
functional grammar and usage. Written composition may be strengthened by
practicing exercises in transformation of sentences, narration, use of modal
auxiliaries, voice etc. through which the learners get ample opportunity to
compose sentences creatively and correctly. In longer compositions,
together with correctness attention has to be paid to coherence and lucidity.
Students should be guided to use familiar words and sentence structures.
Use of unfamiliar vocabulary and uncertain syntax for the sake of style will
end up as a botched piece of composition.
And finally a word for English language teachers. If language teaching techniques
are cultivated and applied creatively to develop communication skills in the young
learners, language teaching can be a great fun and a rewarding experience. In order
to meet this professional challenge one has to keep “sharpening one’s saw” by
keeping track with the latest developments in this field. It is suggested that the
language teachers use the following two books as their professional handbooks:(1) Better English Pronunciation (by J D O’Connor)
(2) English Pronouncing Dictionary (by Daniel Jones)
30
COMPUTER EDUCATION PROGRAMME (C.E.P.):
“Knowledge is constructed in the mind of the learner”
Computers are transforming communications and the economy, and every child should
be exposed to this technology to understand the significance of this technology. The aim
39
of CEP is- every student should know how to use a computer and the Internet,
understand how a computer works, have some grasp of how to find information on the
Internet, and generally know how computers are used by the businesses, the
government, educational institutions and people in their homes.
The introduction of CEP into the classroom has the potential to transform many people’s
traditional way of thinking about education. Education is no longer seen as the teacher
transmitting knowledge to the pupils. Computers in the classroom may have played a
role in changing this view.
CEP can advance high order thinking skills such as comprehension, reasoning, problemsolving and creative thinking and enhance employability relatively complex cognitive
performances, the ultimate purpose of which is not efficient use of memory but problem
solving”. These cognitive performances can include critical thinking (evaluative skills,
broadly defined); problem solving (finding and solving a problem through analysis,
synthesis and evaluation); meta-cognition (an awareness of one’s own thought
processes and the skills used in these thought processes)
CEP aims to train students in skills which they will need in further education and ongoing
learning throughout the rest of their lives and for their future jobs, e.g. word processing,
computer programming.
At a bare minimum, students should know how to type, how to use a word processor,
how to “drive” an operating system and how to navigate the Internet In order to equip
pupils with the technological skills to make a significant contribution in an ICT rich world,
careful consideration should be given to how to integrate computers into teaching and
learning. The following guidelines may be implemented with regards to CEP:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Appointment of qualified FCSA & PGT (Comp.Sc) is to be ensured as per the
guidelines of NVS.
AMC to be arranged for proper maintenance of computers and their peripherals.
Through the PGT (Comp. Sci.) and FCSA, arrangement is to be made to train the
staff so that the trained staff members can ensure effective implementation of
CEP.
Proper record of parts required/ replaced is to be maintained to ensure the quality
service.
All relevant software should be made available.
Any defect in the system should be repaired immediately through AMC.
Anti-virus is to be installed in all the systems.
Whenever the students browse internet, proper watch is needed to avoid misuse
of the facilities. Use the Firewall system.
Computers are to be put for optimum use. Arrangement also to be made to have
practical classes in the afternoon in a planned manner so that the students are
benefited more.
Cleanliness is to be ensured in the computer lab.
LCD projector to be fitted permanently in the lab and smart room.
LAN is to be ensured to share the resources
Configuration of the computers may be updated to keep pace with the
advancement in the field of computer education.
Decorate the computer lab by using the handmade charts related to the
40
15.
16.
31
Information Technology.
Notice Board of computer Lab should have the list of useful websites, Lab Time
Table, Computer teachers’ time table, Rules of Lab and explanation of one latest
Technical term (weekly).
Subscribe the monthly Computer magazine.
ICT in JNVs:
Both theory and practicals are to be concentrated together so that the concept
studied in theory may be reinforced while practicing in the lab.
All the teachers are to be trained to handle the systems at the school level itself by
the computer faculty. If any staff member is not yet trained in effective handling of
the computers, the principal of the concerned school should make arrangements for
their training without affecting the academic activities of the Vidyalaya.
At least 40 to 50% of relevant topics in each subject to be integrated with ICT.
Teachers should be encouraged to develop their own e-lessons instead of using the
readymade CDs commercially available.
E-lessons/contents developed by the teachers are to be arranged topic-wise- classwise and should be shared with other vidyalayas through subject wise blogs.
Make the separate time table for e-classes of each class by all the teachers and it
should be incorporate into the main Time Table.
Arrangement to be made to have computer clubs by involving the interested staff
and students to encourage creativity.
At least two periods for each subject in each class are to be earmarked for ICT.
The same is to be mentioned in the time-table to have proper planning.
Competitions related to ICT are to be regularly conducted and winners are to be
suitably rewarded so that the same will motivate others. Further, the students and
staff are to be motivated to participate in different competitions which are being
conducted at State/National/International levels.
World Computer Literacy Day to be observed on 2nd December.
Facilities available in JNVs are to be used to the optimum level, which includes LCD
projectors and Laptop. Laptop is to be made available to all the staff for the
implementation of ICT.
Equipped the Resource room/Computer Lab by LCD Projector with screen,
Interactive Board/White Board, Laptop, Sound system and Mic.
Arrange the CDs of e-contents in the Library.
Students and staff are to be exposed to online educational website to improve the
quality of teaching-learning process.
Special mention of the contribution of teachers related to ICT is to be mentioned in
ACR of the concerned teacher.
Workshops and seminars are to be organized by inviting renowned resource
persons from outside.
For all the classes, split-up syllabus is to be strictly followed and Test/examination is
to be conducted like other subjects.
32
USAGE OF INTERNET AND CREATING WEBSITE:
41
 Arrangement is to be made to have broadband connectivity.
 To make the communication faster and to reduce the paper work, correspondence is
to be done mostly through email.
 Increase the Use of cloud computing/file sharing concept like Google Drive.
 By providing internet facility to all the systems, students are to be guided and
supervised properly to surf the website and also to download the required
information and misuse of facility should be avoided.
 A record of the usage of internet facility by the students in the computer lab is to be
maintained to have a proper check.
 Information bulletin is to be arranged in every JNV, where a display of information
about career opportunities may be made after downloading the same from different
websites. A responsible teacher is to be made in charge of the same and he/she has
to assist the students to apply for different courses by considering the residential
nature of JNVs.
 Arrangement also to be made available for video conferencing by downloading
necessary software.
 Maintain the record of school website renewal and password, email password and
other important e-documents.
 Take the data Backup of all the important data regularly.
CREATING WEBSITE:
 There is a need to have own website for every JNV in which all the information about
the JNV including the achievements may be posted.
 The information displayed in the website is to be periodically updated by forming a
committee of staff so that anyone who wants to know about the JNV can collect the
information conveniently.
 If technical experts are not available in the JNV, along with AMC for computers,
arrangement for updating the website may also be made.
 Information like innovative practices followed by the staff, creative work of staff and
students, achievements and present placements of alumni, achievement of existing
students, etc are to be compiled, properly scrutinized and to be displayed only with
the approval of the Committee/Principal
 Efforts are to be made to have the information both in English and Hindi.
 Link of ‘Google Map of Vidyalaya’ should be in the ‘contact us’ section of school
website.
 Tag the Vidyalaya on Google Map and create the account in google goggles.
 Create the channel of vidyalaya on youtube and update the activities on it regularly.
33
BROAD BAND:
As suggested by Department. of Computer Education and Technological Aids,
NCERT, JNVs are required to go for 5 mbps connection, expandable to 10 mbps
bandwidth for installation of 50 to 60 Computers. A server and a firewall (hardware
based) will also be required to manage and distribute the bandwidth across the LAN.
34
PROMOTION AND DEVELOPMENT OF SCIENTIFIC TEMPERAMENT:
Inculcation of the scientific sprit and the promotion of scientific temper among the
42
students of JNVs and to nurture their creativity, innovation, research, critical
thinking, creative thinking, scientific aptitude, etc., the following activities are
suggested to be taken up during the academic year 2013-2014:
 Organization of Regional Level Science Congress as decided by the Regional
Office.
 To conduct Math’s and Science Olympiad at Regional/National Level through
various agencies and by NVS for Junior/Senior classes.
 Organization of exhibitions, seminars, quiz at cluster level, Regional etc. to motivate
the students of JNVs.
 Visit of various laboratories, industries, science museum, etc. for developing
scientific spirit.
 To introduce new learning capabilities. This requires identifying and providing
environment to the children to develop communication skills, comprehensive skills,
understanding abilities, etc.
 Designing instructions that results in the learning of functions, not just structure.
The curriculum and related pedagogical practices incorporate the motivation of
using what is learnt.
 To ensure attentiveness of the students to achieve effective performance. It
includes ensuring the children to work at optimum levels behave well and engage in
well being practices. Teachers and supervisors perform accurate teaching and
supervisory functions, which is productive and functional.
 Enrichment of laboratories with adequate equipments, apparatus, chemicals, etc.
and to conduct the practical regularly.
 Establishment of junior Science and Math’s labs.
 Establishment of Science and Math’s clubs.
 Any other activity related to promotion of scientific spirit.
35
REGIONAL SCIENCE CONGRESS:
Science Congress provides a forum for young talented students to arouse and pursue
their natural curiosity and to quench their thirst for creativity by watching and doing
experiments. R.O has to take the following initiatives for the effective conduct of Regional
Science Congress:
 Selection of suitable venue for the conduct of Science Congress from 15 th to 20th
November 2013
 Identification of students and staff.
 Communication to the concerned JNVs about the date and venue including
accommodation.
43
 Proper planning, preparation, execution, supervision and monitoring by the
concerned RO to achieve the objectives.
 Providing good opportunities to the selected students to meet eminent scientists,
visit to various scientific institutions and see the thrill of this unique experience to
nurture and nourish creativity and innovation.
 RO to bring up a brochure highlighting all the activities of Science Congress.
21st NATIONAL CHILDREN SCIENCE CONGRESS-2013
36
Children's Science Congress:
Children's Science Congress (CSC) is a unique programme that prompts children to
think of some significant societal problem, ponder over its causes and subsequently
try and solve the same using the scientific process. This involves close and keen
observation, raising pertinent questions, building models, predicting solutions on the
basis of a model, trying out various possible alternatives and arriving at an optimum
solution using experimentation, field work, research and innovative ideas. The
Children’s Science Congress encourages a sense of discovery. It emboldens the
participants to question many aspects of our progress and development and express
their findings in vernacular.
THE HUMBLE BEGINNING
The primary objective was to involve children in open-ended scientific projects of
relevance to the society. CSC has now become a nation-wide program coordinated by
NCSTC (National Council for Science and Technology Communication) - network
supported and catalyzed by RVPSP.
The Children’s Science Congress (CSC), made a humble beginning in the year 1993
with joint initiatives of the NCSTC-Network and Rashtriya Vigyan Evam Prodyogiki
Sanchar Parishad (RVPSP), Department of Science & Technology, Government of India.
The idea of organizing CSC was inspired by the similar effort of Gwalior Science Centre,
Madhya Pradesh, taken in the early nineties. Objectives




To provide a forum to the young scientists to pursue their natural curiosity and to
quench their thirst for creativity by experimenting on open-ended problems;
To make you feel that science is all around and you can gain knowledge as well as
solve many problems also be relating the learning process to the physical and social
environment of the neighbourhood;
To encourage children throughout the country to visualise future of the nation and
help building generation of sensitive, responsible citizens;
To stimulate scientific temperament and learning the scientific methodology for
observation, collection of data, experiment analysis arriving at conclusions and
presenting the findings
The Philosophy
44





A unique program that motivates children to take-up scientific research on local
specific issues of their choice under broad themes, instead of imposing issues
on them.
A real experiment to promote methods of science with ample opportunities to
encourage creativity, innovation and experiential learning.
An activity towards promoting congenial team work, correlating science with
everyday life situations.
A potentially strong and effective movement for influencing the impressionable
minds to enhance community feelings and sensitize towards societal needs.
An event not merely for the privileged and school-going children; but even for
those who are not in the formal school set-up, drop-outs, or forced to be out of
the conventional mode due to poverty and disabilities.
Who is eligible to Participate
This is a forum open to young scientists in the age group of 10-17 years from
every state. NVS is identified as a separate state and participation at national level
along with other states is mandatory. National venue will be informed shortly
by NCSTC.
There will be 2 (two) age groups. First is 10 to less than 14 years and the other is 14 t
o less than 17 years. To determine the age the base will be 31st December of the
calendar year.
NCSC is not restricted to the school-going children only but is also open for the
non-school children from the marginalised sections of the society who can be
involved as team members. Any child in the age group of 10-17 years can participate
in the congress.
A child scientist cannot participate in the National Level CSC two times in the
same age group.
CRITERIA OF A GOOD PROJECT WORK:










Local problem is identified and correlated with the focal theme and sub-theme.
Work is carried out under self-explanatory title and in a well-marked local or
geographical area.
Observations are recorded in a well-maintained log book.
Project could either be a survey or observation or experiment based or a
combination of all of these.
Data collected are subjected to analysis.
Conclusions are drawn after proper analysis of data.
Inferences are made.
Solutions to the problem to be suggested.
Action plan for follow-up to be devised.
Use of living objects is restricted.
45
The project is documented as a report and presented orally at district, state
and national levels.
How to write the Project Report:
1. The language can be in English or any other Scheduled languages.
2. The cover page of your Project Report should contain the following written clearly
in English
o The Title of the Project
o District and State
o Name of the Group Leader and Co-workers
o Name of the Guide Teacher
o Name of the Institution
3. Use A-4 size paper (8" x 11.5") for writing the report.
4. You may use regional language to write the report but the Registration form
(Form-A) must be in English.
5. Write on one side of the paper.
6. The report should be either neatly typed or handwritten.
7. The word limit for the written project for the lower age group is 2500 words and
for the Upper Age Group is 3500 words. The written report can be
substantiated by Photographs, sketches, illustrations etc.
8. Write an abstract of your project mainly covering objective, methodology and
result. The abstract must be very brief (at least 250 words to a maximum of 300
words). The English translation of the abstract must be given if you write the
report in any other language.
9. Sketches, photographs may be used.
10. Make at least 2 copies of project, one for submission at Registration and other
for your use for presentation.
11. The log book is a must, as a part of the written document since it is reflective of
team work. This has to be submitted along with the report.
Report Content:
The content of the Report should be written systematically. The word limit for the
project report for the lower age group is 2500 words and for the Upper Age
Group is 3500 words. The written report can be substantiated by Photographs,
sketches, illustrations etc. The report normally comprises of
1. Form A, Photostat copy of the Registration Form in English
2. Abstract in English (compulsory) and the language in which the project is
written.
This is applicable in case the Report is written in language other
than English. Total number of words should be at least 250 words to a
maximum of 300 words.
3. Introduction,
4. Aims and Objectives,
5. Need Statement, Why this project? (50 words only) importance of the subject.
6. Hypothesis,
7. Work Plan,
8. Methodology,
46
9. Observations,
10. Results,
11. Data Analysis,
12. Conclusion,
13. Inference,
14. Solution to the Problem,
15. Future Plan,
16. Acknowledgements,
17. References and
18. Appendix (if needed)
Oral presentation
Time- 8 mnts
4 poster (55 cm x 70 cm (21.6" x 27.5") drawing sheets) is mandatory
As per requirement PPT can be used
To be covered in the poster:
(1) The project title, (2) Names of the group members, (3) Objectives,
(4) Map of the area, (5) Methodology, (6) Results, (7) Conclusion, (8)
Solution to the problem.
• Depending upon the nature of the project the poster may or may not have a map
and/or results.
Evaluation Criteria
• Originality of idea and concept
• Relevance of the project to the theme
• Scientific understanding of the issue
• Data collection
• Analysis
• Experimentation/Scientific study/validation
• Interpretation and Problem solving attempt
• Team work
• Background correction (Only for District level)
• Report and Presentation
• Follow up Action Plan (Only for State and National levels)
1.
2.
3.
Originality of idea and concept
Relevance of the project to the
theme
Understanding
of the issue
Written
Report
Oral
Presentation
Total
Max. marks
Criteria
l. No.
•
•
•
•
10
10
15
47
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Data collection & analysis
Experimentation/validation
Interpretation and Problem
solvingwork
Team
attempt
Background correction
Oral presentation/ written report
(as applicable)
Total:
15
10
10
10
10
10
100
• Improvement from the previous level (Only for State and National levels)
Role of Academic Coordinators
• Identification of subject experts as RP
• Developing Activity Guidebook at local languages
• Identification of Evaluators
• Conducting training of District level RP
• Training for teacher guide
• Conducting and coordinating mentoring after district/state level
• Keeping all documents of academic exercises and reporting as per formats
• Levels of Participation: NVS is identified as a separate state:
The CSC projects start at the Clustre Level CSC where children can register and
present their projects. On the basis of merit, projects are selected from the
Cluster level to the Regional level and then to the National level, which is held
every year from 27-31 December.
Form-A
REGISTRATION FORM
District :
State:
Particulars of Team Leader :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Name
:
Date of Birth
:
Std/Class
:
Sex
:
Rural/Urban
:
Residential Address
:
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
7. Name and Address of School: Phone No.
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
8. Title of the project
:
48
9. Under the Sub-theme
10.Language Used
11.Particulars of the Team Members:
S
.
N
1
2
3
4
Name
:
:
Address
Sex
Class
Date of Birth
12. Name and Address of the Guide with Phone No.
___________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
Signature of the Head of the
Institution/
District Co-ordinator
N.B.: A copy of this completed Registration form must be enclosed with
the project Report.
Focal Theme of 2013-2014
Energy: Explore Harness and Conserve.
“Energy: Explore, Harness and Conserve” has been proposed as the focal theme
for the CSC 2013-2014, with an expectation that young mind will be able to realize
the need, take different initiatives to explore and identify the energy resources and
find ways to harness it, identify approaches to achieve optimum use through
enhancing energy efficiency and energy conservation along with creating
awareness among the masses through their project works.
Sub-themes:
I. Energy Resources
Some project ideas:
Explore and identify energy resources in and around you;
Nature of availability of solar energy in your village or locality;
Study on blomass resource potential in your village or locality;
Assessment of potentiality of hydro power in a flowing stream;
Wind mapping; etc.
II. Energy Systems
The term energy stems, there refers to the interrelated network of energy sources,
49
conversion of energy sources, transmission and distribution of that energy to where
it is needed to perform the work. The sub-theme here mainly focuses on developing
devices to convert from one form of energy to another useable form, performance
analysis and thus the feasibility and appropriateness.
Some project ideas:
 Evaluate the energy efficiency of different chulhas used in a village;
 Comparison of Food web of two different natural ecosystems in an area;
Maximum power output from a solar module at different solar radiation and at
different inclination angle;
 Making various types of concentrating type solar cooker and measurement of
temperature at the focal point at different solar radiation throughout the day;
 Making of box type solar cooker by using various available materials like plyboard and measurement of cooking time for various kinds of food;
 Measurement of amount of gas output from different kinds of organic waste
materials (cow dung, vegetable waste, food waste, municipal solid waste etc.)
during anaerobic digestion;
 Evaluation/estimation of human energy requirement and estimate the amount of
other conventional energy sources required to substitute them; etc.
III.
Energy and Society
Growth in any sector like agriculture, Industry, housing, transportation, health care,
education, tourism, entertainment, communication, etc. presupposes
corresponding growth in energy sector. In other words, availability and
accessibility to different energy resources many a time influences the societal
pattern of an area. Societal make-up and structure also exerts impact on the
energy consumption status and pattern. Both these processes determine many of
the parameters which are linked with societal benefits, security/well-being of
human life. This sub-theme focuses on such societal dimension of energy use to
cater to our needs of day to day life.
Some project ideas:
Gender-wise energy consumption pattern;
Change in the pattern of energy consumption and impact on lifestyleand society;
Energy spent to stay fit;
Energy for basic needs and livelihood;
Availability of bio-resources and efficient uses in the kitchen;
Energy implications of dietary habits;
Festival and change in pattern of energy consumption-impact on society;
Change in energy flow due to shift in agricultural practices (crop, cattle, fertilizer
use);
 Common facilities for reducing energy input in various sector, etc.
IV. Energy and Environment








The production or the use of energy especially the non-renewable sources had
always laid a great impact on the environment. Whether it is at the time of
production, processing, consumption or even transmission, it has great impact,
50
whereas it is an inseparable part of the growth and development. In this area one
can assess the environmental impacts of different processes of production,
transmission/transportation and uses of energy in and around us.
Some project ideas:
 Environmental impact of Power Plants;
 The impact of deposition of suspended particles on photosynthesis;
 Use of bio-resources as fuel in the kitchen and the impacts on health of
women;
 Automobile pollution-impact on human health;
 Insects congregating around lights and probable impact on its population;
 Impact of wind generators on birds and other animals;
 Environmental Impact of mining and explorations activities for energy
resources;
 Energy consumption in the brick industries;
 Fire wood collection and probable impact on forest and blodiversity; etc.
V. Energy Management and Conservation
The management of energy deals with different sources of Energy, assessing the
present demand and optimal requirement with identification of the causes of misuse
or wastage. It may be due to negligence, wrong practices and factors such as
aging of the machinery, transmission loss, or any such cause which poses
hindrance in delivering the maximum energy spent at the input. In order to meet
the loss of energy, identifying steps such as Strategies for minimizing these losses,
Strategies of techniques/set-up, change in management approach and practices
are usually taken as conservation measure.
Some project ideas:
 Energy audit of school electricity usage;
 Understanding green building;
 Role of renewable energy in disaster management;
 School water audit to assess the impact of water uses on energy consumption;
 Assessing energy consumption pattern for preparation of food in the school
 Recycling practices and its impact on energy consumption;
 Energy audit at a hospital;
 Energy conservation in a village household;
 Energy accounting for a solar green house;
 Effectiveness of solar passive measures;
 Comparison of energy utilization of different crops;
 Energy accounting of a specific crop from tillage to harvesting,etc.
VI. Energy Planning and Modeling
The term planning of energy here refers to means for creating self sufficiency in
energy with strategy for optimum use and achieving its security. This involves
assessing the present demand and supply situation with reference to assessing the
51
stock and identifying ways and means for optimizing the utilization. This is
achieved through reviewing the consumption pattern, projecting future demand and
supply and Comparing situation with the help of models. The modelling shall help
in identification of ways & means in attaining sufficiency and attain energy security.
Some project ideas:











Micro-level energy planning and modelling-start from your school;
Planning for energy-efficient buildings;
Modeling grey water recycling in a colony;
Energy planning for transport sector;
Modeling for water utilization of a particular society/area;
Assessing present energy usage and projection for future requirement for your
village or locality;
Modeling of windows for optimal utilization of energy;
Modeling of home/office interiors for efficient power consumption:
Modeling of energy efficient cooking system;
Modeling of energy self-sufficient locality/village/school;
To plan and model the change in school timings for reducing the energy
requirements; etc.
Relevance of CSC in the light of contemporary educational initiatives:
“A social movement along the lines of Children’s Science Congress should be
visualised in order to promote discovery learning across the nation, and
eventually throughout South Asia.” - National Curriculum Framework 2005,
Executive Summary, Page (ix)
37
MIGRATION:
One of the objectives of the Samiti is to promote National Integration
through effective implementation of its Migration Policy. The following
points are suggested in this regard:
- Success of migration depends upon the social and emotional integration,
hospitality and personal care towards migrated students.
- Students of Class VIII are to be encouraged to communicate with their
counterparts in the linked JNV for migration by briefing about the various activities
in the Vidyalaya.
- A documentary video film related to the important places in the district/state/region
may be shared with the linked JNV.
- A brief note about the cultural background of the students may be forwarded to the
linked JNV to have better understanding of the students.
- On any account, comments related to the background/culture/
community/caste/region should not be made by the staff and students. Principals
have to ensure the same for the smooth functioning of migration scheme
52
- The migrated students should be provided with all the opportunities for their social
and emotional integration, local exchange of culture and traditions by involving
them in all the activities of the Vidyalaya like cultural shows, dance, drama, literary
and club activities, games and sports, visit to historical places, festival
celebrations, based on their potential, aptitude and interest etc.
- Other arrangements to be made are
Timely selection of students for migration as per NVS norms in March
itself

Proper motivation of selected students and their parents.

Proper reservation in respect of to and fro journey well in advance to
ensure safe and comfortable journey. It should be ensured that the
students reach the linked JNV on the re-opening day itself.

Forwarding the details of students well in advance.

Intimating the date and time of departure/arrival of the team to the
counterpart JNV to make necessary arrangement.

Arrangement to be made to receive the students.

Providing all the necessary materials like bed, daily use items, etc., on the
day of arrival and ensuring comfortable stay.

Organizing friendship day.

A briefing session by the Principal regarding do’s and don’ts and safety
measures to be undertaken.

Arrangement is also to be made to communicate with the parent
JNV/parents regarding welfare of the students.

Text books and uniform are to be issued to the migrated students by the
parent JNV.
Report on migration is to be submitted to the Regional Office within 10 days of reopening of JNV after summer vacation.
38
MINI MIGRATION:








To be decided well in advance on the basis of selection criteria for admission in
class XI.
Approval is to be sought from NVS R.O., before sending the students.
Permitted, only when eligible for the stream opted by the student and parent.
Mini-migration to other JNV to continue studies in class XI is allowed only when
the concerned stream is not available in the parent JNV.
Mini-migrated students are to be treated at par with own students by the host
JNV.
All the documents including personal file are to be forwarded by the parent JNV
to the JNV where admission is confirmed.
Movement of the student is to be intimated well in advance to arrange for
comfortable accommodation.
Host JNV (JNV where admission is sought) is fully responsible for providing
textbooks, uniform, bedding items etc.
53
39
TRAINING:
Training is a systematic process to modify attitude and develop knowledge & skills. It
improves performance of employees through organized learning. Hence, it aims at
developing abilities in individuals, improving their performance/productivity and
satisfies current & future manpower needs. It helps the people to learn quickly and
effectively and prepares them to take up tough & tenacious job.
Navodaya Vidyalaya Samiti is very particular about professional development of its
employees. Therefore, a number of training courses are conducted through
Navodaya Leadership Institutes, IIMs, IIPA, MDI, ISTM, RIMSE, & other agencies.
During the year 2013-14 Navodaya Vidyalaya Samiti proposes to conduct a larger
number of training courses for all categories of employees. The NVS plans to
conduct the training courses at the following levels during the year 2013-14



Training courses to be conducted by NVS Hqr. through external agencies.
Training courses to be conducted by Regional offices.
Training courses to be conducted by NLIs.
The courses to be conducted will be as follows:
1. Induction courses for newly recruited teachers- 21 days.
2. Orientation courses for newly promoted teachers from TGT to PGT- 10 days.
3. Orientation courses for those PGTs and TGTs whose results are not upto the
expectations of NVS - 10 Days
4. Theme based workshops for teaching as well as non-teaching employees such
as house system, personality development, guidance & counselling, office
management, value education etc – 05 Days
5. Orientation courses on professional development for non teaching employees –5
days.
6. Workshops, symposiums, seminars, conferences from time to time.
7. Outsourcing of training programmes on managerial behavioral and leadership
skill at IIMs, IIP, MDI, ISTM and other agencies.
Systematic approach to training (SAT) The Navodaya Vidyalaya Samiti makes every effort to implement systematic approach to
training effectively which is illustrated below:
INDIA-
Identification of training needs.
Needs of training
Design of training course
Implementation of training
Assessment of training.
Salient features of Training Courses- The following will be the features of the training
programme conducted during the year.
1. Effective conduct of training programmes.
2. Thought provoking and interactive sessions.
3. Active participation of trainees.
54
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Innovative and interactive training techniques/strategies.
Quality Resource Persons and inputs.
Sharing experiences and expertise.
Transfer of learning.
Suitable boarding and lodging arrangements.
Educational excursion and Yoga.
Development of knowledge skill and attitude.
Benefits of Training:
Benefits to the organization:
- Accomplishment of objectives.
- Higher productivity and quality.
- Reduce wastage/complaints.
- Ability to perform additional task.
Benefits to the Individual:
- Professional development- higher efficiency.
- Personal effectiveness.
- Increase in exposure, confidence and better communication.
- Adoption of new skills and techniques.
- Higher morale and team spirit.
- Material benefits- increased earnings, promotions and incentives.
CONDUCT OF TRAINING COURSES:
As per the Training Schedule 2013-14 by the NVS (Hqr)
40
PACE SETTING ACTIVITIES:
One of the basic objectives of the Navodaya Vidyalaya scheme has been to enable
the JNVs to play the role of a pace setting institution in the field of school education in
the respective districts. The aim of the pace setting activities is to “galvanize
academic, social, cultural and community oriented environment of schools” in the
vicinity. By virtue of having a highly qualified and competent team of teachers, state
of the art laboratories and IT infrastructure, teaching aids and sports equipment and
rich libraries the JNVs are in a position to function as a “focal point for improvement in
the quality of school education in general, through sharing of experience and
facilities.” Though the ambit of pace setting activities is pretty vast and much of the
activities will depend on the ingenuity of the Principals and their team, some activities
in the major areas are suggested below:Academic Excellence
 Innovations and experimentations in the teaching-learning process
 Training/ workshop of teachers to adopt the latest educational technology
 Optimum use of Vidyalaya laboratories and library
 Use of Mathematics and junior science laboratories
 Use of ICT/ in class room transaction
 Effective communication and computation skills
 Counseling, career counseling and motivational sessions
Co curricular activities
55

Participation of the students of the neighbouring schools in the co curricular
activities of the JNV
 Competitions and exhibitions
 Programmes for the neighbouring schools on awareness of issues like
conservation of nature, road safety, first aid, cleanliness, civic sense and
democratic values and scientific temperament
 Scout and Guide and adventure activities
 Organizing Youth Parliament session and fine arts and performing art workshops
Community Services
 Coaching of rural children for JNVST
 Organizing immunization camps, health check up camps, first aid training
camps, pollution control and cleanliness drive, literacy campaign etc
 Providing mobile library for rural learners
 Organizing awareness campaigns on health and hygiene, safe drinking water,
population education, balanced diet, disaster management, RTI and consumer
laws, child labour and right to education
 Organizing street plays for promotion of scientific spirit, conservation of nature
and energy, water harvesting, tree plantation, family planning, education of the
girl child, balanced diet and safe drinking water, pollution control and awareness
of the evils of dowry system, untouchability, female feticide, alcohol and drug
addiction, gambling, illiteracy and superstition etc
 Computer literacy programme
 Vermicompost and mushroom culture under SUPW activities
The First Step to Pace Setting
Way back in the year 2002 the Samiti suggested an easy to execute and effective
activity in pace setting (vide page 303 of the Compendium of Circulars: Academic).
Those JNVs which have not done it yet can take the initiative today itself. An
impressive board may be permanently fixed at the front corridor of the Vidyalaya
displaying the list of fundamental duties of citizens. Go ahead!
41
YOGA & PHYSICAL EDUCATION:
Physical Education activities are the basis of all progressive methods in education.
Through well planned activity oriented programmes one should try to organize different
physical activities like drill, marching, sports etc directed towards physical, mental,
emotional, social, intellectual and moral development of the child.
No specific game should be conducted during Morning PT which may likely to
affect the performance of the child during the course of the day. The MOD,
HM/AHM and Staff Nurse are to be present for morning PT. PETs and students are to
be in appropriate dress for PT and games. Proper time table and Sports Calendar is to
be prepared and implemented in letter and spirit to engage all students both in morning
& evening PT effectively based on their interest and aptitude. Record should be kept
intact for inspection at any time. Training must be such that every student will have
some perfection in at least in one or two areas.
56
MORNING ACTIVITY SCHEDULE
ACTIVITIES
DAY
BOYS
GIRLS
MASS P.T.
MARCHPAST
CALLISTHENICS &
RHYTHMIC ACTIVITES
YOGA
MONDAY
TUESDAY
MASS P.T.
MARCHPAST
WEDNESDAY
YOGA
THURSDAY
CALLISTHENICS & RHYTHMIC ACTIVITES
FUTLET TRAINING
(HOPPING, JOGGING, BACKWARD RUNNING, SIDEWARD RUNNING ETC.,)
CROSS COUNTRY RUNNING ( MAY BE TAKEN UP WITHIN THE CAMPUS)
FRIDAY
SATURDAY
EVENING ACTIVITIES
Games: – Volley Ball, Hand Ball, Basket Ball, Kho-Kho, Kabbadi, Football, Hockey,
Throw Ball, Badminton, Table Tennis etc., Recreation games for Class VI may be
arranged for the first few months after their admission.
SPORTS & GAMES – TIME TABLE FOR THE YEAR 2013-2014
Boys
VI
Girls
Battery
Test-KhoKho
Battery
Test-KhoKho
Hand
Ball
Kabbadi
Volley
Ball
Football
Athletics
/TT
Chess &
Carroms
Hand
Ball
Athletics
Table
Tennis
Kabbadi
Volley
Ball
Chess &
Carroms
Boys
Battery Test
Hand Ball
Volley
Balll
Kho-Kho
Foot Ball
Athletics
/ TT
Kabbadi
Girls
Battery Test
Hand Ball
Kabbadi
Badminton
Volley
Ball
Kho-Kho
Chess &
Carrom
Boys
Battery Test
Volley Ball
Chess /
Kho-Kho
TT / Hand
Ball
Foot Ball
Athletics
Basket
Badminton
/ Carrom
Ball
Girls
Battery Test
Volley Ball
Kabbadi
Athletics /
Carrom
Basket
Ball
Boys
Athletics
Foot Ball
Hockey /
Volley
Ball
Cricket/
Basket
Badminton Ball
Girls
Volley Ball
Hand
Ball
Athletics
Basket
Ball
Boys
Football
Basket
Ball/
Cricket
Hockey &
Carrom
Badminton Athletics
& Gym
& Gym
TT /
Kabbadi
Chess &
Kho-Kho
Girls
Basket Ball,
TT &
Carrom
Volley
Ball
Kabbadi
Athletics
Kho-Kho
& Chess
Hand
Ball
Badminton
VII
Athletics
/ TT
VIII
IX
X
Badminton
Chess /
Kho-Kho
TT /
Handball
Kabbadi
/ KhoKho
TT /
Kho-Kho
Badminton Chess &
/ Kabbadi
Carrom
Badminton
TT/
Chess /
Carrom
57
Surya Namaskar,
Meditation
Practice In Previous
Asana
Surya Namaskar,
Meditation
Practice In Previous
Asana
Basket
Ball / TT
Hand Ball
Volley
Ball
Aug.
Sep.
Oct.
Dec.
Jan.
Surya Namaskar,
Meditation
Athletics
/ Carrom
Practice In Previous
Asana
Badminton
& Chess
Kho-Kho
Surya Namaskar
Girls
Hockey
Athletics
/ Gym
Surya Namaskar,
Meditation
Football
Practice In Previous
Asana
Surya Namaskar
Surya Namaskar
XII
Boys
Basket
Ball
Surya Namaskar
Sirasasana,
Kukutasan
Makarasana, Pawan
Mukkasana
Purna Chakarasana
Chess &
Hand
Ball
Volley
Ball &
Chess
Sarvangasana,
Halasana
Vajrasana, Sarvasana
Chakrasana,
Sasankasana
Padmasana, Siddasana
July
Purna
Dhanurasana,
Konasana
Gomakasana,
Matyasana
Kukutasana,
Bakasana
VII
April
Salabasana,
Bhujangasana
Basket Ball
& Carrom
Dyoga Mutrasana,
Pachimothasana
Dandasana, Noukasana
IX
Sirashasana,
Mayurasana
VI
-
Class
Chakrasana,
Paschimotasana
Girls
Badda Padmasana,
Parvatasana
Vrukshasana,
Padahasthasana
Volley Ball
Dhanursasana,
Tadasana
VIII
Ardha Matyendrasana,
Garudasana
XI
Boys
Foot Ball
Carrom &
Hockey
Athletics
&Gym
Badminton
Crickety
& TT
Badminto
n / TT
Hand Ball
Kabbadi
Kho-Kho
Athletics
Hand Ball
&
Cricket
Badminto
n
Kho-Kho Kabbadi
YOGA – TIME TABLE FOR THE YEAR 2013-2014
Feb.
58
42
Practice In Previous
Asana
Surya Namaskar,
Meditation
Surya Namaskar
Viruchikasana, Omkar
Asana
Hanumanasana,
Natarajasana
Sakunasana
Shalbhasana
Sirsha Padmasana
Mayura Padmasana
X
YOUTH PARLIAMENT:
Youth parliament has a special importance in developing an insight in the young
students. Thus, the purpose of having Youth Parliament in NVS is:
1. To make students understand the parliamentary procedure.
2. To develop in students an insight into the working of parliament
3. To make students consider public issues and form their opinion on
them.
4. To train students in the technique of group discussion and to arrive at
a decision after group discussion.
5. To develop in them respect and tolerance for the views of others,
respect for rules, and to train them in group behaviour.
6. To make students aware of various problems being faced by our
society and the country.
7. To develop in students the qualities of leadership.
8. To make students understand the common man's point of view and
express it in an articulated manner.
Regional Office will identify FOUR New Vidyalayas every year in addition to the FOUR
already identified Vidyalayas for the conduct of Youth Parliament competitions in the
region every year. These identified 8 Vidyalayas are to conduct Youth Parliament
competition for two continues years in their respective Vidyalayas. One Teacher of
each newly identified Vidyalaya will be given the training by the Ministry of
Parliamentary affairs for the conduct of Youth Parliament Competitions. Basing on the
judgment of a jury of judges at Vidyalaya level one best team will be identified at
Regional level for competing at National Level. The best performed Vidyalaya at
National Level competition will get an opportunity to witness the proceeding of the
Parliament sessions. The best performers of the identified vidyalayas at both
Regional & Nationals Levels will get Trophies and Mementoes from the Ministry of
Parliamentary affairs.
The following activities are to be carried out in connection with the Youth
Parliament Competitions:
1. Identification of teacher Incharge by the Principal and deputing him/her for
training as per the directions of NVS HQrs in April 2013.
2. Training the students for 30 days after the orientation course.
3. Completion of Regional Youth Parliament Competitions within 30 days from
the date of orientation course by arranging judges as per the norms.
4. Forwarding the result along with the detailed report to NVS RO by the principal
5. NVS RO to forward the consolidated report with result to NVS HQrs/Ministry of
59
Youth Parliamentary Affairs
6. Preparation for the National Youth Parliament Competitions.
43
ART-IN- EDUCATION:
Art in Education is based upon the visual, tangible arts which involve seeing,
observing, interpreting, discovering, imagining, reproducing, rehearsing, good decision
making and polishing of skills. It facilitates aesthetic experience and learning. The
Vidyalayas may diversify art activities for encouraging creativity which often stems
from cognitive thought processes in the students. It encourages independent thought
through critical thinking, reflection, reasoning, analysis and synthesis.
Art in education gives an excellent opportunity for students to give an outlet to
their originality. Vidyalayas may try for different concepts so that each Vidyalaya could
be able to bring to the lime light the culture and tradition of that locality and also to help
the children in inculcating moral values pertaining local and global issue, foster, nurture
and kindle their latent talent, and develop a broader view regarding various forms of
drama, folk songs, folk dances, theatre and creative writing etc. It increases students’
performance in academic areas as these activities require exercising the brain of the
young child. It strongly improves their free expression. Student acquires some of the
process of theatre. They explore and experiment with techniques and develop ideas.
Proposed Related Activities:
1. Proposals are to be received from JNVs for the conduct of Art in
Education Work shop
2. Identification of JNVs and areas of workshop on the basis of local
resources and culture by RO
3. Intimation to identified JNVs by NVS RO to identify the subject
Experts and assistants in the allotted area.
4. Intimation of details to NVS Hqrs. by NVS RO for approval.
5. Communicating the approval of NVS by NVS RO to the concerned
JNVs for organizing the workshop.
6. Conduct of workshop as per the directions of Samiti with the support
of local resource persons.
7. Preparing the students for the participation in the regional cultural
and literary meet.
8. Recorded version of the workshop on CDs to be forwarded to the NVS
RO along with a detailed report including the expenditure incurred by
the concerned JNV.
9.The R.O will compile the recorded versions of the workshop of various JNVs and
forward the same to the Hqrs
10. The concerned Regional Office to provide opportunities to the students to
showcase their talents and creativity during Regional Cultural and Literary Meets.
44
NCC:
The main aim of introducing NCC in JNVs is to develop character, comradeship,
discipline, leadership, secular outlook, spirit of adventure and the ideals of selfless
60
service amongst the students, and to create a human resource of organized, trained
and motivated youth, to provide leadership in all walks of life and always available for
the service of the nation. In JNVs where NCC facilities are available, a suitable
environment should be created to motivate the students to take up a career in the
Armed Forces. Proper safety precautions to be taken while sending the cadets to
attend various NCC Camps. NCC Day should be celebrated on 4th Sunday of
November every year.
45
SCOUTS & GUIDES:
Every JNV should have a functional Scouts & Guides Unit so that the JNV students
who are in Scouts and Guides would enjoy outing in the lap of mother nature, gets
satisfaction in helping others, and brave enough to face challenges. Hence it is
suggested to involve the Scouts and Guides in self learning and other social activities
of the Vidyalaya on the campus to make them more self motivated, Trust Worthy,
Loyal, Friendly, Courteous, Environmental conscious, self disciplined, courageous, and
pure in though, work & deed. Scouts and Guides should be encouraged for the
following proficiency badges which depending upon their age group:
Eligibility for Course Of
Activities & a Age
10Yrs
Sopan
Gap Between
-
11 Yrs
Entry
Pravesh &
Investiture
Pratham Sopan
12 Yrs
Dwitya Sopan
13 Yrs
Tritya Sopan
9 months from Pratham
Sopan
9 months from Dwitya Sopan
14Yrs
Rajya Puraskar
Rashtrapathi
Award
Rovers
12 months from Tritya Sopan
Atleast 12 months gap from
Rajya Puraskar
-
10Yrs
16 Yrs
17 Yrs to 18 Yrs
Three Months
9 months from Investiture
VACATION SCHEDULE OF ALL THE REGIONS (ANNEXURE- I)
46
ACTIVITIES RELATED TO BRITISH COUNCIL:
British Council is the United Kingdom’s International Organization for educational
opportunities & cultural relations. British Council creates international opportunities for
the people of U.K. and other Countries and build trust between worldwide. This can be
called as Cultural relations.
To widen the outlook of the people, the British Council sponsors many such programmes
which promotes for becoming global Citizens with a broader outlook. Some of the
programmes of Biritish Council are as follows:
i) BC Unbox 21- This is the latest an innovative new project launched by British
61
Council in the year 2012 in JNVs. The specific objectives of the project are :
a ) To develop and deepen capacity of teachers in the understanding role of
digital games in teaching and learning.
b) To develop capacity of teachers to develop learning frameworks to embed games
in to
learning and teaching.
c) To evaluate the impact of digital game based activities on teaching and learning.
d) To develop strategy for disseminating and scaling the project outcomes.
The project seeks to exploit the combined power of digital media and learning
pedagogy to introduce digital games based learning in classroom. The ultimate goal of
the project is to develop teachers’ capacity in India to embed digital game based
learning into the classroom and curriculum to enhance student engagement and
support 21st century skills development. It also focuses on Secondary Science
Teachers ( teaching classes VI to VIII ) in its first year and sets out to investigate how
games can help in the development of 21st century skills.
ii) Biritish Council young global Citizens summit 2012: Young global citizens’
summit 2012 was organized in Bhuvaneshwar Orissa on 26 th Jan to 29th Jan 2012
under the strong belief that community is one of the most powerful forces of change, a
repository of valuable experience and the Driver of innovation and creativity.
Participation in this programme apart from being highly interesting it would be a great
learning experience for all students and teachers. Total 12 students and 2 teachers
participated in the above programme and got good exposure.
Name of the
Cluster
Lucknow - Patna
Jaipur
Chandigarh
Dholpur(Rajastha
n)
Pune
Sh. M.R.Chakraborthy, AC
Sh. R.P.Dhobal , AC
03
03
No. of
Teachers
Participated
01
01
Sh. A.B.Bhardwaj, AC
03
01
Sh.S.S.Divakar, AC
03
01
Cluster Coordinator
No. of students
participated
iii) Connecting classroom programme: connecting classroom programme was
started in JNVs in 2009-10. Under this programme, the teachers and children of JNVs
were connected with the children of U.K. schools. The T-L process of the classrooms
of JNVs was connected with the classrooms of U.K. Schools. Many activities were
assigned and organized by the teachers and students of JNVs and U.K. Schools which
were communicated and exchanged with each other. The JNVs which successfully
completed the project were awarded with a very prestigious and most coveted ISA
Award.
iv) UKIERI (UK India Education and Research Initiative):This started in April 2006
with the aim of enhancing educational links
between Indian and the U.K. This
programme has been further extended for years from 20.11.2015. This programme
played a pivotal role in
62
(a) Establishing a step change in the educational relation between the two Countries.
(b) Bring systematic change by reaching out to large numbers.
(c) Provide opportunity for professional and leadership development of Schools,
higher education institutions and vocational institutions, support partnerships and
develop student mobility and skills development programmes.
v) Exchange of Library programme: British Council is likely to start exchange of
Library programme with the JNVs and U.K. schools. Under this programme, Libraries
of JNVs will be shared with the Libraries of U.K. schools and thus the teachers and
students will be benefited extensively with this programme.
vi) British Council Library Services: At the moment British Council Libraries are
located in major cities and they offer many beneficial services which can be understood.
One benefit is that an institution can have membership and get a good number of books
on loan to benefit the Students and Staff.
47
GENDER SENSITIZATION PROGRAMME:
Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalayas constitute a unique and large network of coeducational institutions in the country and residential culture is common to all of them.
NVS expects all JNVs to strive for enhancing the quality of co-educational residential
culture and its effectiveness by creating a safe environment for children and not to harm
them in any way by any act of immoral behaviour while in the custody of JNV. In order
to enable all persons to participate effectively in a free and more human environment
and to build awareness on gender equality, Samiti has planned to conduct gender
sensitization programme through AEP with objectives as under:


Creating positive and just gender environment among students in the JNVs.
Establishing gender sensitization approach within school premises.
In order to achieve the above objectives, the following measures have to be taken:
Training modules
Training Modules will be prepared centrally at the level of NVS Hqrs in
collaboration with AEP Training Programs. Training modules will contain specific
objectives and activity based programme. The salient features/ outlines of the modules
will be as under:


Establishing & maintain positive and responsible relationship.
Understanding and challenging straw types discriminations.
Understanding and challenging sexual abuses & aggression.
Training Schedule
With the objective to impart training to the teachers of JNVs, following
training schedule is to be undertaken: Centralized training programmes will be conducted in four phases for
master trainers for identified teachers from all regions to act as Master
trainers.
63


Regional level training programmes will be conducted in three to four
phases depending on the number of JNVs and number of teachers so as
to cover all the JNVs. The training programme at the regional level will be
conducted by the master trainers of AEP programmes.
Gender sensitization sessions for the students of JNVs will be conducted
by the trained teachers once in a week for each class.
Selection criteria for Teachers for Training








At least one male and female teacher should be deputed from each school
for training at initial stage.
Preferably below 45 years of age to be identify for the training.
Interested in such subjects and sensitize to concerns of young people.
Sensitive to cultural sensibilities.
Friendly with students.
Good knowledge of local culture.
Excellent communication skills (English, Hindi & Local dialect)
Experience of imparting participatory training in education and
development related issues.
Conducting sensitization sessions in the JNVs for the students









Each JNV will allot 45 minutes per week to each class for conduct of
Sensitization Sessions to the students once in a week.
The time frame may be decided by the JNV on the basis of the need of
concerned target groups and local situations.
The programme materials need to be adapted as per the local needs
without making changes in the topics/ activities.
The resource person/trained teacher will be well prepared and should be
fully aware of all training needs/contents.
The teacher/resource persons is expected to aware of the profile of target
group/participants and will facilitate better communication among the
resource person and students.
The participatory and interactive approaches are at core of the entire
session.
Efforts will be required to ensure to every students gets necessary
motivation and opportunities for active participation and learning.
Keeping the contents/resource material and transactions relevant to the
concern of students and their needs will be given special focus.
The period should be allotted to the teachers who are trained in AEP
Programs.
Conduct of awareness program in other activities
In addition to the above the Principals of the JNVs are required to prepare an
action plan for the year 2013-14 for gender sensitization awareness in the JNVs in
the form of debates, demonstrations, discussions, chalks, hand outs , audio & video
64
clipping, campaigning, essay writing competitions, stage activities, lectures in the
morning assembly and programmes in the co-curricular activities on the following
topics.










Educate a woman- Educate a nation.
To share experience of working with ladies.
To help men recognize the importance of women in society.
Familiarize students with gender issues.
To encourage Girls to examine their personal beliefs on life and work – A
reflection on values.
Multiple roles of women in society.
Some facts about women in society.
Gender equality.
Factors hampering the progress of Girls.
Value Education.
Monitoring:
The facilitators i.e. R.Os, Assistant Commissioner i/c Cluster, Principals and
trained teachers are responsible for effective implementation of the programe in JNVs.
The Assistant Commissioners, Cluster (I/C) is responsible for monitoring the
implementation of the programs in their respective JNVs under their cluster and submit
reports on quarterly basis.
Check list for monitoring will be sent periodically by the Principals to Assistant
Commissioner, Cluster (I/C) on the proforma at (Annexure – III) by 5th day of every
succeeding month who will submit the reports of all JNVs under this control in
consolidated manner to concerned ROs. The ROs will submit reports/feedback to
Hqrs. on quarterly basis on the format at Annexure – IV for further review.
Note: JNVs will be at liberty to add few new areas concerned to gender
sensitization as per the resources available.
48
SELF-DEFENCE TRAINING PROGRAMMES FOR EMPOWERING GIRLS:
Samiti has been emphasizing the need for achieving excellences of students in
various games, sports & physical activities in the JNVs. Although the participation of
girls in sports and physical activities and competitions at various levels have been
observed encouraging in the JNVs. Generally, the girls should be encouraged to
participate in co-curricular activities, sports, games and physical activities, Scout &
Guide, NCC and other adventure programs.
In the wake of present scenario, it has been felt that learning of self-defence skills
is essential to empower individual girls which can help them to live with dignity and
confidence and to defend themselves against the violence against them.
65
In order to create awareness about the safety of the girls, special focus is required
to be given in the sports & physical activities to teach basic self-defence techniques
to train them and to tackle real life situations and protect themselves from anti-social
elements.
Objectives:
To train Navodaya girl students for safeguarding and to defend
themselves against crimes against them. Implementation of self-defence
progress.
Measures to Achieve the Goal:
 The self-defence training for girls will be taken as one of the important
activity for inclusion in the sports & physical activities being conducted in
the JNVs. The training will include i.e. Judo, Karate & Taekwondo and
other innovative techniques for self-defence.
 The Principals will identify training resources /experts preferably from the
recognized agencies/organizations.
 The Resource persons/experts preferably female Instructors may be
appointed initially for a period of three months.
 An honorarium of Rs. 10,000/- shall be paid to the Instructor out of Vikas
Nidhi Fund of the Vidyalaya.
 The girl students will be divided into groups for conduct of the classes.
One group should consist of not more than 7 to 10 for training purpose.
 The Principal will ensure that week long curriculum for teaching of selfdefence is prepared by the Instructor and one hour a day will be allotted
to a group of students so that all the girl students are covered alternately
during the period of three months initially.
 The Principal will plan the allotment of time and space for training
keeping in view the prescribed time schedule of the Vidyalaya.
 The Principal will submit feedback report of the activity undertaken to the
Asstt. Commissioner, Cluster Incharge periodically i.e. by 5th day of every
succeeding month.
 The Asstt. Commissioner, Cluster Incharge will monitor & review the
reports of the JNVs of his/her cluster and submit report to the Regional
office by 15th day of the succeeding month in a consolidated manner.
 The Deputy Commissioner, Regional office will review the feedback
reports of the JNVs of their respective regions and submit report to NVS
Hqrs on quarterly basis for conduct of review meetings.
 Self defence classes may be organized during morning PT/Evening
games hours.
Note: The Vidyalayas will be at liberty to add a few more areas, if
any, for further strengthening the sports & self-defence programmes
for the girl students.
49
RESULT FRAMEWORK DOCUMENT (RFD):
66
The Department of School Education & Literacy, Ministry of Human
Resource Development, Govt. of India is in the process of finalization
of its strategic plan for the next five years. In order to reflect the
concerns of all the stake-holders, the Department of School Education
proposes for preparation of Result Framework Document (RFD) with
the objectives of focusing the progress in moving the organization from
process of orientation to result orientation and to evaluate overall
performance of the organization at the end of the year. The Result
Framework Document should contain vision, mission, objectives,
function and key objectives of success indicators.
In order to prepare the documents at the Hqrs. level, a sample format
which is being followed is also available on the website of the
Department
of
School
Education
&
Literacy
i.e.
http://education.nic.in/Elementary/elementary.asp
The Vidyalayas will prepare their own RFD which will be transmitted to the
concerned Regional Office and RO will prepare RFD for the Regional office
which will be transmitted to Hqrs. The Vidyalayas and Regional Offices
should download the information from the website and a discussion need to
be made for preparation of RFD.
*****
67
50
AWARDS TO TEACHERS AND STUDENTS
NATIONAL AWARDS TO TEACHERS –PRESIDENT AWARD
The Government of India, Ministry of HRD invites recommendation of meritorious
and deserving teachers/ Vice-Principal/ Principals for National Award to teacher.
Quota/ Category of Award allocated to the Samiti:
Primary Category
Secondary Category
Total
Awards
Primary
Special
Secondary
Special
1
1
1
1
4
Teachers teaching up to class VIII are considered under Primary Category where
as teachers teaching from IX-XII including Vice Principal and Principal are
considered under Secondary Category
Special Category:
Teachers promoting integrated inclusive education to the students with
disabilities/Teachers with disabilities working in JNVs/Special Teacher or trained
general teachers who may have done outstanding work for inclusive education are
also considered under the Special Category.
Main Consideration for Selection
 Teacher’s reputation in the local community
 His/Her academic efficiency and desire for its improvement
 His/Her genuine interest in and love for children; and
 His/Her involvement in the social life of the community
Conditions of eligibility
 Classroom teachers with at least 15 years regular teaching experience and
Vice Principal/Principals with regular 20 years of teaching experience in
the Samiti are considered.
 In case of teacher promoting an integrated inclusive education the
eligibility will stand reduced from 15 years to 10 years of service and 20
years to 15 years for Principals/Vice Principals.
 Retired teachers are not eligible for the Award but those teachers who
have rendered a part of the calendar year at least for four months i.e. up to
30th April (for the year to which National Award relates) may be
considered.
 Only those teachers having requisite years of experience as on 31 st
December of the preceding year are eligible to be considered for the
Award.
Procedure for selection:
The names shall be recommended by the duly constituted Regional Level
Committee as per the quorum given below and transmitted to NVS Hqrs, for
further scrutiny and onward nomination to the Union Government in the order of
merit in conformity to the number of prizes allotted in each category.
Regional Level Committee:
Deputy Commissioner, NVS RO as Chairman
Three Assistant Commissioner of concerned RO as Members
68
Documents to be submitted:




Particulars of Teachers/ Vice Principals/ Principals duly filled in
the requisite format provided by the Ministry.
Two pass port size photographs duly attested on backside.
A brief resume of Teacher focusing achievements, awards,
contribution to Vidyalaya Community etc.
Vigilance Clearance Certificate stating that no Vigilance case is
either pending or contemplated against him/ her as per records
available.
The selected candidates are awarded on 5th September every year by
the President of India.
NVS INCENTIVE AWARDS
The Scheme of Navodaya Vidyalaya Samiti Incentive Award to the
Principals, Vice Principals, PGTs, TGTs and Miscellaneous category of
teachers at National level is launched since last couple of years. These
awards are given to the faculty of teaching staff including Principals and
Vice Principals for excellence in academic and all round meritorious
performance in different areas.
Number of awards earmarked at National Level:
Sl.No.
Category
Number of Awards
1
Principal
5
2
Vice-Principal
5
3
PGTs
One for each subject
4
TGTs
One for each subject
5
6
Misc.Category of Teachers TGTs(i.e. Art,Music,PET, SUPW
& Librarian)
Students Toppers (Class X - 03
& Class XII-05)
One for each subject
8
Eligibility criteria:
1. Principals, Vice Principals and Teachers, who have rendered Six
years of regular service in Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalayas by 31 st
March of the year.
2. 95% of passes in CBSE Board Examination of Class X & XII in the
69
immediate past 3 years (for Principals/Vice Principals).
3. 95% of passes in their subject in immediate past 3 years (for
Teachers)
4. Level
of
achievement
in
Vidyalaya
activities
like
House
management, Mess Management, CCA, NCC, Scouts and Guides,
Sports and Games, Computer Education/ ICT, Pace Setting, etc.
5. Good conduct and behaviour and contribution towards healthy
conducive atmosphere.
Details of Awards:
Cash Award - Each awardee Principal/Vice Principal/Teachers
selected for National Award will be honoured with Cash Award of
Rs.10,000/-.
A shawl costing Approximately Rs.1, 600/- per piece
A commendation certificate
Guidelines for recommendation:
1.
Quantitative and Qualitative performance in Academics for the
last 3 years.
2.
Contribution and achievement in co-scholastic activities.
3.
Use of ICT in class transaction.
4.
Innovative projects undertaken.
5.
Frequency of participation in training programme, In-service
courses as resource person etc.
6.
Working as House Master/ Associate House Master.
7.
Grading of ACRs for the last three years.
8.
Recognition at District/ Regional/ State/ National Level
The constituted committee at Headquarter Level scrutinize the credentials of
recommended Awardees and select the best Principals, Vice Principals, and
Teachers for NVS Incentive Award at National Level.
70
NVS NATIONAL AWARDS TO STUDENTS









Eligibility criteria:
Three Toppers of class X across the JNVs in terms of percentile score obtained in
CBSE Board Exam.
Five Toppers of class XII (One in Aggregate and one each in four streams) across
the JNVs in CBSE Board Examination.
Details of Award:
Gold Medal (50 gms Silver medal of 75% purity with rhodium gold polish and
Navodaya Logo one side and details of Exam. on the other side)
A Commendation Certificate.
Documents to be submitted
Particulars of Teachers/ Vice Principals/ Principals duly filled in the requisite format
provided by the Samiti.
Two pass port size photographs duly attested on backside and attach in a
separate envelope.
A brief resume of Teacher focusing achievements, awards, contribution to
Vidyalaya Community etc.
Vigilance Clearance Certificate stating that no Vigilance case is either pending or
contemplated against him/ her as per records available.
Any other relevant information
*****
71
72
51
DAILY ROUTINE – SUMMER BOUND AND WINTER BOUND JNVs:
DAILY ROUTINE (SUMMER BOUND) FOR THE YEAR 2013-14
S.NO.
NAME OF ACTIVITY
TIME
1.
Rouse
5.15 a.m.
2.
Morning PT/Yoga
5.45 to 6.15 a.m.
3.
Bath & Change
6.15 to 7.00 a.m.
4.
Milk/Alternative item
7.00 to 7.15 a.m.
5.
Assembly
7.15 to 7.35 a.m.
6.
I Period
7.35 to 8.15 a.m.
7.
II Period
8.15 to 8.55 a.m.
8.
Break-fast
8.55 to 9.30 a.m.
9.
III Period
9.30 to 10.10 a.m
10.
IV Period
10.10. to 10.50 a.m.
11.
V Period
10.50 to 11.30 a.m.
12.
Recess
11.30 to 11.40 a.m.
13.
VI Period
11.40 to 12.20 p.m.
14.
VII Period
12.20 to 1.00 p.m.
15.
VIII Period
1.00 to 1.40 p.m.
16.
Lunch & Rest
1.40 to 3.00 p.m.
17.
Supervised Study/
Remedial teaching
3.00 to 4.30 p.m.
18.
Tea & Snacks
4.30 to 4.45 p.m.
19.
Games & Roll Call
4.45 to 5.50 p.m.
20.
Bath & Change
5.50 to 6,.15 p.m.
21.
Supervise Study in Academic Block
6.30 to 8.00 p.m.
22.
Dinner
8.00 to 8.45 p.m.
23.
Counselling by H.M./A.H.M. and Roll
Call
8.45 to 9.15 p.m.
24.
Self Study
9.15 to 10.15 p.m.
25.
Light Off
10.15 p.m
73
ROUTINE (WINTER BOUND) FOR THE YEAR 2013-14
S.NO.
NAME OF ACTIVITY
TIME
1
Rouse
5.45 a.m.
2
Morning PT/Yoga
6.15 to 6.45 a.m.
3
Bath & Change
6.45 to 7.30 a.m.
4
Supervise Study
7.30 to 8.30 a.m.
5
Break-fast
8.30 to 9.00 a.m.
6
Assembly
9.00 to 9.20 a.m.
7
I Period
9.20 to 10.00 a.m.
8
II Period
10.00 to 10.40 a.m.
9
III Period
10.40 to 11.20 a.m.
10
Recess
11.20 to 11.30 a.m.
11
IV Period
11.30 to 12.10 p.m.
12
V Period
12.10 to 12.50 p.m.
13
VI Period
12.50 to 1.30 p.m.
14
Lunch & Rest
1.30 to 2.40 p.m.
15
VII Period
2.40 to 3.20 p.m.
16
VIII Period
3.20 to 4.00 p.m.
18
Tea & Snacks
4.00 to 4.30 p.m.
19
Games & Roll Call
4.30 to 5.30 p.m.
20
Bath & Change
5.30 to 6.15 p.m.
21
Supervise Study in Academic Block
6.15 to 8.00 p.m.
22
Dinner
8.00 to 8.45 p.m.
23
Counselling by HM/AHM and Roll Call
8.45 to 9.15 p.m.
24
Self Study
9.15 to 10.00 p.m.
25
Light Off
10.00 p.m.
74
52
SUNDAY/HOLIDAY ROUTINE:
S.No.
Activity
Time
1 Rouse
5:30 AM
Roll Call, Cleaning of House surrounding /
2 Dormitories / Beautification of Campus.
.HMs/AHMs on rotation and MOD to attend.
06:30 to 07:30 AM
3 Cleaning of Cloths, Bath & Change.
07:30 to 09:00 AM
4 Break Fast
09:00 to 09:30 AM
Organised Study /Special Assembly or Function on
the Holiday
5
10:00 to 12:00 NOON
(Vidyalaya will arrange staff duties for supervision
on rotation basis)
6 Own time
12.00 to 1.15 PM
7 Lunch & Rest
01:15 to 02:30 PM
8 Library
02:30 to 04:00 PM
9 Roll Call, Tea & Snacks
04:30 to 5.00 PM
10 TV/Optional Games
5.00 to 8.00 PM
11 Dinner
8.00 to 8.45 PM
12 Counselling by HM/AHM and Roll Call
8.45 to 9.15 PM
13 Self Study
9.15 to 10.00 PM
14 Lights off
10.00 PM
Since Librarian will be engaged every Sunday in the afternoon, he may be
given off in the Saturday afternoon.
Note: Flexibility is given to the Regional Offices for any change, if needed.
53
BANDOBAST ACTIVITIES BEFORE RE-OPENING OF VIDYALOAYA AFTER
SUMMER VACATION:
Every JNV should prepare an Action Plan for carrying out various important activities before
summer vacation so as to carry out these activities during summer break:
1. REPAIR & MAINTENANCE OF BUILDINGS
Repair & Maintenance of building should be carried out based on the action plan as
suggested at proforma 1D which is enclosed. M&R Committee should be constituted
as per the guidelines given by construction wing. It should be ensured that one
officer from local PWD / Irrigation Department should be included in the committee
with the help of Chairman VMC. Before summer vacation starts the M&R Committee
75
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
should meet and chalk out the various activities that are required to be taken up
during the summer vacation under M&R. It should also be ensured that
unnecessarily teaching staff should not be retained during summer vacation for the
purpose of carrying out M&R work. Once proper planning is done O.S/UDC should
be entrusted with the responsibility of supervising the M&R work. Purchase of
materials should be done before Vidyalaya closes. Over all the following activities
under M&R should be taken up with priority during vacation.
Repair of water supply system, electrical installation, sewer system, sanitary system,
doors/window/ventilators, plaster/floor repair etc in dormitories, school building, MP
Hall, dining/Kitchen and staff quarters.
White washing/colour washing/painting in all buildings including boundary wall and
main entrance gate.
Making the play fields upto date
Cleaning of OHT/UG sump/roof top tank/septic tank/man hole/gully trap/sewer
line/open surface drain etc.
Uprooting of plants/shrubs from wall & roof.
2. REPAIR OF FURNITURE AND GADGETS
a) It is to be ensured that all beds/cots, bench/desk, chairs, almirahs etc are in
good condition
b) Ensure that no children sit on dari in classroom.
c) The beds shall be oriented properly in dormitories and will be numbered: a
register should be made allocating number of bed to a particular child, so that
at the time of reporting he gets proper allocation.
SAFETY AND SECURITY MEASURES:
a) Implementation of 14 Point Programme regarding safety & Security of
students circulated vide letters dated May 18th 2011 and Aug 4th 2011 by
NVS –SA wing to be implemented with all seriousness and monthly report to
be submitted to RO regularly by 5th of every month. In this regard following
points may be noted for strict compliance:
1) Every Principal and staff member in a Navodaya Vidyalaya will carefully
follow these points for due and proper compliance.
2) Every Principal will submit a monthly report to the concerned Regional
Office indicating compliance of these 14 Points and shortcomings, if any.
3) Every Assistant Commissioner Incharge of Cluster will personally
monitor proper implementation of these programmes during his visit to
the vidyalayas and also through frequent personal interaction.
4) Regional Office will take immediate follow up action on any shortcomings
in implementation in any Vidyalaya and submit a report to the
Headquarters.
5) 14 Points security measures suggested in this programme are bare
minimum and illustrative. Principals of the vidyalayas may add any other
point for monitoring based on local felt needs of the Vidyalaya.
b) A set of 5 proformae as under have been prepared for regular monitoring:
1) Monthly House Prefects Meeting with Principal in the Presence of House
Masters
2) Monthly Class Prefects/Monitors Meeting with Principal in the Presence
of Class Teachers
76
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
54
3) Monthly Staff Meeting
4) Monthly Maintenance & Repair (M&R) Committee Meeting
5) Monthly Mess Committee Meeting.
All fire extinguishers shall be checked: expired one’s shall be refilled and
placed in position.
The sand buckets shall be painted and put in place.
Boundary wall/fencing shall be checked & repaired wherever found
damaged.
Locking arrangement of terrace doors of dormitory & school buildings shall
be ensured.
Food waste shall be disposed off preferably in a compost pit about 150 to
200 mtr. away from habitat area in the JNV campus.
Open wells shall be covered with Grills and kept locked.
MCB’s should be locked, etc. All open and naked wires of electrical fittings
to be repaired and power supply system should be made functional in all
respects.
ANNUAL STOCK VERIFICATION:
1. In the first week of March of every year, stock verification committees in
respect of all stocks are to be constituted for cross checking the physical stock
with that of the register.
2. Stock verification is to be completed by 31 st March and the committees are
expected to submit the report by highlighting the following points:
 Actual position of physical stock with reference to the stock register
 List of items for which shortage is noticed along with quantity
 List of items which are found in excess
 List of items which can be repaired and further used
 List of unserviceable items to be condemned along with other details in the
prescribed proforma to the Principal, who in turn will verify and take necessary
action as per the guidelines of NVS.
3. The items, which may be condemned at the JNV level may be done regularly.
4. Used unserviceable text books, beyond the life span, are not to be stored in the
library, which is the source of knowledge and information. They are to be
disposed off as per norms
5. Sparing a room only for dumping items to be condemned is strictly against the
norms. Either they are to be repaired and used or to be disposed off as per
norms.
77
PROCEDURE FOR CONDEMNATION AND DISPOSAL OF
ARTICLES BY JAWAHAR NAVODAYA VIDYALAYAS:
The procedure of condemnation may be initiated only in
respect of those articles which are identified as fully unserviceable. In
this regard, the Samiti has finalized a list of articles and their respective
life span based on the feedback received from the field functionaries
2.
FREQUENCY OF CONDEMNATION PROCEDURE
Condemnation procedure may be initiated every year during
the
week of April (i.e. after completion of annual stock verification
and recommendation thereon by the Stock Verification Committee).
1st
3.
COMMITTEE AT JNV LEVEL FOR INITIATING THE
CONDEMNATION PROCEDURE
A Committee, consisting of the followings, shall be constituted
to review the articles listed by the Stock Verification Committee for
condemnation:
1. Principal
Chairperson
2. District Magistrate or his representative not
below the rank of Assistant DistrictMagistrate
3. One member of VMC
4. Senior Most Teacher
5. Stock holders of the respective stock
6. Store Keeper
7. Office Superintendent /Upper Division Clerk
(in case post of OS not filled up /sanctioned)
-
-
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
Convener
This Committee will review the status of unserviceable articles which
have completed their prescribed span of life and make its recommendation to
the appropriate authority within 15 days of such meeting/ inspection.
4.
RULES FOR CONDEMNATION
i)
The articles, which have the life span of less than 3 years and within the
cost of Rs. 5000/- (i.e. the original purchase price of articles) can be
disposed off judiciously at Vidyalaya level by the Principal after these
are condemned by the Committee.
ii)
All library books irrespective of its book value are deemed to be a capital
nature. Condemnation of library books and the vehicle is not covered in
these guidelines.
Each and every article purchased in the
Vidyalayaboth consumable & non–consumable irrespective of its value
shall be entered into respective stock register by the store keeper after
78
proper verification of voucher /bill with respect to the approval of
thecompetent authority for purchase of such articles.
5
Life
span
6
7
8
Justification for
Condemnation
4
Stock Register
Page No.
Total cost
3
Date of
Purchase
Cost per unit
2
Qty.
1
Name of Article
S.No.
iii) The first exercise of condemnation may be completed immediately
preferably within 2-3 stages of meeting as convenient
iv) Every article which is listed for premature condemnation shall be verified by
the Committee who shall certify that the article was duly maintained
properly and the proposed premature condemnation is genuine.
v) In respect of items of Machinery / equipment, such as Typewriter.
Duplicating machine, Fridge, TV, etc., a certificate shall be obtained
from the authorized Work Shop to the effect that the repair etc. is not
economical and the article can be considered for condemnation.
vi) A separate Condemnation Register shall be maintained giving details of
articles,prescribed life span of articles, reference of stock register entry,
Date of purchase / receipt as Gift, justification for condemnation etc.
vii) The proposal for condemnation shall contain justification for each and every
item proposed for condemnation. Following format is suggested:Details of Articles
9
viii)
If an article becomes unserviceable before the life span expires and /
or the article is found missing / stolen and the responsibility of stock holder has
been established for its recovery / becoming unserviceable due to lack of
proper maintenances, the residual / net value (i.e. Gross value – depreciation
charged) thereof shall be recovered from the person responsible with the
approval of competent authority. The Money Receipt No. (CS 12) and date for
such recoveries is to be mentioned in the stock Register at appropriate place
to avoid duplication in the Accounts.
ix)
Any item of assets supplied to the school by the Regional Office or
Headquarter or by the donors shall be recorded in the Stock Register at the
Vidyalaya level. Similarly, the concerned wing at the Regional Office may
endorse the statement of distribution to the respective Internal Audit Unit for
appropriate recording and monitoring of the same. Condemnation of such
articles will also be based on these norms.
79
5.POWERS OF AUTHORITIES FOR DECIDING CONDEMNATION AND
DISPOSAL / WRITE OFF OF ARTICLES
Sl.
No
Existing Powers
(i)
Vidyalaya
(ii)
Regional
Office
(iii) Hqrs.
6.
Upto Rs.5,000/- on each
occasion based on the
recommendation of duly
constituted Condemnation
Committee
Upto Rs.10,000/- in each
case subject to maximum
ofRs.50,000/- per annum.
Full Powers
Revised Powers
Upto Rs.10 Lacs per
annum on the
recommendation of duly
constituted
Condemnation
Committee.
Full powers
Full Powers.
PROCEDURE
i)
The Stock holder concerned shall prepare the list in the prescribed
proforma as per Sl. No. 4 (viii) above and submit the same to the
Principalafter annual physical verification.
ii)
The Principal shall review and prepare a consolidated list with
complete details in the above proformaand put up before the Condemnation
Committee.
iii)
The Condemnation Committee shall examine the consolidated list
and also make recommendation on each and every item proposed for
condemnation after inspecting the status of item concerned with reference to
the date of purchase, its life span and the validity of proposed condemnation
of item.
iv)
The articles which can be condemned at the level of JNV may be so
decided and the proposal for the rest, which requires the approval from
Regional Office, may be forwarded to the Regional Officewith complete
details and recommendation after verification as per prescribed format
without any ambiguous information in the proposal. The statement should be
prepared in juxta position by keeping place for decision/remarks if any, of
Regional Office also.The proposal so submitted may be verified by the Audit
Wing at Regional Office and after verification they may submit a
comprehensive proposal to the Deputy Commissioner for an appropriate
decision thereon.
v)
The Vidyalaya shall also obtain approval of Vidyalaya Management
Committee for condemnation of articles declared un-serviceable /
condemned.
vi)
The internal audit during its inspection shall also verify that the
procedure followed at Vidyalaya level was inconformity with the above
guidelines. Any lapse so identified shall be treated strictly.
vii)
The articles decided for condemnation may be disposed off as
detailed below, after issue of the specific Sanction Order by the competent
authority:
80
(a)
(b)
Items having life less than
3 years like uniform, Text
Books and articles worth
less than Rs. 5000/(reference para-5 (i)
above).
Items referred to in para5(ii) above as well as
items other than 4(ii)
above.
Auctioned to dealers or disposers after following
due procedure like calling sealed quotations
etc. and the value so recovered be credited to
Revenue Receipts (for consumable items) and
Capital Receipts (for non-consumable items) in
the Accounts.
Auctioned in one lot in presence of
Condemnation Committee after a brief
advertisement in local news paper, calling
sealed tender etc. and the value so received be
credited to Revenue Receipts (for consumable
items) and Capital Receipts (for nonconsumable items) in the Accounts.
viii) The Competent Authority while auctioning the unserviceable nonconsumable articles,shall fix a reserve price of such non-consumable items to
the extent of minimum 10% of book valueand / or the residual / net value
worked out after providing of depreciation thereon, whichever is more, and
the articles be disposed off to the highest bidder.
ix)
After appropriate decision is taken on condemnation, the Regional
Office concerned shall pass the specific order on condemnation indicating
therein all the particulars of the items as contained in proforma of proposed
list of condemnation. Similarly, the Principal shall also pass a specific order
regarding the items of articles condemned at his level. In order to maintain
the uniformity of the same, the Regional Office may prescribe
55
SAFETY AND SECURITY OF STUDENTS:
Navodaya Vidyalayas being Co-educational and residential in nature, it is the prime
responsibility of the Principal and staff to ensure safety and security of children till they
remain on the rolls of the Vidyalaya. The Principal and staff of the Jawahar Navodaya
Vidyalayas are expected to ensure that Safety and Security and good health of
students are given paramount importance. Some of the preventive measures for safety
and security of the children in the JNVs are suggested as follows:
PRECAUTIONARY CODE FROM SICKNESS:
•
Preparation and implementation schedule of visit of Principal, Staff Nurse and
Housemaster to the dormitories.
•
•
Enquire from house captain about health and welfare of the children during visit.
•
The Principal, Housemasters, and other teachers must conduct fortnightly
The Housemaster to submit daily report to the Principal on the format to be
prescribed by the Vidyalaya indicating the welfare and presence of children.
81
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
inspection of the class rooms, dormitories, dining hall, toilet and bathroom blocks
to specifically find out whether the electrical wiring and points are in order. In
case they find any un-insulated live wires, the wiring must be changed and
electricity disconnected, till such defects are set right. Nobody should tamper with
the distribution boxes with the fuse carriers.
Regular roll call and attendance by Housemaster twice daily. The attendance
Register of House to be verified and countersigned by Principal at 10.00 p.m.
daily.
The Staff Nurse will attend the sick child immediately. No illness of the child is to
be taken casually or a routine manner instead the symptoms of illness and
medicines given should be recorded in the register.
The sick student should not left alone in the dormitory at any time.
The sick child is to be kept under the supervision of staff nurse or a teacher.
A suitable room should be set up as MI room equipped with the essential
material, attached bathroom and other facilities.
The Housemaster has to ensure that the child is being provided medical
treatment properly.
Necessary arrangements should be made for special diet if necessary and
instructions issued to Catering Asstt./ Mess staff accordingly.
The house master/ Principal or staff nurse feels that simple ailment is not
required any treatment, but the feelings of the child should be taken care of. He /
She should be given a patient hearing and counseled accordingly with a
feedback
The Vidyalaya doctor should be consulted always, after first aid treatment to the
child.
In absence of Vidyalaya doctor (if found not available at that time) a qualified
doctor of the nearby Health Center/Hospital should be consulted.
The part time doctor and staff nurse feels that the illness of the child cannot be
diagnosed immediately; the child should be immediately shifted to a nearby Govt.
Hospital for further examination.
Medicines prescribed by the doctors should be given to the students only by the
staff nurse.
In case of any serious illness of the child and the Vidyalaya requires any
expenditures to incur on them, the amount may be incurred by the Vidyalaya
without any delay and later on it can be got reimbursed by the parents. Treatment
cannot be delayed for want of finance.
The record about the sick child is to be maintained and informed to the
principal daily in the evening in a prescribed format.
To admit the child in hospital immediately in cases of serious illness and
accidents.
One responsible escort must remain with the patient till parents arrive and take
over the child
A sick child should not be sent to his home. Instead the child should be
hospitalized and the parents are informed immediately.
Full medical checkup of the students may be conducted once in a quarter.
82
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Diet for the sick students should be given separately as per the recommendations
of the Doctor.
The individual Health Record should indicate the Status of Health during the
quarterly health check-up and should be readily available in the Vidyalaya.
Sick students just after recovery from illness should not be permitted for games
and sports activities till they feel physically fit.
For regular medical check-up of the students and maintenance of Health Record
and for monitoring of health problems of the children of the JNV, the Staff Nurse
would be accountable.
Regular mosquito eradication measures to be taken in Vidyalaya
The Principal has to ensure availability of sick room/ staff nurse/ common
medicine /consultant doctor/vehicle for hospitalization of children in emergencies.
A regular action plan should be prepared and implemented for avoiding seasonal
contagious disease on account of water and weather etc.
Outside foodstuff should not be permitted except items like biscuits etc.
Medical history card is to be invariably sent along with migrated children
Children suffering with chronic disease should not be sent on migration.
Personal hygiene of Mess workers and conditions in the kitchen and Mess are
checked by Vidyalaya doctor at least once in a quarter.
The cleanliness of mess surroundings, utensils, and food preparations should be
checked by Catering Assistant, Staff Nurse, and Principal. Regular arrangements
for disposal of waste foodstuffs should be made.
Proper care should be taken with regard to installation of gas cylinders. All
necessary arrangements should be made as per the specification laid down by
the gas authority for installation of gas connection without giving any scope for
leakage, etc.
Adequate care should be taken with regard to drinking water. The staff nurse
should be instructed to ensure that the water is properly purified/chlorinated
before using for drinking purpose.
Toilets and sanitary conditions should be kept clean. Necessary phenoyling and
cleaning should be done frequently to avoid contamination.
Kitchen and utensil, washing place should be kept clean. Necessary
arrangements should be made for spraying of phenol, bleaching powder and
avoid water stagnation not to give scope for breeding of mosquitoes, flies, etc.
Dining tables should be kept neat and clean.
When students are admitted in class VI, a medical fitness certificate of civil
surgeon will only be accepted.
Measures To Prevent Children From Dangers Of Water And Drowning:
•
•
Construction of compound wall is to be given top priority which may help in
keeping proper supervision and control over children and prevent trespassing.
The open wells and ponds, if exists, in the campus are to be provided with a
protective wall and iron grills covering the well and the movements of the
83
students are restricted towards it
•
•
•
•
Not to allow children to go toward the nearby river, canals, ponds and railway
tracks and to take bath using water from the overhead tanks by climbing on the
terrace.
Children should not be permitted to go outside the Vidyalaya premises for
bathing/washing clothes etc.
The students with a history of disappearance or running away from the Vidyalaya
without proper permission are to be given special attention and a vigil is regularly
kept on them.
For certain ritual and functions which are observed in the Vidyalaya, necessary
precautions and arrangements to be made in advance. Children should not be
permitted to go on rallies for immersion of idols in tanks, ponds, and wells etc.
•
No student should be allowed to go on leave without written request of the parent
or the person authorized by parent.
•
Any person/parent visiting Vidyalaya must obtain permission from Housemaster
to meet the students invariably by mentioning in the visiting register with his
name, address purpose, date and time of arrival and departure that must be seen
by the Housemaster and Principal.
Preventive Points from Suicidal Actions:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Frequent interaction of Housemaster with the students to be developed in order
to attend to the problems of children on regular basis.
Proper regular counselling of the children is to be done to help the mentally
disturbed children who are under depression.
No student should stay inside the dormitories during class hour. All the
dormitories should be locked after the classes are commenced.
Psychological behaviour of the students should be watched closely in order to
avoid shyness, depression, and aloofness of the students, which may cause any
sort of unforeseen incidents.
Corporal punishment to the students is strictly prohibited. Insulting in public
referring to their parentage, caste, community etc. by the teachers will be viewed
seriously and necessary action will be initiated against erring staff
Proper counseling should be done either by Housemaster or class
teacher/Principal in case of any mistake like stealing, telling lies by the students.
In case the student is not mending his behaviour it should be reported to his
parents and after giving one or two chances for improvement, necessary action
should be taken.
Emotional behaviour of the students should be watched properly.
Children in JNVs are admitted at the tender age of 9 to 13 years which is a preadolescent or adolescent age which need counselling and continuous guidance
to become physically fit, mentally alert and emotionally balanced.
The education process will be pleasant, attractive, and motivating to the child if
firm trust is established between a child and the teacher. The bond of friendship
84
and affection can be strengthened if the teacher understanding and sympathetic.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Knowledge of the child psychology will help the teacher in understanding and
dealing with children of different abilities, aptitudes and dispositions who come
to JNVs from heterogeneous socio-economic background.
The teacher is the best judge to identify any behaviour, emotional, social,
language problem in child and to provide proper stimulus, appropriate activities,
necessary guidance, and plentiful insight.
Each teacher should be a guide, friend, and counsellor to a child only then
he/she contributes to overall development of children.
Student’s problem must be listened patiently, politely and solved.
Housemasters should ensure that the students get their daily use items and all
other assistances in time.
Suicidal tendencies may be deep rooted. Family history plays an important
role. All housemasters should collect the family history of the child through
informal chitchat with the child/guardian/visitors and will keep a record. They
should invariably inform the Principal.
Generally, the suicidal incidents take place due to the child being over protected
at home, feel badly homesick, gets disturbed. Unable to tolerate fear of getting
fail, fails to come up to expectations of their parents, extreme humiliation by the
fellow students/teachers/principal etc. These may be taken care of.
Vidyalaya should develop a good social, authentic and environment friendly
education climate
If any child is noticed disturbed, he should never be left alone. His attention
should immediately be diverted in an activity of his choice.
Awards to good students play effective role than punishment. Children should
not be scolded in public on their mistakes
Child is a child – like any child he needs kind behaviour from senior students,
teachers and Principal
The child should feel himself at home, safe and secure in the Vidyalaya.
Minimize threats to the child
Too much critical comment by teacher/ Principal is to be avoided.
Child should be heard, he should be enquired if he is looking upset, he should
be guided, counseled, and timely help and assistance may be provided to him.
The prefects should be given more responsibilities. They should be made
responsible/ Accountable for the duties assigned to them
Shy, isolated, neglected children should be identified and watched and they are
taken care of properly.
Children on account of family disturbance like separations of parents, family, etc.
are to be specially attended.
•
Safety Measures during Travels:
Escorting teacher should always be watchful to ensure that all students are
present in their respective berth/seats.
•
Lady teachers will invariably escort when girls are travelling. Even if there is one
85
girl, there must be a lady teacher.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Minor first aid, medicine/materials is to be kept with the escort to meet in
emergency of sickness.
The students must keep valid identity card during journey. Children should never
be sent unescorted.
Food articles sold through unauthorized vendors is to be avoided
Strict instructions to be given to be children not to move outside the compartment
without escorting or to get down at the station.
The escorting teacher must invariably travel in the class of accommodation and in
the same compartment of the students.
In case the party is very large, students be divided into groups and one escort to
each group deputed who will be responsible for the group.
General Safety Measures:
Broken furniture, naked iron rods etc. should be kept where there is no frequent
movement of the students.
Students should be forbidden to keep any type of weapons, toxic drugs,
Pornographic books, and photographs etc. with them. Surprise checking should be
done quite often.
Very often students come late to the class during short breaks. No students should
be allowed to go the dormitory during small break without permission of the House
Master
Proper drinking water is to be provided during class hours. Students should be
kept fruitfully busy so that they may not indulge themselves in indiscipline activities
Adequate care is to be taken while working in Science laboratory. Handling of
glassware or heating of things must be done carefully.
Since the Vidyalaya is having a very vast campus there may be chances of having
long grasses and marshy areas, bushes etc. Care should be taken to clean weeds
and bushes all through the campus and marshy areas should be filled with soil or
sand to avoid any misshapenness. Steps must be taken to utilize the whole land
for one or the other purpose.
Entry to the campus should be ensured from one main gate only. There should be
a gate book where entries of outsiders/visitors should be made.
Only the 2nd Saturday of every month may be fixed to meet parents/outsiders.
Meeting of parents individually with the Housemaster and teachers may be
organized to brief about the child.
Entry of movements of animal like stray cattle, dogs, pigs etc. should be checked
inside the campus
Cases of molestation of students must be viewed very seriously. The Principal
should without delay provide a complete report to their Regional Offices and the
NVS Headquarters so as to enable the Samiti to take necessary disciplinary action
against the culprits. Under the provisions of summary trial already notified,
Director, NVS, can terminate the services of any employee indulging in acts of
moral turpitude.
Migrated children must be made feel at home. The Principal and the teachers
86
must accord top priority to this issue as Samiti has been receiving several
migration related complaints leading to clashes
Precautionary Measures For The Safety, Security & Protection Of Girl Students
• Adequate precautions should be taken with regard to the movement of girls inside
the Vidyalaya campus at night. Focusing/Flood lights should be arranged around
the girl’s dormitory.
• Students should be divided into groups (each group consisting to 10 students) and
one senior girl be nominated as leader of the group who will assist the House
Mistress in keeping close supervision over the movement and problems of the girls
of that group.
• It may please be ensured that bolts of doors and windows of the girls dormitory are
properly maintained. The head girls of the dormitory should be instructed to ensure
that the dormitory are bolted from inside before the girls go to bed
• Collapsible gates may be fixed to the entrance of girls’ dormitory which should be
locked late in the evening. One of the keys should be kept with the head girl of the
girls dormitory concerned.
• Complaints of girls’ students and Housemaster regarding repairs of electric wires,
renovation of doors, windows and toilets should be attended on top priority from
the maintenance and repairs provision.
• Regular medical care should be provided to the girl students. Staff Nurse should
invariably pay frequent visits to the dormitories during the day and late evening
and maintain records of health of the girl students.
• Sick students should not be left alone in the dormitories during school hours/meals
time, instead, they should be kept under supervision of staff nurse or a teacher.
• Regular medical check up of the girls is done every month and appropriate health
records maintained for ready reference.
• No male member including Group D employees should be permitted to visit girls
dormitories. In case of any emergent nature of work, the House Mistress should be
informed and she should ensure that, girl student is not left alone in the
dormitories. Any male staff asking girl students to interact with them out of
classroom hours should take the permission of the Principal/HM.
•
•
•
•
•
Outside Labours, plumbers, carpenters or any other workers engaged rooms,
white washing etc. should not be allowed to work in the girls dormitories after 6.00
P.M. They should be allowed to enter in the girls complex along with a responsible
teacher preferably a lady teacher/employee of JNV. In addition, such work should
be done under the personal supervision of the Principal and lady teacher.
As far as possible, the cleaning of girls dormitories daily and bathrooms should be
done by female group D employees.
A register on the entry gate of girls dormitories should be maintained to check the
movement of male workers to the girls dormitories .it should be maintained by the
House Mistress / Head girl and periodically be inspected by the Principal
The girls should not be permitted to visit houses of teachers in an exceptional case
the students should get permission either from the Housemaster or from the
Principal.
Lady teacher should invariably be deputed to escort girl students while going on
87
•
•
tours for participation of sports, games, cultural activities, and other related
activities. A responsible female teacher should escort the girl students on
migration. There should be one escort for a group of 10 girl students. Every
additional group of 10 or less students will have an additional escort. It should be
ensured that even if one girl is travelling there must be a female escort.
All lady teachers particularly the House Masters/ Asstt. House Master should have
a continuous communication with the girl students. Any problems reported by them
immediately be brought to notice of the Principal and attended to.
All the occupants of staff quarters are required to submit the list of their
dependents staying inside the campus to the Principal. The said list may be
updated regularly. Similarly the details of guests visiting the staff quarters are also
to be recorded at the main gate with the Chowkidar and the Principal should be
kept informed about visitors coming to the campus on day-to-day basis.
14 POINTS PROGRAMME ON SAFETY AND MOD PROFORMAE:
The following letters from NVS Head Quarters are to be referred for strict
implementation:
 D.O. No. 2-18/2011-NVS(SA), Dated: May 18, 2011 (14 points programme )
 F.No. 2-18/2011-NVS(SA.), Dated: August 4, 2011(implementation of 14 points)
 F.No.2-18/2011-NVS(SA.), July 11, 2011 (MOD Duties)
IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE SAFETY AND SECURITY MEASURES, THE
PRINCIPALS ARE AT LIBERTY TO TAKE NECESSARY STEPS/MEAURES AS DEEM
TO FIT BASED ON THE PREVAILING SITUATIONS.
56
MESS MANAGEMENT:
Vidyalaya Mess and its effective functioning plays a vital role in the success
story of the Vidyalaya and paves the path in promoting discipline among the
students. In this regard, the following points to be implemented:
1. Students should be in proper Uniform during breakfast and lunch on all
working days and in decent dress during dinner and on holidays.
2. Permanent house wise seating arrangement to be made for all students to
ensure the attendance.
3. A prayer may be conducted before every meal.
4. HMs / AHMs and MODs to ensure effective serving of food under hygienic
conditions and zero level wastage of food. Staff associated with the house
should dine with their wards and ensure table manners and food habits.
5. Sick students to be provided with special diet as per the instructions of
Doctor / Staff Nurse
6. Tasting of food before serving to the students to be done by Staff Nurse
regularly and a report in this regard and Menu served
88
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
to be submitted to the Principal on daily basis.
Lighting arrangement in case of power failure, drinking water facility and
washing facility are to be ensured
Safety and Security aspects in the mess as circulated by NVS from time to
time, to be strictly implemented
Catering Assistant and Staff Nurse to ensure that health and hygienic
conditions are maintained in and around the dining hall. Mess staff should
be neatly dressed while on duty. Periodical medical checkup and personal
hygiene of the mess staff are to be ensured by the Catering Asst. Catering
Asst should give guidance to the cook in preparation of food so as to add
taste and nutrients.
Mess meetings, as defined by NVS, to be conducted every month to
discuss about the issues related to Mess and to suggest changes in the
menu if necessary within the existing financial provisions to provide
balanced and nutritious diet to children.
Vice Principal / Mess In charge should ensure the supervision of
Procurement of provisions and other items. Purchase of cooked food items
/ snacks should not be entertained.
The verification board should verify and certify the quality and quantity of
every item that comes to the Store.
*****
89
57
HOUSE SYSTEM:
The effective management of a residential school depends upon the quality of the House
system functioning in a school. A House consists of group of children effectively led by
responsible teacher (House Master) who acts as a parent, guide, philosopher, and friend for
every member of the House. A House inherently provides a family atmosphere in making
the child physically fit, socially adjusted, emotionally balanced, and morally upright.
OBJECTIVES OF HOUSE SYSTEM:
The objectives of adopting House system in a Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalaya are to:
1. Provide a smooth transition from home life to school life;
2. Develop situations, which fulfil the social and emotional needs of the children;
3. Help socialization of pupils to integrate themselves well into corporate life;
4. Inculcate the sense of responsibility to take his tasks in life earnest and discharge them
well;
5. Prepare pupils to play different kinds of roles as members of a group, community, or
society;
6. Develop child’s personality and integrity;
7. Develop the spirit of healthy competition among the children;
8. Inculcate the qualities of self-dignity, self-confidence and respect the others’ views,
opinions, and discretion to take their own decisions on issues and problems at hand;
9. Develop a sense of belongingness among the pupils and to create a sense of desire to
live in harmony;
10. Benefit by bright example of others and benefit others by his own example;
11. Inculcate in the child, respect for seniors, elders, teachers, and a caring attitude towards
juniors and fraternity towards all;
12. Learn to live and enjoy together and develop a degree of sensitivity for others feelings
and needs.
FORMATION OF HOUSES:
As per NVS guide lines, two-tier system of House shall function in a Navodaya Vidyalaya(i) Junior Houses for Classes VI to VIII
(ii) Senior Houses for Classes IX to XII
In a full-fledged Vidyalaya, there will be four junior houses, four senior houses, and two
houses for girls (one from classes VI to VIII and another from classes IX to XII).
Therefore, there will be eight House Masters for boys and two for girls. Average strength of
a House shall be 50.
Though all the girls in a JNV have been placed under two Houses (Junior and Senior) for
effective supervision and management, both the Houses shall be further divided into four
groups for the conduct of Inter House activities. Each group of girls of a Junior House shall
be linked with a Junior House (boys) of the same House and similarly each group of girls of
Senior House shall be linked with the corresponding Senior House (boys).
90
ALLOTMENT OF HOUSES:
Each child must be allotted a House on the day he/she is admitted to the Vidyalaya. The
House of a girl or a boy should not be changed till he/she completes class XII. It is not
advisable to reshuffle Houses every year, once a child joins a House, he/she should
continue in the same House till he/she passes out of Vidyalaya.
HOUSE APPOINTMENTS AND THEIR DUTIES:
Each House (Senior & Junior) should have following appointments, which should be
awarded to children on account of their good performance in every activity of the VidyalayaHouse Captain - 1
House Vice-Captain - 1
Prefects - 2
Following Vidyalaya level appointments be made in consultation with all House Masters, for
effective management of the VidyalayaSchool Captain - 1
School Vice-Captain (boys) - 1
School Vice-Captain (girls) - 1
Both the above-mentioned appointments should be from senior most in a JNV. They should
not hold any other appointment in their own Houses.
Duties and responsibilities of School Captain, House Captain, and Perfects are
suggested belowa) School Captain:
1. Maintains good personal conduct and behaviour in the Vidyalaya;
2. Receives roll call and list of absentees from House Captains before submission to Duty
Master/Principal;
3. Maintains full control and good discipline during Vidyalaya level activities with the help of
house captains and perfects;
4. Ensures proper discipline in dining hall, morning assembly, and at all other places where
all the children of the Vidyalaya assemble for any activity;
5. Is a permanent member of mess committee;
6. Carries out all responsibilities assigned by the principal of the Vidyalaya.
b) House Captain:
1. Ensures that the house maintains punctuality in all specified activities as per daily
routine;
2. Conducts roll-call of the house during morning assembly and evening games and
reports the same to school captain/ housemaster;
3. Supervise ‘preparation’ or self-study in case same is carried out house wise;
4. Ensures that all the children in the House devote sufficient time for studies in order to
improve their own performance as well as overall academic performance of the
House;
5. Reports absentees and sick children to the housemaster every day;
6. Controls his/her house during the conduct of all inter-house activities;
7. Ensure that maximum number of children take part in various co-curricular,
91
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
sports/games, pace-setting and other activities planned in the Vidyalaya;
Assists housemaster in selecting best talent of the house for participation in interhouse competitions;
Ensures cleanliness around his/her House;
Maintains good personal conduct and ensures proper discipline in the House;
Reports to housemaster in case he/she observes any unusual behaviour (such as
persistent depression, rebelliousness continued sickness etc.) On the part of any
student of the house;
Ensures good discipline in the dining hall during the meals;
Carries-out all other duties assigned by housemaster/vice principal/principal
c) Prefect:
House Captain of the House shall share his duties and responsibilities with the House
Prefect with the approval of Housemaster.
PLANNING FOR INTER-HOUSE COMPETITIONS:

House Master is personally responsible that boys/girls of his House take part in all
Inter House CCA & sports/games activities in the Vidyalaya.

He is supported by Associate House Masters and Tutors who are attached with him
for proper management of the House.

House staff (House Master, Associate House Master, Tutor) should take pride in
grooming various teams for Inter-House activities in order to win various trophies and
awards.
AWARD OF POINTS FOR ACTIVITIES:
For Inter-House activities, following pattern of awarding of points may be followedIndividual events Group events:
First - 4 First - 8
Second - 3 Second - 6
Third - 2 Third - 4
Fourth - 1 fourth - 2
A system of awarding of House points based on academic performance in class X & XII may
be evolved and points earned by each student should be credited to the House to which
he/she belongs.
CHAMPION HOUSE:
Every year by the end of February, points awarded for Inter House CCA and sports/games
competitions (as well for all other Inter-House Competitions conducted in the Vidyalaya, e.g.
wall-magazine, gardening, morning assembly, cleanliness etc.) to each House should be
totaled up. Thus, points of a Senior House and corresponding Junior House are added
together to declare a Champion House.
92
Vidyalaya should hold special function (Annual Day) where Champion House Trophy be
awarded to a House.
ROLE & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HOUSE MASTERS & ASSOCIATE HOUSE MASTERS
ROLE & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HOUSE MASTERS:
A residential school revolves around an effective “House system” and real pillars of this
system are House Masters. They provide leadership and parental guidance to the students
who are residing with them in a “HOME AWAY FROM THEIR OWN HOMES”. Therefore
the role of House Master / Mistress is of vital important since the stature of residential
school largely depends on how effectively a House Master can organized and manage his /
her house.
DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF HOUSE MASTER / MISTRESS
General Duties:1.
A Housemaster/Mistress will exercise a benevolent fatherly/motherly influence on the
students.
2.
He/she must create such a confidence in his/her students that they confide in him/her
in all matters and treat him/her as local parent.
3.
He/she will interact the students as frequently as possible and ensure that students
speak to him/her without any fear in case of any problem.
4.
He/she should be very affectionate and polite with the children and should avoid any
physical punishment or scolding.
5.
He/she will attend all sort of the well being, comfort and happiness of the students
placed in his/her charge.
6.
He/she will ensure to follow the instructions issued by Samiti, regarding (House
System) under supervision and guidance of the Principal
7.
He/she will be very courteous to the parents and create a confidence in them that
their child is living in very safe and secure environment.
8.
Have periodical interaction with Parents on PTC day and inform about the Academic
Progress health and conduct of the child.
9.
To ensure that he/she is always impartial and fair equally to all the students of his/her
House.
10. He/she will ensure proper medical treatment in case of students of his/her house is
unwell as per Safety and Security guidelines.
11. To ensure preventive measures for Safety and Security of each child of his house at
all times in accordance with the guidelines of the Samiti under supervision and guidance of
the Principal.
12. Interact with the children by providing regular Orientation on the important aspects of
Safety precautions, guidelines, and principles to be followed.
13. He/she must ensure and educate all the students in respect of their moral values,
Correct behaviour, self-discipline, turn out and punctuality.
14. The Housemaster need to be cautious of his/her own conduct, behaviour, character,
habits, punctuality and sense of moral values at all times as the children looks up to
teachers as her/his role models.
15. Care has to be taken to ensure that the dormitories are comfortable, safe and
93
students need to be made aware of their conduct rules and regulations they expected to
follow.
16. To ensure proper assistance of Associate Housemaster/Tutors/Matron by dividing
duties on rotation basis related to house activities with the approval of Principal.
17. To brief Principal immediately in order to solve any problem of the house beyond his
reach or domain.
18. To inculcate a sense of pride, belongingness and a healthy house spirit among the
students of his/her house.
19. Carry out any other duty i.r.o. House system as assigned by the Principal.
Administrative Duties:
1. He/she must ensure proper cleanliness, upkeep of the dormitories and proper care of
hygienic conditions of the premises of the house with the help of associated staff.
2. To supervise that all basic facilities like water, electricity, fans, furniture and beddings are
available in the house. In the event of any shortage or malfunctioning he/she must report to
the Principal to rectify the problem area.
3. Ensure proper maintenance of bath/toilets of the house. He/she should bring it to the
notice of Principal immediately in case of any discrepancy.
4. As a head of the house, he/she is responsible maintaining discipline in the house at all
times.
5. He/she ensures punctuality in the daily routine of the house from rouser to bedtime and in
other organized activities.
6. Assigning responsibilities to all students on rotation so as to enable them to develop
organizational ability, self-confidence, and qualities of leadership.
7. To ensure that under no circumstances house captains or senior students harass/rag
juniors either in the house or in the school premises.
8. Conduct surprise checks and kit inspection periodically to ensure that the students do not
keep any type of undesirable articles, obscene books and check on their cash etc.
9. To supervise his/her house during meals in dining hall. He/she must educate table
manners to all students in dining hall during meals.
10. Arrange conduct of regular roll call in order to ensure the presence of the children in the
house.
11. Maintain a personal file of each child in his house and a record of good and weak points
in the personal file including family background.
12. All cases of indiscipline and unhealthy behaviour of the students are dealt with
appropriately in consultations/approval of Principal instead of giving harsh punishment.
13. Arrange weekly/fortnightly house inspection of the Principal to assess the working of the
house and motivate his team and wards.
14. Ensure proper issue of articles to the children in time and its maintenance
15. To select House Captain/prefect for his/her house on the basis of a fair selection
process as per guidelines and assign responsibilities and duties of the house to them.
16. To conduct meetings of the House as and when necessary but at least one meeting in a
fortnight.
17. To keep leave and sick record of all the students of his/her house.
18. He/she will ensure that the wards look after their cupboards and keep their clothes and
belongings in a neat and orderly manner.
19. To ensure that the students emphasize on personnel hygiene and cleanliness, takes
regular bath and hair cut, and clean uniform while in school.
20. He/she will supervise that all students get up and sleep on time.
94
21. Keep a close watch on all the activities and moments of the students particularly (off
hours) i.e., Sundays and holidays and in night and report to the Principal about any incident.
22. Rounds are carried out even after the lights are off so as to ensure security and to keep
the wards away from mischief.
23. All hostel activities will go under his/her active supervision under control of the Principal.
Academic Duties:
1. To keep an eye on the academic performance of the weak students of his/her house.
2. Coordinate/interact with tutorial incharge/subject teachers to look after the pupils
academic performance of his/her house.
3. To ensure smooth conduct of self-study in the dormitory.
4. To provide help in reading, writing, homework, projects carried out by the students with
the active support of tutors/Associate House Masters.
5. Counsel and guide the students regarding their performance in academic and cocurricular areas.
6. Interact and inform the parents about academic performance of the child on PTC Day.
6. To encourage bright students to help weak students of the house/class.
7. Inform Principal in case any child of his/ her house need special attention for academic
improvement.
8. To ensure that the child attends the classes regularly.
9. To ensure availability of textbooks, note books and other stationery items to the children
of his/her house.
10. To ensure that the children of his/her house attends library regularly so as to promote
reading habits/skills and also to ensure to refer literature/reference books as per his/her
requirement.
11. To keep a close eye on the progress chart of the children going to write CBSE Exam (X
& XII) and fortnightly interaction with the subject teachers for remedial teaching, if need
arises.
CO-CURRICULAR, GAMES AND SPORTS DUTIES:
1. Organize co-curricular activities as per the calendar of activities.
2. Train the inmates well to help participate them effectively in the activities.
3. To ensure participation of every child of his/her house in every competition cocurricular/games/sports activities organized in the school.
4. To select guide and train students for all inter House competitions with the active help of
tutors and other teachers.
DUTIES OF ASSOCIATE HOUSEMASTER/MISTRESS:
1.
To assist the housemaster in maintaining discipline
2.
To plan, prepare the students and conduct activities inside and outside the Vidyalaya
campus.
3.
To discharge the duties of the housemaster when he is on leave or away on duty.
4.
To strive to know each students of the house individually and assist him in the
development of his character and personality.
5.
To provide academic assistance to students to help them improve their academic
standards.
6.
To visit the house at least twice a day in arrangement with other colleagues to help
the students maintain higher standards in cleanliness and hygiene.
7.
To maintain the records of students assistance and issue
8.
To check-up if all the assignment given to the child are completed on day-to-day
basis.
9.
To attend morning PT and evening games depending upon availability of the House
95
Master
10. To organize house meeting and competitions.
11. To conduct regular round in consultation with the house master
12. To ensure a smart turn out of children in house
13. To take round of house after the lights are off
14. To take lunch with the children of their respective house
15. Any other duty i.r.o. House system as assigned by the principal
RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED BY EACH HOUSE:
1. Students’ Profile:
This consists of the bio-data of the students. This must clearly specify the socio
economic back ground of the child and also health and family problems if any. The
ambition of the child must be known in order to guide them to achieve the same.
2. Attendance Register:
Every HM is expected to maintain an attendance register. Leave may be
granted to a child on ill health/ other emergency. A leave must be sanctioned by the
Principal on the recommendation of the HM. Any unauthorized absence must be
brought to the notice of the Principal immediately. Any movement of the student from
the house must be recorded in the movement register.
3. Movement Register:
All the movements of the students such as going on a leave, going on vacations and
breaks, going on duty must be maintained in the house register. The movement register
will have the following columns.
Name of
the
student
Date of
leaving
Purpose Escort
Date of
return
Signature of
the escort
L
R
Signature
of the
student
L
R
4. House Meeting register:
Every House will have a house meeting register. Every house master is expected to
conduct house meetings along with the associates. The minutes of the house meeting
will be registered. The resolutions taken, the progress, shortcomings must be discussed
and strategies must be made. All the house meetings are held in a democratic manner
giving importance to the ideas of the main stake holders.
5. Academic Register:
This register is to be maintained to keep a track on the academic performance of the
house inmates. The same may be transmitted to the Parents on the Parents day.
6. Counselling register:
This register is to be maintained to keep a track on the change in the behavior of that
96
particular inmate to whom some counselling is given. Any abnormal behavior on the
part of the student must be handled carefully and the same may be entered.
7. Activities / Achievements Register:
This register records all the achievements of the house inmates in various activities like
CCA, Games & Sports, Scouts and Guides , NCC etc.
8. Anecdotal Record:
As per the new CCE of the CBSE, an anecdotal record has to be maintained by the
House Master/Mistress and they are responsible for the filling up of Part: 2A Life skills
2DAttitudes and values, 3A organisational skills
58
ROLE OF TEACHERS AND PARENTS IN JNVs:
A. ROLE OF TEACHERS:
Gone are the days of classical model of teachers. It is very difficult to delineate and
define the role of Navodaya teachers as they perform multiple tasks. A meaningful
profile of teachers can be carved out of enlisting duties of a professional Navodaya
teacher.
Children are admitted in class VI in Navodaya schools in the CBSE syllabus and most
of them are from the vernacular mediums and rural areas. Since Navodaya
Vidyalayas are residential co-educational schools, the teachers ought to extend a
deep sense of understanding and show parental care and affection. Thereby they
identify the latent talents and skills of the child. They are the custodians of the
children vested under their care and take care of their psychological and emotional
safety as well. Subsequently it is proved that wards from vernacular mediums stand
first in class within three months of their inception. All these require qualities of head
and heart.
Navodaya Teachers have to be not only competent but current by periodic updating
of knowledge and skill. Navodaya teachers have to make learning an easy task for
students. Navodaya teacher is a systematic planner of curriculum transaction with
annual plan and unit plan as well. Remedial study hours provide flexibility to make
improvements on the basis of feedback and continuous evaluation strategies.
Consistent value oriented teaching inculcates in the learner an urge to lead a healthy
and meaningful life. Life skills such as empathy, sympathy, helping each other,
problem solving, decision making and collaborative pursuits are acquired by the
learner. Students acquire entrepreneurial attitude during their stay and study in
Navodaya schools. Their classrooms, CCA and ECA provide ample opportunities.
Navodaya students spend a lion share of their time years in JNVs. It is indispensable
that the teachers should develop a strong and continuous rapport with the students
bestowed to their care. Here the teacher is objective regardless of their family or
financial background.
Navodaya teacher must be a good counsellor. As adolescent children’s minds are
turbulent with stress, Teachers are to play a significant role in grasping things in the
97
proper perspective and act as a guide. Hence children look upon teachers as their
mentor.
A Navodaya teacher must be alert for the signs of physical and emotional problems
that a parent might miss. Poor class performance can be a sign of such stress. Here
teachers are required to have certain level of stress management. Teachers have to
motivate the parents which in turn makes parents recognize the real talent of their
children.
Teachers are to play such a vital role in almost all aspects of students’ life and
development. It is apt to say that Navodaya teacher must be more than a computer, a
book of knowledge, a parent, a friend, a guide, a philosopher, a role model and more
than anything but everything to his/her students. Navodaya teacher is to be a
responsible professional, accountable to the students, society and nation at large.
Profile of an Effective Teacher
(i) He communicates warmth, understanding and empathy to his students
(ii) He generates enthusiasm for learning in his classroom.
(iii) He creates positive classroom learning environment through climate of
acceptance, caring, feeling of being safe and secure, etc.
(iv) He makes effective use of his available time.
(v) His positive attitude and beliefs have a powerful impact on student learning.
(vi) He has effective communication skill.
(vii) He values his pupils and accepts their opinions.
(viii) He is democratic in his orientation and does not ridicule his learners.
(ix) He is the master of his subject and is capable of giving explanations at different
levels so that he can reach all his students.
(x) He possesses conceptual clarity
(xi) He has healthy attitude towards his profession.
(xii) He constantly updates himself by gathering student feedback and self analysis.
(xiii) He is more like a friend, philosopher, and guide to his learners.
(xiv) He grows professionally by participating in special lectures, in-service workshop
etc., so that he is in touch with the latest happenings in his field.
An effective teacher is thus, a multifaceted professional playing the different roles of a
facilitator, curriculum creator, counselor and a role model for his learners. He knows
how to manage his stress effectively and takes pride in being ‘teacher’
QUALITIES OF AN IDEAL NAVODAYA TEACHER:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
He/She should identify himself/herself with the institution.
He/She must have the commitment towards his/her profession.
He/She must have positive attitude towards the system.
He/She must be sincere and punctual.
He/She should possess deep knowledge in the subject.
He/She must have the clear concept of the objective of
Navodaya Vidyalaya scheme.
Good communication skill.
He must use the latest teaching technique.
Democratic in approach.
98
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Good rapport with Principal, fellow-workers, students, and
Parents.
Good moral character.
Adopt need-based remediation for the slow learners.
He/she should know the role of a Principal, vice principal and
teachers in the Navodaya Vidyalaya system.
He/She should be a learner.
He/She must have lot of patience. He/She should not loose
his/her temper for simple reason.
He/She must be in a position to correlate his subject with other
subject.
Must know the psychology of the students.
Readiness to admit the mistake.
Impartial towards his students.
Physically fit and mentally alert.
Must possess the organizing ability.
Should prepare his/her lesson well before entering into the class.
Should not adopt corporal punishment.
Friend, philosopher, and guide.
He/She should assist the administration in all possible ways.
Sense of humour.
B. Role of Parents In JNVs:
Parents are the key to the success of JNVs or for that matter any educational
organization. Let parents and schools work together to build meaningful and effective
relationship that recognize and respect the role of parents, students and teachers in
educating each child.
When a child enters the Navodaya system at the tender age of 11 he is introduced to
a new world entirely different from what he had experienced till then. The shared
dormitories, mess, bathrooms and toilets, daily routines and the feeling of alienation
of being sent away from home makes the parent child relation complicated. It is a tight
rope walk for the parent and the situation needs to be handled with tact and
sensitivity. It is the duty of the parent to help the child to adapt and assimilate the
system smoothly.
Just as parental communication with the child is important, communication with
teachers and administrators is also important. To maintain good relation with the
school, treat every member of the school community with decorum and respect.
Recognize efforts, hard work and perseverance when you see it. The main forum for
parental involvement in a school is the Parent Teacher Council. Parents must
actively support the PTC. Open houses and scheduled parent meetings allow parents
and staff to communicate one to one and for parents to get to know all the staff. By
developing a school- parent team approach the students find it harder to turn parents
against the school or follow a divide and rule manipulation. A good parent school
relation helps the authority to solve disciplinary issues easily.
99
59
VAC & VMC MEETINGS:
VIDYALAYA MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE (VMC) :
I.
Main Purpose :
For proper management of the vidyalaya with funds provided by the Samiti within
the framework of the Policies/direction laid down by Society and Executive
Committee.
II. Composition :
District Magistrate/Collector/Deputy Commissioner
District Education Officer
Executive Engineer of State P.W.D. (Building)
Principal of some local college or a Senior Secondary
School preferably a residential school
Senior most teacher of the Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalaya
Member of public (whose nomination is to be approved by
the Chairman, NVS who is the competent authority)
Chief Medical Officer of the district
Two representatives from parents (One male and one
Female to be nominated by Chairman, VMC)
Principal, Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalaya
III.
Functions/Powers of the Management Committee :
-
Chairman
Member
Member
Member
-
Member
Member
-
Member
Member
-
Member
Secretary
(a) To exercise control over expenditure.
(b) To prepare budget estimates for the next financial year
(c) To make selection of staff for the vidyalaya on adhoc basis in accordance with
procedure prescribed by the Samiti.
(d) To exercise general supervision over the maintenance of discipline among the
students as well as members of staff.
(e) To exercise general supervision over the proper functioning of hostel and
mess.
(f) To make suggestion for any improvement.
(g) To assist the vidyalaya to secure local assistance.
(h) To scrutinize and approve the Annual Report of the vidyalaya.
IV.
Tenure :
(a) The tenure of the office the members of the Management Committee of a
vidyalaya shall be 3 years but they will be eligible for re-nomination.
(b) Member/office bearers of the VMC will continue beyond the term of 3 terms
till the new committee has been re-constituted for a Committee of the newly
started school for a limit period till a regular committee to be constituted.
(c) The Chairman of a Navodaya Vidyalaya will be District Magistrate/
Collector/Deputy Commissioner of the District in his ex-officio capacity. The
Chairman may nominate some local Senior Officer, in case District
100
Magistrate’s Headquarters is located at some distance from the vidyalaya.
V.
Frequency :
(a) VMC shall meet at least 3 times in a year.
(b) Special meeting may be called by the Chairman as and when necessary.
VI.
Related Circulars :
(a) NVS Hqrs. Circular No. 14-10/87-NVS dated 14th April 1987 Vide Page No.
464 to 466 of Compendium of Circulars (Volume-I).
(b) Revised Composition circulated vide Circular No. 14-10/92-93/NVS(SA) dt.
30th May 2001 vide page No. 469 of Compendium of Circulars (Volume-I).
VIDYALAYA ADVISORY COMMITTEE (VAC)
I.
II.
Main Purpose :
General supervision of the school within the frame work of rules and regulation and
directives laid down by the Society and Executive Committee.
Composition
7
District Magistrate/Chief Secretary of Zila Parishad/ District
Development Officer Zila Parishad/ Chief Executive Officer
Zila Parishad
Local M.P. to be nominated by Chairman, NVS.
Chairman, Zila Parishad or his nominee from Zila Parishad
(an elected representative only)
Principal of a school/residential school (to be nominated by
District Magistrate)
District Education Officer
One Educationist of the area to be nominated by the
District Magistrate.
District Executive Engineer (PWD)
8
Principal of the Navodaya Vidyalaya
III.
Functions/Powers of the Advisory Committee :
1
2
3
4
5
6
-
Chairman
-
Member
-
Member
-
Member
-
Member
-
Member
-
Member
Member
Secretary
-
(a) To assist the Samiti in making suggestions for any improvement of reforms in
the academic or other procedure relating to the vidyalaya.
(b) To assist the vidyalaya to secure local assistance.
(c) To assist the vidyalaya to organize culture programme.
(d) To function as a bridge between the vidyalaya and local community.
IV.
Frequency :
(a) VAC shall meet at least twice in a year.
(b) Special meetings may be called by Chairman of the Committee whenever
needed.
V.
Related Circulars :
(a) NVS Hqrs. Circular No. 5-17/89-90/NVS (ADMN) dated 12th Sept. 1989.
(b) Page No. 464 to 466 of Compendium of Circulars (Volume-I).
101
60
EXPENDITURE ON STUDENTS’ DAILY USE ITEMS, UNIFORMS AND OTHER
EXPENSES (PER STUDENT PER YEAR):
Increase in all above rates will be effective from 01.04.2012.
Sl.
Item of expenditure
No.
1 Mess Expenditure
2. Uniforms
3. Text Books
4. Daily Use Toilet Items
Other Expenditure on
5. Students:i) Medical expenses
Revised Rates
(Effective from 1.4.2012)
For JNVs located at other than hard and difficult
areas
Rs.10,800/-Per student per year @
(Rs.1,200/- per student per month for 9 months)
In addition, for miscellaneous mess expenditure
including fuel for cooking, cleaning/washing and
wages for casual workers engaged for cooking, an
additional amount of Rs. 180/- per child per month (for
9 months) is also approved.
(i) For JNVs located in temperate climate/coastal
areas- Andhra Pradesh, Kerala, Orissa, Karnatka,
West Bangal, Gujrat, Daman & Diu, Maharashtra,
Goa, Dadra & Nagar Haveli, Andaman & Nicobar,
Pondicherry and Lakshadweep – Rs. 2, 000/-per
student per year
(ii) For JNVs located in extreme Summer and
winter areas- Punjab, Hariyana, Rajasthan, Delhi,
Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand, Chhattishgarh and
ChandigarhRs. 2,500/-per student per year
(iii) For JNVs located in extreme winter areas Jammu & Kashmir, Uttrakhand, North Eastern Region
and Himachal Pradesh- Rs. 2,800/-per student per
year
Rs.400/-per student per year
Rs.1,000/- per student per year
Rs.270/-(@ RS.30/- per student per month for 9
months )
ii) Stationery
RS. 85/- per student per month for 9 Month
iii) Bedding items
Rs. 600/- per student per year
Rs. 45,000 per annum ( @ Rs. 5,000/- per month for 9
month)
Actual
iv) Doctor fee
v) CBSE fees
vi) School Bag (for class VI &
IX students only )
vii) Travel
6. Daily allowance to students
during journey only for
participating in various events/
activities outside the JNV
Rs. 300/Rs. 180/-(@ Rs. 20 per child per month for local
journey. Actual rail/bus fare for outstation journey)
Rs. 150/-per day
102
LIST OF HOLIDAYS (ANNEXURE)
103
61
RECRUITMENT OF STAFF:
Timely recruitment of staff at vidyalaya level duly following the prescribed
procedures and Recruitment Rules as notified by the Samiti time to time. The
following records should be maintained properly for the staff.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
62
Vacancy register
Staff sanction orders
Incumbency register(Establishment register)
Register of superannuation (to be updated from 1st Jan and 1st
July every year)
Seniority list
Attendance register
OFFICE PROCEDURE:
There are several functions to be supervised by the head of the office with the help
of subordinate staff for smooth functioning of his office. It should be ensured that
the Dak received in the office are properly registered on the same day in the inward
register and simultaneously the letters are dispatched duly entering in the dispatch
register. The subject wise files opened are duly numbered and kept in the office in
a systematic manner to locate it by the office as and when required. The noting and
drafting is done in a proper fashion as per guidelines of the GOI/Samiti. The
records are properly stored and weeded out as per retention schedule. The
following functions must be given due care by the Principal.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
63
Inward/Outward
Maintenance of Files and Guard Files
Noting and Drafting
Weeding out of records
MAINTENANCE OF SERVICE RECORDS:
It may be ensured that service records of each and every employee of the
vidyalaya are properly maintained and necessary entries are made in service
records under the signature of Principal. The following records must be maintained
properly.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
Service Book
Docket files of service documents
Personal files and Leave accounts
Nominations(CPF, GIS, Gratuity, NPS)
Pay bills
Sanction orders - Promotion, ACP, MACP, Sr. Scale, Pay fixation, personal
pay, Increments etc.
1. The service book, should be opened from the date of the first appointment in
104
the prescribed form, which will be marked as Part –I. Entries in all the relevant
parts of this book will be made at the time of first appointment of Govt. Servant
and attested by the head of office
2. Further, every step in official’s career such as appointment, increment, leave
credited and availed, Technical resignation, promotion, suspension/interruption
of services, LTC availed, Training attended etc should be entered in the
relevant parts of the book and every entry should be attested by the Principal.
3. Service Book Part – II is to be opened in the form of file in which all the
documents related to the service book such as Home Town declaration,
antecedent verification documents, family declaration, nomination details,
confidential correspondence etc are to be filed.
4. Service book (Only Part- I) is required to be shown to the official every year
and his signature is to be obtained and the Govt. Servant will ensure that his
services have duly been verified and certified as such, before affixing his
signature.
5. Service book of all the employees is to be verified annually to ensure the
correctness of the entries and after verification a certificate is to be recorded
and attested in the following form:
“Certified that services up to …………………………….. Verified with Pay Bills
and other records.
6. A “Register of Service Books” is to be maintained to record the details of
service books of all the staff and entries such as the date of opening new
service books, date of receiving from other offices / forwarding to other offices
etc. is to be maintained.
105
64
ENTRIES TO BE RECORDED IN THE SERVICE BOOK:
1. At the time of initial appointment.
2. Occurrence of events involving –














Change of the post
Change of office
Change of station
Scale of pay
Nature of appointmentPromotion
Reversion
Deputation
Transfer (including transfer on foreign service)
Increment
Leave
Suspension & other forms of interruption in service
Events like stoppage of increment
Facts of availing leave travel concession (LTC)
either by the govt servant or members of his family.
Documents to be placed in volume-II of the Service Book
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Relaxation
of
age,
educational qualifications
(authenticated/attested copy.)
Report regarding verification of character and
antecedents (original)
Medical Certificate of Fitness (Original)
Attested copies of certificates of age and educational
qualifications.
Declaration regarding MARITAL STATUS (original )
Oath/affirmation of allegiance to the Constitution (Original)
Declaration and acceptance of home town
(signed/attested copy)
Nomination for CPF/GPF.
Nomination for retirement/death Gratuity.
Details of Family (signed/attested copy)
Exercise of options in service matters (signed/attested
copy)
Condonation of break in service (authenticated/attested
copy)
Order regarding change of date of birth (authentic
/attested)
Collateral evidence in respect of past service (Original)
Change of Name (Original)
106
Certificates to be recorded in the Service Book
1. EMPLOYEE HAS BEEN MEDICALLY EXAMINED AND FOUND FIT.
2. HIS/HER CHARACTER AND ANTECEDENTS HAVE BEEN VERIFIED
3. HE/SHE HAS FURNISHED DECLARATION OF HIS/HER NOT HAVING
CONTRACTED BIGAMOUS MARRIAGE
4. HE/SHE HAS TAKEN THE OATH OF ALLEGIANCE/AFFIRMATION TO THE
CONSTITUTION.
5. HE/SHE HAS FURNISHED THE DECLARATION OF HOME TOWN WHICH
HAS BEEN ACCEPTED.
6. THE CORRECTNESS OF THE ENTRIES AGAINST THE FOLLOWING TERMS
OF PART I “Bio-Data” HAS BEEN VERIFIED FROM ORIGINAL CERTIFICATE
FURNISHED ASVALID DOCUMENTARY EVIDENCE FOR THE RESPECTIVE
PURPOSE:
a. Whether a member of Scheduled Caste/Tribe ?
b. Date of Birth by Christian era and wherever possible also in Saka
era (both in words and figures).
c. Educational Qualifications:
i. at the time of appointment
ii. Subsequently acquired.
d. Professional and technical qualifications not covered by (3) above.
Entries regarding the above will be made at the time of first appointment and
attested by the Head of the Office or any other Officer duly authorized on his behalf.
Additions and alterations will also be similarly attested.
7. HE/SHE HAS FILED NOMINATION FOR CPF/GPF AND THE RELATED
NOTICES HAVE BEEN FORWARDED TO THE ACCOUNTS OFFICER
ON VARIOUS DATES.
8. HE/SHE HAS FURNISHED DETAILS OF THE FAMILY MEMBERS.
9. HE/SHE HAS FILED NOMINATION FOR DEATH/RETIREMENT
GRATUITY
65
WRITING OF ACRs:
The performance of every govt. servant is assessed annually through his confidential
report. The importance is in the interest of efficeiency of service and also of the
officers, for the work, conduct, character, and capabilities of the officer reported upon
can be accurately judged from the recorded opinion. In the interest of employee that
he should know how well or otherwise, he is performing the job. He can overcome the
defects and shortcomings by taking remedial measures.
107
PRINCIPAL OBJECTIVES OF ACR
[I] To improve the performance of subordinate in his present job.
[ii] To assess his potentialities and provide him appropriate feedback and guidance for
correcting his deficiencies and improve his performance.
(iii) The confidential reports provide the basic and vital inputs for assessing the
performance of an officer and his advancement in his career as also to serve the data
for judging his comparative merits when questions arise of confirmation, promotion,
selection grade, crossing efficiency bar, continuance in service beyond certain age or
completion of certain years’ of age.
PERIODICITY OF WRITING
• Generally confidential reports are recorded for the period covered by the financial
year.
• There should be only one report covering the year however there may be
occasions where it becomes necessary to write more than one report, when
Reporting Officer or officer reported upon, is transferred or deputed elsewhere for a
period of more than three months etc.
• The annual report should be recorded within one month of the expiry of the
report period.
COMMUNICATION OF ADVERSE ENTIRIES
(i) The adverse entries in the confidential report must be communicated to the
concerned employee.
(ii) The communication should be in writing and by the Reviewing officer or by
Reporting officer in case there is no Reviewing officer.
(i) A copy of the communication with the official’s acquaintance should be kept in
the CR Dossier. The fact of communication should be recorded in report itself
by the authority communicating the same
(iv) The grading of officer needs to be communicated, even if it happens to be
adverse.
(v) Adverse remarks are to be communicated within a period of one month from the
date they are recorded.
(vi) While communicating the adverse remarks, one month time limit should be given
to concerned govt. servant to represent.


REPRESENTATION AGAINST ADVERSE REMARKS
Only one representation against adverse remarks is allowed.
Representation will lie to the authority immediately superior to the countersigning
authority, if any, or to the reporting officer. If countersigning authority has already
recorded his agreement / disagreement with the adverse remarks, in that event the
representation lies to the next higher authority.
108
66

The representation against adverse remarks should be decided by competent
authority within 3 months from the date of representation.

If competent authority feels that there is no sufficient ground for interference, the
representation should be rejected and petitioner should be informed accordingly.

If remarks should be turned down, it should make necessary entry separately with
proper attestation at the appropriate space of the report. Correction should not be
made in the entries.

An appeal against rejection of representation against adverse remarks is to be
allowed within six months of such rejection.
MAINTENANCE OF DISCIPLINE:
It is one of the prime duties of the Principal to ensure that strict discipline is
maintained by staff and students in the vidyalaya. All the employees should be well
acquainted with the Do’s & Don’ts as given under conduct rules. The action against the
misconduct must be takes as per provision contained under Conduct Rules and CCS
(CCA) Rules.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
67
Do’s & Don’ts
Admonition, Warning, Reprimand
Charge Sheet
Inquiry
Procedure for Imposing Penalties
Minor Penalties
Major Penalties
SUSPENSION:
i)
ii)
iii)
Suspension is an executive action whereby a Government servant is kept out of duty
temporarily pending final action against him for criminal offences or acts of
indiscipline, delinquency, misdemeanor etc.
Identify Authority
Suspension/Deemed Suspension
Scope of Judicial Scrutiny
68
COURT CASES – CENTRAL ADMINISTRATIVE TRIBUNAL:
The Central Administrative Tribunal has been established to satisfy the long felt
need to have machinery independent of the existing judiciary, for providing speedy
and inexpensive relief for persons in services and posts under the Union, by
adjudicating in the matter of their complaints and grievances on recruitment and
conditions of service. Earlier, it was left to the aggrieved to move the High Court of
Judicature under Article 226 of the Constitution of India and wait for too long. The
CAT under the Administrative Tribunals Act, 1985, is empowered to exercise all the
jurisdiction, powers and authority exercisable by all courts – except, the Supreme
Court, in relation to all service matters. As far as possible court cases should be
avoided and try to solve the problems of the employees amicably out of court and
109
within the frame work of rules and instruction. However if it is not avoidable one
should be well aware of the procedure.
i)
ii)
69
The following points may be kept in view and gone through properly for the court
cases:
i)
Applicability
ii) Filing of Application
iii)
Limitation
iv)
Status of Applicant
v)
Reply of Respondent
vi) Function of the CAT
vii) Action on Judgment
viii)
THE RIGHT TO INFORMATION ACT-2005(RTI):
The Right to Information Act, 2005 has come into force. Relevant information
pertaining to implementation of The Right to Information Act-2005 in Navodaya
Vidyalaya Samiti has since been communicated to all JNVs and concerned Public
Information Officers (PIO), Asstt. Public Information Officers (APIO) and the
Appellate Authorities designated by NVS Hqrs., for JNVs, Regional Offices & NVS
Hqrs. Copies of the following are appended:
1. Notification of Government of India, Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievance and
Pensions (Department of Personnel & Training) dated 16th September, 2005;
2. List of different Sections of the Right to Information Act, 2005:.
 Citizens now have the right to obtain any information (except those specifically
exempted), from public authorities, which include central/state governments,
local bodies & NGOs, substantially financed by the government.
 Public information officers have been appointed in all public authorities to
furnish the information requested within specified time limits.
 No fee payable by those below poverty line. Only nominal fees for others.
70
MAINTENANCE OF LAND AND BUILDINGS REGISTER:
Being head of the institute, it is the duty of the Principal to ensure proper
maintenance of land and buildings of the JNV and protection of property. The following
records related to land and building of the Samiti must be maintained properly for
verification by the concerned.
i)
Security arrangement
ii)
Register of Keys
iii)
Property register,
iv)
Assets register
v)
Register of trees
vi)
Quarter allotment & inventory
vii)
Register of W&E charges recovery
viii)
M& R committee/register
*****
110
111
71
M & R WORKS – BUILDINGS:
Improvement in Maintenance and repairs in Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalayas:
1.
General
Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalayas are the finest example of collective effort at national
level for providing quality education to deserving rural poor in India. The JNV
buildings constructed in remote areas are being provided with best facilities and
infrastructure. The Maintenance of the vidyalaya complex is of paramount
importance in order to provide suitable environment to the resident students. If a
property is not maintained properly, it will deteriorate very fast.
Appreciable efforts have been made by some of the Principals and Regional
Offices for improvement in maintenance of the JNVs. These efforts have yielded
good results in some JNVs. However, the efforts need to continue with the
unending zeal. Concrete steps need to be taken by all concerned. Especially, the
JNV Principals must take lead in improving the maintenance and upkeep of JNVs.
184th Parliamentary Standing Committee on NVS has emphasized that there
is an urgnt need to make serious attempts for improving maintenance and
upkeep in JNVs. Examples of dirty toilets, clogged sewers, drains and shabby
interior/exterior of the JNV buildings have been cited by the Parliamentary
Committee. This certainly does not reflect well on the performance of the
officers/staff responsible for proper maintenance and upkeep of the vidyalayas.
Samiti has taken several initiative to empower Principals so that desired
improvement in maintenance standard could be achieved (Refer Para 3.2, 3.3 &
3.4).
2. Type of maintenance
The maintenance works can be broadly divided into following four categories.
a) Day-to-day maintenance.
b) Preventive Maintenance.
c) Special repairs and
d) Emergency repairs.
2.1 Day to day Maintenance
Day to-day maintenance is absolutely essential. It consists of the following
Items:i)
Maintenance water supply scheme, running pump set, treating water and
storing water in UG tanks/OH tanks etc. Principal shall ensure that water shall be
free from harmful bacteria/organisms & get the water tested from a reputed
laboratory atleast once a year to determine dosage of bleaching powder to
eliminate all harmful bacteria/organism. Normally the dosage of bleaching powder
varies from 150 grams to 400 grams per 1,00,000 ltrs. Of water. In case the water
is not potable, it should be got tested and recommendations of district health
officer should be obtained regarding type of treatment required.
112
Proposal/estimate of water treatment plant should be provided to NVS,
RO/HQ.
ii) Attending to leakages in pipelines, taps and other fittings on immediate basis
iii) Cleaning of chocked sewer lines, bathrooms, toilets etc. on immediate basis
iv) Replacement of damaged water supply, sanitary and electricity fittings such
as taps, tube lights, bulbs, fuse wire, switches, chocks/starters etc. on immediate
basis
v) Running/maintenance of generator set (As per manufacturer’s
manual/specification)
vi) Maintenance of Rajiv Gandhi Smriti van and grass/flower plants in and
around buildings
vii) Any other item, if found essential.
viii) The Principal shall ensure that day today maintenance is carried out most
efficiently and immediately to avoid any inconvenience to occupants & damage to
the properly and to keep the complex neat and clean.
2.2. Preventive Maintenance
The purpose of preventive maintenance is to increase the life of buildings, reduce
day to-day repairs and complaints.
This include such works, which are to be carried out compulsorily
either annually or periodically. The pettey repairs are also covered in the
preventive maintenance. It generally consists of following items:a)
Annual white washing and painting of buildings
b)
Painting of steel doors and windows
c)
Cleaning of water storage tanks on roofs
d)
Cleaning of storm water drains, septic tank manhole, gully chamber
etc.
e)
Cleaning of bushes around the building after rainy season
f)
Inspection of roofs before rainy season and removing blockage of
drain pipes if any to avoid seepage from roof
g)
Repair of frames & shutters of doors & Windows.
h)
Annual inspection of all buildings for cracks, seepage, settlement of
floors etc.
i)
Repair of floors, plaster, roof-tiles/routing etc.
j)
Attending roof leakages/seepage.
k)
Maintenance of electrical fittings & fixtures.
2.3. Emergency Maintenance (Break down maintenance)
This includes such works, which need to be attended urgently.
a. Absence of water supply
b. Chocking in sewer lines and manholes
c. Choking in internal sanitary fittings
d. Repairing of DG set etc.
e. Replacement of tubewell pump. Vidyalaya should have one standby pump
set. In case, tubewell pump out of order, it should be replaced by the stand by
pump immediately.
f.
Repair of electrical panels.
113
g.
Repairs of transformers.
2.4 Special repair works
As the building ages there is deteriorations of the various parts of the buildings &
services. Therefore major repairs, renovations & replacement of various items
become inevitable. Major maintenance or special repair generally include following
type of works in buildings.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
Replacement of flooring
Re-carpeting of internal roads
Replacement of water distribution/Sewage lines
Replacement of water proofing.
Replacement of electrical wiring.
Partial replacement of roofing
Replacement of plaster to walls..
The day-to-day, preventive & Emergency maintenance as defined in
para-2.1, 2.2 & 2.3 above shall be carried out by the JNV Principal out of
allocated funds of Rs.3.00 lacs for CPWD pattern and 4.5 lacs for CBRI
pattern. However, need for special repair works shall be reported by the JNV
Principals to the concerned, EE/RO, who shall visit the JNV & proper case with full
justification along with detailed estimate shall be put up to NVS(HQ) for approval.
The special repairs generally involve relatively larger amount of money hence shall
be got executed through Govt. deptt/undertaking since adequate technical staff is
not available in the Samiti for day to-day supervision.
3.
Guidelines and procedures of maintenance
It is the responsibility of the Principal to carry out day to day, preventive &
emergency maintenance of all the buildings like school building, dormitories, staff
qtrs., Kitchen/Dining hall, play fields & related services out of the annual
maintenance funds allocated to them, as per procedure laid down below: 3.1. The practice of appointing of Govt. const. agencies for maintenance activities
has not yielded desired results due to preoccupation of Govt. departments with
major works. They are not able to pay adequate attention to smaller maintenance
works. These results in poor maintenance of vidyalayas apart from cost & time
over run, hence in future maintenance works shall not be assigned to Govt.
Departments.
3.2. The maintenance works shall be carried out by the Principal by
purchasing required materials & hiring labour/petty contractor. This system
would not only be cost effective but Principal shall have full control on the
maintenance activities..
3.3. In order to facilitate the purchase of materials and hiring service of
labour/ petty contractors, the purchase procedures have been simplified vide
letter no. 3-9(2)/920-93-NVS(F&A) vol-3 dated 5.1.06. As per the new
guidelines, Principals shall be able to procure materials/services upto
Rs.50,000/- (each item on each occasion) on quotation basis without
114
newspaper advertisement.
3.4. As per the earlier guidelines, there was a ceiling of Rs.1.00 lac for minor
repairs and Rs.2.00 lacs for white/colour washing. However, as per feed back
given by the D.C./Principals, sub-head wise, ceiling has been withdrawn and the
Principal is empowered to spend the maintenance funds as per the need of the
vidyalaya. The guidelines in this regard has already been circulated vide letter no.
1-2/2004-NVS (GM) dated 17.10.2005.
3.5. The Principal shall ensure that funds allocated for M & R should be spent on
maintenance activities only. It shall not be used for other activities like purchasing
furniture, construction of rooms, garage, raising the height of boundary wall etc.
4)
Management of Maintenance works:-
4.1. A Maintenance and repair committee shall be constituted in each JNV with
following composition to identify the maintenance needs of the Vidyalayas.. The
Maintenance & Repair Committee will monitor the implementation and execution of
maintenance & repair activities in the school. The M & R. Committee will consist
of:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
The Principal
Vice Principal/Senior teacher/SUPW Teacher
Two house Masters (1male & 1 female)
School prefect (one boy & one girl)
One P.T.C.
-
Chairman
Member
Member
Member
Member.
M&R Committee shall seek the technical guidance, if needed, from Executive
Engineer, State PWD/Executive Engineer, NVS, RO.
The Committee will meet at least once in three months to review the M & R.
requirements and verify the works undertaken including consumption of labour and
material. Proceedings of the Committee will be maintained in buildings register
which should be available for Inspection. The Members at S.No. a,b & c will be
rotated every year. The constitution of Committee shall be recorded in the
building register.
4.2. An Official who shall be Vice-Principal/Senior Teacher/SUPW Teacher shall
be designated by the Principal who shall coordinate and will be over all incharge of
the maintenance works.
4.3. For day-today maintenance work, following labour shall be deployed by the Principal
as and when needed on contract basis/daily wages prevailing in the district.:-
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Plumber.
Electrician cum-pump operator.
Sewer man.
Sweeper.
Mason/Carpenter & Belder as and when needed.
Mali/Gardner.
115
If any category of labour has already been employed by the Prncipals, such as
Electrician/Plumber and helper etc., then, that category of labour shall not be
engaged from outside on contract/daily wages.
4.4. For day –today maintenance, Principal shall procure and maintain necessary
stock of required material, like Tube light, bulbs, switches, Fues, Screws, Taps,
Sanitary fittings, Electrical wires, etc. The quantity shall be so procured that they
will not exceed the consumption of 3-4 months. All the material shall be procured
as per guidelines prescribed in the purchase procedure and proper item wise
account register shall be maintained.
4.5. A complaint register shall be placed in each house (Boys & Girls) and
staff room in which all maintenance related complaints shall be recorded by
the students like to shortage of water, up-keep of the toilets, cleanliness of
the dormitories, defective electric fittings and any other issues related to
furnitures & fixtures etc. The House masters/mistresses shall see the
complaint register on day to-day basis and coordinate with the maintenance
incharge for rectification of complaints. It shall be the duty of House
Master/Mistress to ensure that the complaints recorded is rectified. The
House Master/Mistress shall make necessary entry in the complaint register
about the date of rectification of complaint along with his/her signature.
4.6. Similarly, teachers/staff shall record the maintenance related
complaints of the staff quarters in the complaint register, which shall be kept
in the staff room of academic building.
Maintenance in-charge shall be
responsible for rectification of complaints of staff residences that shall make
necessary entries about the date of rectification with his remarks if any, in
the complaint register.
4.7. The complaint register shall be reviewed by the Principal on monthly
basis and by M&R Committee on quarterly basis to ensure that all the
complaints recorded by the students /teachers are rectified.
5.
Management of Preventive Maintenance:-
The preventive maintenance are carried out as a matter of routine
(annually/periodically) and as per specific need of the Vidyalaya. It can be broadly
classified into two parts –
5.1. Compulsory Maintenance:It shall be carried out as per predetermined schedule like Annual White Wash,
Painting of doors & windows, cleaning of Septic tank etc. as per annual
maintenance plan enclosed at Annexure –A (Page 11-14). The Principals shall
116
ensure that the compulsory maintenance is carried out as per time schedule given
in Annexure A.
5.2. Need based preventive maintenance:
The M & R Committee shall inspect all the buildings like academic block, boys &
Girls dormitories, residential quarters, dining hall, external services, play fields and
electrical installation etc. from 1-15 April every year and shall prepare buildingwise annual maintenance plan as per proforma enclosed at Annexure B (Page 1516). M & R Committee shall prioritize the activities in annual maintenance plan
depending upon need/urgency of the items required to be executed. Approximate
time frame against each activity shall be mentioned in the Annual Plan.
Annexure ‘C’ (Page 17-20) provides some common maintenance problems & their
suggested remedies.
5.3. The procedure for procurement of material and engaging labour to carry out
the preventive maintenance shall be similar, as described in para - 3.3.
6. Management of Emergency maintenance:An amount of Rs.10.00 lacks per annum is being released to each Regional
Office. This amount is basically to facilitate R.O. to see the immediate
shortcomings especially in terms of facilities like emergent repairs/replacement of
transformers, new procurement /replacement of materials like water pumps,
reboring of tube wells, improvement of kitchen and toilets and urgent repair of D.G.
sets etc. This work shall be taken up by the Principal on war footing so that
functioning of the Vidyalaya may not suffer.
7. Monitoring of the Maintenance Activities:7.1. M & R Committee shall meet once in three months and monitor the complaint
register, implementation of Annual Maintenance Plan(Compulsory as well as
Need based). All J.N.V Principals shall send half-yearly status report of annual
maintenance plan to D.C./E.E. RO.
7.2. All visiting A.Cs/E.Es. , RO, shall monitor status of complaints register,
annual maintenance plan in the Vidyalaya and satisfy themselves that the
maintenance work is being carried out as per annual maintenance plan and
complaints recorded in the register are being attended.
7.3. The matter shall be brought to the notice of GM(C) /D.C. of ROs concerned in
case annual maintenance plan is not being implemented as per schedule.
The above guidelines are to be followed strictly by all concerned. Efforts have
been made by some Principals, which deserve appreciation, but lot still needs to
be done to ensure that JNVs are maintained properly and satisfaction to the users.
117
PROFORMA–I(A)
COMPULSORY MAINTENANCE IN JNVs
1.
1.1
General
White/colour washing in all buildings,
boundary wall and main gate
Exterior Finish : In CBRI design
JNVs – acrylic emulsion (polymer
based) is to be done once in five years
(buildings can be clubbed in groups to
cover entire campus in 2-3 years) as
already circulated vide letter No.14/2004-NVS(GM) dated 11.8.06
CPWD design JNVs has permanent
grit wash finish.
Interior walls : Class rooms,
kitchen/dining, dormitories White/Colour Wash : School bldg.,
Principal/CP/Staff room, Library,
Computer labs – oil bound distemper
Staff Quarters – Acrylic oil bound
Every year
Status
Q4
Action Plan
(Target dt. Of
completion)
Q3
Frequency
Q2
Item/Activity
Q1
S. No
Remarks of
visiting
officers
Annual and Routine maintenance activities in JNVs compulsorily to be done at JNV level
Before start of
new academic
session i.e
during summer
vacation
distemper (except kitchen & bathroom)
where whitewashing will be done.
Note: Whenever a staff member
occupies a residential quarter, oil
bound distemper shall be got done
from M&R works.
1.2
Painting of doors, windows, staircase
railings etc. (Dorm. in first year, S/B,
K/D and Staff quarters subsequently in
second year)
Every two
years
1.3
Cleaning and disinfection OHT/UGS,
Roof top tanks
Every six
months
1.4
Cleaning of septic tanks, manholes,
gully, traps, sewer lines, drains.
Clearing playfields and areas around
buildings of debris, minor dressing up,
removing grass/ vegetation, repair of
basketball poles/boards, net etc.
Every year as
routine and
SOS
Before start of
new academic
session i.e
during summer
vacation
Before start of
new academic
session i.e
during summer
vacation and
after rainy
season
Before start of
new academic
session i.e
during summer
vacation
118
1.5
Cleaning of roofs, Khurras (rain water
outlets).
1.6
Checking of fire extinguishers,
replacing/refitting expired ones,
repainting &refitting of sand buckets
Every year
1.7
Re-Painting of blackboards
Every year
1.8
Minor repairs on roofs and parapets
such as filling of cracks, using mortar
mixed with water proofing compounds
such as refilling of joints with mortar,
Gola/Khurra repair
Every year
1.9
Replacmentl of broken window glases,
wiremesh in doors/windows.
Every year
1.10
1.11
Minor routine repairs of doors/windows
such as replacement of missing/
damaged handles, hinges, cleats,
tower bolts of doors/windows.
Water to be tested for potability from a
reputed govt. lab.
1.12
Students to be advised not to use
polythene and other nonbiodegradable materials. Dumping of
such materials, especially in toilets,
kitchen, dining hall etc., must be
prohibited. No solid waste should be
dumped near the buildings. A
separate bin is to be made for this.
Kitchen waste should not be mixed
with garbage and it should be dumped
separately in compost pit.
2.
Electrical
2.1
Repair/replacement of defective
switches /fan regulators/tube
lights/bulbs/streetlights/ fans/switch
boards/MCBs etc.
Six months
Before rainy
season and not
later than 30th
June.
Before start of
new academic
session i.e
during summer
vacation
Before start of
new academic
session i.e
during summer
vacation
Before start of
new academic
session i.e
during summer
vacation
(Before rainy
season)
Before start of
new academic
session i.e
during summer
vacation
Every year
During summer
vacation
Every six
months
Before end of
summer vacation and after
rainy season
Every year
and whenever required
urgently
Before start of
new academic
session i.e
during summer
vacation and
whenever
required
urgently
119
Before start of
new academic
session i.e
during summer
vacation and
when-ever
required
urgently
Before start of
new academic
session i.e
during summer
vacation
2.2
Resetting/replacement of loose
electrical wires/cables, taping of naked
wires, cables etc.
Every year
and whenever
required
urgently
2.3
Cleaning of fans, Checking of fans for
sound/noise/loose
support/blades/Canopy switch boards
etc.
Every year
2.4
Lubrication, checking, preventive
repairs of water /sewage pumps/DG
sets.
Every month
Ist week of
every month
2.5
Checking of different electrical points
in all buildings for proper earthing
Every six
months
30th June &
30th December
3.
Rajiv Gandhi Smriti Van
a) Remaking watering pits of trees,
manuring, weeding and pruning.
b) Planting of new saplings in
consultation with Horti-culture
department of State Govt. and Forest
Department.
4.
Safety, Security Aspects
4.1
Boundary wall and fencing is to be
checked for damages/ breakage.
Locability of main gate must be
ensured. Lightning conductors of
overhead tanks must be restored if
damaged.
4.2
4.3
4.3.1
4.3.2
Fire safety/fighting drills to be
conducted in the JNVs half yearly.
Compulsory announcements must
be made by the Principal and House
masters in the Assembly and
respective houses every month,
regarding Safety and Security
Precautions to be taken by students
such as :
Students need not go to the
roofs. Staircase leading to the roof
should be locked and the keys should
be with the House Master.
The first flight of staircase
leading to the container dome of
overhead tank should be removed to
make it inaccessible to the students.
Every 3
months
Every year
Just after
summer
vacation &
every qtr.
thereafter.
During rainy
season.
Half yearly
At the
beginning of
academic
session and
then after six
months.
Monthly
Ist week of
each month
120
4.3.3
4.3.4
4.3.5
4.3.6
Students should be advised not to
tamper with electrical switch boxes,
wiring, fans, fittings etc.
Water should not be allowed to
stagnate around buildings to prevent
epidemics.
Students should be advised to remain
away from underground sump and
open wells in the JNV campus. The
open wells should invariably be
covered with lockable grills.
Notice Boards pronouncing above
points in bold should be displayed
in academic block and dormitory’s
entrance halls.
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE PLAN (VIDYALAYA SPECIFIC)-ANNEXURE-B
Schedule for inspection of Buildings by M&R Committee
a.
b.
c.
S.No.
1.
1.1
1.2
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
3.
3.1
3.2
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
Name of Buildings:
Date of last Inspection:
Date of present Inspection:
Item
Location
Brief description of
defects if any.
App. Time- frame for
rectification
Remarks
Walls
Repair of Plaster
Dampness
Floors
Cracks in flooring
Settlement of floors
Damaged/sunken
plinth
protection
Worn out floor panels
Doors, Windows, Ventilators & Cup boards
Door
shutters
broken/damaged
Doors fit improperly
Roofs
Leakages/Damp patches
Water proofing treatment
needing repairs
Golas, Khurras, Rain water
pipes/spouts
Parapets, copings, Chajjas
needing repairs
5.
Water supply & sanitary fittings
5.1 Leakages in pipe joints
5.2 Replacement of broken WC seat, wash basins
5.3 Flushing cisterns, sanitary pipes, fittings and fixtures.
6.
External Services
121
6.1
6.2
6.3
7.
7.1
7.2
8.
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
Manhole/gully trap covers
Approach roads/ pathways
Storm water drains
Common Areas
Railing to staircase
Staircase steps, nosing
Electrical Works
Naked/loose wiring needing immediate repairs,
Damaged/old wiring needing rewiring
Damaged electrical distribution boards, panels & switch
boxes/boards, Fuses/MCBs
Fans needing rewinding and other repairs
Street lighting/poles/ cables/ control boxes.
Sagging/loose overhead cables in the campus to be
retightened.
Repair of generator sets, if out of warranty period
Old water/sewerage pumps (i/c standby) needing
replacement/major repairs.
Annexure C
COMMON MAINTENANCE PROBLEMS AND THEIR SUGGESTED REMEDIES
1.
PROBLEMS OF WASTE WATER/SEWERAGE DISPOSAL SYSTEM
1.1 Overflowing of septic tanks and soak pits causing foul conditions.
1.2. Choking of sewer lines, manholes etc.
1.3. Leakage from toilets at first floor.
SUGGESTED REMEDIES
1. Waste water from kitchens/bathrooms should not be allowed to mix with sewage from
toilets. Septic tanks should take the sewage water discharge exclusively. The waste water from
kitchen and bathrooms should be disposed off separately through open surface drains along with
the rain water.
2. Where the absorption capacity of soil is less, soak pits will not be successful. The following
alternative disposal methods may be considered.
i. Efforts should be made to connect the outlet of septic tanks to natural drains passing
through/adjoining the Vidyalaya campus wherever feasible. Alternatively, Soak pits should be
replaced by dispersion trenches for better absorption of water.
ii. Annual cleaning of complete sewer lines and manholes must be undertaken by the
Principals. Normally, the cleaning process is initiated only after choking of sewer lines which is
not a good practice.
iii. The septic tanks must be got cleaned once an year by the Principals. In case, the need
arises, intermittent cleaning may also be undertaken.
iv. Broken or leaking soil waste pipes should be immediately attended to by the Principals.
122
3. In case of leakage from WCs of first floor toilets, replacement of WC seats and trap/seal
may be required. The sunken portion is required to be exposed, new WC seats may be provided
after adequate water proofing treatment in the sunken portions.
2.
BAD CONDITION OF TOILETS/BATHS (especially CBRI Design)
Reasons
2.1 Failure of sewage disposal system as elaborated in preceding para.
2.2 Apart from the failure of sewage disposal system, it has been observed that the general
condition of toilet portions in dormitories as well as academic buildings is very dismal. The
condition is quite alarming in most of the Vidyalayas with toilet portions badly stinking. The main
causes of the unhygienic conditions of toilets is the ABSENCE OF ADEQUATE WATER
SUPPLY in the toilets. It is due to the following reasons.
i. Terrace tanks are non-functional in many cases. The basic concept of gravity water
distribution is not being followed. Either the broken terrace tanks have not been replaced or the
pipeline network is non-functional.
ii. Wastage of water through leaking taps, valves & fittings.
iii. Non-functional cisterns.
NOTE : In most of the cases, there is no shortage of water availability. Adequate water is
available but the problem is of non-maintained internal water distribution system.
Other causes of unhygienic conditions of toilets are :
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Broken doors.
Proper cleanliness not maintained by the sweeper.
Broken WCs and other fittings.
Reverse slope in bathrooms.
Dirty mosaic dados.
Damaged condition of flooring.
Remedial Measures
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Restoration of proper water distribution system including making functional of terrace tanks.
Immediate replacement of broken taps, valves, cisterns and water supply fittings.
Strict monitoring of sweeper for ensuring general cleanliness.
Repairs/Replacement of broken doors.
Comprehensive Renovation of toilets through special repairs in a phased manner.
3. SEEPAGE/LEAKAGE FROM ROOFS OF BUILDINGS
Causes
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
Blocked Khurras due to non-cleaning of roofs.
Leakage due to blocking of spout pipes in chajjas.
Seepage through walls at the joints of chajjas.
Cracks in parapet walls and coping.
Leakage from joints of rain water pipes.
3.6
Overflow from terrace tanks due to inadequate overflow pipe arrangement.
3.7 Leakage from water supply fittings of terrace tanks.
3.8 Lack of proper treatment of expansion joints.
123
3.9 Improper finishing of grooves in grit plaster.
3.10 Damaged and old mud phuska/lime terracing roof treatment.
Remedial Measures
1. Cleaning of all roof and chajjas must be ensured once in six months and before on-set of
monsoon.
2. The parapet walls and coping of buildings are often not given due attention. The damages
to plaster must be repaired and cracks in coping should be plugged using cement mortar mixed
with water proofing compounds such as TAPECRETE.
3. In case of leakage from joints of chajjas, cement concrete gola should be provided and the
top surface of chajjas should be graded for proper slopes.
4. Overflow pipes of size 1.5 times the inlet pipe extending upto the khurras must be provided.
5.
All leakages from joints of water supply fittings of terrace tanks and rain water pipes must
be attended.
6. In case, the water proofing roof treatment is in a damaged condition beyond repairs,
replacement of the same by crick coba treatment is necessary.
Exterior finishing in CBRI design JNV Buildings.
The CBRI design JNV buildings need face lifting to improve the ambience in the premises of
the Vidyalaya. The allocation of funds for annual repairs and maintenance of CBRI design
JNVs has already been raised from previous Rs. 3.00 lakhs to Rs. 4.50 lakhs per annum vide
circular NO.F.1-2/2004-NVS(GM) dated 17.10.05.
The enhanced allocation of funds is to be used in improving the external finishing of JNV
buildings constructed on CBRI design. It has been decided that instead of providing colour
wash on the exterior walls, polymer based exterior emulsion such as Berger Weather Coat,
Asian Apex, Shalimar Extra ICI Dulux Weather Sheild shall be used henceforth. It has to be
ensured that the exterior emulsion used is polymer based and not water based.
RATE
The approximate rate of the complete item works out to Rs. 55/- per sqm for two or more coats
after scrapping the existing colour wash. A model analysis of rates is being attached herewith
for guidance. Care should be taken that this rate is not used for payment to the agencies since
the analysis is based on retail price of exterior paint. Generally, the rates for large quantities on
lower side due to discount.
The Area statement showing the external area of various buildings was circulated vide
circular No.F.1-2/94-NVS(GM) dated 12.10.99. A copy of the same is being enclosed for ready
reference.
MODE OF EXECUTION
The work of exterior emulsion is not to be got done through the construction agencies.
Instead, the Principal may procure the required quantity of materials and get the work done by
engaging casual labourers in consultation with Deputy Commissioner/Executive Engineer of
Regional Offices. The actual deployment of labourers and consumption of materials should be
124
commensurate with the theoretical requirements. The analysis of rates enclosed which is based
on CPWD analysis of rates (item No. 13.79.2) will serve as a rough guide in working out these
requirements.
FREQUENCY
The frequency of application of the finish shall be once in five years. The JNV buildings in
which exterior emulsion finish is to be provided may be staggered over 2/3/4 years as per need
of the particular JNV. The above guidelines may be implemented immediately in all CBRI
design JNVs.
Exterior finishing in CBRI design JNV Buildings
Please refer to letter no. 1-4/2004-NVS(GM) dated 11.08.06
(Copy enclosed) wherein it
was decided that maintenance budget of CBRI design JNVs has been increased from Rs.3.00
lacs to Rs.4.50 lacs to improve the exterior of buildings in a phased manner by providing
polymer based exterior emulsion such as Berger Weather Coat, Asian Apex, ICI Dulux Weather
coat etc. However, it has come to our notices that above instruction are not being implemented,
which would defeat the purpose of increasing the maintenance budget.
Kindly ensure that above instructions are followed strictly by all JNV Principals and quarterly
report in this regard may please be sent to this office indicating no. of JNVs where above
specifications have been adopted. E.E./NVS/RO during their visit to JNVs should also discuss
& explain to the JNV Principals about circular/specifications.
MAINTENANCE/REPAIRS
VIDYALAYAS:
AND
SPECIAL
REPAIRS
IN
JAWAHAR
NAVODAYA
1. MAINTENANCE & REPAIR OF JNVs BY JNV PRINCIPALS
As per present guidelines for Maintenance and Repairs in JNVs at permanent site and
permanent buildings Rs. 3.00 lakhs is being allocated to JNV Principals. The above Rs. 3.00
lakhs to be spent by JNV Principals is divided into two sub-heads as under: a)
Rs. 1.00 lakh on day-to-day maintenance like replacement of broken glasses, tube
lights, repair of water pipelines, electric motors etc.
b)
Rs. 2.00 lakhs for white/colour washing, painting, water proofing paint, scrapping and
repairing of plaster in patches etc.
In order to improve the maintenance standard in the JNVs, the sub-headwise ceiling is
withdrawn and Principals are authorized to utilize saving in one sub-head against the
excess expenditure on the other sub-head. However, total ceiling shall remain Rs. 3.00
lakhs for CPWD pattern Vidyalayas and Rs. 4.50 lakhs for CBRI pattern Vidyalayas as
approved by the Construction Coordination Committee but subject to approval of
Finance Committee.
2. SPECIAL REPAIR OF JNVs BY DEPUTY COMMISSIONERS
Deputy Commissioners are being allocated Rs. 10.00 lakhs for sanction of urgent repair
works in JNVs in their respective regions. Itemwise break up of Rs. 10.00 lakhs has been
defined in guidelines issued by NVS vide Circular No.F.1-2/2001/NVS(GM/149 dated
02.11.2001. The Deputy Commissioners of Regional Offices have been given power to
sanction the estimate of repair works. It was pointed out by all the Deputy Commissioners that
financial ceiling from various items be withdrawn and Deputy Commissioners may be authorized
to spend Rs. 10.00 lakhs on urgent repair works as per the requirement and need of the JNV.
125
In order to make maintenance system more effective, Deputy Commissioners of
Regional Offices are authorized to spend Rs. 10.00 lakhs as per the need of the
Vidyalayas and item wise ceiling is withdrawn.
3. SPECIAL REPAIRS OF JNVs
As per present guidelines, the special repair/maintenance works are to be carried out
through CPWD/Central/State Govt. agencies. It was pointed out by Deputy Commissioners that
often CPWD/State Govt./Central Govt. agencies are not interested to take up maintenance
/special repair works of smaller magnitude. As a result, these works are badly delayed apart
from cost overrun.
In view of this, Executive Engineer, Regional Office is authorized to take up
maintenance and repair works up to Rs. 10.00 lakhs subject to sanction of estimate by
NVS (HQ). The modalities and norms for estimate/tenders/payment etc. shall be
governed as per the guidelines given in CPWD manual.
UTILIZATION CERTIFICATE IS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR THE FUNDS RELEASED UNDER
REGULAR M&R AND SPECIAL REPAIRS FOR WHICH THE FUNDS ARE SANCTIONED FROM
REGIONAL OFFICE SEPARATELY. THE PROFORMA OF THE UTILIZATION IS ENCLOSED
HEREWITH
GFR 19-A
[See Rule 212 (1)]
Form of Utilization Certificate
Certified that out of Rs.____________ sanctioned during the year _________________
in favour of JNV, _________________, a sum of Rs._____________ vide letter
reference____________________________
has been utilized for the
purpose of ________________ from (Regular M&R Funds) /Special Repair funds) for which it
was sanctioned and that the balance of Rs._____________ remaining utilized at the end of the
year has been surrendered to Samiti (vide letter No.___________________ dated
________________ ) / will be adjusted towards the funds payable under the next year
_______________ .
2. Certified that I have satisfied myself that the conditions on which the fund was sanctioned
have been duly fulfilled and that I have exercised the usual checks to see that the money was
actually utilized for the purpose for which it was sanctioned.
Date:
Signature of the Principal
Place:
*****
126
72
RAJIV GANDHI SMRITIVAN IN JAWAHAR NAVODAYA VIDYALAYAS:
Each JNV will have a small green area called "Rajiv Gandhi Smriti Van" on its
premises, this green area will also have a statue (bust) of Rajiv Gandhi installed
in it.
The purpose of establishing Rajiv Gandhi Smriti Van in Jawahar Navodaya
Vidyalayas was envisaged with twin purposes of paying respect to the founder
of the Navodaya Scheme, Late Prime Minister Shri.Rajiv Gandhi and to
inculcate awareness of environmental issues among the children. The Smiriti
Van could have been developed under the developmental work in the first phase
of construction of the Vidyalaya by the construction agency and the same was
done in many Vidyalayas. A portion of the campus, preferably at an appropriate
corner, was to be selected for developing the Smriti Van. In those JNVs the
same was not done the Principals can take up the project with the support and
assistance of the local Forest Department/ District Social Forestry/ Horticulture
Department and the Parent Teacher Council. The support of District Magistrate
and the Zilla/Gam Panchayath can also be utilized as they are always willing to
help the JNVs.
In some states the MLAs and MLCs have their Area Development Fund and the
Principal with the involvement of PTC can approach the leaders for financial or
material support for the establishment of Smriti Van. While selecting the tree
saplings preference may be given to fast growing poplar and other shady trees
and also fruit giving varieties. Locally available and suitable varieties according
to the climatic conditions, nature of soil, and availability of water may be given
priority. Many plants are freely available with the Social Forestry and other
departments.
Each plant may be allotted to a child or staff member who will maintain the plant.
It is advisable not to engage paid workers for the maintenance of the Smriti Van
as the same should be the responsibility of the child to whom the plant is
allotted.
Subsequently, a decision has been taken the Dy. Commissioners
Conference in the year 2006, and it was decided 2500 additional shady and fruit
bearing plants shall be planted in the vidyalaya with the help of forest
Department / District Administration / District Horticulture Department. So that
proper greenery is developed in the campus. A Register to be maintained
regarding No. of trees planted in the campus.
*****
127
128
73
ACCOUNTS AND FINANCE
1) Registers / records related to Finance and Accounts to be maintained by the
Vidyalaya:
1. Cash book (Main & Imprest)
2. General Ledger, Ledger Balance should tally with annual accounts figures.
3. Cheque Books & pay-in-slips
4. Pay bills and Acquitance registers
5. Files Relating to Bank Reconciliation statement and pass books
6. Advance register for Main cash book
7. Advance register for Imprest cash book
8. Cheque issue register
9. Paid vouchers and receipt vouchers
10. Postage account
11. Log Book for Vehicle, Generator
12. Stock Registers (Consumable and Non Consumable) and files relating to Physical
verification. Total of Non-Consumable stock register should tally with the figures shown
in balance sheet.
13. Files relating to condemnation of articles
14. Minutes of P.A.C.
15. Register of service books
16. Register of Donations and collections
17. Annual Accounts
18. Mess Accounts
19. External and Internal audit files
20. Register of EMD/SD
21. Register of Adjustments
22. Register showing the availment of LTC/TA/Medical claims etc.
23. Transfer TA advance register
24. Register showing the accounts of cheque books received from bank and
used thereafter and balance at present
25. Register of appropriations
26. Register of increments
27. Contingent register
28. Telephone register
29. Register of payment for water & Electricity charges
30. Register of Breakages of articles
31. Register of members of GSLIS & CPF
32. Register of LS & PC
33. Register for mess provisions
34. Audit recoveries and settlement register
35. Issue register of uniforms and other consumable items
36. Vehicle M&R register
37. Staff attendance register
2) Maintenance of Accounts1 CASHBOOK: - Cashbook is one of the subsidiaries book in which only cash
transactions are recorded. In the cashbook receipts are shown on the debit side and
129
payments are shown in credit side. In Navodaya Vidyalaya three columns cashbook is
maintained. The following points should be kept in view while writing the cashbook: i)
Its pages are duly machine numbered. The certificate of count of pages
contained in the cashbook is duly recorded under the signature of the Principal
ii)
All the transactions of receipts & payments are correctly recorded in the order of
its occurrence & on the date they actually took place.
iii)
All the receipts are supported by a counter foil of receipt book and duly
numbered
iv)
That all the payments are supported by vouchers/bills and duly numbered
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
That all the remittance into bank are supported by pay-in-slip
That the totals are correct and the balance have been correctly worked out
That cash book is closed and balanced on the dates of transactions
The entries made in Cash Book should not be over written or crossed
The cash book should be daily checked by the Principal and all the entries of
receipts and payments should be initialed by the Principal
The certificate of surprise check of cash balance should be recorded by the
Principal at least once in a week
That the bank reconciliation in the form prescribed by the samiti has been done
every month and incorporated in the cash book below the entries for the last
working day of each month under the signature of the Principal
The proper number of ledger folio should be given in the prescribed column and
posting in the ledger should be made from main cash book only and not from the
petty cash book
x)
xi)
xii)
02. PETTY CASH BOOK: - Numerous small expenses are met daily and booking in the
cash book is time consuming. To avoid this all such small payments are made from
petty cash. As per Samiti’s instructions cash can not be kept more than Rs.5000/- at a
time in petty cash book as balance. When the amount falls short and imprest money is
to be recouped then consolidated head wise expenditure is transferred to main cash
book and the same amount is recouped for petty cash book so that the balance may
not exceed Rs.5000/It may be noted that ledger posting should not be done from the petty cash book. The
consolidated expenditure (Head Wise) should be transferred to main cash book and the
ledger posting of this expenditure should be done through main cash book only.
03. LEDGER: - The ledger is the head-wise exhibition of all cash transactions. The
head of account should be opened in the ledger as per the heads given in the format of
annual account. The ledger positing is done from the main cash book only. The
following points should be kept in view while making ledger posting.
i)
Receipt side transaction of cash book has been taken in credit side of the
ledger and payments side expenditure of cash book has been posted in debit side in
the ledger.
ii)
Cross reference to page no. date of cash book has been given in the ledger
130
iii)
Monthly debit balance or credit balance to be worked out and the same figure
reflected in the monthly account.
iv)
The entries in the ledger has to be attested by the Principal
v)
In the ledger account for expenditure head, the budget allotment approved for
the year (Budget estimate, Revised estimate & Final Grant) to be noted only the top
and the expenditure should not exceed the amount sanctioned/allotted.
04. CHEQUE BOOK: - Generally all payments are made through the medium of
cheques, for which the cheque books are obtained from the authorized banks of the
Samiti. In order to avoid any misuse use of cheque or loss of cheque a stock register
of cheque books is to be maintained invariably with the cheque book number in which
the Sl.No. of cheques (From … to) are to be mentioned. This is an auditable document
and should be produced to audit as and when demanded by them. The cheque books
should be carefully examined and be kept under lock in the personal custody of the
Principal/cashier.
In the counter foil of the cheque the initials of both the drawing officer and the
countersigning officer should be made. The names of the party to whom payment has
been made and also the Vr.No. in respect of which the cheque has been drawn should
be indicated in the counter foil.
The cheque should bear the true dates on which they are drawn. It is highly
objectionable to draw a cheque anticipating receipt of goods and passing the relevant
bills. The cheques issued in advance for payment of pay and allowance should bear
endorsement “NOT PAYABLE BEFORE DATE”.
When a cheque is cancelled the cancellation must be recorded in the counterfoil and
cheque must be stamped cancelled.
No duplicate cheque should be issued without getting a non-payment certificate from
the bank and also to the effect that they will not pay again on the original one SIMILAR
UNDERTAKING SHOULD BE OBTAINED FROM THE PAYEE CONCERNED.
05. CHEQUE ISSUE REGISTER: - A register for the cheque issued for the payments
should be maintained separately, Date of issue of cheque, Cheque No. Amount and
purpose for issue of cheque should be recorded in this register under the signature of
Principal and the co-signatory.
06. RECEIPT BOOK: - The receipt book should be got printed by each Vidyalaya and
the book should be machine numbered in the serial order (numerically). Whenever
amount is received by the Vidyalaya by cheque or by cash, the printed receipt should
be issued to payee, and nos. of the receipt should be recorded in the cash book for the
cross reference. The duplicate copy of the receipt should be produced to audit, as and
when demanded.
07. VOUCHERS:- Voucher/bills should be submitted in the prescribed format by the
party concerned for the payment to be received, for which the bills should contain the
Name of firm, Address, Cash memo nos. date and ST/CST Nos. is an essential
requirement for genuineness of payment and reliability of the firm.
While making payment recording of the Vr.No. on the bill is mandatory. The vouchers
should be serially arranged in the voucher file, as Vouchers are the primary auditable
documents, hence it assumes vital significance for audit, therefore it is absolutely
essential for safe custody of vouchers which should be preferably kept in lock and key
by the cashier. For any missing voucher, the value of the voucher will be recovered
from the cashier concerned with out any prima-facie enquiry.
131
It should be noted that all the vouchers contain pay order of the Principal and after
making payment PAID AND CANCELLED seal is affixed on the vouchers. No payment
of bill should be made in case of bills pertaining to purchase of stocks unless and until
the certificate of stock entry to the effect that “the goods received in good conditions
and as per the specifications of quotation and noted in the stock register No.___ Page
No.____ is recorded by the stock holder/store keeper on the reverse of bills duly
signed. It may also be noted that, any bill passed for payment with out stock entry, the
responsibility purely rests with the UDC / Cashier, and the amount will be recovered
from the custodian of the cash book. In order to avoid and impose financial burden on
the UDC/Cashier it is essential that the stock entry will be counter signed by the
UDC/Cashier after duly satisfied by him self before submitting the bill to the Principal
for release of payment .
4) PURCHASE PROCEDURE AND STORE
Purchase procedure has already been circulated by the Samiti from time to time. All
the relevant circulars are available in the compendium of circulars. The same may be
followed.However the following steps may be kept in mind while making purchases.
PURCHASE PROCEDURE & ENTRY IN STOCK REGISTER:1) Requisition: - The Principals are not empowered to purchase any item arbitrarily.
First of all he should obtain requisition from each department, like Science, Sports,
Library, SUPW, Mess, Hostel, Furniture etc., duly intimating the fund position. The in
charge of each dept. should be asked to submit their requisition only for the items
which are authorized and actually essential for the Vidyalaya.
2) Sanction: The items to be purchased should have sanction of the purchase
advisory committee, and wherever required administrative approval of the competent
authority should also be obtained invariably. The purchase of non-recurring items must
be completed by 30th Nov. of the financial year & the expenditure should invariably be
reflected in the C.M.S. of December of the said financial year.
3) Market Survey: - To know the prevailing market value of the items, an effective
market survey should be conducted for assessing the prevailing market rate for
effective vetting of comparative statement of tenders and to place the supply order at
the “Realistic Price.”
4) Tender Notice: - There are two types of tender notice.
a) Open Tender for purchase exceeding Rs.50, 000/-. An open tender notice should be
published in local new paper.
b) Limited Tender for purchase below Rs.50, 000/-. Enquiry letters can be issued to
reputed firms of the local area for submitting their quotations. In both cases above,
tender form duly indicating all terms and conditions of supply and proper specifications
of the items to be purchased should be supplied by the Vidyalaya on payment.
5) Receipt of Quotations & EMD: - It must be noted that the quotations of the firms
should always be obtained in sealed cover together with earnest money deposit (as
specified by the Vidyalaya) by registered post.
132
6) Preparation of Comparative Statement: - The sealed quotations should be opened
before the PURCHASE ADVISORY COMMITTEE. All members of P.A.C must sign the
covers of quotations. After opening of the quotations a comparative statement in the
prescribed form should be prepared with due care.
7)
THE PURCHASE ADVISORY COMMITTEE SHOULD CERTIFY THAT THE COST OF ITEMS IS
COMPETITIVE, REASONABLE AND ECONOMICAL. THE PURCHASE IS MADE IN THE BEST
INTEREST OF THE VIDYALAYA DULY ADHERING TO THE GUIDE LINES PRESCRIBED BY THE
SAMITI FROM TIME TO TIME.
8) Selection of the Items by P.A.C.:- The remarks and reason for selection of items
should be properly recorded by each and every member of P.A.C. on the comparative
statement after proper checking of samples as per terms and conditions of invitation of
tenders/quotations. If lowest rate is not approved due to any reasons, the same must
be approved by the Chairman VMC.
9) Supply Order: - After selection of items a proper supply order, duly indicating the
quantity, Price approved by the PAC, and terms and conditions of supply must be
issued to party whose items are selected for purchase. Before issue of supply order at
least 10% of cost of items to be purchased / a reasonable sum appropriate to an
average expenditure of the previous year must be collected from the firm as security
deposit. EMD of the party can also be converted into security deposit. And balance if
any required after adjusting EMD must be collected as Security Deposit.
10) Timely Supply & Verification of Items by the Stock Holder: - It must be
ensured by the stock holder that the items are supplied in time and in accordance with
the specifications given in quotations.
11) Certification on Chalan/Bill: - On receipt of satisfactory supply the stock holder
must certify on the reverse of the chalan/bill that the items are supplied in good
condition and as per the specifications given in quotation.
12) Stock Entry: - After verification of supply the items should be noted in the
concerned stock register by the stock holder and its cross reference like page No.
register No./Name must be noted in the bill/chalan.
13) Payment: - The Payment should be released by the Principal on receipt of bill duly
certified by the stock holder for stock entry and verification of items and indicated
above. The payment to the party should be made through crossed cheque only. It is
highly important to note that when the payment is made against bills, then after
payment acknowledgement must be received and to be enclosed with the bill.
14) Release of EMD / Security Deposits: - The EMD should be released after expiry
of time limit for retention of EMD as per condition given in tender form. In case of any
deviation in conditions of contract/supply the EMD/Security Deposit should be forfeited.
The condition for forfeiture of EMD/Security Deposit must be recorded in the tender
form.
133
ANNEXURE -1
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI
REGIONAL OFFICE, ___________
PANEL INSPECTION REPORT OF JNV_________________Distt.______________
Date of Inspection_______________
Members of Panel Inspection Team:-
Sl.No.
Name
Designation
Address
e-mail ID
1.
2.
3.
4.
e-mail ID
TGTs
SK
Sanction
ed:
LDC
II) NonTeachi
ng
Staff
PGT
SN
OS
UDC
4 Staff Position
Sanctioned:
Posted
(regular):
I) Teachi
Vacancy:
ng
Staff
Posted(Contr
act)
(Subject
wise details)
Fax No
Web-site.
Misc.
Dri.
Telephone No
Mat
Address
of
JNV
with
pincode
Date of Joining
in the JNV
CH
3
SCC
Vice-Principal
Cook
2
ECP
Principal
LA
1
Subject at
P.G. level
Name
MH
Name of the
Principal/VP
CA
Sl.No.
Posted
134
Highest class
& Name of
stream
Student’s
Strength
(as on date)
5
6
Boys
Girls
Total
Enrolled
Present
Computer
status
7
Availability
Internet
Broadband
of
Total no of
Computers
Functional
Presently available
connection
(Dialup/Broadband/Le
ased
Line/WIMAX/Data
Card/Mobile
Current
Plan
running
of
internet
Non-functional
Limited
or
Unlimited
Plan
Approximate
speed of Internet
connection
presently
available
Proforma ‘A’
INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION,
ACADEMIC ASPECTS
(A critical impression as a whole of the teaching learning situation as
observed by the Inspectors may be recorded)
Sl.
No.
1
Aspects
Observations
Suggestions
Institutional Plan
2.
Morning
physical
training/exercis
es
b) Morning
assembly
3
Inspection, supervision & monitoring of Academic activities by Principal
a)
Maintenance
of
supervision diary
b)
Visit to classes.
a)
Checking
of
correction work.
Contribution
in
d) subject
committees.
c)
e) Monitoring of CCE
4
Inspection, supervision & monitoring of Academic activities by Vice-Principal
135
a)
Maintenance
of
supervision diary
b)
Visit to classes.
Checking
of
correction work.
Contribution
in
d) subject
committees.
c)
e) Monitoring of CCE
136
ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE
5.
CBSE Results of Class XII (last three years):
Year
Appeared
Passed
Pass %
%1st Div
% of Dist.
Remarks
% of CGPA
8 -9.8
Remarks
1.
2.
3.
6.
CBSE Results of Class X (last three years):
Year
Appeared
Passed
Pass %
% of
CGPA 10
1
2
3
7.
Results of other Classes (Previous year):
Class
1
VI
2
VII
3
VIII
4
IX
8.
XI
Appeared
passed
Pass %age
Percentage of
CGPA 10
%age of CGPA
8 to 9.8
Appeared
Passed
Pass %
%1st Div
% of Dist.
Results of recent FA/SA
Class
VI
Subject
Appeared
A1
No. of students with overall grade
A2
D
E1
E2
English
Maths
Science
English
9.
VII
Maths
Science
English
VIII
Maths
Science
English
IX
Maths
Science
137
English
X
Maths
Science
Class
Subject
Appeared
Below 40%
Above 60%
Above 75%
English
Maths
Physics
Chemistry
XI
Biology
Econo./Hindi
Accountancy/BioTech
History/Comp.
Science
Geography/IP
English
Maths
Physics
Chemistry
XII
10
Biology
Hindi
Accountancy/BioTeach
History/Comp.
Science
Geography/IP
Continuous Comprehensive Evaluation :Aspects
a)
Conduct of FA/UT as per
Perspective Academic Planning
(Planning
of
tests,
its
frequency,
diagnostic
and
remedial aspects, students
involvement.
b)
Maintenance of records of
different assessment of FA and
Co-scholastic activities.
Observations
Suggestion
138
c)
Maintenance of different rules
of CCE Assessment
d)
Remedial
teaching
(timetable along with
list of weak students
and action plan be
provided).
Aspects
e)
f)
g)
h)
11
a)
Observations
Suggestion
Enrichment
Programme:
(Detailed action plan
be provided along with
list of bright students
identified.
Innovations
and
experimentation
in
teaching
learning
process.
Effectiveness
of
supervised studies etc.
Use of ICT and no. of
teachers
using
ICT/PPT in the day-today teaching-learning
process.
Library management
(Details of time table, number
of
books,
newspapers,
magazines, VCD, DVD and
other activities undertaken
along with furniture available
be provided).
b)
Record of books issued
to the students &
teachers.
c)
Library based activities
conducted to promote
book reading
139
12
13
Management
of
textbooks
and
stationery
etc.
(shortage of items be
pointed out)., if any.
CCA :
1. Literary Activities
a. Calendar
of
Activities
b. Record of activities
conducted.
c. Performance
Class
Total
No.
of Students
No. of students participated in various
literary activities.
Vidyalaya
Region
National
Level
Level
Level
Observation & Suggestion
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
2. Art in Education
Class
Total
Strength
a) Visual Arts (Fine Arts)
Name of AE workshop :
No. of students participated in
painting Competition.
Vidyalaya
Region
National
Level
Level
Level
Observation & Suggestion
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
b) Performing Arts (Music etc.)
Name of AE workshop :
Class
Total
Strength
No. of Students
Can
play
any
instrument
Can sing
vocal
Can perform
any dance
form
Observation & Suggestion
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
3. Games and Sports :
Observation & Suggestion
1. Maintenance of Playgrounds :-
140
2. Record of Inter House Competitions conducted as on date
Class
Total
Strength
No of students participated in
Cluster
Regional
National
SGFI
Meet
Meet
Meet
Observation &
Suggestion
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
4. NCC (Details
regarding troops
in existence)
5. Scouts and
Guides :
(Details
of
activities
undertaken)
No. of Scouts :
No. of Guides :
Name of Scout Master :
Name of Guide Captain :
Activities :
Awards qualified for with no. of S & G :
1.
2.
6.
Club
Activities :
3.
4.
14
School Labs :(Maintenance/equip
ment/conduct
of
Practicals & records
Maintained)
Phy./Chem./Bio
./
Maths/Geog./
Comp. Science/
Language etc.
15
Subject-wise/
Class-wise list
of Practical
conducted as on
inspection date.
16
Pace Setting
Activities
undertaken.
141
17
18
Affiliation
CBSE :
to
Affiliation No. :
Valid Up to :
Implementation
of migration
policy and IIIrd
Language
ADMINISTRATION & ESTABLISHMENT
Aspects
Details
Suggestions
Details
Suggestions
VMC and VAC meetings:
1
2
(Constitution and
conduct of meetings
conducted during
the year. Dates of
meetings and follow
up action).
PTC Constitution
and conduct of
meetings (with dates
and follow up action)
:Grievance box installation:
3.
4
(Its operation and
follow up action)
Maintenance and
repairs of vehicle
and action taken for
condemnation
/auction, if required.
Aspects
142
5
6
7
MOD reports
proforma whether
maintained and
signed by principal
on to day basis or
not.
Stock
registers/maintenan
ce of stores.
Implementation of
Daily Routine
including Sundays
and holidays as
prescribed in PAP
10 Safety and security
ATR & follow up
action on 14 points
i)
& submission of
report to R.O timely.
Whether security
threats in & around
the campus have
ii)
been identified or
not, if yes, mention
the same
Problems, if any
iii)
along with ATR .
Attendance/ Roll call
System:
Timings of
iv) attendance, (attach
details of attendance
on the day of
inspection.)
Locking system of
dorms & school
v)
building in day &
night time.
Maintenance of
service books &
Details of Disc.
11
Committee and
maintenance of
records
Pending disciplinary
12
cases of Staff
13 Pending Court cases
143
with details.
Action taken for
14 condemnation of
articles
State of
15 Interpersonal
relations in the JNV
RESIDENTIAL COMPONENTS
Sl.N
1
a)
b)
Aspects
Observations
Suggestions
House management:
Formation of houses
(Whether formed as
per the guidelines of
NVS or not)
Organization of Inter
House Activities
i) CCA
ii) Sports & Games
iii) Other competitions
House
Meetings
(periodicity)
c)
2
i)
ii)
iii)
3
i) Principal with HMs
ii) Principal
with
House Perfects
iii) Visit to dormitories
by Principal and
record
of
observations made
Dormitories
Cleanliness of dorms
and its surroundings
Upkeep of toilets &
Bathrooms
Electricity & water
Uniforms/ bedding and daily use
items
(Whether provided as
per norms)
4
Health Care
a)
Availability of part time doctor
and alternative arrangement, in
case, part time doctor not
144
available, record of visits.
b)
Visit record of Nurse to
dormitories/Mess/Toilets and
bathrooms
c)
Maintenance of MI room &
availability of essential
equipment, Common Medicines
etc. & stock register.
d)
Maintenance of Health records
and quarterly checkup of students.
Sl.N
Aspects
e)
Maintenance of daily record of
sick students.
f)
Maintenance of record of sick
students referred to hospital/
parents etc.
5.
Mess management
a)
Quality and preparation of food.
b)
Dining system and discipline
inside dining hall.
c)
Health and Hygiene (maintenance
& cleanliness of toilets,
bathrooms and surrounding area
of mess).
d)
Mess Store Management.
Arrangement of food items,
cleanliness etc
e)
Maintenance of mess stock
Registers.
f)
Monthly expenditure, preparation
of DCR, whether average
expenditure is within budget limit
or not.
g)
Formation of Mess Committee
and Regular conduct of meetings
and record of committee minutes.
h)
Mess menu and its display
i)
Availability of drinking water in
Mess.
Observations
Suggestions
145
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Sl.
N
Aspects
1
Maintenance
book/ledger
2.
Adherence to purchase
procedures.
3.
4
a)
5.
6
of
Observations
Suggestions
Observations
Suggestions
cash
Position of utilization of
funds as per budgetary
provision & submission
of monthly expenditure
statement to Regional
Office.
Settlement of internal /
AG Audit and external
Audit objections. Dates
of latest conduct of the
audit (both)
No.
of
outstanding
paras
as
on
date
Internal Audit(IA)/ AG
Audit (AG).
Maintenance of other
records
like
Asset
Registers/
T.A.,
/medical
reimbursement/Advanc
es etc.
Pending cases of T.A.,
medical settlement of
advances etc.
Construction
Sl.
N
Aspects
1.
Land.
1- Number of acres
available
2- Whether transferred
to Samiti or not)?
146
2.
Phase of construction
works.
i) Completed.
ii) In progress.
iii) Pending
3.
Development
being taken up
4.
Water
supply,
availability of OHT,
UGS, PHE facilities etc.
5
Electricity/ availability
of transformer
(Rural/Urban
feeder
etc.
capacity
of
transformer).
Sl.
N
Aspects
6.
7.
works
Observations
Suggestions
Progress
of
M&R
works,
whether
undertakes
as
per
latest instructions of
NVS (Hqrs.).
Position of expenditure
on M&R till date &
total budget allocation,
submission to R.O.
quarterly expenditure
statement.
8.
M & R Committee and
frequency of meetings.
9.
Maintenance of M & R,
complaint register etc.
as per NVS Head
Quarter instructions.
OVERALL OBSERVATION OF THE VIDYALAYA
147
Date:
Name & Sign. of Panel Inspection Team
1.
Name__________________ Sign. _______
2.
Name__________________ Sign. _______
3.
Name__________________ Sign. _______
4.
Name__________________ Sign. _______
148
Proforma ‘B1’
PANEL INSPECTION REPORT
ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN AT PRINCIPALS LEVEL
Sl.
No
Area
Observations
Action to be taken
Academic
1.
2.
3.
1. 4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Administrati
on
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
Residential
component
1.
3.
2.
3.
4.
.
Financial
1.
4.
2.
3.
149
Constructio
n
5. 1.
2.
3.
Asstt. Commissioner
150
Proforma ‘B2’
PANEL INSPECTION REPORT
ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN AT RO/Hqrs. LEVEL
Sl.
No
Area
Observations
Action to be taken
Academic
1.
2.
3.
1.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Administrati
on
1.
2. 2.
3.
4.
.
Residential
component
1.
3. 2.
3.
4.
Financial
1.
4.
2.
3.
151
Constructio
n
5. 1.
2.
3.
Asstt. Commissioner
152
Annexure-I
CLASS OBSERVATIONS BY PRINCIPAL/VICE-PRINCIPAL
Sl.
No
Designation
1
PGT (Eng)
2
PGT(Hindi)
3
PGT(Phy.)
4
PGT(Chem.)
5
PGT(Bio.)
6
PGT(Maths)
7
PGT(C.S.)
8
PGT(Hist.)
9
PGT(Geog.)
10
PGT(Eco)
11
PGT(Comm.)
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Name of Teacher
Date of
observation
Important Observations
Suggestions
given
TGT(Eng.)
TGT(Hindi)
TGT(IIIrd Lang.)
TGT(Maths)
20
TGT(Sc)
21
TGT(S.St)
22
Music Tr
23
Art Tr
24
PET(M)
25
PET(F)
26
Librarian
27
FCSA
Signature of Principal
153
Annexure-II
CLASS ROOM OBSERVATIONS BY PANEL INSPECTION TEAM
Sl.
No
Subject
1
2
3
4
5
6
PGT (Eng)
7
8
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
PGT(C.S.)
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
Name of
Teacher
Important Observations
Suggestions given
PGT(Hindi)
PGT(Phy.)
PGT(Chem.)
PGT(Bio.)
PGT(Maths)
PGT(Hist.)
PGT(Geog.)
PGT(Eco)
PGT(Comm.)
TGT(Eng.)
TGT(Hindi)
TGT(IIIrd Lang.)
TGT(Maths)
TGT(Sc)
TGT(S.St)
Music Tr
Art Tr
PET(M)
PET(F)
Librarian
FCSA
Name & Sign. of Panel Inspection Team
1. Name__________________ Sign. _______
2. Name__________________ Sign. _______
3. Name__________________ Sign. _______
4. Name__________________ Sign. _______
154
CLASS SUPERVISION PROFORMA FOR PRINCIPAL/VICE-PRINCIPAL
JAWAHAR NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA, __________________________________________________
Name of the Teacher: ________________________________Desig.__________________________
Class: ____________Date:_______________Subject:_______________Topic:_________________
No. of Students in the Class: ______Present:_____No. of High Achievers: ___________________
EFFECTIVE CLASS ROOM INSTRUCTION CHECK LIST
I.
Teacher Preparation:
YES
A. Lesson plans prepared & submitted:
___
B. Use of technology (ICT):
C. Teaching aids prepared and appropriate:
NO
___
___
___
N/A
___
___
___
___
___
Comments on A to C:
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
II. Classroom Management:
N/A
A. Uses appropriate Methodology:
YES
NO
___
___
___
B. Uses appropriate example & Illustrations:
___
___
___
C. Positive interaction with students:
___
___
___
D. Questions well delivered & divergent:
___
E. Provides enrichment/remediation:
___
F. Uses appropriate verbal communication:
___
___
___
G. Uses appropriate non-verbal communication:
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
H. Gives clear directions:
___
___
___
I.
___
___
___
___
___
___
Appropriate Time Management:
J. Checking of Home work/assignment/Project work:
155
Comments on A to J:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
III. Physical Environment:
N/A
A. Clean/Attractive & Safe:
YES
___
NO
___
___
Comments on A_______________________________________________________________________
IV. Innovations/Experimentation:
N/A
YES
NO
A. Uses Innovative Techniques:
___
___
___
B. Collects/Processes data for research oriented learning:
___
___
___
Comments on A to B___________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Observer’s Signature: ________________
Teacher’s
Signature:_________________________
Name & Designation:
_______________
Name &
Designation:_________________________
Date:
_______________
Date:
_________________________
156
LABORATORY EQUIPMENTS
MATERIALS & CHEMICALS REQUIRED FOR JUNIOR SCIENCE LAB.
S.NO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
NAME OF THE
MATERIAL/CHEMICAL
Measuring cylinder
Test tubes
Thermometers
Bar magnets
Dynamo model
Concave lenses
Concave mirrors
Convex lenses
Convex mirrors
Glass slab
Glass prism
Pendulum bob and retort stand
Stop clock
Tuning forks
Electric bell
Ammeter
Volt meter
Galvanometer
Electric motor
Magnetic compass
Battery eliminators
V stands
Spring balance
Meter scales
Wind mill model
Beakers
Spirit lamps
Test tube holders
Test tube stand
Tripod stand
Round bottomed flask
Flat bottomed flask
Crucible tongs
Glass funnels
Trough
Lactometer
Compound microscope
Dissection microscope
Permanent slides
Fibre models
Litmus books
SPECIFICATION
250 ml
Borosil
Celsius &Fahrenheit &clinical
pairs
Ac/Dc
set
model
Dc
Dc
Dc
Model
With lid & lock
2-12 V Dc 2 Amps
Plastic 50 ml 100 ml
Brass
8” x 4”
Algae, Fungi,Protozoa,
Eye. Ear.
157
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
Acetic acid
Hydrochloric acid
Sulphuric acid
Nitric acid
Sodium hydroxide
Ammonia solution
Copper sulphate
Sodium bicarbonate
Sodium metal
Mercury
Zinc metal pieces
Magnesium ribbon
Calcium hydroxide
Calcium carbonate
Potassium permanganate
Copper metal rings
Filter paper
Sulphur powder
Surgical spirit
Iodine solution
Hypo
Iodine solution
Rubber corks
Bell jar
Acetone
phenolphthalein
Mythylene blue
First aid kit
*****
158
PHYSICS LAB EQUIPMENTS
CLASS- IX
S. No. Name of the equipment
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Spring balance
Measuring cylinder
Helix spring
Cuboids of different sizes
Human ear model
Stethoscope
Simple pendulum
Stop clock
Meter scales
Flute
Change of P.E to K.E and vice versa
500ml beakers
S.No
CLASS-X
Name of the item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Plane mirror
Concave mirror
Convex mirror
Glass slab
Drawing board
Glass prism
Convex lens
Concave lens
Voltmeter
Ammeter
Galvanometer
Rheostat
Resistance boxes
Connecting wires
Key
Optical bench
Electric battery
Magnets
Connecting wires
One-way key
Rheostat
*****
159
CHEMISTRY LAB EQUIPMENTS FOR CLASSES IX & X
S.NO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
NAME OF THE ITEM
Glass Test tubes borosil
Glass Beakers borosil (100ml, 250ml,500ml)
Conical flask borosil (250ml)
Glass spirit lamps
Glass funnels
Test tube stands (polythene)
Test tube holders
Tripod stand
Glass rods
Glass tubes
Separating funnel (250ml)
Centrifuge apparatus (elecrtical)
Washing bottles
Blow pipe
Platinim loop
Wire gauge
China dish
Pestle and Mortor
Tongs
Reagent bottles
Filtration apparatus
Simple distillation complete Apparatus
Fractional Distillation Complete Apparatus
Melting point Apparatus
Calorimeter Apparatus with stirrer
Electrical Water bath with thermostat with 12 hole
Kipps Apparatus
Chromatography papers
Periodic Table
Corks
Cork borer
Glass Buretts
Glass Pipettes
Burett Stand
Pipette Stand
Glass Dropers
Round bottom Flask (250ml)
Round bottom flask flat (250ml)
Bunsen burners with gas supply
*****
160
BIOLOGY LAB EQUIPMENTS FOR CLASS-IX
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Name of the Item
Compound Microscope
Dessection Microscope
Plain Slides
Cover Slips
Test Tube Barushes
Test Tubes
Test Tubes Stand
Test Tube Holder
Needles
Small Sized Brushes
Bunsen Burner/Spirit Lamp
Permanent Slides
Parenchyma
Collenchyma
Sclerenchyma
Xylem
Phloem
Nervous Tissue
Muscle Tissue
Amoeba
Euglena
Plasmodium
Paramoecium
Vorticella
T.S. of Monocot stem
T.S. of DIcot stem
T.S. of Monocot root
T.S. of Dicot root
Digital/Physical balance
Lactometer
Models of Agricultural implements(plastic)
Specimen
Earthworm
Cockroach
Bony fish
Moss(Funaria)
Fern
Spirogyra
Agaricus
Ascaris
Tape worm
Pila
Octopus
Star Fish
Sepia
Leech
161
14
S.NO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Sycon/schypha
Spongilla
Hydra
Obelia
Scorpion
Frog
Charts/Models asper the prescribed Curriculum
Chemicals and Stains
Hydro Chloric Acid
Nitric Acid
Sulphuric Acid
Benedicts reagent
Fehling solutionA and B
Iodine Solution
Glycerine
Safranin
Methylene Blue
Ammonium Hydroxide
BIOLOGY LAB EQUIPMENTS FOR CLASS-X
NAME OF THE ITEM
Compound Microscope
Dessection Microscope
Plain Slides
Cover Slips
Test Tube Barushes
Test Tubes
Test Tubes Stand
Test Tube Holder
Needles
Small Sized Brushes
Bunsen Burner/Spirit Lamp
Beakers(250ml and 500 ml)
Lime water
Thistle Funnel
Bent tubes
Safranin
Methylene blue
Slides :Binary fission inAmoeba
Budding in Yeast
leaf structure
One holed /two holed rubber corks
Specimen
Monocot and Dicot embryo
Physical Balance/Digital Balance
Whatmans filter paper
Charts/Models asper the prescribed Curriculum
Homology/Analogy in plants /animals-Available specimen/Charts
*****
162
PHYSICS LAB EQUIPMENT FOR CLASS XI
S.No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Name of the item
Vernier Callipers
Screw gauge.
Spherometer.
Simple pendulum
Demonstration of longitudinal and transverse waves.
Demonstration of the phenomenon of beats, due to superposition, of waves
produced by two sources of sound of slightly different frequencies
Demonstration of resonance with a set of coupled pendulums.
Demonstration of the effect of angle of launch on range of a projectile
Demonstration of inter-conversion of potential and kinetic energy.
Demonstration of conservation of linear momentum.
Double inclined plane
Bi-metallic strip
Demonstration of free oscillations of different vibrating systems.
Demonstration of Bernoulli's theorem with simple illustrations
Demonstration of resonance using an open pipe.
Demonstration of conservation of angular momentum.
resonance tube
helical spring
Sonometer.
Demonstration of resonance with a set of coupled pendulums.
Rolling cylinders
Wooden block with hook
Metal balls / lead shots
Glass Measuring cylinders (50ml, 100ml, 250ml,500ml)
Spring balance
Pendulum bobs
Retort stands
Stop watch
Meter scale
Half Meter scale
Thermometers (degree C and degree F)
Maximum and minimum thermometer
Wet and Dry thermometer
Clinical Thermometer
Digital thermometer
Common Balance
Weight box
Beam balance
Tuning fork set
Metal Cubes and metal Cylinders
Rubber Hammer
163
PHYSICS LAB EQUIPMENT FOR CLASSES XII
S. No
Name of the item
1
Source of LASER beam
2
Metre bridge
3
Potentiometer.
4
Galvanometer
5
Multimeter.
6
Concave mirror
7
Convex lens.
8
Concave lens
9
Prism
10
Travelling microscope
11
Plane mirror.
12
p-n junction diode
13
Zener diode
14
Common - emitter npn or pnp transistor characteristics
15
Glass slab.
16
Polaroids.
17
Voltmeter
18
Ammeter
19
Microammeter
20
Microvoltmeter
21
Logic gates
22
Hollow prism
23
Tangent galvanometer
24
Bar magnets (Alnico)
25
Harsshoe Magnet
26
Electro Magnet
27
Magnetic compass
28
Optics kit (Lences, mirrors, glass slabs, plane mirror strips, Prisms (Equilateral and
Rightangled), Slits.
164
29
Lens holder / V- Stand (Wooden)
30
Wooden Screen
31
Bulb with holder and wire gauge for measuring focal length
32
Plano convex , plano concave, double convex, double concave, glass slabs, plane
mirrors, cylindrical lens, thin and thick lences
33
Sand Paper
34
Triangular File
35
Overflowing vessel
36
Battery eliminator
37
Transformer (step up and step down)
38
AC & DC Generator
39
DC Motor and AC Motor
40
Gold leaf electro scope
41
Solenoid
42
Glass cutter
43
Nichrome wire
44
One way key
45
Rubber Hammer
46
Drawing board
*****
165
CHEMISTRY LAB REQUIREMENTS (NON-CONSUMMABLE) FOR CLASSES XI & XII
Sl .No.
NAME OF THE ITEM
1
BEAKERS(100ML,250 ML,500 ML,1000 ML)
2
BURETTES WITH GLASS TAPS
3
BURETTES STANDS WITH CLAMPS
4
TEST TUBES
5
BUNSEN BURNERS
6
BLOW PIPES
7
CONICAL FLASKS
8
COMBUSTION TUBES
9
CHINA DISHES
10
DROPPING BOTTLES
11
DISTILLATION SET
12
DROPPERS
13
DIFLAGRATING SPOONS
14
FLAT BOTTOMED FLASKS
15
FUNNELS
16
GLASS TROUGHS
17
GLASS RETORT
18
GLASS JARS WITH LIDS
19
HAND CENTRIFUGAL MACHINE
20
KIPPS APPARATUS
21
MEASURING JARS
22
MORTAR AND PESTLE
23
CHINA DISHES
24
CHEMICAL BALANNCE
25
PIPPETES
26
PETRI DISHES
27
TEST TUBE BRUSHES
28
ROUND BOTTOMED FLASKS
29
REAGENT BOTTLES
30
TEST TUBE STANDS AND TEST TUBE HOLDERS
31
SPATULAS
32
TRIPAD STANDS
166
33
TONGS
34
THISTLE FUNNEL
35
U TUBES
36
WIRE GAUGES
37
WATER BATH(COPPER)
38
WATCH GLASSES
39
WASH BOTTLES
40
THERMOMETER
41
VOLUMETRIC FLASKS
42
GRADUATED PIPPETS
43
STOP WATCHES
44
SEPERATING FUNNEL
45
WEIGHING BOTTLES
46
DESICATOR
47
CRUCIBLE WITH LID
48
FILTRATION STANDS
49
GLASS CUTTER
50
ELECTRIC WATER BATH
51
MELTING POINT APPARATUS
52
CORK BORER
53
CORKS
54
PIPPETE STANDS
55
TOP SINGLE PAN BALANCE
56
DELIVERY TUBES
57
ELECTRODES
58
GLASS RODS
59
GLASS CYRINGES
*****
167
BIOLOGY LAB REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASSES XI & XII
S.NO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
NAME OF THE ITEM
Compound Microscope
Dessection Microscope
Distillation Unit(water)
Beakers(250,500 and 100 ml)
Dicot and Monocot root and stem samples
Digital Balance
Whatmans filterpaper
Models of Cockroach and Frog
Slides and Specimen
Bacteria
Oscillatoria
Spirogyra
Rhizopus
Mushroom
Yeast
Riccia
Moss
Fern
Lichen
Amoeba
Hydra
Liverfluke
Ascaris
leech
Earthworm
Prawn
Silkworm
Honey bee
Snail
Star Fish
Rohu
Frog
Lizard
Tissues
Parenchyma
Collenchyma
Sclerenchyma
Xylem
Phloem
Squamous epithelium
Muscle fibre
168
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Blood smear(mammal and Frog)
Mitosis all stages
Meiosis all stages
T.S.of tesis
T.S.of Ovary
Human Blastula
Entamoeba
Taeniasolium
Ringworm
Hydrilla
Vallisnaria
Skeleton model(human)
skeleton box
Tape
Meter scale
Models/Charts asper curriculam
Chemicals
Iodine
Benedicts solution
Fehling solution A and B
Sudan-III
Safranin
Methylene bblue
All types of acids
Millons reagent
Biuret reagent
Phenolphthalein
Buffer tablets
Ph paper
Boric acid
magnesium sulphate
watch glass
Note: While procuring the Laboratory Equipments and chemicals, the
brand/specifications are to be given due importance to ensure the quality of
items.
*****
169
14 POINTS PROGRAMME ON SAFETY AND SECURITY OF JNV INMATES
The issue regarding safety and security of children in the Vidyalaya campus
has been deliberated at length and it has been decided to enforce a 14 Point
Programme in this regard in all JNVs with immediate effect. A copy of the 14
Point Programme of safety and security of children is enclosed.
In this regard, following points may be noted for strict compliance:1.
Every Principal and staff member in a Navodaya Vidyalaya will
carefully follow these points for due and proper compliance.
2.
Every Principal will submit a monthly report to the concerned
Regional Office indicating compliance of these 14 Points and
shortcomings, if any.
3.
Every Assistant Commissioner Incharge of Cluster will personally
monitor proper implementation of these programmes during his
visit to the Vidyalayas and also through frequent personal
interaction.
4.
Regional Office will take immediate follow up action on any
shortcomings in implementation in any Vidyalaya and submit a
report to the Headquarters.
5.
14 Points security measures suggested in this programme are bare minimum
and illustrative. Principals of the Vidyalayas may add any other point for
monitoring based on local felt needs of the Vidyalaya.
FOURTEEN POINT PROGRAMME FOR MONITORING SAFETY AND
SECURITY OF CHILDREN
1.
Daily verification of M.O.D. report by the Principal.
2.
Monthly updating of students medical records and verification by
the Principal.
3.
Daily visit of House-Master to dormitory, interaction with children
particularly migrated children, along with verification of issue of
student’s articles in time.
4.
Availability of drinking water and maintenance of running water
facility to toilets and bathrooms.
5.
Nominating a suitable Counselor for counseling of emotionally
disturbed children.
170
6.
Assigning Rotational responsibility to designated staff for
supervision of physical hazards/danger points in and around
campus and taking remedial action.
7.
Weekly review meeting by Principal with House-Masters and House
Captains.
8.
Operational zing Vidyalaya Control Register, M&R/complaint
Register and grievance box. All to be directly monitored by
Principal.
9.
Locking dormitory during day time and school building during
night.
10.
Cleaning of bushes and adequate lightening in the campus.
11.
Regulating entry/exit at Main Gate.
12.
Proper repairs of boundary walls.
13.
Monthly fumigation in campus to control insects/mosquitoes etc.
14.
Sick children to stay in MI Room under supervision of Staff Nurse
and not in dormitories during day time.
Sub:
Safety and Security of students-guidelines for monitoring
A 14 Point Programme for ensuring safety and security of children has been
circulated to all Regional Offices and JNVs by Commissioner, NVS vide his letter
dated 16th May, 2011. With a view to ensure that the points included in this
programme are sincerely followed by all JNVs and proper record of action taken on
each issue is carefully maintained, it has been decided to prescribe formats in
which records may be maintained by the Vidyalayas for closer monitoring by the
Principal and also by any Visiting Officers. A set of 5 proforma as under have been
prepared for regular monitoring and are enclosed:1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Monthly House Prefects Meeting with Principal in the Presence of House
Masters
Monthly Class Prefects/Monitors Meeting with Principal in the Presence of
Class Teachers
Monthly Staff Meeting
Monthly Maintenance & Repair (M&R) Committee Meeting
Monthly Mess Committee Meeting
The principals of all JNVs to ensure strict compliance of the 14 point
programme and maintaining appropriate records in the proforma enclosed:
171
Annexure-I
Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalaya : __________________________
Distt.:
__________________________
State :
__________________________
MONTHLY HOUSE PREFECTS MEETING WITH PRINCIPAL IN THE
PRESENCE OF HOUSE MASTERS
FOR THE MONTH OF: _________________________
DATE OF THE MEETING: __________________________
Sl. No.
Name
Name of
of the the
House House
Masters
present
Name of
the
House
Prefects
present
Problems
of
students
as
well
as
dormitories
discussed
Action
taken
in
brief
Remarks
(if any)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Vice-Principal
Principal
172
Annexure-II
Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalaya : __________________________
Distt.:
__________________________
State :
__________________________
Monthly Class Prefects/Monitors Meeting With Principal In The
Presence Of Class Teachers
Remarks (if
any)
Action taken
in brief
Problems
Discussed
Related to
the Class /
Classroom
Name of the
Class
Prefects/Mo
nitors
Name of the
Class
Teacher
Sl. No.
Class &
Section
For the Month of: _________________________
Date of the meeting: __________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Vice-Principal
Principal
173
Annexure-III
Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalaya : __________________________
Distt.:
__________________________
State:
__________________________
MONTHLY STAFF MEETING
Action taken in
brief
Hazardous
points
identified, if
any
Academic
Problems
Related to
Students
Problems
relating to
Staff
Agenda Points
discussed
Sl. No.
For the Month of: _________________________
Date of the meeting: __________________________
Remarks
(if any)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Vice-Principal
Principal
174
Annexure- IV
Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalaya: __________________________
Distt.:
__________________________
State :
__________________________
MONTHLY MAINTENANCE & REPAIR (M&R) COMMITTEE MEETING
Action taken in
brief
Hazardous
points, if any
Nature/Details of
Problem
Name of the
House/Building
Sl. No.
For the Month of: _________________________
Date of the meeting: __________________________
Remarks (if
any)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Vice-Principal
Principal
175
Annexure V
Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalaya: __________________________
Distt.:
__________________________
State:
__________________________
MONTHLY MESS COMMITTEE MEETING
Action taken in
brief
Problems
Raised by the
Students
Name of
Teachers/Staff
present
Name of the
Students
present
Last Menu
Discussed
Sl. No.
For the Month of: _________________________
Date of the meeting: __________________________
Revised
Menu Remarks
Chart (may be (if any)
attached)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Vice-Principal
Principal
176
DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF MASTER ON DUTY (MOD)
It is requested that Duties and Responsibilities of MOD may be brought to the notice of all teachers in
the Navodaya Vidyalayas and all JNVs may be directed to use the revised formats for reporting for
uniformity in all JNVs.
1. The Master on Duty will submit the report to the principal in the prescribed format before
Morning Assembly on next day.
2. He / She (MOD) will start with arouser and end duties with light out at night.
3. He / She will supervise the arrangements at the time morning assembly & all Vidyalaya
functions.
4. He / She will ensure that all students behave properly during school functions.
5.
He / She will supervise all the meals & refreshments.
6. He / She will supervise all roll calls. If any student is missing, will immediately report to the
concerned house master & Principal.
7. He / She will be present on the ground during morning PT & Evening Games.
8. He / She will enquire about sick students from the staff nurse of the Vidyalaya.
9. He / She will verify attendance of the students during afternoon remedial & evening supervised
classes.
10. He / She will ensure punctuality of all school activities.
11. He / She will report any damage to the school property to Principal, if noticed on the day of
duty.
177
12. He / She will report about indiscipline or serious incidents to the Principal, if any, noticed on the
day of duty.
13. He / She will ensure that drinking water arrangements in the academic block & hostels are
available.
14. He / She will make suggestions in all school activities based upon his / her observations.
15. He / She will be easily available all the time & should not leave the campus without permission.
Note:1.
2.
Any untoward incident or any other matter requiring immediate attention of the Principal
should be brought to his notice without any delay.
If duty officer is not able to perform duties on the prescribed day, he/she will inform the
Principal well in time.
JAWAHAR NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA_________________________________________
DUTY MASTER REPORT
Date:____________________ Day:________________ Duty Hours: 5.30 AM to 10.30 PM
(To be filled by MOD himself/herself & handed over to Principal before Morning Assembly on next day)
Name of the MOD__________________________________; Design. ____________________
PART – I REPORTING:[A] (i) Morning P.T. Started at ___________________AM
(ii) Teachers Present on ground were 1……………………….; 2………….……………;
3………………………….; 4…………………………..; 5………….………………..
[B] (i) Morning Assembly started at ______AM. House on Duty………………………………
(ii) Names of teacher absent 1……………………………...; 2…………….……………..…
3……………….………….; 4…….……………………..; 5…………….……………..
(iii) The attendance & other details in “Consolidate Class Attendance Register” were
verified & Signed:- Yes / No
[C] (i) Break fast started at ____AM.
(ii) Items served as per menu for the day
Yes/No
(iii) Name of Students (With their House) who were present in the Vidyalaya but did not
take breakfast 1……………….…………………...; 2………………………………..…
3……………………….….; 4………….….……………..; 5……….…………………..
(iv) Name of the teachers present on duty 1……...……………; 2…………………………..
3………………….…..….; 4…….……………………..; 5…………….…………..……
[D] (i) Lunch started at ____P.M. and last student finished lunch at ____PM.
(ii) Item served as per menu for the day
Yes/No
178
(iii) Name of the teachers present on duty 1……...……………; 2…………………………..
3………………….…..….; 4…….……………………..; 5…………….…………..……
(iv) Name of the students who were present in the Vidyalaya but did not take lunch
1………………….………...; 2…………………………3………………………….….;
4………….….………….…..; 5………………………..; 6…………………………….
[E]
Remedial / Supervised Classes (Afternoon)
(i) Remedial / Supervised classes were conducted in Academic Block from____ PM to ___PM
(ii) The attendance of students was recorded in concerned register which was verified by me. Yes / No
(iii) Name of the teachers present on duty 1……...……………; 2…………………………..
3………………….…..….; 4…….……………………..; 5…………….…………..……
[F] Evening Games & Sports started at _________ PM.
(i) Teachers playing with students were : 1………...…………; 2……..……………………..
3….……………….……..….; 4…….…………………….; 5…………..….….…………
(ii) Total______ students were present on the ground. Games over by ______PM.
(iii) Distribution on of snacks was made at _____PM under the guidance of Mr. / Ms
1.__________________; 2.__________________ & every student received the snacks.
(iv) The attendance of students was recorded in concerned register which was verified by me.
Yes / No
[G]
Evening Supervised Classes (After Games)
(i) Supervised Classes were conducted from ______PM to ____PM at __________(Place)
(ii) The Teachers present on duty Mr./ Ms. 1……………………; 2……………………….
3………………….……..….; 4…….……………………..; 5…………….…………..……
(iii) The Attendance of students was recorded in concerned register which was verified by me.
Yes / No.
[H] Dinner started at _____PM.
(i) Items served as per menu for the day
Yes/No
(ii) Teachers present on duty 1………........…….…………; 2………...…………………….
3………………….……..….; 4…….…………..…………..; 5…………….…………….
(iii) Name of the students who were present in the Vidyalaya but did not take dinner
1………...…………….……; 2……………….………; 3………………….……..….;
4…….……………………..; 5…………….…………..…; 6………………………….…
[I]
Night prep / self study (After dinner ) started at ______PM in _______(Name of Place).
[ J ] My Visit to Houses
Arawali
House
Jr.
Sr.
Time
Neelgiri
Jr.
Sr.
Udaigiri
Jr.
Sr.
Shivalik
Jr.
Sr.
Girl Jr.
A
B
Girl Sr.
A
B
179
PART – II ATTENDANCE
(OPTIONAL)
(All attendance must be taken within 10 minutes just after the scheduled time of activity).
(A) Morning P.T.
Arawali
Jr.
Sr.
Strength
Neelgiri
Jr. Sr.
Shivalik
Jr. Sr.
Udaigiri
Jr. Sr.
Girls Sr.
A
B
Girls Jr.
A
B
Girls Sr.
Girls Jr.
Strength
Present
Leave
Sick
OD
NR
Absent
Total
(B)
Morning Assembly
Strength
Arawali
Jr.
Sr.
Neelgiri
Jr.
Sr.
Shivalik
Jr.
Sr.
Udaigiri
Jr.
Sr.
A
B
A
B
Strength
Present
Leave
Sick
OD
NR
Absent
Total
(C)
Remedial / Supervised (Afternoon)
Arawali
Neelgiri
Shivalik
Udaigiri
Strength
Jr.
Sr.
Jr.
Sr.
Jr.
Sr.
Jr. Sr.
Strength
Present
Leave
Sick
OD
NR
Absent
Total
(D)
Strength
Arawali
Neelgiri
Shivalik
Udaigiri
Jr.
Sr.
Jr. Sr. Jr.
Sr.
Jr.
Sr.
Strength
Present
Leave
Sick
Girls Sr.
A
B
Girls Jr.
A
B
Girls Sr.
A
B
Girls Jr.
A
B
180
OD
NR
Absent
Total
(E) Evening Supervised Classes (After Games)
Strength
Arawali
Neelgiri
Shivalik
Jr.
Sr.
Jr.
Sr.
Jr.
Sr.
Strength
Present
Leave
Sick
OD
NR
Absent
Total
(F) Night Roll Call
Strength
Arawali
Jr.
Sr.
Neelgiri
Jr. Sr.
Shivalik
Jr.
Sr.
Udaigiri
Jr.
Sr.
Udaigiri
Jr.
Sr
.
Girls Sr.
A
B
Girls Sr.
A
B
Girls Jr.
A
B
Girls Jr.
A
B
Strength
Present
Leave
Sick
OD
NR
Absent
Total
Note: - OD: On duty; NR: Not Reported in the school since long period.
PART – II ATTENDANCE
(All attendance must be taken within 10 minutes after the scheduled time of activity).
(A) Morning PT:
Strength
Present
Leave
Sick
OD
NR Absent
Boys
Girls
(B) Morning Assembly:
Strength
Boys
Girls
Present
Leave
(C) Remedial / Supervised Class (Afternoon):
Strength
Present
Leave
Boys
Girls
Sick
OD
NR
Absent
Sick
OD
NR
Absent
181
(D) Evening Games & Sports:
Strength
Boys
Girls
Present
Leave
(E) Evening Supervised classes (After Games):
Strength
Present
Leave
Boys
Girls
Sick
OD
NR
Absent
Sick
OD
NR
Absent
(F) Night Roll Call:
Strength
Present
Leave
Sick
OD
NR Absent
Boys
Girls
Note :- OD: On duty; NR: Not Reported in the school after leave/vacation/return from a visit etc.
(G) Name of Absentees:
Sl.
No.
(A)
Place where Absent (Tick if absent in any particular activity)
Name of House /
Remedial /
Evening
Morning
Evening
Night Roll Sign. of
Student Class PT
Supervised
Supervised
Assembly
Games
Call
HM
Class
Class
PART – III GENERAL OBSERVATIONS
Sick Report
Sl. No.
Name of Sick
Student
Class / House
Nature of
Sickness
Sign. of HM
Sign. of Staff
Nurse.
1
2
(B)
Cleanliness Report
Venue
Remark
(Good/unsatisfactory)
Suggestions for improvement if any
Dormitories &
toilets
Class Rooms
Campus
Mess & Dining
Hall
182
(C)
Mess Report
Remarks for Quality (Good/Average/Poor)
Sign. of CA
Break Fast
Lunch
Dinner
(D)
Locking of Dormitories
All houses were found locked during class hours, afternoon / remedial classes, Games & Evening
supervised study Yes / No
If No, the name of houses found un locked:During
Class Hours
Afternoon Remedial Evening Games
Evening
Classes
Supervised study
Houses
Action taken by MOD if houses were found unlocked …………………………..………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
(E) Electricity & Water supply: Any defect / shortage / repair needed/noticed:-……………… ……
……………………………………………………………………………………………
(F) Any Celebration / Special event of the day …………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
(G) Any abnormal observation to be brought to the notice of principal with suggestions ……..
……………………………………………………………………………………….…………
( Sign. of MOD)
Action initiated by Principal on MOD report:___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Sign. of Principal
Note:1. Any untoward incident or any other matter requiring immediate attention of the Principal
should be brought to his notice without any delay.
2. If this report is not received by Principal before Morning Assembly, he should immediately
call the MOD
*****
183
VACATION SCHEDULE OF JNVs ACROSS THE COUNTRY 2013-14
NAME OF
S.
THE
No.
REGION
STATE
Punjab: (All
JNVs)
Jammu:(Kathua,
Samba,
Udhampur,
Jammu-I ,Reasi)
HP: (Except
Kinnaur, Kaza,
Shimla)
1
Chandigarh
J&K:(Baramulla,
Kupwara,
Anantnag,
Ganderbal,
Budgam,
Shopian, Doda,
Poonch, Kulgam,
Rajouri)
J&K: (Leh,
Kargil) HP:
(Kaza,,Kinnaur)
Summer
PERIOD OF VACATION
Days
Autumn
Days
Winter
Days
TOTAL
NO.OF
DAYS
01.06.2013
to
30.07.2013
60
01.11.2013
to
10.11.2013
10
25.12.2013
to
13.01.2014
20
90
18.07.2013
to
11.08.2013
25
-----------
-----
16.12.2013
to
18.02.2014
65
90
18.07.2013
to
02.08.2013
15
------------
-----
16.12.2013
to
28.02.2014
75
90
60
09.10.2013
to
06.11.2013
29
-----
------
89
2
Bhopal
3
Hyderabad
JNVs of Madhya 01.05.2013
Pradesh,
to
Chattishgarh and 29.06.2013
Odhisa
Andhra Pradesh & 01.05.2013
Yanam
To
30.06.2013
01.04.2013
Karnataka
To
31.05.2013
01.05.2013
Puducherry
To
30.06.2013
01.05.2013
Karaikal
To
30.06.2013
01.04.2013
Kerala & Mahe
to
31.05.2013
01.04.2013
Middle Andaman &
to
Nicobar
31.05.2013
01.04.2013
Minicoy
to
31.05.2013
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
12.10.2013
13.01.2014
to
25
to
04
05.11.2013
16.01.2014
12.10.2013
13.01.2014
to
25
to
04
05.11.2013
16.01.2014
12.10.2013
13.01.2014
to
25
to
04
05.11.2013
16.01.2014
12.10.2013
13.01.2014
to
25
to
04
05.11.2013
16.01.2014
1st spell: 16.09.13 to 18.09.13(3days)
2nd spell: 14.1013 to 05.11.13(23 days)
3rd spell: 24.12.13 to 26.12.13(03days)
10.10.2013
To
29
07.11.2013
10.07.2013
To
29
07.08.2013
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
184
4
Jaipur
5 Lucknow
All JNVs
All JNVs
01.05.2013
to
30.06.2013
61
01.05.2013
to
29.06.2013
60
Bihar
Jharkhand
6
Patna
7
Pune
01.05.2013
To
30.06.2013
61
Darjeeling
15.05.2013
To
08.06.2013
25
All JNVs
01.05.2013
to
29.06.2013
(All JNVs)
60
West Bengal
02.
11.2013
to
10.11.2013
09
31.10.2013
to
09.11.2013
10
11.10.2013
to
09.11.2013
30
10.10.2013
to
08.11.2013
10.10.2013
to
31
09.11.2013
12.10.2013
to
10.11.2013
(JNVs of
30
Maharashtra
& JNV
Silvasa)
12.10.2013
To
07.11.2013
(Autumn Break for JNVs of Guj State, Goa,Daman &
Diu) +3 days leave will be at the discretion of
25.12.2013
To
14.01.2014
26.12.2013
To
21
91
20
90
14.01.2014
----
---
-
-
-
-
16.12.2013
To
19.01.2014
35
91
-
-
91
91
30
-
90
60
12.10.2013
to
14.11.2013
24
11.012014
To
16.01.2014
06
90
60
16.12.2013
to
14.01.2014
30
-
-
90
Principal for occasion Janmashtmi/Kite
Festival/Makarsankranti)
Assam (All JNVs)
Tripura (All JNVs) 01.05.2013
to
Manipur – Bishnupur,
30.06.2013
Thoubal, W.Imphal,
E.Imphal
Sikkim –W.Sikkim
8 Shillong
Arunachal
Pradesh(All JNVs )
Meghalaya (All JNVs
)
Mizoram (All JNVs )01.05.2013
Nagaland (All JNVs ) to
30.06.2013
Manipur –
Senapati, Ukhrul,
Ccpur,
Sikkim – N.Sikkim,
Tamenglong,
S.Sikkim & E.Sikkim.
Chandel.
*****
185
LIST OF PUBLIC HOLIDAYS-2013
S
.
Holid
N
ay
o
.
Status Status For
For
Central
Central Govt
Govt offices
Day
offices located in
at
States
Delhi / other than
N Delhi Delhi
Date
Ukoksn; fo|ky;
lfefr] uks,Mk
25th Jan
ikB~;Øe foHkktu
l=&2013&14
d{kk&06] fo”k;&fganh
¼dkslZ&v½
ÁFke&l=
Øla-
ekg
Milad
un
Nabi
or IDEMilad
(Birth
1
day
of
Prop
het
Moha
mma
d)
ikB dk uke
fØ;k&dyki@
ifj;kstuk
dk;Z
Gazett
Frid ed
Gazetted
ay Holida Holiday
y
vad&Hkkj
fVIi.kh
186
tqykbZ&2013
1-
1- ;g fpfM+;k
tks ¼dfork½
2- cpiu
¼laLej.k½
3- uknku nksLr
¼dgkuh½
4- vo/kiqjh
esa jke
¼cky jke
dFkk½
5- o.kZ
fopkj&Loj]
O;atu]
mPpkj.k
6- orZuh ys[ku
o mPpkj.k

cpiu dh
fdlh
?kVuk
dk
Nk=ksa
}kjk oxZ esa
okpu
,oa
ys[ku

fofHkUu
fpfM+;ksa ds
fp=
cuk;sa
,oa tkudkjh
ÁkIr
dj
fy[ksaA
ifj;kstuk
dk;Z&15
okrkZyki&15
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10
x`g@d{kk
dk;Z&10
¼O;kdj.k½
1- pk¡n
ls
FkksM+h lh
xIis
¼dfork½
2- v{kjksa dk
egÙo
¼fuca/k½
3- ikj utj ds
¼dgkuh½
4- taxy
vkSj
tudiqj
5- nks
ojnku
¼cky
jke
dFkk½
6- Hkk”kk
ds
Ádkj]fØ;k

Pkk¡n
ls xIiksa dh
txgvki dks;y
ls ckr djsa
,oa
vius
‘kCnksa esa
fy[ksaA
jpukRed ijh{kk&1
vxLr&2013
2-
187
vDVwcj&2013
4-

Ásjd
lewg xhrksa
dk
,yce
rS;kj djsaA

fofHkUU
k
Mkd
fVdVksa
;k
Ásjd Álaxksa
dk
,yce
rS;kj djsaA

Lora=rk
laxzke
esa
efgykvksa dk
;ksxnku
fo”k;
ij
vkys[k
fy[ksaA
iqujko`fÙk]
ÁFke ladfyr
ijh{kk
ifj;kstuk
dk;Z&15
okrkZyki&15
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10
x`g@d{kk
dk;Z&10
jpukRed ijh{kk&2
1- lkFkh gkFk
c<+kuk
¼xhr½
2- ,d nkSM+
,slh Hkh
¼dsoy i<+us
ds fy,½
3- ,sls&,sls
¼,dkadh½
4- fVdV ,yce
¼dgkuh½
5- jke dk
ouxeu]
fp=dwV esa
Hkjr] n.Md
ou esa 10
o”kZ
¼cky jke
dFkk½
6- milxZ o
ÁR;;
¼O;kdj.k½
1- >k¡lh dh
jkuh
¼dfork½
2- eqgkojsa
vkSj
yksdksfDr;k
¡
ladfyr ijh{kk&1
flrEcj&2013
3-
f}rh;&l=
188
uoEcj&2013
5-
fnlEcj&2013
6-
Tkuojh&2014
7-
1- tks ns[kdj Hkh
ugha ns[krs
¼fuca/k½
2- Nwuk vkSj ns[kuk
¼dsoy i<+us ds fy,½
3- lalkj iqLrd gS
¼i=½
4- eSa lcls NksVh
gksÅ¡ ¼dfork½
5- yksd xhr ¼fuca/k½
6- lksus dk fgju]
lhrk dh [kkst
jke vkSj lqxzho
¼cky jke dFkk½
7- ‘kCn
lEink&rRle]rn~Hko
] i;kZ;okph]
foykse] ,dkFkhZ]
vusdkFkhZ¼O;kdj.k
½
1- nks gfj;k.koh
yksdxhr ¼dsoy
i<+us ds fy,½
2- ukSdj ¼fuca/k½
3- ou ds ekxZ esa
¼dfork½
4- yadk esa guqeku
yadk fot;
¼cky jke dFkk½
5- laKk] loZuke
¼O;kdj.k½
1- lk¡l&lk¡l esa
ck¡l
2- isij eslh ¼dsoy
Ik<+us ds fy,½
3- jke dk
jkT;kfHk”ksd ¼cky
jke dFkk½
4- fo’ks”k.k] fyax]
opu] dkjd]
i=&ys[ku
¼O;kdj.k½

n`f”Vghu
O;fDr
ls
Ád`fr
ds
vuqHko
ÁkIr
dj fy[ksaA
ifj;kstuk
dk;Z&15
okrkZyki&15
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10
x`g@d{kk
dk;Z&10

Áfrfnu
Lo;a
}kjk
fd;s
x;s
dk;ksZ
dh
lwph
rS;kj
dhft,A

vius
?kjksa
esa
ik;h
tkus
okyh ck¡l ls
cuh oLrqvksa
dh lwph rS;kj
dhft,A
ifj;kstuk
dk;Z&15
okrkZyki&15
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10
x`g@d{kk
dk;Z&10
189
Qjojh& 2014
8-
1- er ckVksa bUlku
dks ¼dsoy i<+us
ds fy,½
2- fuca/k ys[ku]
laf/k ¼O;kdj.k½
3- iw.kZ ikB~;Øe dh
iqujko`fÙk

lkEÁnkf;d
lkSgknzZ
ls
;qDr
lewg
xhrksa
dk
laxzg
rS;kj
dhft,A
ekpZ&2014] iqujko`fÙk] okf”kZd ijh{kk&2014
fu/kkZfjr iqLrdsa %
1. olar Hkkx % ,d ikB~;
iqLrd % ,u-lh-bZ-vkjVh- }kjk Ádkf’krA
2. cky jke dFkk % ,u-lh-
bZ-vkj-Vh- }kjk
izdkf’krA
3. fganh O;kdj.k ,oa jpukA
uary 2013
Repu
2 blic 26th January 2013
Day
3 Holi 27th March, 2013
Good
4 Frida 29th March, 2013
y
Ram
5 Nava 19th April, 2013
mi
Maha
vir
6
24th April, 2013
Jayan
ti
Budd
7 ha
25th May, 2013
Purni
*****
Gazett
Satu ed
rday Holida
y
Gazett
Wed
ed
nesd
Holida
ay
y
Gazett
Frid ed
ay Holida
y
Gazett
Frid ed
ay Holida
y
Gazett
Wed
ed
nesd
Holida
ay
y
Gazett
Satu
ed
rday
Holida
Gazetted
Holiday
NOT
GAZETTE
D
HOLIDAY
Gazetted
Holiday
NOT
GAZETTE
D
HOLIDAY
Gazetted
Holiday
Gazetted
Holiday
190
ma
8
y
Gazett
Frid ed
ay Holida
y
Gazett
Thur ed
sday Holida
y
Gazett
Wed
ed
nesd
Holida
ay
y
Idu'l
9th August, 2013
Fitr
Indep
ende
9
15th August 2013
nce
Day
Janm
1
ashta 28th August, 2013
0
mi
Maha
tma
1 Gand
2nd October 2013
1 hi's
Birth
day
Gazetted
Holiday
Gazetted
Holiday
NOT
GAZETTE
D
HOLIDAY
Gazett
Wed
ed
Gazetted
nesd
Holida Holiday
ay
y
Gazett
Sun ed
day Holida
y
Gazett
Wed
ed
nesd
Holida
ay
y
Gazett
Sun ed
day Holida
y
Gazett
Thur ed
sday Holida
y
1 Duss
13th October 2013
2 ehra
Idul
1 Zuha
16th October 2013
3 (Bakri
d)
Diwal
1i
3rd November 2013
4 (Deep
avali)
1 Muha
14th November, 2013
5 rram
Gazetted
Holiday
Gazetted
Holiday
Gazetted
Holiday
Gazetted
Holiday
Guru
Nana
1
k's 17th November, 2013
6
Birth
day
Gazett
Sun ed
Gazetted
day Holida Holiday
y
Chris
1
tmas 25th December, 2013
7
Day
Gazett
Wed
ed
Gazetted
nesd
Holida Holiday
ay
y
*****
191
¢üqÉ
xÉÇ
ZrÉÉ
1
qÉÉ
Wû
eÉÑs
ÉÉD
2013
MüÉr
Éï
ÌSuÉx
É
27
AÇMü pÉÉU
AaÉx
iÉ
2013
25
3
ÍxÉiÉ
ÇoÉ
U
2013
24
ÌOûmm
ÉhÉÏ
mÉëjÉqÉ - xɧÉ
1.
mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ
MüÉrÉï (15)
2. uÉÉiÉÉïsÉÉmÉ
(15)
3. mÉëS¨É MüÉrÉï
(10)
4. aÉ×Wû MüÉrÉï
(10)
2
mÉÉPû MüÉ
lÉÉqÉ/ÌlÉkÉÉïËUiÉ ÌuÉwÉrÉ
uÉxiÉÑ (CMüÉD)
1.
mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ
MüÉrÉï (15)
2. uÉÉiÉÉïsÉÉmÉ
(15)
3. mÉëS¨É MüÉrÉï
(10)
4. aÉ×Wû MüÉrÉï
(10)
uÉhÉïqÉÉsÉÉ ,
oÉÉUWûZÉÄQûÏ ,
xÉÇrÉÑY¨ÉɤÉU ,
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -1:
1. zÉoS oÉlÉÉlÉå MüÐ ÌuÉÍkÉ
(ESÉ:MüsÉqÉ ,ÌMüiÉÉoÉ,
bÉU , mÉiÉÇaÉ, pÉÉsÉÔ,
fÉUlÉÉ, kÉlÉÑwÉ , AÉÌS)
2. SåuÉlÉÉaÉUÏ qÉåÇ
xÉÇZrÉÉ sÉåZÉlÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. xuÉU AÉæU urÉÇeÉlÉ
2. ÍsÉÇaÉ 3. uÉcÉlÉ
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -1:
1. ÃqÉÉsÉ , 2.Mü¤ÉÉ 3.
aÉÑooÉÉUÉ 4. mÉuÉïiÉ
5.
WûqÉÉUÉ bÉU, 6. MümÉÄQåû
MüÐ SÒMüÉlÉ qÉåÇ
7.
eÉÏ WûÉð, eÉÏ lÉWûÏÇ, MüÉ
mÉërÉÉåaÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1.ÌuÉsÉÉåqÉ zÉoS
2. AlÉåMü zÉoSÉåÇ Måü ÍsÉL
LMü zÉoS ,
3. ‘U’ Måü ÌuÉÍpÉ³É ÃmÉ |
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -1:
1. TÔüsÉ (MüÌuÉiÉÉ ) ÌSlÉåzÉMÑüqÉÉU
2.
oÉÉiÉcÉÏiÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. xÉqÉÉlÉÉjÉïMü zÉoS
2. xÉÇ¥ÉÉ , 3.
mÉrÉÉïrÉuÉÉcÉÏ zÉoS
LTü L- 1
FA-1
LTü L-2
(̲iÉÏrÉ
xÉmiÉÉ
Wû
qÉåÇ)
FA-2
192
¢üqÉ
xÉÇZrÉÉ
qÉÉWû
MüÉrÉï
ÌSuÉxÉ
4
ÍxÉiÉÇoÉU
2013
09
5
lÉuÉÇoÉU
2013
17
6
ÌSxÉÇoÉU
2013
AÇMü pÉÉU
mÉÉPû MüÉ
ÌOûmmÉhÉÏ
lÉÉqÉ/ÌlÉkÉÉïËUiÉ
ÌuÉwÉrÉ uÉxiÉÑ
(CMüÉD)
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ 1:
(10)
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
2. mÉÌPûiÉ
mÉÔuÉï mÉÌPûiÉ
LxÉ.L-1
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ mÉPèrÉ¢üqÉ MüÐ
SA-1
(10)
mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ͨÉ
3. UcÉlÉÉ MüÉrÉï LuÉÇ
(10)
LxÉ L - 1
4. urÉÉMüUhÉ
(20)
5. mÉÉPèrÉ
mÉÑxiÉMü (40)
̯iÉÏrÉ
-xɧÉ
25
1.
mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ
MüÉrÉï (15)
2. uÉÉiÉÉïsÉÉmÉ
(15)
3. mÉëS¨É MüÉrÉï
(10)
4. aÉ×Wû MüÉrÉï
(10)
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ 1:
1. zÉÏsÉÉÇaÉ xÉå
TüÉålÉ
2. ÌiÉiÉsÉÏ
(MüÌuÉiÉÉ) lÉqÉïSÉ mÉëxÉÉS
ZÉUå 3.
DµÉUcÉÇSì
ÌuɱÉxÉÉaÉU
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. xÉuÉïlÉÉqÉ
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ 1:
1. mÉëSzÉïlÉÏ
2. ÍcÉOèPûÏ
(MüÌuÉiÉÉ) mÉëMüÉzÉ qÉlÉÑ
3. rÉɧÉÉ MüÐ
iÉærÉÉUÏ
4. QûÉðYOûU xÉå
oÉÉiÉ oÉÉiÉcÉÏiÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇzÉ , 2.
lÉqÉÔlÉå Måü
AlÉÑxÉÉU
oÉSsÉÉå
LTü L-3
FA-3
193
7
eÉlÉuÉUÏ
2014
TüUuÉUÏ
2014
qÉÉcÉï
2014
24
23
23
1. mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ
MüÉrÉï (15)
2. uÉÉiÉÉïsÉÉmÉ
(15)
3. mÉëS¨É MüÉrÉï
(10)
4. aÉ×Wû MüÉrÉï
(10)
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ 1:
1. AÇaÉÑsÉÏqÉÉsÉ
(oÉÉåkÉ MüjÉÉ)
2. WûÉjÉÏ
(MüÌuÉiÉÉ) xÉuÉãïµÉU SrÉÉsÉ
xÉYxÉålÉÉ
3. eÉrÉmÉÑU xÉå
mɧÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. AlÉÑcNåûS
sÉåZÉlÉ
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -1:
1. oÉRåû cÉsÉÉå (MüÌuÉiÉÉ) ²ÉËUMüÉ mÉëxÉÉS
qÉÉWåûµÉUÏ
2. urÉjÉï MüÐ zÉÇMüÉ
3. aÉkÉÉ AÉæU ÍxÉrÉÉU
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. AlÉåMü zÉoSÉåÇ Måü ÍsÉL
LMü zÉoS ,
2. mɧÉ
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(10)
mÉÔuÉï mÉÌPûiÉ mÉPèrÉ¢üqÉ
2. mÉÌPûiÉ
MüÐ mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ͨÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
LuÉÇ
(10)
LxÉ L - 2
3. UcÉlÉÉ MüÉrÉï
(10)
4. urÉÉMüUhÉ
(20)
5. mÉÉPèrÉ
mÉÑxiÉMü (40)
LTü L-4
FA-4
LxÉ L - 2
SA -2
*****
194
NAVODAYA VIDAYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLITUP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
SUBJECT: ENGLISH (LANGUAGE &LITERATURE)
PERIODS
AVAILABLE
WEIGHTAGE
NO. OF DAYS
MONTHS
CLASS: VI
UNITS/SUBUNITS &TOPICS TO BE
COVERED
ACTIVITIES
/ASSIGNMENTS
TERM-I
PROSE: Who Did Patrick’s Homework?
How the Dog Found Himself a New Master!
24
36
F.A-1(10 marks )
JULY
POETRY: A House, A Home; The Kite
SUPPLEMENTRY READER : A Tale of
Two Birds
*Language Skills*
LISTENING: Students will listen to nursery
rhymes and act it out.
SPEAKING:
a)Describe familiar objects,
b)sing nursery rhymes, c)share jokes,
d)stories etc for 2-3 minutes
( Activities to be judged by the Descriptors
as per “Spoken English Band”) READING:
Printed Reading Passages will be given to
students for 15 minutes to read; followed by
worksheets to be filled in for evaluation
each month.
WRITING: Short Descriptions
a) A Pen.
b) Collect inspiring thoughts /
proverbs.
GRAMMAR:
a)Parts of Speech,
b)Different Forms of Irregular Verbs,
c) Number, Person and Gender
1. Pre Reading Activity.
Group discussion on topics
like
a)Difference Between a
House and a Home,
b)Your Attitude Towards
Homework,
c) How Pets Make Our Lives
Beautiful.
(Findings to be shared with
the class through a
representative.)
2. Post Reading Activity
a) Read Aesop’s Fables and
write summaries.
b) Make a kite and describe
the process of making it
along with the list of
materials used
195
36
SEPTEMBER
25
36
F.A-2(10 marks)
AUGUST
24
PROSE: Taro’s Reward , An Indian American Woman in Space: Kalpana
Chawla
POETRY: The Quarrel
SUPPLEMENTRY READER :A Friendly
1. Pre Reading Activity:
Mongoose, Tansen, The Shepherd’s
a) Talk about musicians or
Treasure
any event of their lives.
b) Share with the class the most
*Language Skills*
memorable fight with your
LISTENING: The teacher will read a story
brother / sister.
and evaluate in the worksheets.
2. Post R.A: Write the
SPEAKING: Present a prepared speech of
biographies of Indian
100 words.
astronauts and scientists
READING: The teacher will provide
passages with worksheets.
WRITING: Informal Letters -Personal letters
to Parents, friends and relatives
GRAMMAR: Tense and conjugations
PROSE: A Different Kind of School
POETRY: Beauty, Where Do All the
Teachers go?
SUPPLEMENTRY READER:
An Old Clock Shop
1. Pre Reading Activity: Group
*Language Skills*
Discussion on topics like
LISTENING: The teacher will read a
a) how one can be thoughtful in
passage and offer worksheet for evaluation.
a residential set up
SPEAKING: a)Narrate a story from
b) the beauties you see around
“Panchatantra”
c) what children think about
b)Recite a poem from the text book.
their teachers.
( Share the findings)
READING: The teacher will provide
passages with worksheets
2. Post Reading Activity.: Write
WRITING: a) Write a short story with hints:
any of the following:
The Thirsty Crow/ Ungrateful Lion etc.
a) a short paragraph
c) Formal letters –Letters to school
b) a poem
authorities eg. an application for
c) a story showing brother’s
leave
love etc.
GRAMMAR:
a) Framing Questions
b) Opposite words,
c) One word for a group of words etc.
d) Degrees of Comparison
25TH
SA-I
Sept to 05th Oct (Tentative)
196
TERM II
27
OCTOBER/NOVEMBER
17
DECEMBER
13
24
18
36
PROSE :Who I Am (Part I)
1. Pre reading Activity: “Who
Who I Am (Part II Multiple Intelligences)
You Are” - Write about
Fair Play
yourself, parents, village,
POETRY: Wonderful Words
district, aim, dream and
SUPPLEMENTRY READER:
strengths and weaknesses
The Monkey and the Crocodile
2. Creative writing
*Language Skills*
3. Watch movies and
.
summarise the stories and
share with the class
LISTENING: The teacher will read a
passage and offer worksheets for
evaluation
SPEAKING
1.
: a) Role Play based
on the lesson.
b) Describe someone; eg. Your Teacher,
Your Friend, Your Parents etc
c) Prepare and present a conversation in
pairs.
READING: Recite the poem “The
Wonderful Words”
WRITING: Write a paragraph based on
verbal/visual inputs.
2.
GRAMMAR:
a)Collect new words classify them into
different parts of speech
b)/Use of has, have
c)Use of is, am, are
d) Rearrange jumbled words into a
sentence.
PROSE:A Game of Chance POETRY:
Vocation
SUPPLEMENTRY READER :The Wonder
Called Sleep
1.
*Language Skills*
LISTENING:As usual teacher can take any
task with worksheets.
2.
SPEAKING:
a)Talk about the wishes you had as a child
b) Talk about the wonders that surround us
READING: Read newspapers and organize
quizzes
WRITING: Write your own rhymes in the
pattern of the existing rhymes
GRAMMAR: Voice
Post reading Activity: Make
the students discuss in
groups about their favourite
teachers and guide them to
analyse the reason behind
these differences. When they
identify the multiple
intelligences, let them make
a list of their intelligences
and share with the class.
Frame some cross word
games / puzzles and other
activities to enrich word
power.
Post .R.A : Read about
some indoor and outdoor
games.
Pre R.A: Describe the
activities that are useful for
relaxation other than
sleeping.
197
F.A-3(10 marks)
F.A-4( 10 marks)
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
PROSE: Desert animals
POETRY: What if
SUPPLEMENTRY
READER: A Pact with the Sun, What
Happened to the Reptiles?
*Language Skills*
LISTENING: The teacher will read a
passage and offer worksheet for evaluation.
SPEAKING: Elocution on “The Republic
Day”
READING: Reading unseen passages
given by the teacher.
WRITING: Write slogans to arouse
patriotism
GRAMMAR:
a)Use of simple prepositions.
b) Use of has to/ have to/ had to
PROSE: The Banyan Tree
1.
Pre reading activity:
Prepare the Desert
Animal’s Profile in groups.
2.
Post reading
Activity: Gather
information on how to be
healthy and how to keep
illnesses at bay
SUPPLEMENTRY READER : A Strange
Wrestling Match
*Language Skills*
LISTENING: Using Meena Stories of
UNICEF/ other listening Material through
LCD & try to provide response sheets.
SPEAKING: Present small skits in the class
READING: Reading unseen passages
given by the teacher.
WRITING: Writing stories in cartoon forms.
GRAMMAR: Integrated practice
1.
Pre reading Activity:
Different pastime activities
during summer break.
2.
Post reading Activity:
Describe any interesting
match played in your
school.
3.
FA-4 is conducted.
PP test – 4 ended.
REVISION AND SUMMATIVE
ASSESSMENT-2
th
12 March to 26th March (Tentative)
1.An Interesting Project for
vacation
*****
198
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI-NOIDA
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
27
SUBJECT:
WEIGHTAGE OF
MARKS FOR THE
UNIT
PERIODS
AVAILABLE
NO. OF DAYS
MONTH
CLASS: VI
MATHEMATICS
TERM – 1
Basic Fundamental & Operations of
Mathematics at Primary level .
27
13
JUNE / JULY
UNITS/SUB UNITS TO BE COVERED
ACTIVITIES/
ASSESSMENT
(FA/Assignment
etc.)
15
KNOWING OUR NUMBERS
Comparing Numbers, Shifting digits, Indian
system & International system of numeration,
Estimation of numbers, Estimating outcomes of
number situation, Using brackets and expanding
brackets, Roman numbers
WHOLE NUMBERS
Number line, Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication
of whole number, Properties of Whole numbers
& Pattern in Whole numbers.
Assignment-1
Activities-1&2
FA 1
199
25
25
15
AUGUST
15
12
SEPTEMBER
24
24
14
6
BASIC GEOMETRICAL IDEAS
Points, Line segments, Intersecting Lines,
Parallel lines, Ray, Curves.Open & Closed
figures, Interior and exterior of closed figures,
Polygon, Angles, Triangles Quadrilaterals and
Circles
UNDERSTANDING ELEMENTARY SHAPES
Measuring line segments, Types of angles,
Intersecting & Perpendicular lines, Parallel lines,
Measuring angles. Classification of triangles
based on sides and angles.Types of
Quadrilaterals, Identification of 3-D shapes,
Element of 3-D figure.
INTEGERS
How negative number arouse, Models of
negative number in daily life, connection to
ordering of integers, Addition and subtraction of
integers, Addition & subtraction of integers using
number line.
DATA HANDLING
What is data? Organization of data, Pictograph,
Interpretation and drawing of a pictograph, Bar
graph, Interpretation and drawing of a bar graph.
SYMMETRY
Making symmetric figures, Figures with two lines
of symmetry, Reflectional symmetry, Application
of reflectional symmetry.
REVISION
Project-1
Activities-3&4
Assignment-2
Activities-5&6
FA 2
SA 1
200
TERM – II
FRACTIONS
A fraction, fraction on a number, line, Proper,
Assignment-3
Improper & Mixed fraction, Equivalent fraction &
Composition of Fraction, Addition and
subtraction of fractions, Word problems involving
addition and subtraction of fractions.
DECIMALS
16
Inter conversion of fraction and decimals, Place
value in context of decimal fraction, Comparing
decimals, Addition, Subtraction of numbers with
Activities-7&8
decimals, use of decimals in our daily life.
ALGEBRA
Match stick patterns, The idea of a variable &
08
examples, Use of variables in common rules
Expression with variables, Using expression
practically., Equation and solution.
MENSURATION
Activities- 9&10
Introduction, Perimeter of a rectangles, square,
equilateral triangle, Areas of triangle, squares,
16
Deducing the formulae of the perimeter for a
rectangle and square through pattern and
FA 3
generalization.
22
22
14
RATIO AND PROPORTION
Ratio and Proportion, Unitary method, Word
Assignment-4
problems.
7
PRACTICAL GEOMETRY
Construction of circles, Drawing of a line
segment, Construction of perpendicular bisector
Activities-11&12
of a line segment, Drawing a line perpendicular
from a point
Project-2
(i) On the line
(ii) Outside the line.
Constructing an angle of a given measure,
24
14
14
PLAYING WITH NUMBERS
Factors and Multiples, Primes, Composite, Even
and Odd numbers, Seive of Eratosthenes. Test
for divisibility of numbers by 2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10 and
FA 4
11. Common factors and common multiples,
Prime factorization, H.C.F and L.C.M
MARCH-REVISION, SA-2
Some of the Suggested Maths Lab Activities
 List out real/day to day situations where we can use numbers
 Collect bus tickets- note the serial numbers –test for divisibility.
 Verify addition and Multiplication is commutative for whole numbers by paper cutting and
pasting.
 Finding prime numbers between 1 to 100 by Eratosthenes sieves method.
 To classify the triangle based on sides and angles from the given set of triangle.
FEBRUARY
JANUARY
OCTOBER & NOVEMBER
38
38
15
201

To make the following shapes sung a pair of set squares.
(i)Square (ii) Rectangle (iii) Parallelogram (iv) Rhombus




To make prism, pyramid using their nets, and find their no. of vertices, edges and faces.
To perform addition and subtraction of integers using different colored buttons / counters.
Representing some data by means of bar graph.
To determine the number of lines of symmetry of squares, triangles & rectangles etc. by
paper folding.
A skit on value of zeros
Using matchstick formation of different type of plane figures.
List down 10 English letters, which has line symmetry.
To make cube using the given net and count the no. of faces vertices and edges.
To check which of the given nets can be folded to get a cube.
To find the LCM of two given numbers by using number grid.
To represent decimal numbers 0.25,0.5,0.75,0.68 etc, using a 10X10 grid.
To find the area of palm impressions on a grid paper of each group number, by counting
the squares.
Using graph sheets verification of areas of plane, figures like square, rectangle, crossroads,
and triangle.
By paper folding method, construct perpendicular bisector of the line.
To make tangram
To make design using circle and its parts.
List out situations where angles are made of acute/right/obtuse angles-example- roof top.













(v) Trapezium.
*****
202
SPLIT UP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-2014
July
Food-Where
does it comes
from
Components
of food.
August
Fiber to fabric
Sorting
materials into
groups.
Sub Topics
Food variety.
Food material and sources.
Plant Parts and animal
products of food.
What do animals eat?
What do different food items
contains.
Test for starch.
Test for proteins.
What do various nutrients do
for our body?
Balanced diet.
Deficiency Diseases
Variety in fabrics.
Fibers.
Some plant fibers.
Cotton.
Jute.
Spinning cotton yarn.
Yarn to fabric.
Weaving.
Knitting.
History of clothing material.
Objects around us.
Properties of materials.
Appearance.
Hardness.
Soluble or insoluble.
Objects may flot or sink in
water.
Transparency.
8
8
Weight
Name Of The
Unit
SUBJECT-SCIENCE
Periods
Month
CLASS VI
5
6
Remarks
 All activities No. 1-7 given in
the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
 All activities No. 1-3 given in
the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
FA1
10
10
10
10
 All activities No. 1-5 given in
the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
 All activities No. 1-6 given in
the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
September
FA-2
Separation of
substances.
Method of Separation.
Hand picking.
Threshing.
Winnowing.
Sieving.
Sedimentation, Decantation
and filtration.
Evaporation.
Use of more than one method
of Separation.
Can Water dissolve any
8
8
 All activities No. 1-10 given
in the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
203
amount of substance?
Changes
around us.
November
Getting to
know about
plants
Body
movement.
December
The Living
organism and
their
surroundings.
Motion and
measurement
of distance
Light ,
Shadow and
reflection
Can all changes always be
reversed?
Could there be other way to
bring a change.
SA-I
Herbs, shrubs and Tree.
Stem
Leaf
Root
Flower.
Human body and its
movement.
Ball and socket joints.
Pivotal joints.
Hinge Joints
Fixed joints.
Movement in Animals.
Organisms and their
surroundings where they live.
Habitat and adaptation.
Terrestrial habitats.
Aquatic habitats.
Do all the living things show
growth?
Do all the living things respire?
Do all the living things
Responds to stimuli.
Living organism and excretion.
Do all living things reproduce
their own kind?
Do all the living things move?
What then it life.
Story of transport.
How far have you traveled?
How far have you traveled?
Some measurements.
Standard units of
measurements.
Correct measurement of
length.
Measure the length of a curved
line.
Moving thing around us.
Types of motion.
Transparent, Opaque,
translucent objects.
What exactly are shadows?
7
6
6
5
 All activities No. 1-7 given in
the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
6
 All activities No. 1-11 given
in the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
6
 All activities No. 1-8 given in
the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
 All activities No. 1-5 given in
the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
8
6
 All activities No. 1-7 given in
the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
8
8
5
5
 All activities No. 1-8 given in
the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
204
January
Electricity and
circuits.
Fun with
magnets.
Water
February
Air
March
Garbage in
Garbage out
Pinhole camera.
Mirrors and reflection.
FA3(First four chapters after
SA-1)
Electric bell.
A bulb connected to an electric
cell.
An electric circuit.
Electric switch.
Electric conductors and
insulators.
How magnets were discovered.
Magnetic and non magnetic
materials.
Poles of magnets.
Finding direction.
Make your own magnet.
Attraction and repulsion in
between magnets.
A few cautions.
How much water do we use?
Where does w get water from?
Water cycle.
Back to the oceans
What it rains heavily.
What happens if it does not
rains for a long time.
How can we conserve water?
Rain water harvesting.
Is air present every where
around us?
What is air made up of?
How does oxygen available to
animals and plants living in
water and soil?
How is the oxygen in the
atmosphere replaced?
Dealing with garbage.
Vermicomposting.
Think and throw.
Recycling of paper.
Plastics-Boon or a cause.?
REVISION
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.

6
6
5
8
6
4
4
4
4
3
 All activities No. 1-5 given in
the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
 All activities No. 1-6 given in
the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
 All activities No. 1-3 given in
the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
 All activities No. 1-6 given in
the chapter
 Suggested Projects and
Activities given at the end of
the lesson.
 All activities No. 1,2 given in
the chapter
 Activities dealing with
garbage
FA4(From light to air)
SA2
*****
205
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
BREAKUP SYLLABUS 2013-2014
July
27
24
Contents


01

02
August
25
23





03
Septem
ber
24
22






OCT
04
Oct.&
Nov.
29
26


Decem
ber
7
6
6
5
FA-1
5
5
5
4
4
5
4
5
4
4
FA-2
SA-1

05
What, Where, How and
When?
On the trail of the
earliest people
The Earth in the Solar
System,
Understanding Diversity.
From Gathering to
growing food
In the earliest cities
Globe: Latitude and
Longitude
Diversity and
Discrimination
What is Government?
What books and burials
tell us
Kingdoms, Kings and
Early Republics
Motions of the Earth
Maps
Key Elements of a
Democratic Government
FA/SA
No.
of
days
Periods
Required
S.NO
Month
SUB: SOCIAL SCIENCE
Period
available
CLASS: VI
25
22




New Questions and
Ideas
Ashoka, the emperor who
gave up war.
Major Domains of the
Earth
Panchayat Raj
Vital villages, Thriving
towns
Traders, Kings and
Pilgrims
Major land forms of the
7
8
6
5
5
5
4
4
4
206
06
Januar
y
23
21




07
15thFe
bruary
13
10
08
March
Revision




Earth
Rural Administration
Urban Administration
New Empires and
Kingdoms
Buildings,Paintings, and
Books
Our Country- India
Rural Livelihood
Urban Livelihood
India:Climate,Vegetation
and Wild life
SA-2
6
6
5
4
FA -3
4
6
FA-4
*****
207
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI-NOIDA
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS-VI
SUB: PHYSICAL EDUCATION
 Morning jogging and warming-up exercises and evening games to be conducted (except
Sunday and holidays).

Battery test to be conducted in the beginning and end of the year.

Exercises should be given to develop motor quality of the child (speed, strength, endurance,
coordination, and flexibility).
Month
Physical & Health
Education- Theory
Physical Education
Morning
Evening


July
August
September
Jogging and warming up.
Free hand exercises for
coordination.
 Battery test(to analyze
their ability)
 Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Padmasana, Parvathasana.
 Jogging and warming up.
 Practice of turnings
(right, left, right about)
kadam taal and
marching.
 Free hand exercises for
coordination.
 Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Baddhapadmasana,
vrukshasana.
 Jogging and warming up.
 March past practice.
 Improvised version of
free hand exercises.
 Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Vajrasana and
Vupavajrasana.


Recreation games (minor
games).



Personal hygiene.
Meaning, definition
and scope of
physical and
health education.
Selecting students to
appropriate games
and sports
Aims and objectives of
based on battery test physical and health
analysis.
education.
Initiation of practice.
Practice of basic
skills of Kho-Kho &
Kabaddi and basic
movements of
Athletics (jumping &
bounding exercises).


Social hygiene and
its importance.
Rules and
regulations o KhoKho & Kabaddi.
208


October/
November
General fitness
exercises.
 Coordination exercises
 Turns with marching.
 Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Gomukhasana,
Paadahasthasana.

Implementation of
basic defensive and
offensive skills of

Kho-Kho & Kabaddi .
Different work outs

for improved
movements in
athletics.


December/
January
February/
March
Rhythmic activities
Gymnastics: different
types of roll and cart
wheel.
 Practice of light
pyramids.
 Yogasana:
suryanamaskara,
Sarvangasana,
Halasana.
 Practice of all above said
activities.
 Yogasana :
Suryanamaskara,
Trikonasana,
Veerabadrasana

Practice matches of
kho-kho and kabaddi
games.
Battery tests and result
analysis.



Awareness about
food and nutrition.
Basic theories of
athletics -track and
field event
Awareness about
diet,
Environmental
Hygiene.
Measurement of
kho-kho & kabaddi
courts.
Awareness about
communicable
diseases
First Aid.
Suggestions:
 Inter House matches will be conducted as per the schedule of department of physical
education of respective Vidyalayas.

Trekking and Hiking can be conducted once in a year.
*****
209
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI-NOIDA
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
JUNE /
JULY
8
AUG
8
WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS
FOR THE UNIT
PERIODS AVAILABLE
MONTH
SUBJECT: ART
NO.OF DAYS
CLASS: VI
(VISUAL)
TOPICS TO COVER
DEFINITION OF FINE ARTS :
Different types of visual arts - Painting,
Sculpture, Applied art, Craft
* Images of paintings, sculptures, applied artprints etc., craft etc. can be shown to students
and discussed with them.
INTRODUCTION TO DIFFERENT ART MATERIALS
:
Presentation may be made
MEDIUM /
MATERIALS
Pencil , Colour
Different
Mediums
UNDERSTANDING ELEMENTS OF ARTS :
Theory and practical both should be learnt by
students simultaneously.
i.
Lines
- Types and characteristics of line: straight
lines, curve lines, horizontal lines, vertical
line, circular & angular lines,
- Features of Line
* Examples of different types of lines should
be shown from historical and contemporary
paintings.
ii.
Colour
- primary, secondary and tertiary colours.
- Students can prepare colour wheel by using
primary, secondary and tertiary colour
Prepare simple composition by using primary,
secondary and tertiary colours.
iii.
Form
- different types of forms
- man made forms
- geometrical forms
Students should be encouraged to observe
Traditional Paintings Drawings Designs to
understand various treatments of lines in Art
forms in their surroundings and their
210
SEPT
8
OCT
NOV
8
DEC
8
relationship with space.
UNDERSTANDING BASIC SHAPES:
- Students can see the geometrical forms in
their surroundings of Vidyalaya and Math
laboratory.
- Basic shapes like circle, triangle, rectangle,
square, hexagon, octagon etc. Also, pictures
of monuments can be shown to explain the
geometrical forms n buildings.
INTRODUCTION TO COLOUR:
Primary, secondary colours , tonal variations ,
etc and colouring them
TERM 2
UNDERSTANDING 3 DIMENTION THROUGH CLAY /
PAPER PULP / ANY AVAILABLE MATERIALS LIKE
P O P FOR E.g. :
- What is the composition of clay.
How to prepare clay for modeling
(b) Quality of clay
(c) Handling of clay
(d) Prepare simple pots by using clay
coil/paper pulp, coil/ birds and any kind of
objects.
(e) Theory- Indus valley civilization
Show the items of Indus valley civilization like
coin, ball, dancing girl, read etc. A video
presentation/Photos/ through computer /
books.
(a)
Call the local expert/ resource person/
potter to demonstrate students , remuneration
may be paid from the Vidyalaya.
UNDERSTANDING ELEMENTS OF ARTS :
iv.
Texture
- What is texture – in an object by touching
and visual appearence?
- Students may be asked to collect different
textures and make it on paper by rubbing
pencil (technique of frottage)
- How printing takes place, specially block
printing? What is block?
- They can be given exercise of printing with
colours using actual objects such as, coin,
rough surfaces of leaves and trees, pieces of
vegetable like potato, ladyfinger etc. and
asked to find different kinds of forms
v.
Space
- What is space virtually and visually?
This can be explained by taking students in an
open ground/ space and by showing them
some of the paintings by Indian artists and
Poster / Water
Colour
Clay / Paper
Pulp / Pop /
Any Other If
Available with
Art Room and
Separate
space for
Sculpturing
Different
Mediums
211
JAN
8
FEB
8
explain space. They can be now given
exercises.
CRAFT WORK:
(a)
What is craft.
(b)
Paper craft
(c)
Short brief of paper craft.
(d)
Wastage materials.
(e)
Students can prepare models/ animal
figures through wastage materials.
(f)
By cutting or folding students can
prepare show piece items.
(g)
Students can prepare puppet local
craft by using paper/ wastage materials.
A Small workshop can be Arranged with the help of a
local Craftsman from the nearby area as per the fund
availability
UNDERSTANDING PRINT AND DESIGN:
Concept of design and print , preparation of
vegetable block and repetitive printing and
designing ,introduction to the design
(geometric & freehand) and colour them in
monochrome as well as multi colour
Any Materials
Suitable But
Should Be
Non Toxic
Poster / Water
Colour / Ink
*****
212
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI-NOIDA
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: VI
MUSIC
SUBJECT:
OBJECTIVES
 Expose the student through music to the cultural multiplicity of the
Country’s five different regions – North, South, East, North-east and
West – in an interesting manner
 Arouse healthy curiosity in the students’ mind about the vast variety
of music which may lead to analysis and research at their level
 Stimulate an interest in the student to study music further at the
Secondary and Higher Secondary levels giving him/her the
opportunity for research and documentation in music as well as
pursue it as career
 Instill in the student the sense of values that the arts in general and
music in particular are based on.
The aim of music education is to get maximum exposure about Indian music without it becoming a
burden or reason for monotony and boredom. Music is closely interlinked with the geography, social
structure, festivals, dance, regional theatre, heritage crafts as well as different forms of visual arts,
common beliefs and occupation. A lesson in music would become an opportunity for the student to be
given a Pan-Indian awareness of it. How a song or musical piece is rendered, on what occasion and
where it is presented would be extremely significant in order to relate music to different subject areas
being taught in the classroom as well as to the life outside it. All this would be a part of the syllabus from
which the student would gain an understanding about the diversity in musical genres stemming from
tribal, regional and urban cultures and sensibilities.
APRIL/JUNE
CONTENTS
Welcoming students to music class with simple songs of their choice
Introduction of basic concepts like ‘Laya’ and ‘swara’ with help of simple
songs
‘Navodaya Song’
July
Theory: Sruti, Swara, Tala – Saptha swaras and Aditala.
One regional language song
Song ‘Vande Mataram’
August
Theory: 12 swarasthanas, Rupaka Tala.
Song ‘Raghupathi raghava’
Saralivarisas
September
Theory: Musical instruments and their categories
Song ‘Jai jan Bharath’
One regional language song
Sarlivarisas continues.
October
Theory: Raga, Jaathis of Talas.
Song ‘Sare Jahanse Acha’
Madhyasthayi Varisas.
November
Revision of Previous lessons
Song in Other languages
Theory: Musical instruments and their categories- continues
Folk Song (local language)
213
December
January
February
March
Madhyasthayi Varisas continues
Theory: Sampoorna Ragas.
Song in Other languages
Jhanda Varisas
Theory: Janya ragas
Song ‘Hind desh’
Jhanda varisas continues.
Theory: Geetha, Swarajathi
Revision of Previous lessons
Jhanda Varisas continues.
Evaluation
*****
214
Ukoksn; fo|ky; lfefr] uks,Mk
ikB~;Øe foHkktu l=&2013&14
d{kk&07] fo”k;&fganh ¼dkslZ&v½
vxLr&2013
vad&Hkk
j
fVIi
.kh
7ge iaNh mUeqDr xxu
ds ¼dfork½
8nknh ek¡ ¼dgkuh½
9fgeky; dh csfV;k¡
¼fuca/k½
10- Qwys dnEc ¼dsoy
i<+us ds fy,½
11- dBiqryh ¼dfork½
12- nsoozr] Hkh”e ÁfrKk]
vEck vkSj Hkh”e] fonqj]
dqUrh] Hkhe ¼cky
egkHkkjr dFkk½
13- o.kZ fopkj&mPpkj.k]
orZuh ¼O;kdj.k½
7feBkbZ okyk ¼dgkuh½
8Qsjhokyksa dh
vkoktsa ¼dsoy i<+us ds
fy,½
9jDr vkSj gekj ‘kjhj
¼fuca/k½
10- d.kZ] nzks.kkpk;Z]
yk[k dk ?kj] ik.Mo dh
j{kk] ¼cky egkHkkjr
dFkk½‘kCn O;oLFkk&laKk]
loZuke] ¼O;kdj.k½
1ikik [kks x;s ¼ukVd½
2‘kke &,d
fdlku¼dfork½
3nzkSinh Lo;aoj]
bUnzÁLFk] tjkla?k]
‘kdqfu dk Áos’k ¼cky
egkHkkjr dFkk½
4fo’ks”k.k ¼O;kdj.k½
fØ;k&dyki@
ifj;kstuk dk;Z
ifj;kst
uk
dk;Z&15
okrkZyk
i&15
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10
x`g@d{k
k
dk;Z&10
jpukRed ijh{kk&1
ikB dk uke
vxLr& 2013
tqykbZ& 2013
AmÉëæsÉ/eÉÔlÉ& 2013
ekg
ÁFke&l=

vk/kqfud
thou ‘kSyh
if{k;ksa ds
fy, ?kkrd
gSaA bl
fo”k; ij
ifjppkZ
vk;ksftr
djsaA

fgeky; dh
csfV;ksa dh
lwph cuk;saA

fofHkUUk
Ádkj ds
Qsjhokyksa
dh vkoktksa
dh lwph
cuk;saA

nks fe=ksa
ds chp laokn
ys[kuA
215

;{k Á’uksa
dh lwph
cuk;sa rFkk
vius fopkj
O;Dr djsaA

foykse
‘kCnksa dk
laxzg rS;kj
djsaA

dchj o
rqylh ds
nksgksa dk
laxzg rS;kj
djsaA
ifj;kst
uk
dk;Z&15
okrkZyk
i&15
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10
x`g@d{k
k
dk;Z&10
jpukRed ijh{kk&2

fØ;k vkSj
mlds Ádkjksa
dk pkVZ
cuk;saA
ladfyr
ijh{kk&1
3jghe ds nksgs
¼dfork½
4i;kZ;okph] foykse]
fyax opu ¼O;kdj.k½
5iqujko`fÙk] ÁFke
ladfyr ijh{kk
f}rh;&l=
uoEcj& 2013
flrEcj&2013
vDVwcj&2013
7fpfM++;k dh cPph
¼dgkuh½
8viwoZ vuqHko
¼laLej.k½
9pkSlj dk [ksy rFkk
nzkSinh dh dFkk]
/k`rjk”Vª dh fpUrk] Hkhe
vkSj guqeku] }s”k djus
okys dk th ugha Hkjrk]
ek;koh ljksoj] ;{k Á’u
¼cky egkHkkjr dFkk½
10- fØ;k] okD;
fopkj&milxZ] ÁR;;]
eqgkojsA ¼O;kdj.k½
11- i= ,oa fuca/k ys[ku
¼O;kdj.k½
8- dapk ¼dgkuh½
9- ,d frudk
¼dfork½
10- [kkuiku dh
cnyrh rLohj
¼fuca/k½
11- vKkrokl]
ÁfrKk] iwfrZ]
fojkV dk Hkze]
ea=.kk ¼cky
egkHkkjr dFkk½
12- ‘kCn lEink&
,dkFkhZ]
vusdkFkhZ ‘kCn
¼O;kdj.k½

vk/kqfu
d [kku&iku
ij vkB ls
nl iafDr
dh Lojfpr
dfork
fyf[k,A

vusdkFk
hZ ‘kCnksa
dh lwph
rS;kj
dhft,A
216

egknsoh
dh iqLrd
esjk
ifjokj
iqLrdky;
ls ysdj
i<+sA

d`”.k
ds fxj/kj
:Ik dk
lfp= o.kZu
dhft,
ifj;kst
uk
dk;Z&
15
okrkZyk
i&15
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&
10
x`g@d{k
k
dk;Z&
10
jpukRed ijh{kk&3
fnlEcj&2013
Tkuojh&2014
6- uhydaB
¼js[kkfp=½
7- Hkksj vkSj
cj[kk ¼dfork½
8- ohj dq¡oj flag
¼thouh½
9- jktnwr lat;]
‘kkafrnwr d`”.k]
ik.Moksa vkSj
dkSjoksa ds
lsukifr ¼cky
egkHkkjr dFkk½
10- laf/k] okD;
fopkj ¼O;kdj.k½
5- la?k”kZ ds
dkj.k eSa rquqd
fetkt gks x;k
¼lk{kkRdkj½
6- gekjh [okfg’k
¼dsoy Ik<+us ds
fy,½
7- vkJe dk
vuqekfur O;;
¼ys[kk tks[kk½
8- egkHkkjr dk
;q)&09 fnu ¼Hkh”e
lj’k¸;k ij] ;q)
dk 12oka fnu]
vfHkeU;q]
HkwfjJok] t;nzFk
vkSj vkpk;Z
nzks.k dk vUr½
cky egkHkkjr dFkk
9- vO;;] lekl
¼O;kdj.k½

Nk=
vius O;;
dk
vuqekfur
ys[kk&tks[
kk rS;kj
djsaA

Hkh”e
firkeg o
xq# nzks.k
dk lfp=
pfj= fp=.k
dhft,A
217

foIyo
xk;u dfork
dh rjg
vkst iw.kZ
dforkvksa
dk ,yce
rS;kj
djsaA

d.kZ dh
nkufÁ;rk
ij fuca/k
fy[ksaA
ifj;kst
uk
dk;Z&
15
okrkZyk
i&15
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&
10
x`g@d{k
k
dk;Z&
10
jpukRed ijh{kk&4
Qjojh&2014
4- foIyo xk;u
¼dfork½
5- d.kZ]
nq;ksZ/ku]
v’oRFkkek dh
e`R;q] ;qf/kf”Bj
dh osnuk]
ik.Moksa dk
/k`rjk”Vª ds Áfr
O;ogkj] Jh d`”.k
vkSj ;qf/kf”Bj
¼cky egkHkkjr½
6- iw.kZ ikB~;Øe
dh iqujko`fÙk
ekpZ&2014] iqujko`fÙk] ladfyr ijh{kk&2
fu/kkZfjr iqLrdsa %
1. olar Hkkx % nks ikB~; iqLrd % ,u-lh-bZ-vkj-Vh- }kjk
Ádkf’krA
2. cky egkHkkjr dFkk % ,u-lh-bZ-vkj-Vh- }kjk izdkf’krA
3. fganh O;kdj.k ,oa jpukA
*****
qÉÉÍxÉMü mÉÉœ¢üqÉ ÌuÉpÉÉeÉlÉ : 2013-2014
Mü¤ÉÉ: 7 MüÉåxÉï ‘oÉ’
ÌuÉwÉrÉ: ÌWÇûSÏ
218
AÇMü-pÉÉU
eÉÑsÉÉD
25
27
AaÉxiÉ
AmÉëæsÉ/eÉÔlÉ
qÉÉWû MüÉrÉï
ÌSuÉxÉ
25
mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ
MüÉrÉï- 15
uÉÉiÉÉïsÉÉmÉ15
mÉëS¨É MüÉrÉï10
aÉ×Wû/Mü¤ÉÉ
MüÉrÉï- 10
mÉÉPû MüÉ lÉÉqÉ
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -2:
1. ÍcÉÌQûrÉÉ AÉæU
cÉÑÂÇaÉÑlÉ (MüÌuÉiÉÉ)
WûËUuÉÇzÉUÉrÉ oÉŠlÉ
2. xÉoÉxÉå xÉÑÇSU
sÉÄQûMüÐ
ÌuÉwhÉÑ mÉëpÉÉMüU
3. qÉæÇ WÕðû UÉåoÉÉåOû
(ÌlÉoÉÇkÉ)
UÉeÉÏuÉ aÉaÉï
urÉÉMüUhÉ: uÉhÉï ,
uÉcÉlÉ, ÌuÉzÉåwÉhÉ, ̲iuÉ
Ì¢ürÉÉ
(ESÉ:WðûxÉiÉÏ-ZÉåsÉiÉÏ),
uÉÉYrÉ UcÉlÉÉ
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -2:
4. aÉÑooÉÉUå mÉU cÉϨÉÉ
(MüWûÉlÉÏ)
mÉëåqÉcÉÇS
5. jÉÉåÄQûÏ kÉUiÉÏ mÉÉFÆ
(MüÌuÉiÉÉ)
xÉuÉåïµÉSïrÉÉsÉ xÉYxÉålÉÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ: ÌuÉsÉÉåqÉ
zÉoS, xÉÇrÉÉåeÉMü,
xÉuÉïlÉÉqÉ mÉërÉÉåaÉ,
qÉÑWûÉuÉUå,
rÉÑaqÉ-zÉoS (mÉÉPû xÉå
xÉÇoÉÇÍkÉiÉ)
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -2:
6. aÉÉUÉå (sÉÉåMü MüjÉÉ)
xÉÇMüÍsÉiÉ
7. mÉÑxiÉMåÇü eÉÉå AqÉU
WæÇû (ÌlÉoÉÇkÉ)
qÉlÉÉåeÉ SÉxÉ
8. MüÉoÉÑsÉÏuÉÉsÉÉ
(MüWûÉlÉÏ)
UuÉÏÇSìlÉÉjÉ OæûaÉÉåU
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
uÉÉiÉÉïsÉÉmÉ sÉåZÉlÉ, aɱ
sÉåZÉlÉ, xÉqÉÉlÉÉjÉÏï zÉoS,
mÉëirÉrÉ
ÌOûmmÉhÉÏ
F.A.-1
219
ÍxÉiÉÇoÉU
A£ÔüoÉU
lÉuÉÇoÉU
24
mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ
MüÉrÉï- 15
uÉÉiÉÉïsÉÉmÉ15
mÉëS¨É MüÉrÉï10
aÉ×Wû/Mü¤ÉÉ
MüÉrÉï- 10
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -2:
9. ÌuɵÉåµÉUærÉÉ
(urÉÌ£üiuÉ) AÉU.Måü.qÉÔÌiÉï
10. WûqÉ kÉUiÉÏ Måü sÉÉsÉ
(MüÌuÉiÉÉ) - zÉÏsÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
ÌuÉzÉåwÉhÉ oÉÉlÉÉlÉÉ
(CÌiÉWûÉxÉ –
CìÌiÉWûÉxÉMüÉU),
ÌlÉoÉÇkÉ sÉåZÉlÉ,
uÉÉYrÉ ÌuÉzsÉåwÉhÉ
(E¬åzrÉ-ÌuÉkÉårÉ), ÍsÉÇaÉ
mÉËUuÉiÉïlÉ
09
AmÉÌPûiÉ –
aɱÉÇzÉ,mɱÉÇzÉ 10
mÉÌPûiÉ aɱÉÇzÉ,
mɱÉÇzÉ- 10
UcÉlÉÉ –
10
urÉÉMüUhÉ –
20
mÉÉœmÉÑxiÉMü 40
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -2:
11. mÉÉåÇaÉsÉ (ÌlÉoÉÇkÉ)
xÉÇMüÍsÉiÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
qÉÑWûÉuÉUå LuÉÇ AjÉï
sÉåZÉlÉ, ÌuÉzÉåwÉhÉ
mÉÑlÉUÉuÉiÉïlÉ
17
F.A.-2
S.A.-1
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -2:
12. zÉÉWûÏS
fÉsÉMüÉUÏoÉÉD
(LMüÉÇMüÐ)
xÉÇMüÍsÉiÉ
13. lÉ×irÉÉÇaÉlÉÉ xÉÑkÉÉ
cÉÇSìlÉ (eÉÏuÉlÉÏ)
UÉqÉÉ¥ÉÉ ÌiÉuÉÉUÏ
urÉÉMüUhÉ: uÉÉYrÉ
xÉÇUcÉlÉÉ LuÉÇ
mÉërÉÉåaÉ ( ̲iuÉ zÉoS),
kuÉlrÉÉiqÉMü
zÉoS ( WûUå-pÉUå,
OûmÉ-OûmÉ ), uÉÉYrÉ
mÉËUuÉiÉïlÉ
(mÉëzlÉÉjÉïMü AjÉï MüÐ
SØ̹ xÉå)
220
ÌSxÉÇoÉU
eÉlÉuÉUÏ
23
qÉÉcÉï
TüUuÉUÏ
25
mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ
MüÉrÉï- 15
uÉÉiÉÉïsÉÉmÉ15
mÉëS¨É MüÉrÉï10
aÉ×Wû/Mü¤ÉÉ
MüÉrÉï- 10
14. mÉÉlÉÏ AÉæU kÉÔmÉ
(MüÌuÉiÉÉ)
xÉÑpÉSìÉ
MÑüqÉÉUÏ
cÉÉæWûÉlÉ
15. aÉÏiÉ (MüÌuÉiÉÉ)
MåüSÉUlÉÉjÉ AaÉëuÉÉsÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ: zÉoSÉåÇ
MüÉ uÉÉYrÉ qÉåÇ
mÉërÉÉåaÉ , zÉoS xÉÇmÉSÉ
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -2:
16. ÍqÉ•ûÏ MüÐ qÉÔÌiÉïrÉÉð
(ÌlÉoÉÇkÉ)
(AÌiÉËU£ü mÉPûlÉ
WåûiÉÑ)
17. qÉÉæiÉ MüÉ mÉWûÉÄQû
(ÍcɧÉMüjÉÉ) zÉoSaÉÉrɧÉÏ qÉSlÉ S¨É,
ÍcɧÉUÉqÉ uÉÉDMüU
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
qÉÑWûÉuÉUå, mÉëirÉrÉ
MüÉ mÉërÉÉåaÉ , ÌuÉsÉÉåqÉ
zÉoS, EmÉxÉaÉï
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -2:
18. WûqÉ WûÉåÇaÉå
MüÉqÉrÉÉoÉ LMü ÌSlÉ
(aÉÏiÉ) ÌaÉËUeÉÉ
MÑüqÉÉU qÉÉjÉÑU
( AÌiÉËU£ü mÉPûlÉ
WåûiÉÑ)
urÉÉMüUhÉ: ÌuÉUÉqÉ
ÍcÉ»û , mÉëzlÉÉjÉïMü
xÉuÉïlÉÉqÉÉåÇ MüÉ
mÉërÉÉåaÉ
24
mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ
MüÉrÉï- 15
uÉÉiÉÉïsÉÉmÉ15
mÉëS¨É MüÉrÉï10
aÉ×Wû/Mü¤ÉÉ
MüÉrÉï- 10
23
AmÉÌPûiÉ –
aɱÉÇzÉ,mɱÉÇzÉ 10
mÉÌPûiÉ aɱÉÇzÉ,
mÉÑlÉUÉuÉiÉïlÉ
mɱÉÇzÉ- 10
UcÉlÉÉ – 10
urÉÉMüUhÉ – 20
mÉÉœmÉÑxiÉMü -40
F.A.-3
F.A.-4
S.A.-2
*****
221
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLITUP SYLLABUS 2013-14
4) The Ashes that
Made Trees Bloom
*The Shed
3)The Desert
4)Cop and the
Anthem
Reporting –
statements and
imperatives
Question
words/formations of
questions using
question words
F.A-2(10 marks)
5) Quality
*Chivvy
5) Golu grows a
Nose
Phrasal verbs and
their meanings
Letter writing
(formal letters)
6)Expert Detectives
7)The Invention of
Vita Wonk
6) I want Something
in a Cage
Reporting
questions,
Paragraph writing
with verbal and
visual inputs
F.A-1(10 Marks)
26
)(Tentative)
Oct
Story narration
Story writing
If- clauses
Types of sentences
Letter writing
(informal)
Narration of an
anecdote/
Review writing
after reading
story books
3)Gift of Chappals
*The squirrel
*The Rebel
2) Bringing Up Kari
1.Asking questions to
one another about
likes/dislikes/prefere
nces/hobbies/persona
l characteristics
2.Picture reading
3.Construction of
word ladder
Parts of speechNoun forms,
adverbs
Unseen passages for
comprehension
Speak to five
adults in your
neighbourhood/
Interviews of
fellow students or
teachers
1)Three Questions
2) Gopal and the
Hilsa Fish
1)The Tiny Teacher
Activities/Projects/
Formative Assessments/
assignments/etc)
Asking
questions
politely to get
information/
Skit writing
and
presentation
Grammar and
Composition
SA-1(25th Sept to 5th
WEIGHTAGE
Honey Comb
An Alien Hand
26
PERIODS
SUBJECT: ENGLISH
UNITS/SUB UNITS AND TOPCS TO BE
COVERED
25
24
31
OCT/NOV
SEPTEMBER
AUGUST
JULY
APR/JUNE
MONTH
CLASS: VII
222
9) A Bicycle in Good
Repair
8)The Bear Story
9) A Tiger In the
House
*Meadow Surprises
Modal auxiliaries –
should ,must, ought
to
Suffixes and
prefixes
Speech on
selected topics,
Cross word
10) The Story of
Cricket
*Garden Snake
10) An Alien Hand
Passive voice
Dramatisation of
taught lessons
Quiz
F.A-4( 10 marks)
-Read
aloud/collect/
display/news items
or headlines on a
specified theme.
-creative writing
F.A-3(10 marks)
25
22
23
15
DECEMBER
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
8) Fire Friend and
Foe
*Mystery of the
Tenses-simple
talking fan
present ,present
*Dad and the cat and continuous
the tree
7) Chandini
REVISION
SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT –II
(30 marks)
12th March to 26th March (Tentative)
*****
223
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLIT UP SYLLABUS 2013-2014
WEIGHTAGE
13
27
UNITS/SUB UNITS TO BE COVERED
ACTIVITIES/
ASSESSMENT
(FA/Assignmen
t etc.)
TERM – 1
Recapitulation of the concepts learned in class VI
25
APRIL/JUNE
25
SUBJECT: MATHEMATICS
PERIODS
AVAILABLE
NO. OF DAYS
MONTH
CLASS: VII
Integers:
Number System
(i) Knowing our Numbers
(ii) Multiplication and division of integers
(iii) Properties of integers
(iv) Word Problems
Activity-1
27
18
JULY
12
10
Fractions & Decimals:
(i) Multiplications of fractions
(ii) Division of Fractions
(iii) Decimals
(iv) Multiplication of Decimals
(v) Division of Decimals
(vi) Word problems
Lines & angles:
(i) Understanding shapes, pairs of angles,
properties of parallel lines and related
problems.
Data Handling:
(i) Collection & Organization of Data
(ii) Mean Median & Mode of ungrouped data
(iii) Constructing bar graphs
(iv) Chance and probability
Activities-2&3
Assignment-1
Activity 4
FA 1
224
25
25
AUGUST
16
6
SEPTEMBER
24
24
15
Perimeter & Area
(i) Area of Squares & Rectangles
(ii) Area of Parallelogram
(iii) Area of Triangles
(iv) Circumference of Circles
(v) Area of circle
Visualizing solid shapes:
(i) Plane figures and solid figures
(ii) Nets for building 3-D Shapes
(iii) 2-D representation of a 3-D shapes
(Oblique & isometric sketches)
(iv) Visualizing solid shapes
(v) Different sections of solids
Algebraic expressions:
(i) Generate algebraic expression involving
one or two variables
(ii) Identifying constant, coefficients and Terms
(iii) Like and unlike terms
(iv) Monomial, binomial, trinomial and
polynomials
(v) Addition and subtraction of expression
(vi) Finding value of expression (using
algebraic expression formula and rules)
Activities-5
Project-1
Assignment-II
FA 2
REVISION
OCTOBER
Activities-6&7
SA 1
225
TERM – II
TERM – II
38
38
OCTOBER & NOVEMBER
13
25
DECEMBER
25
15
14
27
JANUARY
10
27
6
12
Rational Number:
(i) Need of rational numbers
(ii) Rational numbers in standard form
(iii) Comparison of rational numbers
(iv) Finding rational numbers between two
rational numbers
(v) Operation on Rational Numbers
The Triangle and its Properties:
(i) Medians, Altitudes of triangle
(ii) Exterior Angle of a triangle and its
properties
(iii) Angle sum property of a triangle
(iv) Two special triangles
Equilateral and isosceles triangle.
(v) Sum of the length of two sides of triangle
(vi) Right angled triangle and Pythagoras
property.
Congruence of Triangle:
Meaning of congruence
Congruence of plane figure
Congruence criteria for triangle
(i) SSS Congruence
(ii) SAS Congruence
(iii) ASA Congruence
(iv) RHS Congruence
Simple equations:
(i) Formation of simple equation
(ii) Solving simple linear equation
(iii) Application of simple linear equation of
practical situation
Exponents & Powers:
Laws of exponents
Decimal number system
Expression of large numbers in standard form
Symmetry:
Line of symmetry for regular polygon.
(i) Reflection symmetry
(ii) Rotational symmetry
(iii) Line symmetry & Rotational symmetry.
Comparing quantities:
(i) Ratio & Proportions
(ii) Percentage
(iii) Converting fractions & Decimals
(iv) Application to Profit & Loss
(v) Application to simple interest
Activities-8&9
Assignment-III
Activities 10&11
Project-11
FA 3
Activities-12&13
Assignment-IV
226
FEBRUARY
24
24
10
Practical Geometry:
Construction of lines
Construction of triangle
Revision of Term-II syllabus
REVISION
Activity-14
FA 4
MARCH - REVISION-SA 2
Some of the Suggested Lab Activities.
 To represent the following product of decimal numbers on a square by drawing horizontal and
vertical line and shading.
(i)0.9X0.7
(ii) 0.8X0.8
Equivalent fractions also can be drawn.
 To compare the marks obtained in all subjects by a student in the first and second term exam
by drawing a bar graph using paper cutting and pasting.
 The height and weight of students can be taken and draw bar graph
 Identify the condition under which given pair of angles are
(i) Complementary (ii) supplementary
 To verify that if two lines intersect at a point, then each pair of vertically opposite angles are
equal by paper cutting and pasting.
 To verify if two parallel lines are cut by a transversal then:
(i) Each pair of corresponding angles are equal.
(ii) Each pair of alternate interior angles are equal.
(iii) Each pair of interior angles on the same side of transversal are supplementary by paper cutting
and pasting.
 To find the ratio of circumference of a circle to its diameter.
 To draw a circle with edge 5 cm long on an isometric dot paper. Also, draw it
 To draw a cuboids of dimension 7 cm, 4 cm, 2 cm on an isometric dot paper and also draw it
oblique sketch.
 To make different solid shapes using unit cubes.
 To prepare magic square fraction
 Find the probability of given objects of mathematical shapes
 The Floor/ Wall Area of rooms-class, lab etc., can be found
 Comparing the marks obtained by the individual student and find the percentage of increase or
decrease.
 To get median of a triangle from any vertex by paper folding and to verify that in a triangle
median passes through a common point by paper folding.
 To get an altitude of a triangle from any vertex by paper folding and to verify that in triangle
altitude pass through a common point.
 To verify sum of all interior angles of a triangle is 1800 by paper cutting and pasting.
 To verify that an exterior angle of a triangle is equal to the sum of the two interior opposite
angles by paper cutting and pasting.
 To verify that a triangle can be drawn only if sum of the length of any two sides is greater than
the third side sing broom stick.
(i) 5 cm 7 cm 11 cm (ii) 5 cm 7 cm 14 cm
 To verify Pythagorean Theorem using a squared paper by shading the squares.
 To verify using a squared paper that all congruent triangles are equal in area but the triangle
equal in area may not be congruent.
 To make a symmetrical design along the line of symmetry
 To find the line of symmetry of the letters in the word MATHEMATICS. To find angle of rotation
using mathematics kit.
*****
227
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLIT UP SYLLABUS 2013-14
APRIL/JUNE
12
12
25
12
10
JULY
WEIGHTAGE
SUBJECT: SCIENCE
PERIODS
NO.OF DAYS
MONTH
CLASS: VII
12
8
27
13
10
UNITS/SUB UNITS AND TOPICS TO BE
COVERED
Chapter 1: NUTRITION IN PLANTS:
Mode of nutrition in plants.
Photosynthesis.
Synthesis of plant food other than
carbohydrates.
Other modes of nutrition in plants.
Saprotrophs.
How nutrients are replenished in the soil.
Chapter 2 : NUTRITION IN
ANIMALS:
Different ways of taking food
Digestion in humans.
The food pipe/oesophagus.
The stomach.
The small intestine.
Absorption in small intestine.
Large intestine.
Digestion in grass-eating animals.
Feeding and digestion in amoeba.
Chapter 3: FIBRE TO FABRIC.
Animal fibres – wool.
Animals that yield wool.
From fibres to wool.
Processing fibres in to wool.
Animal fibres – Silk,Life history silk moth,From
cocoon to silk.
Chapter 4 : HEAT
Hot and cold, Measuring temperature, Reading
a Thermometer, Transfer of heat,Kinds of
clothes we wear in summer and winter.
ACTIVITIES
Activities 1 & 2
Extended learning
activities and projects
given at the end of the
Chapter.
Activities 1-4
Extended learning
activities and projects
given at the end of the
Chapter.
Activities 1-7
Extended learning
activities and projects
given at the end of the
Chapter.
Activities 1-11
Extended learning
activities and projects
given at the end of the
Chapter.
AUGUST
FA I
24
8
12
Chapter 5 : ACIDS ,BASES AND SALTS
Acids and bases.
Natural indicators around us.
Litmus – a natural dye
China rose as indicator.
Neutralization.
Activities 1 to 5
Extended learning
activities and projects
given at the end of the
Chapter.
228
8
SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER
8
10
10
8
8
25
10
10
Neutralization in everyday life.
Chapter 6:PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL
CHANGES
Physical changes.
Chemical changes.
Rusting of iron.
Galvanization.
Crystallization.
Chapter 7: WEATHER CLIMATE AND
ADAPTATIONS OF ANIMALS TO CLIMATE.
Weather
Climate
Climate and adaptation.
The polar regions.
The tropical rainforests.
Chapter 8: WINDS , STORMS AND
CYCLONES.
Air exerts pressure.
High speed winds are accompanied by
reduced air pressure.
Air expands on heating.
Wind currents are generated due to un even
heating of earth.
Thunderstorms and cyclones.
Destruction caused by cyclone.
Effective safety measures.
Advanced technology has helped.
Chapter 9 : SOIL
Soil teeming with life.
Soil profile.
Soil types.
Properties of soil.
Moisture in soil.
Absorption of water in soil.
Soil and Crops.
Activities 1 to 9
Extended learning
activities and projects
given at the end of the
Chapter.
Activities 1 & 2
Extended learning
activities and projects
given at the end of the
Chapter.
Activities 1 to 6
Extended learning
activities and projects
given at the end of the
Chapter.
FA II
Activities 1 to 6
Extended learning
activities and projects
given at the end of the
Chapter.
SA I
NOVEMBER
TERM II
13
8
12
Chapter 10 : RESPIRATION IN
ORGANISMS
Why do we respire?
Breathing.
How do we breathe?
What do we breathe out?
Breathing in other animals.
Breathing under water.
Do plants also respire?
Activities 1 to 6
Extended learning activities
and projects given at the
end of the Chapter.
229
Chapter 11: TRANSPORTATION IN
ANIMALS AND PLANTS.
Circulatory system.
Blood.
Blood vessels.
Heart
Heart beat.
Excretion in animals.
Transport of substance in plants.
Transpiration.
5
12
DECEMBER/NOVEMBER
5
24
8
12
xtended learning activities
and projects given at the
end of the Chapter.
Activities 1 to 3
Chapter 11: TRANSPORTATION IN
ANIMALS AND PLANTS.
Excretion in animals.
Transport of substance in plants.
Transpiration.
Chapter 12 : REPRODUCTION IN
PLANTS.
Modes of reproduction.
Asexual reproduction.
Vegetative propagation
Budding.
Fragmentation.
Spore formation.
Sexual reproduction in plants.
Pollination and Fertilization.
Fruit and seed formation.
Seed dispersal.
Activities 1 to 4
Extended learning activities
and projects given at the
end of the Chapter.
JANUARY
FA III
24
8
10
Chapter 13:MOTION AND TIME
Slow or fast
Speed.
Measurement of time.
Units of time and speed.
Measuring speed.
Distance – time graph.
Activities 1 to 4
Extended learning activities
and projects given at the
end of the Chapter.
230
Chapter 14 : ELECTRIC CURRENT
AND ITS EFFECTS.
Symbols of electric components.
Diagrammatic representation of electric
circuits.
Heating effect of electric current.
Electric fuses.
Magnetic effect of electric current.
Electromagnets.
Electric bell.
8
MARCH
FEBRUARY
FEBRUARY
10
6
8
7
8
7
8
23
Chapter 15 : LIGHT
Light travels along a straight line.
Reflection of light.
Playing with spherical mirrors.
Images formed by lenses.
Dispersion of light.
Chapter 16 : WATER A PRECIOUS
RESOURCE.
How much water is available?
Forms of water.
Water cycle.
Ground water as a precious resource.
Depletion of water table.
Distribution of water.
Water management.
What role you can play.
Effects of water scarcity in plants.
Chapter 17: FORESTS OUR LIFE LINE.
Visit to a forest.
Interrelationship of plants, animals,
decomposers and soil in a forest.
Importance of forests.
Chapter 18: WASTE WATER STORY.
Water our life line.
What is sewage?
Water freshens up – An eventful journey.
Waste water treatment plant(WWTP)
Better housekeeping practices.
Sanitation and diseases.
Alternative arrangement for sewage
Disposal.
Sanitation at public places.
REVISION
Activities 1 to 6
Extended learning activities
and projects given at the
end of the Chapter.
Activities 1 to 12
Extended learning activities
and projects given at the
end of the Chapter.
Activities 1 to 5
Extended learning activities
and projects given at the
end of the Chapter.
Activities 1 to 3
Extended learning activities
and projects given at the
end of the Chapter
Activities 1 to 4
Extended learning activities
and projects given at the
end of the Chapter.
FA IV(First 4 chapters after
FA-III may be considered
for FA4 assessments)
SA II
*****
231
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLIT-UP SYLLABUS FOR THE SESSION 2013-2014
APRIL/
June
24
Periods
available
Month
SOCIAL SCIENCE
No. of days
Sl.NO
CLASS VII
22

24







01
02
July
27
UNITS /SUB UNITS TO BE
COVERED

03
August
25
23




04
Septemb
er
24
20


05
OCT
Oct./Nov 29
26






06
Decemb
er
25
22



Periods
Require
d
Tracing changes through
a thousand years
Environment
Inside our Earth
On Equality
New Kings and Kingdoms
The Delhi Sultans
Our Changing Earth
Role of Government in
Health
How the State
Government works
The Mughal Empire
Rulers and Buildings
Air
Growing up as Boys and
Girls
6
Women change the world
Towns,Traders and
Craftspersons
Water
SA-1
Tribes,Nomads and
Settled Communities.
Natural Vegetation and
wildlife
Understanding Media
Understanding
advertising
Devotional paths to the
Divine
The making of the
regional cultures
Human environment-
7
8
5
6
5
5
6
7
4
3
4
FA/SA
FA-1
8
7
4
4
FA-2
8
8
5
5
6
6
5
232
07
January
23
20




08
15th
February
09
March
13
10



Settlement,Transport and
Communication
Markets around Us
Eighteenth Century
Political formations
Human Environment
Interactions-the tropical
and subtropical regions
Life in the temperate
grass land
A Shirt in the Market
Life in the Deserts
Struggles for equality
5
7
FA -3
6
4
3
6
FA-4
54
SA-II
Revision
*****
233
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS 2013-14
CLASS: VII
SUBJECT: PHYSICAL EDUCATION
 Morning jogging and warming-up exercises and evening games to be conducted
(except Sunday and holidays).
 Battery test to be conducted in the beginning and end of the year.
 Exercises should be given to develop motor quality of the child (speed, strength,
endurance, coordination, and flexibility).
MONTH
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Morning
April/June


Jogging and warming up.
Free hand exercises for
coordination.
 Battery test(to analyze their
ability)
 Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Karnapindasana,
Ardhasalabasana.
Evening



July






Jogging and warming up.
Coordination activities
Yogasana: Suryanamaskara,
Shalabasana
Bhujangasana

.

August
PHYSICAL &
HEALTH
EDUCATIONTHEORY





Jogging and warming up.
March past practice.
Dumbbells, Lazium and
wands exercises.
Yogasana: Suryanamaskara,
Thadasana, Paschimothasana
General warming up and
coordination exercises.


Volly ball
Tennikoit
Athletics:Basic
skills of Jumps
Throws and
Track events.
Selecting
students to
appropriate
games and sports
based on battery
test analysis.
Ahleticcs:
Different skills
practice for
jumps,throws
and track
events..
Improved skills
practice in the
taken games.
Practice of basic
skills of
volleyball and
Tennikoit .
Sprint practice in
athletics;


Meaning,
definition and
scope of
physical and
health
education.
Aims and
objectives of
physical and
health
education.
 Parts of Body
and its
importance.
 Growth and
development in
adolescence.
 Rules and
regulation of
the taken
games.


Social Hygiene
and its
importance.
Measurement of
Vollyball and
Tennikoit.
234
September
November
December/
January
General fitness exercises.
Coordination exercises
Practice of combined
activites..
 Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Purna Danurasana. And
Konasana.







Fitness exercises
Practice of Rhythmic
movements.
Yoga- Suryanamaskar
Garudasana
Gymnastics: different types
of roll and cart wheel.
Practice of pyramids.
Yogasana: Suryanamaskara,
Halfchakrasana &
Chakrasana.

Different work
outs for
improved
movements in
athletics.
Practice of skills
in Volleyball &
Tennikoit.
IntroductionHandball
Practice matches of
Volleyball &
Tennikoit.


 Practice of all above said
activities.
 Yogasana : Suryanamaskara,
Parivruha Trikonasana.
Battery tests and
result analysis.
Awareness
about food and
nutrition.
Aim &
objectives of
Recreation.

Measurement of
Handball court.

Awareness of
Environmental
Hygiene.
History of
Handball.


February/
March
October/




Awareness
about
acceptable
Mannerism &
Behaviour in
the society.
Suggestions:
 Inter House matches will be conducted as per the schedule of department of physical
education of respective Vidyalayas.
 Trekking and hiking can be conducted once in a year.
 Allow the students to watch the live matches.
*****
235
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS 2013-14
MONTH
NO.OF
DAYS
PERIODS
CLASS: VII
8
SUBJECT: ART (VISUAL)
TOPICS TO COVER
PRINCIPLES OF ART AND DESIGN:
- Tone
Student can prepare tonal variation by using
different coloured leaves found in their Vidyalaya
surroundings.
- Harmony
- Balance
- Rhythm
MEDIUM / MATERIALS
Different Mediums furniture
separate Art Room is
required for Still Life with
light Source
JUNE
Definition and show the picture/ painting of
old masters and guide the student to find art
element & principle of - in different walk of life
also like nature to day-life.
How? Show them different works of art to
explain line, colour as symbol designs.
STUDY OF OBJECTS (STILL LIFE):
(a)
Basic still life
(b)
How to make objects
(c)
Proportion
(d)
Three dimensional object.
(e)
Show light & shade using pencil
(Different shade), water colour monochrome.
(f)
Arrange at least two or three objects for
still life.
8
JULY
(a)
Brief knowledge of nature and
environment.
(b)
Flora and fauna (outdoor) texture
(c)
Indoor flower, Foliage study. (Shape, line
drawing, light and shade.) using, pencil, charcoal,
water color, pastel.
(d)
- Outdoor
Arrange simple landscape of vidyalaya
part using pencil charcoal, water colour pastel.
(e)
perspective
8
AUG
STUDY OF NATURE AND ENVIRONMENT:
COMPOSITION DRAWING:
Charcoal / Pencil / Water
Colour/Drawing board can
be provided
Pencil Or Colour
(a)
Memory drawing
(b)
How to compose a painting /drawing on
day to day life subject, i.e. regional fare, views of
a village, views of market, busy city, rainy season,
etc.
(c)
Compose drawing on story and poem of
their Hindi/ English text book.
(d)
Show the painting of Mughal style for
reference of composition.
236
8
CALLIGRAPHY :
Pencil / Poster Colour
SEPT
(a)
Concept of calligraphy
(b)
What is calligraphy
(c)
Hindi/ English/ Regional language
calligraphy can be prepared by the students free
hand or with the help of graph paper.
(d)
Make sentences.
OCT-TERM 2
8 3 DIMENTIONAL MODELING:
NOV
(a)
Terracotta/ Paper Mache / POP
(b)
Slab & coil work.
(c)
Prepare simple pot using slab coil
system.
(d)
Birds, animal, doll, etc.
(e)
Show the images and brief of Ellora,
Elephanta style of sculptures, Khajuraho etc.
DEC
8
8
JAN
(a)
Concept of folk art (origin, History, social
, impact)
(b)
Regional folk art (available in their
nearby places)
(c)
Style and colour combination
(d)
Folk forms & composition.
8
FEB
GREETING CARD :
Preparation of greetings for different
occasions in different methods like drawing,
colouring, pasting, crafted work etc.
Students can be encouraged with multimedia
if the system is provided in Art room for
updating Art Education with The Help of
Advanced open Softwares.
FOLK ART :
Students can visit the areas where folk art is
done by the craft men/expert.
Experts demonstrations may be arranged if
available
DESIGN DRAWING:
(a)
(b)
-
Concept of Design
Types of design
Geometrical
Natural
Decorative
Abstract
Clay / Paper Pulp / Pop /
Any Other If Available , If
separate Art Room is
provided with equipments
Colour / Colour Paper/ Few
High end System with Photo
Editing Software where ever
possible.
Depends Upon The Art
Form Requirement/ The
Head of the Institution
should make necessary
arrange meant for showing/
participating the students in
their Local Festival time .
The travelling expenditure
can be given from Vidyalaya
Pencil / Poster Colour /
Powder Colours
(c)
Rangoli-(as per availability of
materials)
*****
237
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS 2013-14
CLASS: VII
SUBJECT: MUSIC
OBJECTIVES
 Expose the student through music to the cultural multiplicity of the
country’s five different regions – North, South, East, North-east and
West – in an interesting manner

Arouse healthy curiosity in the students’ mind about the vast variety
of music which may lead to analysis and research at their level
 Stimulate an interest in the student to study music further at the
Secondary and Higher Secondary levels giving him/her the
opportunity for research and documentation in music as well as
pursue it as career
 Instill in the student the sense of values that the arts in general and
music in particular are based on.
The aim of music education is to get maximum exposure about Indian music without it
becoming a burden or reason for monotony and boredom. Music is closely interlinked
with the geography, social structure, festivals, dance, regional theatre, heritage crafts as
well as different forms of visual arts, common beliefs and occupation. A lesson in music
would become an opportunity for the student to be given a Pan-Indian awareness of it.
How a song or musical piece is rendered, on what occasion and where it is presented
would be extremely significant in order to relate music to different subject areas being
taught in the classroom as well as to the life outside it. All this would be a part of the
syllabus from which the student would gain an understanding about the diversity in
musical genres stemming from tribal, regional and urban cultures and sensibilities.
APRIL/JUNE
CONTENTS
Revision of Varisas- Sarali, Madhya sthayi and Jahanda.
Theory: Musical forms- Varna, Keerthana
Song ‘Ae matire’ Assamese
July
Theory: Musical forms- Kruti, Thillana
One regional language song
Song ‘O gun beeje’ Rajashthani
Dhattu varisas
August
Theory: Musical forms- Padam.
Song ‘Hi Anadi Sanskruti’ Sanskrit
Dhattu varisas continues
September
Theory: Musical forms- Javali
Patriotic Song in Hindi language
One regional language song
Dhattu varisas continues
October
Theory: contemporary music- music in Films and Fusion concerts
Song - one folk song in any language
Alankara
November
Revision of Previous lessons
Song: ‘Bhashalani’ Telugu
Theory: Musical instruments of different regions of the country
Folk Song (local language)
Alankara continues
238
December
January
February
March
Theory: Vrinda Vadya(Orchestra)
Song in Regional language
Alankara Continues.
Singing Simple phrases in raga Mohana/Sanakarabharana
Theory: Musical instruments
of Indian Classical Music(
Carnatic/Hindusthani)
Song ‘Ye Deso’ Oriya
Alankara continues.
Theory: Making of any Indian Stringed Instrument eg: Veena/Sitar
Revision of Previous lessons
Geetham - in Malahari raga
Evaluation
*****
239
Ukoksn; fo|ky; lfefr] uks,Mk
1. /ofu ¼dfork½
2. Ykk[k dh pwfM+;ka
¼dgkuh½
3. vgenuxj dk fdyk
4. ryk’k i`”B 01 ls 16 rd
¼Hkkjr dh [kkst½
5. fganh Hkk”kk dh lkekU;
tkudkjh mPpkj.k o
orZuh fopkj] milxZ o
ÁR;; ¼O;kdj.k½
11- cl dh ;k=k ¼O;aX;½
12- nhokuksa dh gLrh
¼dfork½
13- fpfV~B;ksa dh vuwBh
nqfu;k ¼fuca/k½
14- flU/kq?kkVh dh lH;rk
¼vk;ksZa dk
vkuk&egkHkkjr½ i`”B
la- 17 ls 31& Hkkjr dh
[kkst
15- rRle] rn~Hko]
fons’kh o ns’kt ‘kCn]
opu] Ik;kZ;okph ,oa
foykse ‘kCn ¼O;kdj.k½
vad&Hkk
j
fVIi.
kh
d{kk&08] fo”k;&fganh ¼dkslZ&v½
ÁFke&l=
fØ;k&dyki@
ikB dk uke
ifj;kstuk
dk;Z
e’khuh ;qx
ls gksus
okys vkl&ikl
ds
ifjorZuksa
dh lwph
rS;kj djsaA
ns’kt vkSj
fons’kh
‘kCnksa dh
lwph rS;kj
djsaA
ifj;kst
uk
dk;Z&15
okrkZyk
i&15
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10
x`g@d{k
k
dk;Z&10
jpukRed ijh{kk&1
tqykbZ& 2013
AmÉëæsÉ/eÉÔlÉ 2013
ekg
ikB~;Øe foHkktu l=&2013&14
240
esjs liuksa
dk Hkkjr
fo”k; ij
fuca/k
fy[ksaA
nfyr oxZ esa
iSnk gq,
,sls
egkiq#”kksa
dh lwph
rS;kj dhft,]
ftUgksaus
dfBu ifjJe
ls mPp y{;
dks ÁkIr
fd;k gSA
ifj;kst
uk
dk;Z&15
okrkZyk
i&15
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10
x`g@d{k
k
dk;Z&10
jpukRed ijh{kk&2
vxLr& 2013
flrEcj&2013
vDVwcj&2
013
12- fpfV~B;ka
¼dfork&dsoy i<+us ds
fy,½
13- Hkxoku ds Mkfd,
¼dfork½
14- D;k fujk’k gqvk tk,
¼fuca/k½
15- fla/kq?kkVh dh lH;rk
¼Hkxor xhrk&v’kksd½
16- ;qxksa dk nkSj ¼xqIr
‘kklu esa jk”Vªh;rk
vkSj lkezkT;okn]
nf{k.k Hkkjr&i`”B la31 ls 51 rd½ Hkkjr dh
[kkst
17- Lkekl vkSj dkjd
¼O;kdj.k½
6-;g lcls dfBu le; ugha
¼dfork½
7-igkM+ ls Å¡pk vkneh
¼thouh&dsoy i<+us ds
fy,½
8-;qxksa dk nkSj
¼’kkafriw.kZ fodkl
vkSj ;q) ds rjhds]
fodkl vkSj àkL;&i`”B
la- 51 ls 71 rd½ Hkkjr
dh [kkst
9-eqgkojs vkSj fØ;k
¼O;kdj.k½
1- dchj dh lkf[k;k¡
¼dfork½
2- dkepksj ¼dgkuh½
3- iqujko`fÙk] ÁFke
ladfyr ijh{kk
dchj dh
lkf[k;ksa dk
laxzg djsaA
f}rh;&l=
241
jpukRed ijh{kk&3
jpukRed ijh{kk&4
uoEcj& 2013
fnlEcj&2013
tuojh&2014
Qjojh&2014
13- tc flusek us cksyuk flusek
ls
lh[kk
thou esa D;k
14- dEI;wVj xk;sxk xhr Økafrdkjh
¼vkys[k½ dsoy i<+us ifjorZu vk;k
ds fy,
gS bl fo”k;
15- lqnkek pfjr ¼dfork½ ij d{kk esa
16- u;h
leL;k,a&i`”B okn&fookn dk
la- 72 ls 91 ¼Hkkjr vk;kstu
dh [kkst½
dhft,A
17- i= ,oa fuca/k ys[ku
¼O;kdj.k½
1- tgk¡
ifg;k
gS lkbfdy
dh
ifj;kst
¼fjiksrkZt½
lokjh
vkt
uk
2- firk
ds
ckn Hkh mi;ksxh
dk;Z&15
¼dfork&dsoy i<+us ds gS D;ksa bl
okrkZyk
fy,½
fo”k; ij ,d
i&15
3- vdcjh yksVk ¼dgkuh½
vkys[k
ÁnÙk
4- vfUre nkSj&,d i`”B fyf[k,A
dk;Z&10
la92
ls
105
x`g@d{k
rd&Hkkjr ,d [kkst
k
5- laf/k]
okD;
Hksn
dk;Z&10
¼O;kdkj.k½
1- lwj ds in ¼dfork½
2- ikuh
dh
dgkuh
¼fuca/k½
Jh d`”.k dh
3- ge i`Foh dh larku
cky yhykvksa
¼dsoy i<+us ds fy,½
dh lwph
4- vafre nkSj&nks
rS;kj dhft,A
5- ruko&i`”B la- 106 ls
116 rd ¼Hkkjr dh
[kkst½
1- ckt
vkSj
lk¡Ik
ifj;kst
¼dgkuh½
uk
2- Vksih ¼dgkuh½
Lkkgl ls
dk;Z&15
3- nks
tqM+h gqbZ
okrkZyk
i`”BHkwfe;k¡&Hkkjrh;
ik¡p
i&15
vkSj
vaxzsth&i`”B
dgkfu;ksa dk ÁnÙk
la- 117 ls 120 rd
laxzg rS;kj
dk;Z&10
¼Hkkjr dh [kkst½
dhft,A
x`g@d{k
4- i= ys[ku ,oa fuca/k
k
ys[ku ¼O;kdj.k½
dk;Z&10
5- iqujko`fÙk]
ekpZ&2014] iqujko`fÙk] ladfyr ijh{kk&2
242
fu/kkZfjr iqLrdsa %
1. olar Hkkx % rhu ikB~; iqLrd % ,u-lh-bZ-
vkj-Vh- }kjk Ádkf’krA
2. Hkkjr dh [kkst % ,u-lh-bZ-vkj-Vh- }kjk
izdkf’krA
3. fganh O;kdj.k ,oa jpukA
*****
243
qÉÉWû
MüÉrÉï
ÌSuÉxÉ
AÇMü pÉÉU
AmÉëæsÉ/eÉÔlÉ 2013
25
27
eÉÑsÉÉD 2013
1. mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ
MüÉrÉï (15)
2. uÉÉiÉÉïsÉÉmÉ
(15)
3. mÉëS¨É MüÉrÉï
(10)
4. aÉ×Wû MüÉrÉï
(10)
AaÉxiÉ 2013
25
mÉÉPû MüÉ
lÉÉqÉ/ÌlÉkÉÉïËUiÉ
ÌuÉwÉrÉ uÉxiÉÑ (CMüÉD)
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -3:
1. MÑðüuÉU lÉÉUÉrÉlÉaÉÑÌÄQûrÉÉ (MüÌuÉiÉÉ )
2. pÉÏwqÉ xÉWûÉlÉÏ -SÉå
aÉÉæUærÉÉ ( MüWûÉlÉÏ )
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. qÉÉlÉMü SåuÉlÉÉaÉUÏ
uÉhÉïqÉÉsÉÉ
2. xuÉU AÉæU urÉÇeÉlÉ
3. ´ÉÉåiÉ Måü AÉkÉÉU mÉU
zÉoSÉåÇ Måü pÉåS
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -3:
1. xÉÉåqÉS¨É - ÍcÉÌ•ûrÉÉåÇ
qÉåÇ rÉÉåUÉåmÉ ( mɧÉ)
2. xÉÉåWûlÉsÉÉsÉ Ì¯uÉåSÏAÉåxÉ ( MüÌuÉiÉÉ )
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. xÉÇ¥ÉÉ 2. ‘U’ , Måü
ÌuÉÍpÉ³É ÃmÉ
3. ÍsÉÇaÉ 4. lÉÑY¨ÉÉ 5.
ÌuÉsÉÉåqÉ
6. mÉrÉÉïrÉuÉÉcÉÏ 7.
uÉcÉlÉ LuÉÇ mÉ§É sÉåZÉlÉ
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -3:
1. qÉÇaÉsÉ xÉYxÉålÉÉ lÉÉOûMü qÉåÇ lÉÉOûMü
(MüWûÉlÉÏ)
2. MülÉïsÉ OûÏ.xÉÏ.LxÉ.
cÉÉækÉUÏ-xÉÉaÉU rÉɧÉÉ
(rÉɧÉÉ uÉרÉÉÇiÉ)
3. ̧ÉsÉÉåcÉlÉ - EP
ÌMüxÉÉlÉ AÉå (MüÌuÉiÉÉ)
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ aɱÉÇzÉ 2.
AmÉÌPûiÉ mɱÉÇzÉ
ÌOûmmÉhÉÏ
LTü L- 1
244
LTü L-2
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -3:
1. mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ 1. xÉÔrÉïoÉÉsÉÉ - xÉxiÉå
(̲iÉÏrÉ
MüÉrÉï (15)
MüÉ cÉ‚üU (LMüÉÇMüÐ)
xÉmiÉÉWû
2. uÉÉiÉÉïsÉÉmÉ
2. MåüzÉuÉS¨É -LMü
qÉåÇ)
(15)
ÎZÉsÉÉÄQûÏ MüÐ MÑüNû
3. mÉëS¨É MüÉrÉï
rÉÉSåÇ (xÉÇxqÉUhÉ )
(10)
3. uÉssÉÏ MüÉlÉlÉ- oÉxÉ
4. aÉ×Wû MüÉrÉï
MüÐ xÉæU (MüWûÉlÉÏ)
(10)
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. EmÉxÉaÉï 2. mÉëirÉrÉ 3.
AlÉÑcNåûS sÉåZÉlÉ 4.
qÉÑWûÉuÉUå
09 1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -3:
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
(10)
mÉÔuÉï mÉÌPûiÉ mÉPèrÉ¢üqÉ MüÐ
2. mÉÌPûiÉ
mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ͨÉ
LxÉ.LaɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
LuÉÇ
1
(10)
LxÉ L - 1
3. UcÉlÉÉ MüÉrÉï (10)
4. urÉÉMüUhÉ
(20)
5. mÉÉPèrÉ mÉÑxiÉMü
(40)
17
̯iÉÏrÉ -xɧÉ
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -3:
1. eÉrÉ mÉëMüÉzÉ mÉÉÇÄQåûrÉ ÌWÇûSÏ lÉå ÎeÉlÉMüÐ
ÎeÉÇSaÉÏ oÉSsÉ SÏ qÉÉËUrÉÉ
lÉåerÉæzÉÏ
(pÉåÇOûuÉÉiÉÉï )
2. pÉuÉÉlÉÏ mÉëxÉÉS ÍqÉ´ÉAÉwÉÉÄRû MüÉ mÉWûsÉÉ
ÌSlÉ (MüÌuÉiÉÉ ) – pÉuÉÉlÉÏ
mÉëxÉÉS ÍqÉ´É
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. AlÉåMüÉjÉïMü
25 1. mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -3:
MüÉrÉï (15)
1. cÉMüqÉMü xÉå -AlrÉÉrÉ Måü
2. uÉÉiÉÉïsÉÉmÉ
(15) ÎZÉsÉÉÄTü
3. mÉëS¨É MüÉrÉï
(10)
(AÉÌSuÉÉxÉÏ xuÉiÉǧÉiÉÉ MüjÉÉ)
4. aÉ×Wû MüÉrÉï (10)
2. AÉzÉÉ UÉlÉÏ uWûÉåUÉ -oÉŠÉåÇ
LTü LMåü ÌmÉërÉ
3
´ÉÏ MåüzÉuÉ zÉÇMüU ÌmÉssÉæ (
urÉÎY¨ÉiuÉ )
3. ÌlÉqÉïsÉÉ aÉaÉï - ÄTüzÉï mÉU (
MüÌuÉiÉÉ )
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. uÉÉYrÉÉÇzÉÉåÇ Måü ÍsÉL LMü
zÉoS
2. ÌuÉUÉqÉ ÍcÉ»ûÉåÇ MüÉ mÉërÉÉåaÉ
ÌSxÉÇoÉU 2013
lÉuÉÇoÉU 2013
A£ÔüoÉU 2013
ÍxÉiÉÇoÉU 2013
24
245
qÉÉcÉï 2014
TüUuÉUÏ 2014
eÉlÉuÉUÏ 201
23
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -3:
1. xÉÇMüÍsÉiÉ -oÉÔÄRûÏ AqqÉÉ MüÐ
oÉÉiÉ
(sÉÉåMüMüjÉÉ )
2. xÉsÉqÉÉ - uÉWû xÉÑoÉWû MüpÉÏ
iÉÉå AÉLaÉÏ
(ÌlÉoÉÇkÉ)
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. xÉuÉïlÉÉqÉ 2. ÌuÉzÉåwÉhÉ 3.
Ì¢ürÉÉ ,
24 1. mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ MüÉrÉï
(15)
2. uÉÉiÉÉïsÉÉmÉ
(15)
3. mÉëS¨É MüÉrÉï (10)
4. aÉ×Wû MüÉrÉï (10)
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -3:
1. xÉuÉåïµÉU SrÉÉsÉ xÉYxÉålÉÉ AÉAÉå mȨ́ÉMüÉ
ÌlÉMüÉsÉåÇ ( AÌiÉËUY¨É mÉPûlÉ
Måü ÍsÉL )
2. AzÉÄTüÉMü EssÉÉ ZÉÉð -AÉÀûÉlÉ
(AÌiÉËUY¨É mÉPûlÉ Måü ÍsÉL )
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. MüÉsÉ AÉæU mÉëMüÉU
23 1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(10)
2. mÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(10)
3. UcÉlÉÉ MüÉrÉï (10)
4. urÉÉMüUhÉ
(20)
5. mÉÉPèrÉ mÉÑxiÉMü
(40)
SÕuÉÉï pÉÉaÉ -3:
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
mÉÔuÉï mÉÌPûiÉ mÉPèrÉ¢üqÉ MüÐ
mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ͨÉ
LuÉÇ
LxÉ L - 2
LTü
L-4
xÉÔcÉlÉÉ : 1) mÉëjÉqÉ xÉ§É qÉåÇ mÉÉœ ¢üqÉ 15 ÍxÉiÉÇoÉU
iÉMü mÉÔhÉï WûÉålÉÉ cÉÉÌWûL |
2) ̯iÉÏrÉ xÉ§É qÉåÇ mÉÉœ ¢üqÉ 15 TüUuÉUÏ iÉMü mÉÔhÉï
WûÉålÉÉ cÉÉÌWûL |
*****
246
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI: NEW DELHI
SPILT UP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: VIII
Month
SUBJECT: ENGLISH
No of
Periods
available
Units to be covered
Grammar and
Composition
Honey Dew
It So Happened
April/
June
2012
July2012
26
26
FA1
Augus
t
2012
1.The Best
Christmas Present
in the World
* The Ant and the
Cricket
2.TheTsunami
*Geography
Lesson
3.Glimpses of the
Past
*Macavity-The
Mystery Cat
25
4.Bepin
Choudhury’s
Lapse of Memory
* The Last
Bargain
5. The Summit
Within.
* The School Boy
Suggested
Activities
Activities for CCE
1.How
the
Camel
Got His
Hump
Unseen
comprehension
passages
a. articles
b. Determiners
c. Tenses
d. Writing
informal letterstheir layout
2.Childre
a. active and
n At
passive voice.
Work
b. Indirect
narration
c. Idioms and
3.The
Phrases
selfish
d. phrasal verbs.
Giant
4. The
Treasure
Within
5.
Princess
Septemb
er
a) conversation
skills
b. Skits and Role
Plays
c) Diary entry
d)Write a poem
based on Aesope’s
Fables and narrate
stories
a.Picture Story
based on historical
events.
b.Reading tasks
like comics, books
Panchatantra
stories
c. Discussion based
on current issues.
a. Prepare a
Review in
Tagore’s famous
poems.
b. Story narration.
c. Reading
Assignments
d. Interview of an
architect.
e. Dramatization of
the taught lessons
f. Collect poems on
children’s way of
thinking.
a. Writing
a. Role Plays and
Informal Letters Skits or Write
b. Story writing experiences of
a. Simple past
and present
Perfect
b. Formal letter
writing- Letters
of requests,
complaints, and
enquiries.
Letters of
Applications
c. uses of Has
to, have to, Had
to.
247
Septe
mber
2012
6. The
Fight
c. Simple
Present and
present
Continuous
d. Pronouns and
Adjectives
climbing a
mountain.
b. Debates and
Singing(Rhymes,
Reciting the taught
Poems)
a. short writing
tasks with
visual-verbal
inputs
b. ParticiplesPresent
participle and
Past Participle
c. Uses of
Modals
a. Skit-Writing and
Staging
b. Speeches on
selected topics
c. Paragraph
writing
d. Pronunciation
drills
a. Noun Forms
b. Word
Formation
c. one word
Substitutes
a. Interviews of
Fellow students,
teachers.(Outstandi
ng/outgoing senior
students)
b. Prepare the diary
entry of a writer
observing the
Nature.
9.The
Comet-I
a. Subject-Verb
Agreement(Con
cord)
b Verb Forms.
c. Phrase and
clause
d. Prefixes and
Suffixes
a. Writing and
Speaking tasks
b. Skit Writing and
Presentations
10.The
Comet-II
a. Word classesparts of speech
b. usage of
various
prepositions
c. Connectors
a. Debate based on
current issues
b. Poem Recitation
c. Write a book
review on science
fiction or
adventure novels.
24
FA 2
SA 1
Octob
er/Nov
ember 31
2012
Decem
ber
25
2012
FA3
6. This is Jody’s
Fawn
* The Duck and
the Kangaroo
7. A Visit to
Cambridge
*When I Set
Out for
Lyonnesse
8. A Short
Monsoon Diary
7. The
Open
Window
8.Jalebis
9. The Great
Stone Face-I
Januar
y
2013
Feb
2013
22
25
10. The Great
Stone Face-II
FA4
March
SA2
*On the
Grasshopper and
the Cricket
25
REVISION & SA 2 (12th March to 26th March -Tentative)
*****
248
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLIT UP SYLLABUS 2013-14
NO. OF DAYS
PERIODS
AVAILABLE
WEIGHTAGE
SUBJECT: MATHEMATICS
25
25
8
16
APRIL/JUNE
MONTH
CLASS: VIII
JULY
27
27
12
16
UNITS/SUB UNITS TO BE COVERED
TERM – 1
RATIONAL NUMBERS:
Properties of rational numbers, The role of 0 and 1,
Negative of a number, Representation of a rational
numbers on the number line. Rational numbers
between two rational numbers.
ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS AND IDENTITIES:
Expressions, Number line and an expression,
Terms, factors and coefficient, Monomials,
binomials and polynomials, Like and unlike terms,
Addition and subtraction of algebraic expressions,
Multiplication of algebraic expressions, Multiplying
(i) a monomial by a monomial,
(ii) monomial by a binomial,
(iii) monomial by a trinomial
(iv) binomial by a binomial
(v) binomial by a trinomial,
UNDERSTANDING QUADRILATERALS:
Polygons, Classification of Polygons, Diagonals,
Convex and Concave polygons, Regular and
irregular polygons, Angle sum property, Sum of the
measures of the exterior angle of a polygon, Kinds
of quadrilaterals, Trapezium, Kite and
Parallelogram, Elements of a parallelogram, Angles
of a parallelogram, Some special parallelograms,
rhombus, square and rectangle.
SQUARES AND SQUARE ROOTS:
Squares, Properties of square numbers, Patterns,
adding triangular numbers, Numbers between
square numbers, Adding odd numbers, A sum of
consecutive natural numbers, product of two
consecutive even or odd natural numbers, some
more patterns in square numbers, Finding the
square of a number, other patterns in square,
Pythagorean triplets, Square roots, Finding square
roots by repeated subtraction, through prime
factorization, by division method, Estimating square
root.
ACTIVITIES/
ASSESSMENT
(FA/Assignment
etc.)
Assignment-1
Activity-1&2
Activities-3&4
Project-1
FA 1
249
27
27
8
AUGUST
15
6
24
9
SEPT.
24
38
38
10
OCTOBER & NOVEMBER
17
6
DATA HANDLING:
Looking for information, Organizing data, data, Bars
with a difference, Circle graph or Pie chart, Drawing
pie charts, Chance and probability, getting a result,
Equally likely outcomes, Linking chances to
probability, Outcomes as events, chance and
probability related to real life.
COMPARING QUANTITIES:
Recalling ratios and percentages, Finding the
increase or decrease percentage, Finding discount,
Profit and loss, Sales tax/value added tax,.
Compound interest, Deducing a formula for
compound interest, Rate compounded Annually or
half yearly, Application of compound interest
formula
VISUALISING SOLID SHAPES: Introduction,
Views of 3-D shapes, Mapping space around us,
Faces ,edges and vertices, Euler’s Formula
Assignment-II
Activities-5
EXPONENTS AND POWERS:
Laws of exponents, Use of exponents to express
small numbers in standard form, Comparing very
large numbers and very small numbers.
OCTOBER-REVISION
TERM – II
CUBE AND CUBE ROOTS:
Cubes, patterns, Smallest multiple that is a perfect
cube, Cube roots, cube roots through prime
factorization method, Cube root of a cube number
LINEAR EQUATIONS IN ONE VARIABLE:
Introduction, Solving equations which have linear
expressions on one side and Numbers on the other
side, Some applications, Solving equations having
the variable on both sides, Some more applications,
Reducing equations to Simpler Form. Equations
reducible to linear form
PRACTICAL GEOMETRY:
Constructing a Quadrilateral when,
(i) The length of four sides and diagonal are
given
(ii) Two diagonals and three sides are given
(iii) Two adjacent sides and three angles are
known
(iv) Three sides and two included angles are
given
(v) Some special cases
Assignment-III
Activity-8&9
250
26
26
12
DECEMBER
16
DIRECT AND INVERSE PROPORTIONS:
Introduction, Direct proportion, Inverse Proportion.
MENSURATION:
Introduction, Area of trapezium, Area of a general
quadrilateral, Area of special quadrilaterals, Area of
a polygon, Solid shapes, Surface area of Cube,
Cuboids and Cylinder Volume of Cube, Cuboids
and Cylinder, Volume and capacity
Activities 10&11
Project-2
FA 3
27
27
7
JANUARY
16
24
MARCH
FEBRUARY
24
10
6
INTRODUCTION TO GRAPHS:
A bar graph, A pie graph, A histogram, A line graph,
Linear graphs, location of a point, Co -ordinates,
Some applications.
FACTORISATION:
Factors of natural numbers, Factors of algebraic
expressions, Factorization by (i) method of common
factors, (ii) regrouping terms (iii) using identities,
Division of algebraic expressions, Division of (i)
monomial by another monomial (ii) a polynomial by
a monomial (iii) Polynomial by a polynomial. Finding
errors.
PLAYING WITH NUMBERS:
Numbers in general form, Reversing the digits- two
digit number, three digit number. Forming three digit
number with given three digits, Letters for digits,
Tests of divisibility.
REVISION
Assignment-IV
Activities-12&13
Activity-14
REVISION
FA 4
SA 2
Some of the Suggested Lab Activities
 To fold a paper 8 times in any way. Unfold and locate various convex and
concave polygon.
 To verify that the angle sum property of quadrilateral by paper cutting and
pasting
 To verify that the sum of measures of the exterior angles of any polygon is
3600 by paper cutting and pasting.
 To make the following shapes by papers folding and cutting
(i) A kite
(ii) A Rhombus.
 To verify that:
 Diagonals of rectangle are of equal in length
251
 Diagonals of a square are of equal in length.
 Investigate the result for a rhombus and parallelogram using
stretched threads.
 Do a survey of your class and collect the data from all student of your class
who spent more than 2 hrs in watching TV. Represent the collected data in the
form of Histogram by paper cutting and pasting.
 Write how much you spent during a day in the following heading.
(i)School(ii)Home Work(iii)Play(iv)Shop(v)Others Represent the information
in a pie chart.
 To verify the following algebraic identities by paper cutting and pasting.
(a+b)2 = a2+b2+2ab
 Draw front view, top view and side view of the various shapes made by unit
cubes.
 Verification of a perfect square using Square paper (The sum of first n odd
natural numbers is n2)
 Factorization of quadratic equation using algebraic board
 To observe the following number patterns and generate it up to rest three steps.
 12
=
1
112
=
1
2
1
2
111
=
1
2
3
2
1
 1+3 =
1+3+5 =
1+3+5+7 =
4
9
16
=
=
=
22
32
42
 To derive formula for total surface area of a cuboids.
 To compare the surfaces areas of two unit cubes and the cuboids formed by
joining this unit cubes.
 To make the cuboids and cubes of given dimension using unit cubes and to
calculate volume of each.
 To explore the relation between a) length and perimeter b) length and areas of
a squares of different dimension drawn on squared paper.
 To prepare number pattern of cubes.
 Games of numbers – divisibility test.
 Drawing the graph by collecting data of day to day life related activities.
 To find the Centroid of a triangle by paper folding
 To find the in centre of a triangle by paper folding.
 To make cubes and cuboids of given dimensions using unit cubes and to
calculate volume of each.
(1) 4X3X2
(2) 3X3X3
*****
252
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI: NEW DELHI
SPILT UP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
WEIGHTAGE
SUBJECT: SCIENCE
PERIODS AVAILABLE
NO. OF DAYS
MONTH
CLASS: VIII
UNIT/ SUB UNITS AND TOPICS TO BE
COVERED
PRACTICALS/ACTIVITI
ES/PROJECTS/ASSESS
MENT
(FA/SA/ASSIGNMENT
etc.)
TERM-1
APRIL / JUNE
12
5
25
12
5
1.Crop production and Management
1.1-Agricultural activities
1.2-Basic practices
1.3-Preparation of soil
1.4-Sowing
1.5-Adding manure & fertilizers
1.6-Irrigation
1.7-Protection from weeds
1.8-Harvesting
1.9-Storage
1.10-food from animals
2.Micro organisms: Friend and foe
2.1 Microorganisms
2.2 Where do microbes live
2.3 Microorganisms and us
2.4 Harmful microbes
2.5 Food preservation
2.6 Nitrogen fixation
2.7 nitrogen cycle
Activities-1.1, 1.2, 1.3
&
Extended Learning
Activities/projects given
at the end of the chapter
Activities-2.1, 2.2, 2.3,
2.4, 2.5
&
Extended Learning
Activities/projects given
at the end of the chapter
253
5
JULY
11
27
6
8
AUGUST
11. Force and pressure 11.1 Force a push
or pull
11.2 Forces are due to interaction
11.3Exploring forces
11.4. A force can change
State of motion
11.5 A force can change
Shape of an object
11.6 contact forces
11.7 non contact forces
11.8 pressure
11.9 pressure exerted by
liquids
11.10 Atmospheric pressure
4.Materials:Metals and non metals
4.1 physical properties of metals and non
metals
4.2chemicalproperties of metals and non
metals
4.3uses of metals and non metals
Activities-3.1, 3.2
&
Extended Learning
Activities/projects given
at the end of the chapter
FA-1
Activities-11.1, 11.2, 11.3,
11.4, 11.5, 11.6, 11.7,
11.8, 11.9, 11.10, 11.11
&
Extended Learning
Activities/projects given
at the end of the chapter
JULY
JULY
12
3.Synthetic fibres and plastics
3.1 what are synthetic fibres
3.2 Types of synthetic fibres
3.3 characteristics of synthetic fibres
3.4 plastics
3.4 plastics
3.5 plastics as materials of choice
3.6 plastics and the environment
5
24
5
8
7.Conservation of plants and animals
7.1 Deforestation causes
7.2 Consequences
7.3 Conservation of forests and wild life
7.4 Biosphere reserve
7.5 Flora and fauna
7.6 Endemic species
7.7 Wild life sanctuary
7.8 National park
7.9. Red data book
7.10. Migration
7.11 Recycling of paper
7.12.Reforestation
Activities-4.1, 4.2, 4.3,
4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8 &
Extended Learning
Activities/projects given at
the end of the chapter
Activities-7.1, 7.2, 7.3,
7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7
&
Extended Learning
Activities/projects given at
the end of the chapter
254
SEPTEMBER
8
10
4
5
12. Friction
12.1 Force of friction
12.2 Factors affecting friction
12.3Friction a necessary Evil
12.4Increasing and reducing friction
12.5 Wheels reduce friction
12.6. fluid friction
Activities-12.1, 12.2, 12.3,
12.4
&
Extended Learning
Activities/projects given at
the end of the chapter
5.Coal and petroleum
5.1 coal
5.2petroleum
5.3Natural gas
5.4 some natural resources
Activities-5.1, 5.2
&
Extended Learning
Activities/projects given at
the end of the chapter
8.Cell-Structure and functions
8.1Discovery of cell
8.2The cell
8.3 variety of cells
8.4 Cell structure and function
8.5Parts of the cell
8.6 comparison plant and animal cells
Activities-8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4
&
Extended Learning
Activities/projects given at
the end of the chapter
FA-2
25
11
5
9
SA-I
TERM-2
6
5
NOVEMBER
13
7
5
9.Reproduction in
Animals
9.1Modes of reproduction
9.2sexual reproduction
9.3Asexual reproduction
13.Sound
13.1sound is produced from vibrating body
13.2Sound produced by humans
13.3sound needs medium
13.4 we hear sound through ears
13.5Amplitude,time period, frequency
13.6audiable and in audible sounds
13.7 noise and music
13.8 noise pollution
Activities-9.1, 9.2, 9.3 &
Extended Learning
Activities/projects given at
the end of the chapter
Activities-13.1, 13.2, 13.3,
13.4, 13.5, 13.6, 13.7,
13.8, 13.9, 13.10, 13.11
&
Extended Learning
Activities/Projects given
at the end of the chapter
255
DECEMBER
10
5
25
11
4
14.Chemical effects of electric current
14.1 Do liquids conduct electricity
14.2 Chemical effects of electric current
14.3Electro plating
15. Some natural phenomena
15.1 Lightning
15.2 charging by rubbing
15.3Types of charges
15.4Trans of charge
15.5 Story of lightning
15.6Lightning safety
15.7 Earthquakes
Activities-14.1, 14.2, 14.3,
14.4, 14.5, 14.6, 14.7
&
Extended Learning
Activities/Projects given
at the end of the chapter
Activities-15.1, 15.2, 15.3,
15.4, 15.5, 15.6
&
Extended Learning
Activities/Projects given
at the end of the chapter
FA-3
JANUARY
24
7
7
5
5
10 .Reaching the age of adolescence
10.1 adolescence and puberty
10.2Changes at puberty
10.3 secondary sexual characteristics
10.4Role of hormones
10.5 Reproductive phase of life
10.6sex determination
10.7 Harmones other than sex hormones
10.8 Role of harmones in life history of
insects
10.9 Reproductive Health
6.Combustion and flame
6.1 What is combustion
6.2How do we control fire
6.3Types of combustion
6.4flame
6.5 Structure of flame
6.6 What is a fuel
6.7fuel efficiency
Activities-10.1, 10.2, 10.3,
10.4, 10.5, 10.6
&
Extended Learning
Activities/Projects given
at the end of the chapter
Activities-6.1, 6.2, 6.3,
6.4, 6.5
&
Extended Learning
Activities/Projects given
at the end of the chapter
256
10
6
16. Light
16.1What makes things visible
16.2 Laws of reflection
16.3 Regular and diffused Reflection
16.4 Reflected ray can be reflected
16.5multiple images
16.6 Sun light –White or Colored
16.7What is inside our
eyes
16.8 Cares of the eyes
16.9Visually challenged persons can read
and write
16.10 What is the Braille system?
Activities-16.1, 16.2, 16.3,
16.4, 16.5, 16.6, 16.7,
16.8, 16.9, 16.10
&
Extended Learning
Activities/Projects given
at the end of the chapter
FEBRUARY
17. Stars and the solar system
23
10
MARCH
10
24 24
5
5
17.1
17.2
17.3
17.4
17.5
The moon
The stars
Constellations
The solar system
Some other members of solar system
18.Pollution of Air and water
18.1Air pollution
18.2 How does air get polluted
18.3 case study the Tajmahal
18.4Green house effect
18.5What can be done
18.6water pollution
18.7 How does water get polluted
18.8 What is potable water?
18.9 what can be done
REVISION
Activities-17.1, 17.2, 17.3,
17.4, 17.5, 17.6, 17.7,
17.8, 17.9
&
Extended Learning
Activities/Projects given
at the end of the chapter
Activities-18.1, 18.2, 18.3,
18.4, 18.5, 18.6, 18.7,
18.8
&
Extended Learning
Activities/Projects given
at the end of the chapter
FA-4
SA-II
******
257
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI: NOIDA
SPILT UP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
02
03
04
APRIL
/
June
July
24
27
August 25
Septe
mber
24
UNITS /SUB UNITS TO BE
COVERED
22




How, When & Where
From Trade to Territory
Resources
The Indian Constitution


Ruling the countryside
Tribals, Dikus and Vision of a
Golden Age
Land, Soil, Water
,NaturlVegetation and
Wildlife resources
Understanding Secularism
When People Rebel
Colonialism and the City
Minerals and Power
resources
Why do we need a Parliament
24
22
20










Periods
Required
No. of days
SUBJECT: SOCIAL SCIENCE
Period
available
01
Month
S.NO
CLASS: VIII
FA/SA
6
6
5
5
6
7
7
FA-I
4
5
5
4
4
4
Understanding Laws
Weavers, iron smelters and
factory owners
Agriculture
5
8
Civilizing the native,
Educating the Nation
Women ,Caste and Reforms
Industries
Judiciary
The Changing world of Visual
Arts
Industries-continue
Understanding Our Criminal
Justice System
Understanding
Marginalization
7
FA-II
7
OCTOBER-SA-1

05
06
Oct./N
ov.
29
Decem
25
ber
24
22







07
Januar
23
y
20

The Making of the National
Movements 1870s-1947
7
6
4
7
4
6
5
6
FA-III
6
258
08
09
15th
Febru 13
ary
March
10



Human Resources
Confronting Marginalization
Public facilities


India After Independence
Law and Social Justice
Revision
4
4
6
4
FA-IV
SA-II
NOTE: Disaster management through Projects and Assignments.
*****
259
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI: NOIDA
SPILT UP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: VIII
SUBJECT: PHYSICAL EDUCATION
 Morning jogging and warming-up exercises and evening games to be conducted (except
Sunday and holidays).
 Battery test to be conducted in the beginning and end of the year.
 Exercises should be given to develop motor quality of the child (speed, strength, endurance,
coordination, and flexibility).
Month
Physical Education
Morning


April/June
Jogging and warming up.
Free hand exercises for
coordination.
 Battery test(to analyze their
ability)
 Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Vruksasana, Paadahasthasana.


July
Physical &
Health
EducationTheory



Jogging and warming up.
Free hand exercises for
coordination.
Yogasana: suryanamaskara,
Naukasana
Bhujangasana
Evening






.
Selecting students to
appropriate games
and sports
based on battery test
analysis.
Cricket
Basket ball
Athletics: Basic skills
of Jumps Throws and
Track events
Athletics:
Different skills
practice for jumps,
throws and track
events.
Improved skills
practice in the taken
games.


Sense organstheir structure
and function.
Meaning of
motor qualities.
 Body cells and

its importance.
Measurements
of cricket pitch
and basket ball
court.
August





Jogging and warming up.
General warming up and
coordination exercises.
March past practice.

Yogasana: Suryanamaskara,
Gomukhasana, Matsyaasana
Practice of basic skills

of
cricket(bowling)&bask

et ball.
Jumps and throws
and related exercises.
Communicable
diseases.
Rules and
regulations of
cricket and
Basket ball.
260


September
October/
November
(SA-1 will be
conducted)






January


February/
March
(SA-2 will be
conducted)


Volley ball & throw

ball basics.
Lead up activities for

speed development in
athletics.



December
General conditioning
exercises.
Group activities for
coordination (aerobics).
Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Yogamudrasana, and
Paschimotthanasana.




General Fitness exercises
Mobility exercises.
Yoga- Suryanamaskar,
Makarasana &
Pavanamukthasana.
Coordination movements
Gymnastics: hand stand and
rolls.
Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
and previous asanas.
General Fitness exercises
and practice of previous
activities.
Practice of different
formations in hoops.
Yogasana: Suryanamaskara,
and previous Asanas.


Improvised skills of
volley ball and throw
ball.
Athletics: Strength
related activities for
throws and jumps.
Game situation of volley
ball and throw ball.
Athletics: Various starts
and finish for speed
races.
Practice/friendly matches.
Athletics: Improvised
techniques for start and
finish.
General conditioning
exercise
Various coordination
exercises.
Battery test and practice
matches.
Pyramid practice
Yogasana: practice of
Suryanamaskar and previous
asanas.


Pollution-types &
effects.
Rules of volley
ball & throw ball.
Qualities of
healthy mind.
Measurements
of volley ball &
throw ball
courts.
Duties and
responsibility of
officials.


Mannerism
Strategies of
volley ball &
throw balls.

Body types(
athletic, picnic &
dyplastic)
Leadership
qualities.



Emotional
Balance .
Team
Management.
Suggestions:
 Inter House matches will be conducted as per the schedule of department of
physical education of respective Vidyalayas.
 Trekking and hiking can be conducted once in a year.
 Allow the students to watch the live matches.
 Marshal arts should be encourage
*****
261
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI- NEW DELHI
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS 2012-13
8
SUBJECT: ART (VISUAL)
WEIGHTAGE
PERIODS
NO.OF DAYS
JULY
8
OCT
8
AUG
8
SEPT
JUNE
MONTH
CLASS: VIII
TOPICS TO COVER
COLLAGE:
a. Concept of Collage
b. Use of news paper/ colored paper/ magazine
etc.
c. Process/ composition & Balance.
d. Write same sentences using coloured paper.
e. Show the images of Rajasthani style of painting,
characteristics, colour composition /combination.
COMPOSITION OF STILL LIFE :
a. Compositional still life.
b. Water colour .Monochrome & multi-chrome.
c. Compose at least 03 or 04 objects including
coloured flowers.
d. Use of drapery
e. Light and shade.
Observing the still life done by old masters
STUDY OF ANIMALS , BIRDS AND HUMAN FIGURE:
a. Concept of sketch
b. How to do free hand sketch.
c. Materials used for sketching of animals, birds,
crowd human figure outdoor.
d. one student of class can be a model for free hand
sketching in different action for few minutes.
COMPOSITION:
a. Composition on day-to-day life i.e. village hut,
mela, play ground etc.
b. Using space value, balance, colour harmony.
c. Prepare some memory composition through
drawing/ painting on the theme of poem/ story of
their text book of Hindi / English/ Regional language.
Show the
painting of pahari style, composition ,colour
harmony & theme, liner and Arial composition.
MEDIUM /
MATERIALS
Colour / Colour
Paper / Old
Colourful
Magazine
Poster / Water
Colour / Crayons
/ Pencil / Ink
Crayons / Pencil
/ Ink
Poster / Water
Colour / Crayons
/ Pencil / Ink
TERM 2
262
NOV
DEC
JAN
FEB
8
8
8
8
8
CLAY MODELING /PAPER PULP:
a. Preparation of three dimensional objects
Animals, birds and human figure round and relief
works .Low relief and high relief.
b. relief works with composition of human figures,
animals ,nature etc.
c. show the images of murals, sculpture of Konark
(orissa) terracotta temple of Bishnupur(West
Bengal),Tajmahal,Lal kila Mahabalipuram etc.
ILLUSTRATIONS AND BOOK COVER DESIGNING:
a. Concept of book cover design.
b. How to prepare book cover design.
c. Theme
d. Title
e. Composition
f. Illustration
g. Colour combination
h. Calligraphy
LANDSCAPE :
b. Concept of landscape.
c. Perspective
d. Making and using of view finder.
e. Composition of objects for landscape.
f. Water colour technique.
g. Properties and treatment of opaque colour
STENCIL AND PRINTING:
h. Concept of stencil.
i. Making of stencil(Technique)
j. Materials to be used
k. Two dimensional
l. Students can prepare two type of stencil
(1) Stencil should be kept on the desired surface and
paint can be applied with the help of thick brush.
(2) Spray by tooth brush.
Clay / Paper
Pulp / Pop / Any
Other If Available
Poster / Water
Colour / Crayons
/ Pencil / Ink
Few High end
System with
Photo Editing
Software
Poster / Water
Colour / Crayons
/ Pencil / Ink
Box Board
Masking Tape
Poster / Water
Colour / Ink
*****
263
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI: NEW DELHI
SPILT UP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: VIII
SUBJECT: MUSIC
OBJECTIVES
 Expose the student through music to the cultural multiplicity of the
country’s five different regions – North, South, East, North-east and
West – in an interesting manner

Arouse healthy curiosity in the students’ mind about the vast variety
of music which may lead to analysis and research at their level
 Stimulate an interest in the student to study music further at the
Secondary and Higher Secondary levels giving him/her the
opportunity for research and documentation in music as well as
pursue it as career
 Instill in the student the sense of values that the arts in general and
music in particular are based on.
The aim of music education is to get maximum exposure about Indian music without it
becoming a burden or reason for monotony and boredom. Music is closely interlinked with the
geography, social structure, festivals, dance, regional theatre, heritage crafts as well as different
forms of visual arts, common beliefs and occupation. A lesson in music would become an
opportunity for the student to be given a Pan-Indian awareness of it. How a song or musical
piece is rendered, on what occasion and where it is presented would be extremely significant in
order to relate music to different subject areas being taught in the classroom as well as to the
life outside it. All this would be a part of the syllabus from which the student would gain an
understanding about the diversity in musical genres stemming from tribal, regional and urban
cultures and sensibilities.
APRIL/JUNE
CONTENTS
Revision of Alankaras and Geetam
Theory: Melody and Harmony
Song “Akasha Ganga” -Gujarathi
Simple Phrases in Raga- Kalyani/Hamsadwani
July
Theory: Life history of Shri. Thyagaraja, Shyamashastry and Deekshithar
One regional language song
Song: ‘Vaishnav janato’
Geetham in Mohana Raga
August
Theory: Life history of Purandara Dasar
Song ‘Odi Vilayadu’- Tamil
Geetham in Mohana Raga continues
September
Theory: Swaras – a comparative study in Indian and Western Music
Song in Hindi language
One regional language song
Geetham in Kalyani raga.
October
Theory: Talas- a comparative study in Indian and Western Music
Song - ‘Asi Desh di’ Punjabi
Geetham in Kalyani raga continues
November
Revision of Previous lessons
Song ‘Ekla Chalo’ Bengali
Theory: Makingof any Indian percussion Instrument- Mridangam/Tabala/chenda
264
December
January
February
March
Folk Song (local language)
Singing Simple phrases in raga Madhyamavathi/Kharharapriya.
Varnam
Theory: Making of any Indian Wind Instruments- Flute, Nadaswaram,
Harmonium
Song Janmakarini- Malayalam
Varnam Continues
Singing Simple phrases in raga Hindola/Abhogi
Theory: Introduction of Electronic Music instruments using in contemporary
music
Song ‘Ye Deso’ Marati
Simple Keerthana
Theory: Making of any Indian Stringed Instrument eg: Veena/Sitar
Revision of Previous lessons
Simple keerthana Continues.
Evaluation
*****
265
Ukoksn; fo|ky; lfefr] uks,Mk
ikB~;Øe foHkktu l=&2013&14
16- Ygklk dh vksj
¼;k=k&o`Rrkar½
17- ok[k ¼dfork½
18- vFkZkyadkj&miek]
:id] mRÁs{kk]
vfr‘k;ksfDr rFkk
ekuohdj.k
vad&Hkk
j
 ghjk vkSj
eksrh dh rjg
lPph fe=rk
fuHkkus okyk
,d laokn
rS;kj djsaA
 chl milxksZ
ifj;kst
o ÁR;;ksa dk
uk
,yce rS;kj
dk;Z&15
dhft,A
]
okrkZyk
 Ygklk dh
i&15]
vksj ;k=k
o`Rrkar dks ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10
/;ku esa
]
j[krs gq,
150 ‘kCnksa x`g@d{k
k
esa vius
}kjk dh xbZ dk;Zl&1
fdlh ;k=k ij 0
;k=k o`Rrkar
fyf[k,A vius
ilan dh
fdUgha ik¡p
oLrqvksa ij
lfp= foKkiu
rS;kj djsaA
fVIi.
kh
AmÉëæsÉ/eÉÔlÉ 2013
14- nks cSyksa dh
dFkk ¼dgkuh½
15- lkf[k;k¡ vkSj lcn
¼dfork½
16- bl ty Áy; esa
17- ‘kCn
fuekZ.k&milxZ]
ÁR;;] lekl
¼O;kdj.k½
18- ‘kCnkyadkj&vuqÁkl
];ed] ’ys”k]
ifj;kstuk
dk;Z@fØ;k&dyki
jpukRed ijh{kk&1
ekg
ikB dk uke
tqykbZ& 2013
d{kk&09] fo”k;&fganh ¼dkslZ&v½
ÁFke&l=
266
vDVwcj&
2013
1- xzkeJh ¼dfork½
2- ¼O;kdj.k½
3- vifBr x|ka’k
4- iqujko`fÙk]
ifj;kst
uk
dk;Z&15
]
okrkZyk
i&15]
ÁnÙk
 ns'k&Áse
vFkok gekjk dk;Z&10
i;kZoj.k ij ]
Lojfpr dfork x`g@d{k
k
fy[ksaA
dk;Z&10
 10 Jqfrle
fHkUuukFkZd
‘kCnksa dk
vius okD;ksa
esa Á;ksx
djsaA
 xzkeJh dfork
ds vk/kkj ij
Hkkjr ds
xk¡o ij ,d
fp= ,oa
dfork ls
;qDr ,yce
rS;kj djsaA
jpukRed ijh{kk&2
flrEcj&
2013
10- lkoys liuksa dh
;kn ¼fuca/k½
11- dSnh vkSj dksfdyk
¼dfork½
12- esjs lax dh
vkSjrs
13- vifBr i|ka’k
14fuca/k ys[ku
15i= ys[ku
 ^c<rk
Hkz”Vkpkj*
fo”k; ij
fuca/k
fyf[k,A
 jl[kku dh
rjg vU;
dfo;ksa dh
loS;s dk
laxzg rS;kj
djsaA
ladfyr ijh{kk&1
vxLr&
2013
1-miHkksDrkokn dh
laLd`fr ¼fuca/k½
182- loS;s
¼dfork½
1920vFkZ dh
n`f”V ls okD;
Hksn
21Áfrosnu
f}rh;&l=
267
esjs cpiu ds fnu
fdl rjg vkf[kjdkj
eSa fganh esa vk;k
3. ;ejkt dh fn’kk
¼dfork½
4. i= ys[ku]
5 vifBr i|ka’k
1.
2.
4- ,d dqÙkk vkSj ,d
eSuk
5- cPps dke ij tk jgs
gSa ¼dfork½
6- vifBr x|ka’k
4 Áfrosnu
5 iqujko`fÙk]
 20
yksdksfDr;ks
a dk Á;ksx
vius okD;ksa
esa djsa
vkSj fdlh ,d
ij y?kqdFkk
fy[ksaA
 NksVs cPpksa
dks ‘kkjhfjd
Je djrs
ns[kdj vkids
eu esa D;k
fopkj vkrs
gSa vius
‘kCnksa esa
fyf[k,A
ifj;kstu
k
dk;Z&15]
okrkZyki
&15]
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10]
x`g@d{kk
dk;Z&10
jpukRed ijh{kk&3
 vius cpiu ds
fnuksa dh
fdlh
vfoLej.kh;
ifj;kstu
?kVuk dk
k
lfp= o.kZu
dk;Z&15]
djsaA
okrkZyki
&15]
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10]
x`g@d{kk
 dqEHkdkjksa
dk;Z&10
esa
jksth&jksVh@
csjkstxkjh
dh leL;k
fo”k; ij ,d
ys[k fyf[k,A
jpukRed ijh{kk&4
uoEcj&2013
fnlEcj&2013
tuojh&2014
Qjojh&2014
18- ukuk lkgc dh
iq=h nsoh eSuk dks
HkLe dj fn;k x;k
19- jh< dh gM~Mh
¼,dkadh½
20- pUnz xguk ls
ykSVrh csj
4 ‘kCn
fuekZ.k&milxZ] ÁR;;]
lekl ¼O;kdj.k½
5
‘kCnkyadkj&vuqÁkl];e
d] ’ys”k]
6- ÁsepUn ds QVs twrs
¼O;aX;½
7- es?k vk, ¼dfork½
8- ekVhokyh ¼dgkuh½
9- vFkZkyadkj&miek]
:id] mRÁs{kk]
vfr‘k;ksfDr rFkk
ekuohdj.k
5 fuca/k ys[ku
268
ekpZ&20
14
iqujko`fÙk] ladfyr ijh{kk&2
fu/kkZfjr iqLrdsa %
1.
f{kfrt Hkkx % ,d % ikB~; iqLrd % ,u-lh-bZvkj-Vh- }kjk Ádkf’krA
2.
d`frdk
Hkkx % ,d % iwjd iqLrd % ,u-lh-bZ-
vkj-Vh- }kjk Ádkf’kr A
3.
fganh O;kdj.k ,oa jpukA
*****
269
ÍxÉiÉÇoÉU 2013
A£ÔüoÉU 2013
xmÉzÉï -1:
aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1. LuÉUåxOû :
qÉåUÏ ÍzÉZÉU
rÉɧÉÉ
2.iÉÑqÉ MüoÉ
eÉÉAÉåaÉå,
AÌiÉÍjÉ
vÉUS
eÉÉåvÉÏ
mɱ ZÉÇQû :
1.AÉSqÉÏ
lÉÉqÉÉ – lÉeÉÏU
AMüoÉUÉoÉÉSÏ
xÉÇcÉrÉlÉ :
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
1. MüssÉÔ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ MÑüqWûÉU
(10)
MüÐ
3. UcÉlÉÉ MüÉrÉï ElÉÉMüÉåOûÏ
24
(10)
– Måü.
4. urÉÉMüUhÉ
ÌuÉ¢üqÉ
(10)
ÍxÉÇWû
5. mÉÉPèrÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ :
mÉÑxiÉMü
(20) 1.ÌuÉUÉqÉ
ÍcÉ»ûÉåÇ MüÉ
mÉërÉÉåaÉ,
2.xÉÇÍkÉ
3.ÌuÉ¥ÉÉmÉlÉ
ÌÑlÉqÉÉïhÉ
LTü L – 2
LuÉÇ LxÉ L-1
MüÐ mÉÔuÉï
iÉærÉÉUÏ Måü
ÍsÉL mÉÔuÉï
mÉÌPûiÉ
mÉPèrÉ¢üqÉ
MüÐ
mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ͨÉ
ZÉÇQû : ‘Mü’
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ LxÉ L-1 MüÐ
09 (20)
mÉÔuÉï
iÉærÉÉUÏ Måü
ZÉÇQû : ‘ZÉ’
1. urÉÉMüUhÉ
ÍsÉL
(20)
mÉÔuÉï
270
LTü L-2
(̲iÉÏrÉ
xÉmiÉÉWû
qÉåÇ)
LxÉ L-1
ZÉÇQû : ‘aÉ’
1. aɱ, mɱ AÉæU
mÉÔUMü
mÉÉPèrÉ
mÉÑxiÉMü
(40)
ZÉÇQû : ‘bÉ’
1. mÉ§É sÉåZÉlÉ
2. AlÉÑcNåûS
sÉåZÉlÉ (10)
lÉuÉÇoÉU
17
2013
ÌSxÉÇoÉU
25
2013
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(10)
3. UcÉlÉÉ MüÉrÉï
(10)
4. urÉÉMüUhÉ
(10)
5. mÉÉPèrÉ
mÉÑxiÉMü
(20)
mÉÌPûiÉ
mÉÉPèrÉ¢üqÉ
MüÐ
mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ͨÉ
LuÉÇ mÉUϤÉÉ
xmÉzÉï -1:
aɱ ZÉÇQû :1.
uÉæ¥ÉÉÌlÉMü cÉåiÉlÉÉ Måü
uÉÉWûMü cÉÇSìvÉåZÉU
uÉåÇMüOû UÉqÉlÉç–
kÉÏUÇeÉlÉ qÉÉsÉuÉå
mɱ ZÉÇQû : oÉ) LMü
TÔüsÉ MüÐ cÉÉWû –
ÍxÉrÉÉUÉqÉ
vÉUhÉ aÉÑmiÉ
xÉÇcÉrÉlÉ :
4. qÉåUÉ NûÉåOûÉ- xÉÉ
ÌlÉeÉÏ mÉÑxiÉMüÉsÉrÉ –
kÉqÉïuÉÏU pÉÉUiÉÏ
urÉÉMüUhÉ : 1. EmÉxÉaÉï
LuÉÇ mÉëirÉrÉ,
2.xÉÇÍkÉ
3. ÌcÉ§É uÉhÉïlÉ
4. mÉ§É sÉåZÉlÉ
xmÉzÉï -1:
aɱ ZÉÇQû :1. MüÐcÉQû
MüÉ MüÉurÉ – MüÉMüÉ
MüÉsÉåsÉMüU
mɱ ZÉÇQû : mɱ ZÉÇQû
: aÉÏiÉ AaÉÏiÉ – UÉqÉkÉÉUÏ
ÍxÉÇWû ‘ÌSlÉMüU’
xÉÇcÉrÉlÉ :
5. WûÉÍqÉS ZÉÉðLxÉ.Måü. mÉÉå•åûMüÉOû
urÉÉMüUhÉ : 1.ÌuÉUÉqÉ
ÍcÉ»ûÉåÇ MüÉ mÉërÉÉåaÉ
2. xÉÇuÉÉS sÉåZÉlÉ
LTü L-3
271
eÉlÉuÉUÏ
2014
TüUuÉUÏ
2014
qÉÉcÉï
2014
3.ÌuÉ¥ÉÉmÉlÉ ÌÑlÉqÉÉïhÉ
xmÉzÉï -1:
aɱ ZÉÇQû :kÉqÉï MüÐ
AÉÄQû- aÉhÉåzÉ zÉÇMüU
ÌuɱÉjÉÏï
mɱ ZÉÇQû :
A) AÎalÉ mÉjÉ –
WûËUuÉÇvÉUÉrÉ oÉccÉlÉ
xÉÇcÉrÉlÉ :
6. ÌSrÉå eÉsÉ EPåû –
qÉkÉÑMüU EmÉÉkrÉÉrÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ :
1. uÉhÉï ÌuÉcNåûS
2. AlÉÑxuÉÉU, 3.
AlÉÑlÉÉÍxÉMü
23
24
23
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(10)
3. UcÉlÉÉ MüÉrÉï
(10)
4. urÉÉMüUhÉ
(10)
5. mÉÉPèrÉ
mÉÑxiÉMü
(20)
xmÉzÉï -1:
aɱ ZÉÇQû :
1. zÉÑ¢ü iÉÉUå Måü
xÉqÉÉlÉ – xuÉÉqÉÏ
AÉlÉÇS
mɱ ZÉÇQû : 1)lÉrÉå
CsÉÉMåü qÉåÇ- AÃhÉ
MüqÉsÉ
2. ZÉÑzÉoÉÔ UcÉiÉå
WæÇû WûÉjÉ - AÃhÉ
MüqÉsÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ : 1. lÉÑÑ£üÉ
2.AlÉÑcNåûS
sÉåZÉlÉ
ZÉÇQû : ‘Mü’
xmÉzÉï -1:
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱ ZÉÇQû :
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ mɱ ZÉÇQû :
(20)
xÉÇcÉrÉlÉ :
ZÉÇQû : ‘ZÉ’
urÉÉMüUhÉ :
1. urÉÉMüUhÉ
LxÉ L-2 MüÐ mÉÔuÉï
(20)
iÉærÉÉUÏ Måü ÍsÉL
mÉÔuÉï mÉÌPûiÉ
ZÉÇQû : ‘aÉ’
1. aɱ, mɱ AÉæU
mÉÉPèrÉ¢üqÉ MüÐ
mÉÔUMü
mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ꬃ LuÉÇ
mÉÉPèrÉ
mÉUϤÉÉ
mÉÑxiÉMü
(40)
ZÉÇQû : ‘bÉ’
1. mÉ§É sÉåZÉlÉ
LTü L-4
LxÉ L-2
272
2. AlÉÑcNåûS
sÉåZÉlÉ (10)
xÉÔcÉlÉÉ : 1) mÉëjÉqÉ xÉ§É qÉåÇ mÉÉœ ¢üqÉ 15 ÍxÉiÉÇoÉU iÉMü
mÉÔhÉï WûÉålÉÉ cÉÉÌWûL |
2) ̯iÉÏrÉ xÉ§É qÉåÇ mÉÉœ ¢üqÉ 15 TüUuÉUÏ iÉMü mÉÔhÉï
WûÉålÉÉ cÉÉÌWûL |
*****
273
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLIT UP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-2014
UNITS TO BE COVERED
July (FA -1)
April / June
English
ReaderBeehive
Suppleme
ntary
ReaderMoments
Reading
TextA. Three
Men In A
Boat B.
Gulliver’s
Travels
Reading,
Writing And
Grammar
26
a. The Fun
They Had
b. The Road
Not Taken
(Poem)
a. The
Lost
Child
b. The
Adventure
s of Toto
A.CHAPTER A. Unseen
S 1,2&3
passages for
B.PART-1
comprehension
-Poetry, factual,
literary,
discursive
B. Tenses
C. Modals
26
a. The Sound a. Iswaran
of Music
the Story
b. Wind
teller
(Poem)
c. Rain on the
Roof(Poem)
D. The Little
Girl
A.CHAPTER A.
Letter
S 4,5&6
WritingB.PART-1
a.
Informalpersonal, such
as to family and
friends
b.
Formalletters to the
principal of a
school or to the
editor of a
News paper or
a magazine
c. Email-formal
or informal
ACTIVITIES/PROJECTS/FORM
ATIVE
ASSESSMENTS/ASSIGNMENT
S/ETC
SUBJECT: ENGLISH(LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE; Code: 184)
PERIODS
MONTH
CLASS: IX
1. Assignmentsa. Things I like about my school
b. Choices we make in our lives.
c. Give an appropriate ending to
the story The Lost Child.
2. Oral Activitya. My Pet
b. Schools of the Future will
have no books and teachers
1. Assignmentsa. What I like to do on a rainy
day
b. Write a report about the
elephant incident which took
place in Iswaran’s school for a
News paper
c. What would you have done if
you were Mahendra?
2.Oral Activity- Collect
information about your favorite
musician and speak about him
c. My father
274
August
September (FA-2)
October
25
24
a. A Truly
Beautiful
Mind
b. The Lake
Isle of
Innisfree
(Poem)
c. The Snake
and the
Mirror
a. A Legend
of the
Northland
(Poem)
b. My
Childhood
a. In the
Kingdom
of Fools.
b. The
Happy
Prince
A.CHAPTER
S 7,8&9
B.PART-2
A. Article,
Speech or
Debate based
on visual Or
verbal input.
B. Passive
Voice
C. Subjectverb concord
Assignmentsa. Biographical sketch of a
famous scientist (Group Activity)
b. Translate a short story from
your mother tongue to English (
Group Activity)
Oral Activitya. Debate- Village life is
better than city life b.
Group discussion- How
can students help the
society?
c) Role play—In the
Kingdom of Fools
A.CHAPTER
S 10
B.-PART-2
A. Report for a
school
magazine
B. Story
Writing
C. Reported
SpeechCommands,
Requests,
Statements,
Questions
Assignmentsa. Refer and list down various
genres of poetry and their
special features(Group Activity)
b. Collect a few quotations of
APJ Abdul Kalam
Oral Activitya. Talk on a popular legend of
your locality
b. Any of the activities
suggested in the curriculum
based on the book selected for
Reading Project for the first term
e.g. dramatization of the story,
critical evaluation of the plot and
characters, interacting with the
author, holding a literature fest
where various characters
interact with each other,
symposiums and seminars,
commentary on the characters
etc.
REVISION
SA-1
25th Sept to 5th Oct (Tentative)
275
October / November
December
31
25
a. Packing
a.
b. No Men are
Weathering
Foreign (Poem)
the Storm
c. The Duck and the in Ersama
Kangaroo (Poem) b. The Last
Leaf
a. Reach for the
Top
b. On Killing a Tree
(Poem)
a. A House
is not a
Home
A. Chapters
11,12&13
B.-PART-3
A. Chapters
14, 15 &16
B. PART-3
A. Story Writing
B. Clauses
C. Determiners
Integrated
Grammar
PracticeSentence
Reordering,
Editing/
Omission, Gap
filling, Sentence
completion,
Sentence
transformation
A. Unseen
passagesPoetry, Factual,
Literary&
Discursive Texts
B. Prepositions
Assignmentsa. Imagine you are
going on a trip with your
friends to a place where
there are no hotels, no
stores and the next
livable place is 10 km
away. List down the
things you would pack
for a weeklong stay
there.
b. Two qualities of Sue,
Johnsy and Behrman
that appealed to you the
most
c. Role Play-The Duck
and the Kangaroo
Assignmenta. Make a list of natural
and man-made
calamities and suggest
a few precautions to be
taken if struck by a
calamity (group work)
b. Collect details on
sacrifices made and
challenges faced by any
one of the famous
sports icons (group
work)
Oral activitya) Significance of
trees –Talk
about a popular
tree of your
area
b) b. Pick and Talk
on a
given topic
276
January (FA-3)
22
a. The Bond of
Love
b. The snake Trying
(Poem)
A Slumber Did My
Spirit Seal(Poem)
c. Kathmandu
a. The
Accidental
Tourist
A. Chapters
17,18
B. PART-4
A. Articles
B. Reports
C. Integrated
Grammar
Practice
Assignmentsa. Describe a famous
pilgrim centre of your
locality
b. Compare and
analyse the stories
Packing and The
Accidental Tourist and
draw similarities
c. Write a poem on a
crab/ a
scorpion/spider/bee
Oral activitya. Group discussionComedies are enjoyable
only when the
characters do silly
things
b. Snakes- facts and
myths
277
February (FA-4)
23
March
25
a. If I were You
a. The
Beggar
Assignmentsa. Design a Wanted
Person poster
b. What would you have
done if you were
Gerrard?
Oral activity –
a. If Olga and Lushkoff
met after a few years
what would they say to
each other? Write the
dialogue and present it
in the class with your
A. Letter Writingbench mate
Formal Informal
A. Chapter
b. Any of the activities
&Email
-19
suggested in the
B. Integrated
B.PART 4
curriculum based on the
Grammar
book selected for
Practice
Reading Project for the
second term(e.g.
dramatization of the
story, critical evaluation
of the plot and
characters, interacting
with the author, holding
a literature fest where
various characters
interact with each other,
symposiums and
seminars, commentary
on the characters etc)
REVISION AND
SA-2 -12th March to 26th March (Tentative)
*****
278
279
280
*****
281
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NEW DELHI
SPLIT UP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-2014
CLASS: IX
MATHEMATICS
SUBJECT:
FIRST TERM
PERIODS
MONTH
UNIT
I
II
III
IV
V
APRIL/JUNE
17
23
NAME OF UNIT
NUMBER SYSTEM
ALGEBRA
GEOMETRY
CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY
MENSURATION
MARKS
17
25
37
06
05
UNITS/SUB UNITS TO BE COVERED
NUMBER SYSTEM:
Review of representation of natural numbers, integers, rational
numbers on the number line, representation of terminating / nonterminating recurring decimals, on the number line through
successive magnification, rational Nos. as recurring / terminating
decimals.
Examples of non recurring / non terminating decimals such as
,
,
etc. Existence of non rational numbers (irrational numbers)
such as
and their representation on the number line.
Explaining that every real number is represented by a unique point
on the number line and conversely every point on the number line
represent a unique real number. Existence of non rational
numbers(irrational numbers). Existence of
for a given positive
real number x(visual proof to be emphasized). Definition of nth root
of real number. Recalls of laws of indices with integral powers.
Rational exponents with positive real bases. Rationalization of
numbers of the form 1/(a+b
)& 1/(
). Surds
Rationalization. More attention to be given for rationalization and
simplification.
ALGEBRA:
(i)Polynomials:
Definition of polynomial in one variable, its coefficient, terms, zero
of polynomial, degree of polynomial, constant, linear, quadratic,
cubic polynomials, Monomial, binomials, trinomials. Factors &
Multiples. Zeros of polynomial/roots of equations. State and motivate
Remainder Theorem with examples and analogy to integers.
ACTIVITIES/
ASSESSMENT
(FA/Assign
/project/etc.)
Two Activities
Assignment-1
282
Polynomials contd…
Statement and proof of Factor theorem. Factorization of
ax2+bx+c = 0, a≠0 where a,b,c are real numbers and factorization of
cubic polynomial using factor theorem. Recall of algebraic identities
& their use in factorization. Further verification of identities of the
types (x+y+z)2 = x2+y2+z2+2xy+2yz+2xz
(x+y)3 = x3+y3+3xy(x+y),
(x-y)3 = x3-y3-3xy(x-y)
x3+y3+z3-3xyz = (x+y+z)(x2+y2+z2-xy-yz-zx). Simple expression
reducible to these polynomials.
Two Activities
Project-1
JULY
06
10
AUGUST
20
09
GEOMETRY
i)Introduction to Euclid Geometry
History-Geometry in India and Euclid’s geometry. Euclid’s method of
formalizing observed phenomenon into rigorous mathematics with
definitions, axioms/postulates and common/obvious notions,
theorems. The five postulates of Euclid. Equivalent versions of the
fifth postulate. Showing the Relationship between axioms and
theorems.
ii)Lines and angles
(Motivate) If a ray stands on a line, then the sum of two adjacent
angles is 1800 & the converse.
(prove) If two lines intersect, vertically opposite angles are equal.
(motivate) Corresponding angles, alternate interior angles, are
equal, when two parallel lines are intersected by a transversal.
(motivate) Two or more parallel to the same line are parallel.
(prove) Angle sum property of a triangle.
(motivate) Exterior angle property of a triangle.
iii)Triangles
SAS congruence
ASA congruence
SSS congruence
RHS congruence
Angles opposite to equal sides of triangle are equal.
Sides opposite to equal angles of triangle are equal.
Triangle inequalities and relation between angle and facing sides
inequalities in triangle.
CO ORDINATE GEOMETRY:
The Cartesian plane, coordinates of a point, names and terms
associated with the coordinate plane, notations, plotting points in the
plane, graph of linear equations as examples, focus on linear
equations of the type ax+by+c=0 by writing it as y=mx+c
FA 1
Assignment-II
Two Activities
Project-II
283
SEPEMBER
04
MENSURATION:
Area of triangle using Hero’s formula (without proof) and its
application in finding the area of a quadrilateral
FA 2
REVISION
SEP/OCT-SA I
PERIODS
MONTH
SECOND TERM
14
NOVEMBER
10
04
UNIT
II
NAME OF UNIT
ALGEBRA
MARKS
16
III
V
VI
GEOMETRY(CONTD)
MENSURATION(CONTD)
STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY
38
18
18
UNITS/SUB UNITS TO BE COVERED
ALGEBRA:
Linear equation in two variables
Linear equations:- Review of linear equations in one variable.
Introduction to the equations in two variables. Prove that linear
equations in two variables has infinitely many solutions and justify
their beings written as ordered pairs of real numbers, plotting them
and showing that they seem to lie on a line. Examples, problems
from real life including problems on ratio and proportion and with
algebraic and graphical solutions being done simultaneously.
GEOMETRY:
i)Quadrilaterals:
(prove)Diagonal divides parallelogram in to two congruent triangles.
(motivate)Opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal and its
converse.
(motivate)Opposite angles of a parallelogram are equal and its
converse.
(motivate)Quadrilateral with one pair of equal & parallel opposite
sides is parallelogram.
(motivate)In a parallelogram the diagonals bisect each other and
conversely.
(motivate)Mid-point theorem of triangle & its converse.
ii)Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles:
Review of concepts of area, area of rectangle.
(prove)Parallelograms on the same base & between same parallels
are equal in area.
(motivate)Triangles on the same base and between same parallel
lines are equal in area & it converse.
ACTIVITIES/
ASSESSMENT
(FA/Assign
/project/etc.)
Two Activities
Assignment-III
284
DECEMBER
15
10
JANUARY
12
13
iii)Circles
Definition, radius, circumference, diameter, chord, arc subtended
angle.
1)(Prove)Equal chords of a circle subtends equal angle at the centre
and its converse(motivate)
2)(motivate)The perpendicular from the centre to the chord bisect
the chord and converse.
3)(motivate)There is One and only one circle passing through three
given non collinear points.
4)(motivate)Equal chords equidistant from centre and its converse
5)(Prove)The angle subtended by an arc at the centre is double the
angle subtended by it at any point on the remaining part of the circle
6)(motivate)Angles in the same segment are equal
7)(motivate)If a line segment joining two points subtends equal angle
at two other points lying on the same side of the line containing the
segment, the four points lie on a circle.
8)(motivate)The sum of the either pair of the opposite angles of a
cyclic quadrilateral is 1800, and its converse
iv)Constructions: Bisectors of line segments, construction of
angles 600, 900, 450, etc.
Construction of equilateral triangles.
Construction of triangle given its base, sum/difference of the other
two sides and one base angle.
Construction of triangle of given perimeter and base angles.
MENSURATION:
Surface area and Volumes:
Surface area and volume of cube, cuboid, sphere, hemisphere &
right circular cylinder and cone.
STATISTIC AND PROBABILITY
i)Statistics
statistics introduction, collection, presentation-tabular form,
ungrouped/grouped, bar graph, histogram, frequency polygon.
Qualitative analysis of data to choose the correct form of
presentation for the collected data.
Mean, median, mode of ungrouped data.
Two Activities
Project-III
FA 3
Two Activities
Assignment-IV
ii)Probability
probability: History, introduction, probability repeated experiments
and observed frequency approach to probability .Focus is on Two Activities
empirical probability. (A large amount of time to be given to group
activities and individual activities to motivate the concept.
Experiment to be drawn from real life situations & from examples
One project
used in topic on statistics-revision
REVISION
FA 4
MARCH-REVISION-SA 2
FEBUARY
12
Note: 1. Teacher concerned is requested to refer CBSE curriculum
2. Refer FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT MANUAL FOR TEACHERS for Planning FAs.
285
SOME OF THE SUGGESTED LAB ACTIVITIES
 Verify the Identities
a3-b3=(a-b)(a2+ab+b2)
a3+b3=(a+b)(a2-ab+b2)
(a+b)3=a3+3a2b+3ab2+b3

 To obtain mirror image of a given geometrical figures with respect to a given line on graph
paper.
 To interpret geometrically the factors of a quadratic expression of the type ax2+bx+c using
square grids strips and paper slips.
 Activities of verifying when two parallel lines are intersected by a transversal.
i)
The pair of corresponding angles are equal
ii)
The pair of alternate angles are equal
 To illustrate the perpendicular bisector of the sides of a triangle occur at a point and that it falls:
i)
Inside for an acute – angled triangle
ii)
On the hypotenuse of a right – angled triangle
iii)
Outside for an obtuse – angled triangle
 To verify that sum of any two sides of a triangle is greater than third side
 To explore the criterion of congruency of triangle using a set of triangles cut outs.
 To illustrate that median of a triangle occur at a point, which is always lies inside the triangle.
 Representing irrational numbers on number line.
 Carry out the following activities using a geo-board.
i)
Find the area of any triangle
ii)
Find the area of any Polygon by completing the rectangles
iii)
Obtain square on a given line segment.
iv)
Given an area, obtain different Polygons of the same area.
 To obtain a parallelogram by paper folding.
 To show that a area of Rhombus is half the product of its diagonal using paper cutting and
pasting.
 To show that the area of trapezium is equal to half the product of its altitude and the sum of the
parallel sides, using paper cutting and pasting.
 To make a paper die, using a paper net of a cube and to observe the occurrence of difference
items 1,2,3,4,5,6 appearing on top face when it is thrown hundred times.
 To verifying Euler’s formula for different polyhedral, prism pyramids and octahedral.
 Verifying the area of circle is half the product of the circumference and radius by using thread.
 Collecting the data of marks of students and representing it by histogram & by frequency
polygon etc.
 Crossword puzzles
 Verify angle sum property of quadrilateral
 To verify the angles in the same segment of a circle are equal
*****
286
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NEW DELHI
SPLITUP SYLLABUS 2013-14
WEIGHTAGE
SUBJECT: SCIENCE
PERIODS AVAILABLE
NO. OF DAYS
MONTH
CLASS: -IX
UNITS/SUB UNITS AND TOPICS TO BE
COVERED
PRACTICALS/
ACTIVITIES/PROJECTS/ASSES
SMENT (FA/ SA/ Assignment/
etc)
TERM-1
APRIL/JUNE
12
24
Cross Curricular Project
Group activity -to visualize and
MATTER ITS NATURE AND BEHAVIOUR compare interparticle distance
between gases and liquids
12 29 definition of matter-solid,liquid and
gas.Charecterestics-shape,volume,density. using syringe.
10
JULY
Motion Force & Work Motion:-Distance
and displacement, velocity; uniform and
non-uniform motion along a straight line;
30 acceleration,
distance-time and velocity-time graphs for
uniform motion and uniformly accelerated
motion,
Food
To test (a) the presence of
Plant and animal breeding and selection for starch in the given food sample
quality improvement and management; use
(b) the presence of the
13
of fertilizers, manures; protection from
adulterant metanil yellow in
pests and diseases; organic farming.
dal.
12
Motion Force & Work Equations of motion
by
graphical method; elementary idea of
uniform circular motion.
Force and motion, Newton's laws of
motion, inertia of a body, inertia and mass,
13
MATTER ITS NATURE AND
BEHAVIOUR:
Change of state-melting, freezing,
evaporation, condensation, sublimation,
cooling by evaporation.
26
Assignment
Practical1.1:to determine the
melting point of ice and the
boiling point of water.
Project: to study the factors
which effect the rate of
evaporation
287
To prepare stained temporary
mounts of (a) onion peel and
Organisation in Living World
Cell - Basic Unit of life : Cell as a basic unit (b) human cheek cells and to
record observations and draw
of life; prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells,
multicellular organisms; cell membrane and their labeled diagrams.
To determine the mass
cell wall, cell organelles; chloroplast,
percentage of water imbibed
mitochondria, vacuoles, endoplasmic
by raisins.
reticulum, Golgi apparatus;
FA-1
10
PRACTICALS
Motion Force & Work Momentum, force
and acceleration. Elementary idea of
conservation of momentum, action and
reaction forces.
AUGUST
12
To establish relationship
between weight of a
rectangular wooden block lying
on a horizontal table and the
minimum force required to just
move it using a spring balance.
Practical.2:To prepare a
mixture and a compound using
iron filings and sulphur powder
and distinguish these on the
Matter Its Nature And Behaviour
basis of appearance
IS MATTER AROUND US PURE?
Elements,compounds
and i.e.,a)homogeneity/heterogenei
mixtures.homogeneous/hetero
geneous ty b)behavior towards a
Mixtures
magnet
c)behaviuor towards carbon di
sulphide
24
12
d)effect of heat.
SEPTEMBER
12
12
18
Organisation in Living World
Nucleus, chromosomes - basic structure,
number.
Tissues, Organs, Organ System, Organism
Structure and functions of plant tissues
( meristematic and permanent tissues in
plants).
To identify parenchyma and
sclerenchyma tissues in plants
from prepared slides and to
draw their labeled diagrams.
Motion Force & Work Gravitation :
Gravitation; universal law of gravitation,
force of gravitation of the earth (gravity),
acceleration due to
gravity; mass and weight; free fall.
288
SEPTEMBER
Matter Its Nature And Behaviour
20
10
Colloids and suspension
Practicals:3.to prepare
a)true solutions of common
salt, sugar and alum in water.
b)colloids of starch in water
and egg albumin/milk in water
c)suspensions of chalk powder
and fine sand in water
and distinguish these on the
basis of,transparency,filtration
criteria and stability.
Practical.4:to separate the
components of a mixture of
sand common salt and
ammonium chloride by
sublimation.
Practical. :5to carry out the
following reactions and classify
them as physical and chemical
changes:
a)reaction between iron and
coppersulphate solution.
b)burning of magnesium in air.
c)zinc with dil.H2SO4
d)Heating of CuSO4.
e) Na2SO4(aq) and BaCl2(aq)
SEPT/OCTO
BER
8
Organisation in Living World
TISSUES, Organs, Organ System,
Organism
Structure and functions of animal tissues
(four types).
To identify striped muscle
fibers and nerve cells in
animals, from prepared slides
and to draw their labeled
diagrams.
FA-2
To determine the mass
percentage of water imbibed
by raisins. SA-1
REVISION
NOVEMBER
TERM-2
12
Motion Force & Work Floatation: Thrust
and pressure. Archimedes' principle,
buoyancy, elementary idea of relative
density.
Work, energy and power : Work done
by a force, energy, power.
PRACTICALS
To determine the density of
solid (denser than water) by
using a spring balance and a
measuring cylinder.
289
12
Organisation in the Living World
Biological Diversity : Diversity of plants and
animals - basic issues in scientific naming,
basis of classification. Hierarchy of
categories / groups, Major groups of plants
(salient features) (Bacteria, Thalophyta,
Bryo phyta, Pteridophyta, gymnosperms
and Angiosperms). Major groups of
animals (salient features) (Non-chordates
upto phyla and chordates upto classes).
NOVEMBER
22 10
MATTER ITS NATURE AND
BEHAVIOUR; ATOMS AND MOLECULES;
Particle nature, basic units; atoms and
molecules. Law of constant proportion.
Atomic and molecular masses.
Mole concept; relationship of mole to mass
of the particles and number of particles.
Activity; 1. To verify the law of
conservation of mass in a
chemical reaction.
Cross Curricular Project
To study the characteristic of
spirogyra/Agaricus, Moss/Fern,
Pinus ( either with male or
female
cone)
and
an
Angiospermic plant. Draw and
give two identifying features of
groups they belong to.
To study the external features
of root, stem, leaf and flower of
monocot and dicot plants.
PRACTICALS
DECEMBER
6
Motion Force & Work Work, energy
and power : kinetic and potential energy;
law of conservation
of energy.
22 12
MATTER ITS NATURE AND
BEHAVIOUR; ATOMS AND MOLECULES;
Valence,
Chemical formulae of common
compounds.
10
Organisation in the Living World
Biological Diversity : Diversity of plants and
animals - basic issues in scientific naming,
basis of classification. Hierarchy of
categories / groups, Major groups of plants
(salient features) (Bacteria, Thalophyta,
Bryo phyta, Pteridophyta, gymnosperms
and Angiosperms). Major groups of
animals (salient features) (Non-chordates
upto phyla and chordates upto classes).
To establish the relation
between the loss in weight of a
solid when fully immersed in
a. tap water
b. strongly salty water, with the
weight of water displaced by it
by taking at least two different
solids.
Activity; 1. Role play to
understand the formation of a
compound from the ions.
2. Write the chemical formulae
of the compounds from the
ions involve.
To observe and draw the given
specimens-earthworm,
cockroach, bony fish and bird.
For each specimen record
a. one specific feature of its
phylum.
b. one adaptive feature with
reference to its habitat.
FA-3
290
PRACTICALS
JANUARY
12
Motion Force & Work Sound : Nature of
sound and its propagation in various
media, speed of sound Range of hearing in
humans; ultrasound;
reflection of sound; echo and SONAR.
JANUARY
24 13
12
Matter Its Nature And Behaviour
STRUCTURE OF THE ATOM; electrons,
protons and neutrons. Isotopes and
isobars.
Organisation in the Living World
Health and Diseases : Health and its
failure. Infectious and Non-infectious
diseases, their causes and manifestation.
Diseases caused by microbes (Virus,
Bacteria and protozoans) and their
prevention, Principles of treatment and
prevention. Pulse polio programmes.
1. To determine the velocity of
a pulse propagated through a
stretched string/slinky.
2.To verify laws of reflection of
sound
Activity; 1. Solving crossword
puzzle based on the historical
development of the structure of
an atom.
2. Role play to enable the
learners to get familiarize with the
concepts atomic number, number
of electrons, protons and
neutrons.
To study the life cycle of
mosquito.
MARCH
FEBRUARY
FEBRUARY
PRACTICALS
12
14
To observe and compare the
pressure exerted by a solid
Motion Force & Work
Sound: Structure of the human ear iron cuboids on fine sand/
wheat flour while resting on
(auditory aspect only).
its three different faces and to
calculate the pressure exerted
in the three different cases.
Our Environment
Physical resources : Air, Water, Soil.
Air for respiration, for combustion, for
moderating temperatures; movements of
air and its role in bringing rains across
India.
Air, water and soil pollution
( brief
introduction). Holes in ozone layer and the
probable damages.
Bio-geo chemical cycles in nature : Water,
oxygen, carbon and nitrogen
REVISION
FA-4(PSA)
SA-2
*****
291
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLIT UP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-2014
April/
June
2013
July
2013
23/26
26
UNIT
SUBJECT:
TERM – 1
23
23
22
22
-
TERM – 2
23
23
22
22
-
90
90
SUB UNIT
India and Contemporary
World – I.
Events and Processes.
French Revolution.
(compulsory)
(chapter – 1)
a) The Ancient Regime and its Crisis.
b) The Social forces that lead to the
revolution.
c) The different revolutionary groups and
ideas of the time.
d) The Legacy.
Contemporary India
India Land and People.
Land.
(chapter – 1 & 2)
What is Democracy and
Why Democracy?
(text book chapter – 1 &
2)
(Part 1.3 and 1.4 (pages
10-18 of prescribed
NCERT text book) will be
assessed through
formative assessment
only)
a) Location, Relief, Structure, Major
physiographic units. (Size and Location,
Physical features of India)
a) Democracy in the contemporary world.
b) What are the different ways of defining
Democracy? Why has Democracy
become the most prevalent form of
Government in our times?
c) What are the alternatives to
Democracy? Is Democracy superior to its
available alternatives?
d) Must every Democracy have the same
institutions and values?
FA/SA
NO. OF
DAYS
MONTH
CLASS: IX
SOCIAL SCIENCE
S.No
UNIT
1.
India and the contemporary world – 1
2.
India – Land and the people
3.
Democratic Politics – I
4.
Understanding Economic Development – 1
5.
Disaster Management( UNIT -5)
(Through Projects and Assignments )
FA-1
The Economic story of Palampore
Economic transactions of Palampore and
its interaction with the rest of the world
through which the concept of production.
(including 3 factors of production can be
introduced) Land Labor and Capital
Understanding Economic
development
292
The economic story of
Palampore
(chapter – 1)
Augus
t
2013
25
Understanding Economic
development
People as a resource
(chapter – 2)
Designing of democracy
in India.
(chapter – 3)
(Constitutional design)
Drainage
Contemporary India
(chapter – 3)
India and contemporary
world - I
(choose any one)
Septe
mber
2013
24
Russian revolution
(chapter – 2)
Rise of Nazism
(chapter – 3)
Introduction of how people become
resource / asset- economic activities done
by men and women. Unpaid work done by
women, quality of human resource, role of
health and education, unemployment as a
form of non-utilisation of human resource,
Socio political implications in simple form.
How and why did India became a
democracy? How was the Indian
constitution framed? What are the salient
features of the constitution? How is
Democracy being constantly designed
and redesigned in India?
Major rivers and tributaries, Lakes and
Seas, role of rivers in the economy,
pollution of rivers, measures to control
river pollution.
Russian revolution
a) the crisis of Tzarism. b) The nature of
social movement between 1905 – 1917.
c) The first world war and foundation of
Soviet state. d) The Legacy
Rise of Nazism
a) The growth of social democracy. b) the
Crisis in Germany. c) the basis of Hitler’s
rise to power. d) The ideology of Nazism
e) The impact of Nazism
FA-2
Map work-Theme one
only.
Unit -5
Disaster Management
Term -1
Projects, activities and
other exercises in Unit 5
should be encouraging
students to place
disasters and disaster
management.
1. Introduction to
disaster
management.
2. Common
293
HazardsPrevention and
mitigation.
October - Summative Assessment - I
India and contemporary world
-I
Economics and Livelihood
Any one theme of the
following.
1)Pastoralists in the modern
world.
(chapter – 4)
October
&
November
2013
2) forest society and
colonialism.
(chapter – 5)
Pastoralists in the modern
world
a) Pastoralism as a way of life
b) different forms of
pastoralism
c) What happens to
pastoralism under colonialism
and modern states.
Case studies: focus on two
pastoral groups
One from Africa and one from
India.
3) farmers and peasants.
(chapter – 6)
Forest society and colonialism.
a) Relationship between forests
and livelihood.
b) the changes in forests
societies under colonialism.
Case studies: focus on two
forest movements one in
colonial India ( bastar ) and one
in Indonesia.
Map work based on 4/5/6
Chapters (Internal choice will
farmers and peasants.
a) Histories of the emergence
of different forms of farming
and peasant societies.
b) Changes within rural
economies in the modern
world.
Case studies: Focus on
contrasting forms of rural
change and different forms of
rural societies.(Expansion of
large scale wheat and cotton
farming in USA,rural economy
32
294
be provided)
and agriculture revolution in
England and small peasant
production in colonial india)
Climate
Contemporary India
(chapter – 4)
Factors influencing the climate
– monsoon – its characteristic,
rainfall and temperature
distribution, seasons climate
and human life
Vegetation types, distribution
Natural Vegetation & Wild Life as well as altitudinal variation,
(chapter – 5)
need for conservation and
various measures.
December
2013
25
Electoral politics in
democracy
(chapter – 4)
Poverty as a challenge facing
India (understanding
economic development)
(chapter – 3)
India and contemporary
world.
Culture, identity and society
(any one of the following)
1) Sports and Politics
(chapter – 7)
January
2014
20
Wild life: Major species, their
distribution, need for
conservation and various
measures.
Why and how do we elect
representatives?
Why do we have a system of
competition among political
parties?
How has the citizen participate
in electoral politics change?
What are the ways to ensure
free and fair elections?
FA-3
Who is poor, through two case
studies one rural and one In
urban. Indicators, absolute
poverty, not as a concept but
through few simple examples,
why people are poor, unequal
distribution of resources,
comparison between countries,
steps taken by the government
for poverty alleviation.
The story of Cricket.
a) The emergence of cricket as
an English sport
b) Cricket and colonialism
c) Cricket nationalism and decolonialism
a) The short history of changes
in clothing
b) Debates over clothing in
295
2) Clothes and Culture
(chapter – 8)
Contemporary India
Population
(chapter – 6)
7.Map work 3 mark
Institutions of parliamentary
democracy (working of
institutions)
(chapter – 5)
Understanding economic
development
(Food security in India)
(chapter – 4)
February
2014
24
Democratic politics
Citizen rights in democracy
(chapter – 6)
colonial India
c) Swadesi and the movement
for Khadhi
Size, Distribution, Age – Sex
composition,
Population change – migration
as a determinant of population
change, literacy, health,
occupational structure and
national population policy,
Adolescents as underserved
population group with special
needs.
How is the country governed?
What does parliament do in our
democracy?
What is the role of President of
India? The Prime Minister and
council of Ministers how do
these relate to one another?
Food security: Source of food
grains
Variety across the nation –
famines in the past – the need
for self sufficiency – role of
government in food security –
procurement of food grains –
over flowing of granaries and
people without food – PDS –
role of co-operative in food
security (food grains, milk and
vegetables, ration shops and
co-operative shops) Two three
examples as case studies)
PSA
Why do we need rights in a
constitution?
What are the fundamental
rights enjoyed by the citizens
under the Indian constitution?
How does the judiciary protect
the fundamental rights of the
citizens?
How is the independence of
judiciary ensured
Unit -5 Disaster management.
Term –II
296
3. Man made disastersNuclear, biological and
chemical.
Community based disaster
management
March -Summative Assessment - II
Note: a) Disaster management through projects and assignments only.
b) Suggested activities and instructions follow CBSE curriculum 2015.
c) The question paper will include a section on open text based assessment
(questions of
7 marks each from the syllabus a total of 14 marks) the case
studies will be supplied to students in advance. These are designed to test the analytical and
higher order thinking skills of students.
****
297
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI- NEW DELHI
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: IX
SUBJECT: PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Morning jogging and warming-up exercises and evening games to be conducted (except
Sunday and holidays).

Battery test to be conducted in the beginning and end of the year.

Exercises should be given to develop motor quality of the child (speed, strength, endurance,
coordination, and flexibility).
Month
Physical Education
Morning


April/June
July
Jogging and warming up.
Free hand exercises for
coordination.
 Battery test(to analyze their
ability)
 Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Makarasana, Shalabasana





August




Evening





General finess exercises
Agility moments for cordination.
Yogasana: Suryanamaskara,

Mayurasana, Shalabasana
Jogging and warming up.
General warming up and
coordination exercises.
March past practice.
Yogasana: Suryanamaskara,
Kukutasana, Bakasana.
General conditioning exercises.
Group activities for
Septembe
coordination (aerobics).
r/October  Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Chakrasana
SA-I
Yogamudrasana
.
 General Fitness exercises
 Mobility exercises.
November  Rhythemic Activites-
Selecting students to
appropriate games
and sports
based on battery test
analysis.
football
Hockey
Athletics: Triple jumpbasic skills
Practice of skills and
techniques of the
taken game.
Athletics; Hurdling
exercises.
 Practice of basic and
skills of Football and
Hockey.
 Athletics: Throwing
event
-Hammer Throw.





Improvised skill
practice and leadup
games.
athletics.Speed eventsInterval training
BadmintonBasic movements.
 Athletics:
Physical & Health
Education- Theory
 Test and
Measurements
in Physical
education

Importance of
health.
 Rules and
regulation of
the games






National Health
Programme..
Measurement
and marking of
the games.
Pollution-types &
effects.
Group
mechanism.
World Health
Organization.
Personality
298




December


January
February/
March
(SA-2 will
be
conducted)








Lazium.
Yoga- Suryanamaskar,
Makarasana &
Pavanamukthasana.
Coordination movements
Gymnastics : Parallel Bar
exercises.
Yogasana:
suryanamaskara,
and previous asanas.
General Fitness exercises and
practice of previous activities.
Practice of different formations
in Indian Clubs.
Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Meditation.

Long events-Speed
endurance.

Improvised skill of
Badminton
Athletics: Strength
related exercises for
throws.

Practice/ game situations.
Athletics: Jumping and
Bounding exercises.
General conditioning exercise
Various coordination exercises.
Battery test and practice
Pyramid practice
matches.
Yogasana: practice of
Suryanamaskar and
Meditation.


Deficiency
Diseases and
preventions.
Adjustment
Mechanism.

Importance of
Team
Mannerism..


Social Behavior.
Organization of
competitions.
Suggestions:
 Inter House matches will be conducted as per the schedule of department of physical
education of respective Vidyalayas.
 Trekking and hiking can be conducted once in a year.
 Allow the students to watch the live matches.
 Martial arts should be encouraged by the help of available resource persons.
******
299
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI- NEW DELHI
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
JUNE
8
JULY
8
AUG
8
SEPT
8
OCT
NOV
8
DEC
8
JAN
8
FEB
8
MEDIUM /
MATERIALS
MONTH
SUBJECT: ART (VISUAL)
NO.OF DAYS
PERIODS
AVAILABLE
CLASS: IX
TOPICS TO COVER
Brief history of indian art
Applied art:
Preparation of different design for book cover,
greeting cards , poster , textile etc.
Introduction to computer graphics
Life study:
Introduction to draw and practice human figures in
different actions, study of anatomy of human body
Water colour , poster colour painting:
Introduction to opaque and transperent colours and
its usage
TERM 2
Drawing from nature:
Study of leaves ,flowers, animals and birds etc
Greeting card :
Preparation of greetings for different occasions
Portrait:
Introduction to portrait drawing
3 dimensional modelling:
Preparing objects with different materials
Colour
Pencil
Pencil
Pencil Or Colour
Colour
Few High end
System with Photo
Editing Software
Colour
Paper Or Wood Or
Clay Etc
CBSE GUIDELINES
Secondary School Curriculum-Vol-1-2014 OF CBSE / Page 242-246
ART EDUCATION
RATIONALE
Art education constitutes an important area of curricular activity for the development of the wholesome
personality of the learners. Art is a process of fulfillment running through every aspect of life and it goes
on in a creative, productive and joyful manner. Art education helps to explore various means of
communication (verbal and non-verbal). It encourages to develop creative expression and sharpens
senses through keen observation of the environment. It helps to discover preferences through
exposition to variety of material and identify the personal form and style of expression. It
develops awareness of various art forms in and around the environment and locality and
develops skills in the use of various tools, instruments and other art materials in the process of
experimentation and exploration. In the process of discovering space, organization, colours, forms,
lines, texture, movement, sound etc., learners develop a sense of organization and a sense of design
300
which inculcates in them a sense of order with regard to their personal appearance, home, school and
community. It also develops aesthetic sensibilities and respect for social values and cultural heritage.
The idea of creative art involves all the elements of commonly known art forms-visual, performing and
language arts, namely music, dance, drama, drawing and painting, modelling and sculpture, or
construction work, pottery and ceramic work, poetry and creative writing and other connected craft
forms.
OBJECTIVES
The objectives of art education are to :
* help learners to consolidate past experiences and knowledge;
* introduce learners to different media and techniques and their use for creative and productive
expression for common use.
* provide opportunities for development of awareness about folk arts, local specific arts and other
cultural components leading to an appreciation of national heritage;
* assist learners to use artistic and aesthetic sensibility in day-to-day life situation;
* enable learners to achieve a balanced growth as a social being in tune with our culture through
projects work.
* get acquainted with the life and work of the local artists/artistes;
* use resourcefully locally available material to make different products (objects) with the help of the
community;
* refine the sense of appreciation of the beauty of nature through the basic elements of art forms;
APPROACH TO ART ACTIVITIES
At the secondary stage, art education is closer to the local folk art and craft and folk theatre.
Art is not only to always blindly copy the old masters or copying the teacher's work in a rigid manner but
to help learners express themselves in creative and imaginative ways. Creative arts cannot be a
substitute of Work Education under which a few artistic activities may be conducted but the approach
and product would be different.
In the interest of the learner, as far as possible, all the media of creative arts may be placed
before them to selection one form or a combination of art forms. These are :
VISUAL ARTS
* Two-dimensional or Pictorial
- Drawing and Painting
- Collage Making
- Printing Making
- Photography
- Computer graphics (Wherever possible)
* Three-dimensional
- Clay modelling and pottery
- Carving and sculpture
- Construction
Art is about creative expression of the learners, uniquely contributed by each one. Studying the works
of famous artists of the past or present is undertaken to orient the learners to varied expressions.
Replicating a copying either the Master or the teacher will check the imagination of the students and
therefore must be avoided in all cases.
PERFORMING ARTS
* Music (Vocal, Instrumental)
* Movement and Dance
* Creative Drama and Puppetry
* Creative Writing and Poetry
301
SOURCES FOR ART TEACHING:
The arts programme in schools must reflect the ethos of the region. Artistic expression in music, poetry,
dance theater and in the creation of forms have been part of human life from the very beginning. It is an
integral part of human existence. Exposure to the local environment and arts must be treated as an
essential activity of the school art programme. Besides individual expression, the arts provide an
opportunity to the learners to study and appreciate the contributions made in the past and present. By
learning to appreciate music, painting, dance and theatre, students develop aesthetic sensibility and
sensitivity to understand people from other cultures. To build a harmonious society, a productive nation
or a world, requires making learners familiar with the tradition of arts of the local region. From the
strength and confidence gained from the familiar, it will be possible for him/her to respect and
appreciate the culture and
contribution made by others. A creative expression essentially depends on the approach to create
opportunities for learners to explore, imagine and communicate the same in an art form they feel
confident to use. Availability of material and experts closer to the school or community can be acceded.
SYLLABUS
VISUAL ARTS
When the school(s) can provide art teachers in different media the following syllabus may be adopted.
Activities in terms of Materials/Media and Techniques
Two-dimensional or Pictorial Activities
* Study of visual resources and means of creative expression
- Study of lines, strokes, colours, shades, tones, textures, etc, while organizing two dimensional space
with two dimensional and three dimensional shapes and forms.
- Sketching from nature and surrounding.
- Creative use of colours to show space, atmosphere, subjective moods
- Creative use of perspective in spatial relationship.
- Study of calligraphic strokes of Devnagari and Roman alphabet (Scripts)
- Use of contrast as an expressive element of art.
- Study and use of various media and techniques to the extent of their availability.
- Pencil, charcoal, water colour, crayon, oil colours, poster colour and gouache, acrylic
colour and other unconventional sources of colours such as vermillion, yellow and red earth, rice flour,
and tools like painting brushes for water colours and oil colours, Painting
surfaces such as papers of various kinds and quality, like smooth, rough, thick, thin, etc,
canvas, hardboard, simple marking cloth pasted on paper, etc.,
- Collage and mosaic work with a variety of coloured papers and coloured printed pictures/ photographs
from magazines and newspapers.
- Print Making: Mono printing, Printing with wood-cut blocks, lino-cut and metal foil: serigraphy (silk
screen), self-made stencil etc.
- Basic knowledge of computer graphics (wherever possible)
Three-dimensional or sculptural activities
* Study of basic forms in clay
- Study of various materials such as clay, plaster of paris, soft-stone, wood. (blocks, twigs and
branches, roots, etc.,) metal scraps, plastic sheets, wire thread, papers and cardboards, vegetables and
other throw-away available materials.
- Study of natural and man-made forms, human figures, birds, animals, vegetation and
other objects like household items, buildings or as desired by the students.
- Objects of day-to-day use in groups and in different settings and arrangements;
Assignments
302
Assignments in two and three-dimensional subjective forms and utility and functional art and craft forms
in different media and techniques. Painting, murals, graphics, clay modelling, woodcarving, soft-stone,
Plaster Of Paris, block of brick constructions, collage mobiles, appliqué, pottery and ceramics, masks,
and puppets, textile designing (including tie-dye and batik, and block printing), poster designing, lay-out
illustrations and photography etc.,
Correlating Art Activities with Other School Activities
* Construction of puppets and their costumes and improvised puppet stage or theatre, correlation with
Home Science and Arts (Drama) subjects;
* Aesthetic organization of the physical environment by enhancing the surrounding land i.e.
landscaping including plantation of trees and other flowering plants and vegetables, etc. correlating with
Agriculture, Home Science and Environment Studies activities.
* Constructing stage setting props such as curtain, backdrops, stage lighting, improvised furniture sets,
etc., designing utility (crafts) items; correlating with Work Education activities.
* Designing the school magazine and bulletin boards, making posters for school functions, and
greeting/invitation cards, stage scenes for music, dance, drama performances, etc., correlating with
applied Art activities.
Note: These activities and other group activities may emerge in project form at individual levels also.
Group Activities
* Organization, display and exhibitions of students' periodical and sessional work.
* Organizing inter school art exhibitions to widen their interaction and horizon.
* Planning and organizing festivals and celebrations of the community, cultural evenings, musical
concerts, film shows and other performances including regional and folk (traditional art forms).
* Participating in study visits to museums, botanical gardens, zoological garden, and art galleries and
art institutions, etc., for greater awareness of the environment and cultural variations.
Theoretical Understanding of Art and Culture
* Short notes on important aspects of Indian art and culture based on social studies. Such writing may
be based on reproduction of art work printed in Textbooks.
* Contribution made by any one contemporary artist.
* Knowledge of terms: Contour, texture, graphic, form, volume, space, tone, printmaking, collage,
armature, modelling in relief, mobile construction, appliqué, calligraphy, layout, poster and composition.
NCERT
Art Education as per the curriculum guidelines Ref : 1.7 National Curriculum Framework 2005 / Position
Paper National Focus Group On Art, Music, Dance And Theatre / page 6 chapter 3.4 /
OBJECTIVES AT THE SECONDARY STAGE
* Experience joy / enjoyment.
* Introduce the student to new media and techniques and their use for creative expression and for
making objects of common use.
* Provide opportunities for developing awareness about folk arts, local specific arts, and other
components leading to an appreciation of national heritage and cultural diversity.
* Enable students to use their artistic and aesthetic sensibilities in day to day life.
* Get acquainted with the life and work of local artists.
* Develop creative expression through locally available materials with the help of community.
* Refine the sense of appreciation of the beauty of nature and the basic elements of art forms.
According to the Guidelines Of Secondary School Curriculum-Vol-1-2014 of CBSE Page 242-246 ,
Principals are requested to provide the required materials to the students by the Vidyalaya and also
arrange study tour to the nearest Museum / Art Centre / National Heritage Centre which ever possible
for conducting art education activities in a wide meaning.
303
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI- NEW DELHI
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: IX
SUBJECT: MUSIC
OBJECTIVES:
 Expose the student through music to the cultural multiplicity of the
country’s five different regions – North, South, East, North-east and
West – in an interesting manner
 Arouse healthy curiosity in the students’ mind about the vast variety
of music which may lead to analysis and research at their level
 Stimulate an interest in the student to study music further at the
Secondary and Higher Secondary levels giving him/her the
opportunity for research and documentation in music as well as
pursue it as career
 Instill in the student the sense of values that the arts in general and
music in particular are based on.
The aim of music education is to get maximum exposure about Indian music without it
becoming a burden or reason for monotony and boredom. Music is closely interlinked with the
geography, social structure, festivals, dance, regional theatre, heritage crafts as well as different
forms of visual arts, common beliefs and occupation. A lesson in music would become an
opportunity for the student to be given a Pan-Indian awareness of it. How a song or musical
piece is rendered, on what occasion and where it is presented would be extremely significant in
order to relate music to different subject areas being taught in the classroom as well as to the
life outside it. All this would be a part of the syllabus from which the student would gain an
understanding about the diversity in musical genres stemming from tribal, regional and urban
cultures and sensibilities.
APRIL/JUNE
Revision of Varnam and Keerthanas
Theory: Indian Notation System
Patriotic Song in other than Hindi Language.
Simple Keerthana/Devotional Song
July
Theory: Life history of Maharaja Swathi Thirunal
One regional language song
Song: ‘Pillallara’ Telugu
Keerthana Continues
August
Theory: Life history of any Personality in Music(Regional)
Group song in connection with Regional Festival
Simple Keerthana
September
Theory: Short note on Western Notation System
Song in Hindi language
Song ‘MuhinjoVatan’ Sindhi
A Simple Thillana.
October
Theory: A Short note on Song writing.
Song - ‘Ek bag de’ Panjabi
Thillana continues
Making Musical Expressions with available music instruments to
different situations.
November
Revision of Previous lessons
Song ‘Dhana Dhanya’ Bengali
304
December
January
February
March
Theory: Making of any Bowes Indian Music Instrument –
Sarangi/Violin etc.
Song ‘Ata Udavu’ Marathi
Singing Simple phrases in different Ragas with different Talas.
Theory: Short note on Production of Music
Song : ‘Cheluvina muddina’ Kannada
Singing Simple phrases in different Ragas with different Talas
Continues.
Making Musical Expressions with available music instruments to
different situations continues.
Theory: Short note on Computer based Music Production.
Patriotic Song in Hindi Language.
Singing Simple phrases in different Ragas with different Talas
Continues.
Revision of Previous Lessons
One Folk Song
Keerthana.
Evaluation
*****
305
Ukoksn; fo|ky; lfefr] uks,Mk
ikB~;Øe foHkktu l=&2013&14
d{kk&10] fo”k;&fganh ¼dkslZ&v½
ÁFke&l=
vxLr& 2013
ikB dk uke
1- usrk th dk p’ek
¼fuca/k½
2- lwjnkl ds in
¼dfork½
3- ekrk dk vk¡py
4- fØ;k&Hksn]
vdeZd] ldeZd]
eq[; fØ;k]
¼O;kdj.k½
1- cky xksfoUn Hkxr
¼fuca/k½
2- loS;k@dfoÙk
¼nso&dfork½
3- y[kuoh vankt
4- lgk;d fØ;k]
la;qDr fØ;k
¼O;kdj.k½
1- vkRedF; ¼dfork½
2- tktZ iape dh ukd
¼O;aX;½
3- mRlkg] vV ugha
jgh gS ¼dfork½
4- fØ;k&Hksn]
fo’ks”k.k]
vuqPNsn ys[ku
5- vifBr x|ka’k
fØ;k&dyki@
ifj;kstuk
dk;Z
 e/;dky ds
dfo;ksa dh
dforkvksa
dk laxzg
rS;kj
djsaA
 ek¡
‘kh”kZd
Lojfpr
dfork
fy[ksaA
 nso dh rjg
vU;
dfo;ksa ds
loS;k dk
,yce rS;kj
djsaA
vad&Hkk fVIi
.kh
j
ifj;kstu
k
dk;Z&15]
okrkZyki
&15]
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10]
x`g@d{kk
dk;Z&10
jpukRed
ijh{kk&1
tqykbZ& 2013
AmÉëæsÉ/eÉÔlÉ
2013
ek
g
 dqN /kuh
yksx ckg~;
Án’kZu
T;knk djrs
gSa bl ij
okn& fookn
Áfr;ksfxrk
vk;ksftr
djsA
306
 ,u-lh-bZvkj-Vh}kjk
ukxktZqu
ij cukbZ
xbZ fQYe
nsf[k,A
ifj;kstu
k
dk;Z&15]
okrkZyki
&15]
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10]
x`g@d{kk
dk;Z&10
jpukRed
ijh{kk&2
flrEcj&
2013
uoEcj& 2013
vDrqc
j&201
3
1- ekuoh; d#.kk dh
fnO; ped
2- ;g narqfjr
eqLkdku] Qly
3- fØ;k fo’ks”k.k
¼O;kdj.k½] i=
ys[ku
4- vifBr i|ka’k
iqujko`fRr] ladfyr ijh{kk&1
1- ,d dgkuh ;g Hkh
2- L=h&f’k{kk ds
fojks/kh
dqrdksZa dk
[kaMu
3- jke&y{e.k&
ij’kqjke laokn
4- okD; Hksn& jpuk
ds vuqlkj]
 L=h&f’k{kk
ij ,d
iksLVj
rS;kj
dhft,A
1- ukScr [kkus esa
bcknr
2- Nk;k er Nwuk
¼dfork½
3- Lkkuk&lkuk gkFk
tksfM---4- in ifjp;] okD;
jpukarj.k
5- ] vuqPNsn ys[ku
6- vifBr x|ka’k
 vki vius
euilan
laxhrdkj
ds ckjs
esa ,d
vuqPNsn
fyf[k,A
ifj;kstuk
dk;Z&15]
okrkZyki&
15]
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10]
x`g@d{kk
dk;Z&10
jpukRed ijh{kk&3
fnlEcj&2013
f}rh;&l=
307
tuojh&2014
Qjojh&2014
ekpZ&
2014
1- ,gh BS;ka >qyuh
gsjkuh gks jkek
2- eSa D;ksa fy[krk
gw¡
3- vyadkj&miek] :id
mRÁs{kk rFkk
ekuohdj.k
 mu
[kkstksa
vkSj
vkfo”dkjk
sa dh
lwph
rS;kj
dhft, tks
vkidh utj
esa cgqr
egÙoiw.kZ
gSA
 vyadkjksa
ds Hksn
dks pkVZ
ds }kjk
Ánf’kZr
dhft,A
ifj;kstuk
dk;Z&15]
okrkZyki&
15]
ÁnÙk
dk;Z&10]
x`g@d{kk
dk;Z&10
jpukRed
ijh{kk&4
laLd`fr
laxrdkj ¼dfork½
dU;knku ¼dfork½
okP;ifjorZu]
vyadkj&vuqÁkl];ed
] ’ys”k]
5- i= ys[ku
6 vifBr i|ka’k
1.
2.
3.
4.
iqujko`fÙk] ladfyr ijh{kk&2
fu/kkZfjr iqLrdsa %
1. f{kfrt
Hkkx % nks ikB~; iqLrd % ,u-lh-
bZ-vkj-Vh- }kjk izdkf’krA
2. d`frdk
% nks ¼iwjd iqLrd½ % ,u-lh-bZ-
vkj-Vh- }kjk izdkf’krA
3. fganh O;kdj.k ,oa jpukA
*****
308
309
qÉÉ
Wû
MüÉr
Éï
ÌSuÉ
xÉ
AÇMü pÉÉU
mÉÉPû MüÉ lÉÉqÉ/ÌlÉkÉÉïËUiÉ ÌuÉwÉrÉ ÌOûmm
uÉxiÉÑ (CMüÉD)
ÉhÉÏ
xmÉzÉï-2 aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1. oÉÄQåû pÉÉD xÉÉWûoÉ mÉëåqÉcÉÇS
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
1. xÉÉZÉÏ - MüoÉÏU
AmÉ
ëæsÉ/
eÉÔl 25
É
2013
xÉÇcÉrÉlÉ- 2
1. WûËUWûU MüÉMüÉ - ÍqÉÍjÉsÉåµÉU
urÉÉMüUhÉ AÉæU UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ:
zÉoS, mÉS AÉæU ExÉMåü pÉåS, mÉS
mÉËUcÉrÉ, mÉ§É sÉåZÉlÉ,
AlÉÑcNåûS sÉåZÉlÉ, AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇzÉ, mɱÉÇzÉ
eÉÑs
ÉÉD
2013
27
AmÉÌPûiÉ
oÉÉåkÉ –
aɱÉÇzÉ
mɱÉÇzÉ-10
UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ-10
aɱ, mɱ
AÉæU
mÉÔUMü
mÉÉœ
mÉÑxiÉMü -20
urÉÉMüUhÉ 10
MÑüsÉ AÇMü 50
xmÉzÉï-2 aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1. QûÉrÉUÏ MüÉ LMü mɳÉÉ xÉÏiÉÉUÉqÉ xÉåMüxÉËUrÉÉ
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
1. mÉS - qÉÏUÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ AÉæU UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ :
LTü L- 1
mÉSoÉÇkÉ AÉæU ExÉMåü mÉëMüÉU,
UcÉlÉÉ Måü AÉkÉÉU mÉU
uÉÉYrÉ-pÉåS, xÉUsÉ, xÉÇrÉÑ£ü AÉæU
ÍqÉ´É uÉÉYrÉÉåÇ MüÉ ÃmÉÉÇiÉUhÉ
xmÉzÉï-2 aɱ ZÉÇQû:
AaÉx
iÉ
2013
1. iÉiÉÉðUÉ-uÉÉqÉÏUÉå MüjÉÉ sÉÏsÉÉkÉU qÉÇQûsÉÉåD
2. mÉuÉïiÉ mÉëSåzÉ qÉåÇ mÉÉuÉxÉ xÉÑÍqɧÉÉlÉÇSlÉ mÉÇiÉ
25
urÉÉMüUhÉ AÉæU UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ :
xÉÇÍkÉ AÉæU ExÉMåü mÉëMüÉU -xuÉU
xÉÇÍkÉ, sÉÉåMüÉåÌ£ürÉÉð AÉæU
qÉÑWûÉuÉUå (mÉÉœmÉÑxiÉMü Måü
AÉkÉÉU mÉU), mÉ§É sÉåZÉlÉ AÉæmÉcÉÉËUMü mɧÉ
310
ÍxÉiÉÇo
ÉU
2013
24
A£Ôüüo
09
ÉU 2013
AmÉÌPûiÉ oÉÉåkÉ –
aɱÉÇzÉ mɱÉÇzÉ10
UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ-10
aɱ mɱ mÉÔUMü
mÉÉœ mÉÑxiÉMü 20
urÉÉMüUhÉ -10
MÑüsÉ AÇMü -50
ZÉÇQû- Mü
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ oÉÉåkÉaɱÉÇzÉ –mɱÉÇzÉ
-20
ZÉÇQû –ZÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ -20
ZÉÇQû- aÉ
aɱ mɱ mÉÔUMü
mÉÑxiÉMü -40
ZÉÇQû- bÉ
UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ 10
MÑüsÉ AÇMü-90
xmÉzÉï-2 aɱ ZÉÇQû
1. iÉÏxÉUÏ MüxÉqÉ Måü
ÍzÉsmÉMüÉU zÉæsÉåÇSì mÉë¿ûÉS AaÉëuÉÉsÉ
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
1. iÉÉåmÉ – uÉÏUålÉ QûÇaÉuuÉsÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ AÉæU
UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü sÉåZÉlÉ :
LTü L-2
(̲iÉÏrÉ
xÉmiÉÉW
û qÉåÇ)
EmÉrÉÑïY¨É- aɱ , mɱ AÉæU
urÉÉMüUhÉ MüÉ
mÉÑlÉUÉuÉiÉïlÉ
LxÉ L-1 MüÐ mÉÔuÉï iÉærÉÉUÏ
Måü ÍsÉL
mÉÔuÉï mÉÌPûiÉ mÉÉPèrÉ¢üqÉ
MüÐ mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ꬃ LuÉÇ
mÉUϤÉÉ
LxÉ L -1
xmÉzÉï-2 aɱ ZÉÇQû:
lÉuÉÇo
ÉU
2013
1. AoÉ MüWûÉð SÕxÉUÉåÇ Måü
SÒZÉ xÉå SÒZÉÏ WûÉålÉå uÉÉsÉå
– ÌlÉSÉ
ÄTüÉÄeÉsÉÏ
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
17
1. SÉåWåû – ÌoÉWûÉUÏ
urÉÉMüUhÉ AÉæU
UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü sÉåZÉlÉ :
xÉqÉÉxÉ AÉæU ExÉMåü pÉåS
,xÉÇÍkÉ
AmÉÌPûiÉ aɱÉÇzÉ, mɱÉÇzÉ
ÌSxÉÇo
ÉU
2013
25
AmÉÌPûiÉ oÉÉåkÉ –
aɱÉÇzÉ mɱÉÇzÉ10
UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ-10
aɱ mɱ mÉÔUMü
mÉÉœ mÉÑxiÉMü 20
urÉÉMüUhÉ -10
MÑüsÉ AÇMü -50
xmÉzÉï-2 aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1. mÉiÉfÉU qÉåÇ OÕûOûÏ
mĘ́ÉrÉÉð
A) ÌaɳÉÏ MüÉ
xÉÉålÉÉ ,
oÉ) fÉålÉ MüÐ SålÉ – UuÉÏÇSì
MåüsÉåMüU
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
LTü L-3
1.. qÉlÉÑwrÉiÉÉ - qÉæÍjÉsÉÏ
zÉUhÉ aÉÑmiÉ
2 qÉkÉÑU – qÉkÉÑU qÉåUå
SÏmÉMü eÉsÉ – qÉWûÉSåuÉÏ
uÉqÉÉï
311
xÉÇcÉrÉlÉ- 2
1. xÉmÉlÉÉåÇ Måü-xÉå ÌSlÉ –
aÉÑÂSrÉÉsÉ ÍxÉÇWû
urÉÉMüUhÉ AÉæU
UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü sÉåZÉlÉ:
mÉS mÉËUcÉrÉ ,mÉSoÉÇkÉ ,
sÉÉåMüÉåÎY¨ÉrÉÉð AÉæU
qÉÑWûÉuÉUå
AmÉÌPûiÉ aɱÉÇzÉ, mɱÉÇzÉ
xmÉzÉï-2 aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1. MüÉUiÉÔxÉ (LMüÉÇÇMüÐ)
– WûoÉÏoÉ iÉlÉuÉÏU
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
2. MüU cÉsÉå WûqÉ ÌÄTüSÉ –
MæüÄTüÏ AÉeÉÄqÉÏ
eÉlÉuÉUÏ
23
2014
urÉÉMüUhÉ AÉæU
UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü sÉåZÉlÉ :
uÉÉYrÉ -AzÉÑ̯zÉÉåkÉlÉ (
mÉS¢üqÉ , AÎluÉÌiÉ (AluÉrÉ )
MüÉUMü , ÍsÉÇaÉ , uÉcÉlÉ )
AlÉÑcNåûS sÉåZÉlÉ ,mɧÉ
sÉåZÉlÉ
xmÉzÉï-2 aɱ ZÉÇQû:
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
TüUuÉUÏ
2014
qÉÉcÉï
2014
24
23
AmÉÌPûiÉ oÉÉåkÉ
–aɱÉÇzÉ
mɱÉÇzÉ-10
UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ-10
aɱ mɱ mÉÔUMü
mÉÉœ mÉÑxiÉMü 20
urÉÉMüUhÉ -10
MÑüsÉ AÇMü -50
ZÉÇQû- Mü
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
oÉÉåkÉ- aɱÉÇzÉ
–mɱÉÇzÉ -20
ZÉÇQû –ZÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ -20
ZÉÇQû- aÉ
aɱ mɱ mÉÔUMü
mÉÑxiÉMü -40
ZÉÇQû- bÉ
1. AÉiqɧÉÉhÉ – UuÉÏÇSìlÉÉjÉ
PûÉMÑüU
xÉÇcÉrÉlÉ- 2
1. OûÉåmÉÏ zÉÑYsÉÉ – UÉWûÏ
qÉÉxÉÔqÉ UÄeÉÉ
urÉÉMüUhÉ AÉæU
UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü sÉåZÉlÉ:
LTü L-4
LTü L-4 MüÐ mÉÔuÉï iÉærÉÉUÏ
Måü ÍsÉL
mÉÔuÉï mÉÌPûiÉ mÉÉPèrÉ¢üqÉ
MüÐ mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ꬃ LuÉÇ
mÉUϤÉÉ
LxÉ L-2 MüÐ mÉÔuÉï iÉærÉÉUÏ
Måü ÍsÉL
mÉÔuÉï mÉÌPûiÉ mÉÉPèrÉ¢üqÉ
MüÐ mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ꬃ LuÉÇ
mÉUϤÉÉ
LxÉ L-2
312
UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ 10
MÑüsÉ AÇMü-90
xÉÔcÉlÉÉ : 1) mÉëjÉqÉ xÉ§É qÉåÇ mÉÉœ ¢üqÉ 15 ÍxÉiÉÇoÉU
iÉMü mÉÔhÉï WûÉålÉÉ cÉÉÌWûL |
2) ̯iÉÏrÉ xÉ§É qÉåÇ mÉÉœ ¢üqÉ 15 TüUuÉUÏ iÉMü
mÉÔhÉï WûÉålÉÉ cÉÉÌWûL |
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI- NEW DELHI
PERIODS AVAILABLE
MONTH
CLASS: X
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
SUBJECT: ENGLISH (Language and Literature (Code: 184)
UNITS/SUB AND TOPICS TO BE COVERED
ACTIVITIES/PROJECTS/
ASSESSMENT
(FA/SA)
313
APRIL/JUNE
JULY (FA 1)
29
32
PROSE:A Letter to God, Nelson Mandela :Long
walk to Freedom
POETRY : Dust of Snow ,Fire and Ice
SUPPLEMENTARY READER : a Triumph of
Surgery
*Language skills*
LISTENING: The teacher will read a passage
and photocopies of worksheet be given to
students to answer. Task:”Mob Fury”
SPEAKING: Variety of speaking activities will be
organized for each student for 2-3 minutes.
Activities to be judged by the Descriptors as per
“Spoken English Band” each month. Activity
:Description/Picture Description
READING: Printed Reading Passages will be
given to students for 15 minutes to read;
followed by worksheet to be filled in for
evaluation.
Passage: LOINEL
WRITING: Writing Bio-Sketch(Short Writing)A.R.Rahman-Musician
GRAMMAR: Choosing suitable word/options to
fill a passage.
PROSE:His First Flight
POETRY : A Tiger In The Zoo, How To Tell Wild
Animals
SUPPLEMENTARY READER : The Thief’s
Story, The Midnight Visitor
*Language skills*
LISTENING: Task : “Parachute Jumping”
SPEAKING: Story prompts / unit 2 /page
no.25(teachers manual)
Ex: I thought I saw……../I used to think….
READING:
Passage: “Adventure Sports”
WRITING: Article: How student’s violent
tendency can be curbed.
GRAMMAR: Sentence completion with right
options in MCQ, Reported speech, preposition,
determiners etc.
Textual Activities /Assignments:
1. Pre Reading Activity:
Discussion: Individual/pair on
“A tough year for farmers in
India”Time:15 minutes
2. Post Reading Activity: Had
you been the post master
how would you have reacted
to Lencho’s second letter?Group discussion
3. Lencho’s character sketch
Textual Activities /Assignments:
1. Pre R.A.: Poem: Why are
tigers extinct? Discuss.
2. Your first experience in
learning
swimming/cycling etc.
(sharing of experience)
314
AUGUST
SPTEMBER (FA-2)
30
26
PROSE: Black Aeroplane, From the Diary of
Anne Frank
POETRY : The Ball Poem
SUPPLEMENTARY READER :A Question of
Trust
*Language skills*
LISTENING: Task:”Born free”/”Story of griffin”
page no. 8(T.M)
SPEAKING: Speaking Prompts/unit 2/page
no.26(T.M)
Ex. If I were a hanger /Wallet……. Etc.
READING: Passage: “Whitewashing a fence”
Pg.Np. 41(T.M.)
WRITING: Composing e-mails to promote /To
appreciate /to condemn /to protest/to favour any
burning issue of today.
GRAMMAR: Rearranging jumbled words to
form meaningful sentences
PROSE: Hundred Dresses I &II
SUPPLEMENTARY READER :Foot Prints
Without Feet
*Language skills*
LISTENING: Task: “Child Relief: Child Rights”
page No.9(T.M)
SPEAKING: Roll play/Just a minute: page
No.27/28(T.M)
Ex: Strangers on a train/save electricity :save
water: JAM
READING: passage: A green cornfield unit
3/page no.43
WRITING: Writing letters to the editor offering
suggestions to tackle hoarding/corruption/black
money adopted by crooks in 150 words.
GRAMMAR: subject verb agreement in editing
/omitting sentences .
Textual Activities /Assignments:
1. Pre R.A.:Prepare a diary enty
after the celebration of your
birth day.
2.Post R.A: Write a mystery
story on
your own
Scholastic Activities/ Assignments:
How would you go about if you
become invisible like Griffin-group
discussion
1. F.A.-2
315
OCTOBER/NOVEMBER(October SA-1)
DECEMBER
36
28
PROSE:A Baker from Goa Coorg, Tea from
Assam
POETRY : Amanda, Animals, The Trees, Fog
SUPPLEMENTARY READER :The making of a
scientist
*Language skills*
LISTENING: Task: “Cycling ” Page No:10
SPEAKING: Enact An advertisement page
no.28(T.M)
Ex. Advertise : A pen ,luxury soap
/toothpaste/cell phone etc.
READING: passage “the pyramids of Egypt”/”a
village school master ”
WRITING: write a debate for the motion or
against on “are children being crippled for profit
in films/Mafia gang /beggary or shows”
GRAMMAR: completion of passage in passive
voice construction , clause, dialogues in indirect
speeches etc.
Textual Activities /Assignments
2. Pre Reading Activity:You are
planning a tour to Assam.
Collect necessary
information on places of
tourist interest from the
library/Internet
3. Post reading Activity: write a
paragraph in passive voice
on how to prepare
sandwich/any dish- pair work
It is best time for assigning research
based/scientific and interactive
projects such as conducting
interviews with eminent personalities
of the locality.
Book/film reviews, preparing talks for
morning assembly or articles may
also be incorporated.
PROSE: Mijbil the Otter
Textual Activities /Assignments:
POETRY : The Tale of Custard the Dragon
1. Pre R. A: “Esseentials of
SUPPLEMENTARY READER : The Necklace,
Happiness”-Discuss(The
The Hack Driver
Necklace)
*Language skills*
2. Develop a conversation with
LISTENING: As usual teacher can take any task
your friend about your pets.
with worksheets
SPEAKING: Group Discussion/unit-2/Page
No.:29(T.M)
READING: Passage:”A Lady Who thinks She Is
Thirty” Pg No:46-47
 WRITING: Changing slogan “Garibi Hatao:
Khushahali Lao” into action. Write an
awareness write up for your display board on
the occasion of World Population Day.”
GRAMMAR: grammar integrated practice.
316
29
Textual Activities /Assignments:
1. Post R.A.: What difference
do you notice in Vally’s
journey to the town as
compared to her return
journey.(Madam Rides….)
2. Post R.A.: How does Kisa
Gotami come to terms with
her grief? –group
discussion(Sermon at
Benares)
Textual Activities /Assignments:
1. Post R.A.: Comment on the
quarrelsome nature of the
characters in the lesson ‘The
Proposal’.
2. F.A -4 is conducted.
Fa-4
JANUARY (FA -3)
FEBRUAY (FA-4)
MARCH
32
PROSE: Madam Rides the Bus, Sermon at
Benares
POETRY :For Anne Gregory
SUPPLEMENTARY READER :Bholi, The Book
that saved the Earth *Language skills*
LISTENING: As usual teacher can take any task
with worksheets.
SPEAKING: Speech/Unit – 2/Page No.31(T.M)
Ex: Advertisements are misleading/education for
all/Generation Gap.
READING: Passage:”Fences in Africa..” pg
No.50
WRITING: Write an article on the importance of
educating a girl child.
GRAMMAR: Modals
PROSE: The Proposal
:FOLLOWS REVISION:……..till SA-2 ends
*Language skills*
LISTENING:As usual teacher can take any task
with worksheets .
SPEAKING: Turncoat /unit-2/page no:30(TM)
Ex: Working mothers are better./Examinations
are to be kept away.
READING: Passage:”Heredity is very strange”
Unit:3/pg no.57
WRITING: Letter writing: Practice Official
letter(format, content, relevance, language etc
may be taken care of)
GRAMMAR: non finites
Revision and SA-2
th
12 March to 26th March (Tentative)
Note: Novel teaching: Since division of chapters differ from publishers
to publisher teacher can conveniently divide the chapters monthwise so as
to complete the entire in two terms.
EXAMINATION
SPECIFICATIONS
English Language and
Literature
Code No. 184
CLASS-X
From the Academic
Year 2013 - 14
Division of Syllabus for Term I (April-September)
Total Weightage Assigned
317
Summative Assessment I
30%
Section
Marks
Reading
15
Writing
15
Grammar
15
Literature
25
Long Reading Text
10
Listening and Speaking
10
20%
Formative Assessment
TOTAL
90 marks
Division of Syllabus for Term II (October -March)
Marks
Reading
15
Writing
15
Grammar
15
Literature
25
Long Reading Text/Fiction/Drama
10
Listening and Speaking
10
20%
Formative Assessment
TOTAL
Total Weightage Assigned
30%
Summative Assessment II
Section
50%
90 marks
50%
Note:
1.
The total weightage assigned to Summative Assessment (SA I & II) is 60%. The
total weightagwe assigned to Formative Assessment (FA1, 2, 3 & 4) is 40%.
Out of the 40% assigned to Formative Assessment, 10% weightage is
assigned to conversation skills (5% each in Term I &II) and 10% weightage
to the Reading Project (at least 1 Book is to be read in each term and the
Project will carry a weightage of 5% in each term)
2.
The Summative Assessment I and Summative Assessment II are for ninety
marks each. Ten marks of listening and speaking test will be added to
the 80 marks SummativeAssessment paper ie 80+10=90 marks in each
semester. The weighatge assigned to Summative Assessment I is 30% and
the weightage assigned to Summative Assessment II is 30%.
SECTION A: READING
15 Marks
318
Qs 1-3 This section will have three unseen passages of a total length of 600 words.
The arrangement within the reading section is as follows:
Q 1&2: Five Multiple Choice Questions on each passage carrying 5 marks 1
mark for each questions. Q 3:
Five Supply Type Questions carrying 5
marks on each passage.
Out of the 15 marks, 3 marks will be for vocabulary. The questions will
test inference, evaluation and analysis. The passages may be extracts from
poetry/ factual/ literary/ discursive texts.
At least one passage will be an extract from a poem.
SECTION B: WRITING
15 Marks
Q4
Letter Writing: One out of two letters (formal/informal/email) in not more
than 120-150 words based on verbal stimulus and context provided.
Types of letter:
•
Informal - personal, such as to family and friends etc.
•
Formal - letters to the principal of a school or to the editor of a
Newspaper or a Magazine etc
•
Email - formal or informal
6 Marks
Q5
Writing an article, speech or debate based on a visual or verbal stimulus in not
more than 120 words (One out of two).
6 Marks
Q6
Writing a short composition in the form of story or report for a school
magazine of minimum 80 words (One out of two).
3 Marks
SECTION C: GRAMMAR
15 Marks
This section will assess Grammar items in context for 15 marks.
v
This section will carry five questions of
three marks each
v
Out of five questions two questions (question 7 and 8) carrying 6 marks will
have MCQs of three marks each .The test types for MCQs include:
Q. 7.
Gap filling
Q. 8.
Sentence completion
Questions 9, 10 and 11(carrying 3 marks each ie total 9 marks) will
be based on response supplied by students. (Supply Type Questions)
319
These test types which will not be tested as MCQs include
Q. 9.
Sentence reordering
Q. 10. Editing / Omission
Q. 11 Sentence transformation (including combining sentences)
The Grammar syllabus will include the following areas in class IX:
1.
Tenses
2.
Modals (have to/had to, must, should, need, ought to and their negative
forms)
3.
4.
Use of passive voice
Subject - verb concord
5.
Reporting
(i). Commands and requests
(ii). Statements
(iii). Questions
6.
Clauses:
(i)
Noun clauses
(ii)
Adverb clauses of condition and time
(iii)
Relative clauses
7.
Determiners, and
8.
Prepositions
Note: No separate marks are allotted for any of the grammar items listed above.
320
SECTION D: TEXT BOOKS
25 Marks
First Flight and Footprints without Feet (NCERT)
Q12 and Q13 Two extracts for reference to context (based on prose or play). These
extracts would require effort on the part of the students to supply the responses.
Up to one mark in each extract will be for vocabulary. At least one question will be used for
testing local and global comprehension and one question will be on interpretation.
The
extracts
3+3=6 Marks
will
carry
3
marks
each.
Q 14
One out of two reference to context stanzas (based on poetry) followed by three questions to test
local and global comprehension of the set text. These extracts will carry 3 marks.
6 Marks
Q15.
Five out of six short answer type questions based on First Flight and Footprints without
Feet (three questions each) to test local and global comprehension of theme and ideas - 2
marks each. 2 x 5 = 1 0
Marks
Q16. One out of two long answer type questions extrapolative in nature from First Flight and
Footprints without Feet (Upto 80 words).
6 Marks
i.
iii.
NOTE: Teachers are advised to:
encourage classroom interaction among peers, students and teachers through activities such as
role play, group work etc,
ii.
reduce teacher-talking time and keep it to the minimum,
take up questions for discussion to encourage pupils to participate and to marshal their ideas
and express and defend their views, and
iv.
use the scale of assessment for conversation skills to test the students for continuous
assessment.
Besides measuring attainment, texts serve the dual purpose of diagnosing mistakes and areas of
non-learning. To make evaluation a true index of learners' attainment, each language skill is to be
assessed through a judicious mixture of different types of questions. In addition to the summative
tests, formative assessment is essential to measure the level of attainment in the four language
skills and the learners' communicative competence. Formative assessment should be done
through 'in class' activities throughout the year.
Novel/Long
Reading
5+5=10 Marks
Q 17 Types of Questions:
Global question on theme, plot involving interpretation and inference
Marks
Q 18
5Marks
One
out
of
two
character
sketches
Text
5
in
100
words
321
Prescribed Books
1.
First Flight - Textbook for Class X
NCERT
Published by
2.
Foot Prints without Feet - Supplementary Reader for Class X
Marg, New Delhi
Sri Aurobindo
Novel/Long Reading Text
3.
Diary of a Young Girl - 1947 (unabridged edition)
Anne Frank
4.
The Story of My Life - 1903 (unabridged edition) Helen Keller
Reading Section:
Reading for comprehension, critical evaluation, inference and analysis is a skill to be tested
formatively as well as summatively.
Writing Section:
All types of short and extended writing tasks will be dealt with in both I and II Term
Summative as well as in
Formative Assessment.
Grammar:
Grammar items mentioned in the syllabus will be taught and assessed formatively over a period of
time. There will be no division of syllabus for Grammar in the summative assessments for the two
terms.
322
Syllabus for Terms
S.No. Text Books
First Term (April September)
FA 1 10
FA2 10 SA I 30
Second Term(October March)
FA3 10
FA4 10
SA II 30
Literature Reader
(First Flight)
PROSE
1.
A Letter to God
*
*
2.
Nelson Mandela:
Long Walk to Freedom
*
*
3.
His First Flight
*
*
4.
Black Aeroplane
*
*
5.
From the Diary of
Anne Frank
*
*
6.
The Hundred Dresses-I
*
*
7.
The Hundred Dresses-II
*
*
8.
A Baker from Goa
*
*
9.
Coorg
*
*
*
*
10. Tea form Assam
*
*
12. Madam Rides the Bus
*
*
13. The Sermon at Benares
*
*
14. The Proposal
*
*
11.
Mijbil the otter
POETRY
1.
Dust of Snow
*
*
2.
Fire and Ice
*
*
3.
A Tiger in the zoo
*
*
4.
How to tell Wild
Animals
*
*
5.
The Ball Poem
*
*
304
*
*
6.
Amanda
7.
Animals
*
*
8.
The Trees
*
*
9.
Fog
*
*
10. The Tale of Custard
the Dragon
*
*
11.
*
*
For Anne Gregory
Supplementary Reader
(Footprints without Feet)
1.
ATriumph of Surgery
*
*
2.
The Thief's Story
*
*
3.
The Midnight Visitor
*
*
4.
A Question of Trust
*
*
5.
Footprints without feet
*
*
6.
The Making of a
Scientist
*
*
7.
The Necklace
*
*
8.
The Hack Driver
*
*
9.
Bholi
*
*
*
*
10. The Book that saved
the Earth
Long Reading Text
Diary of a Young Girl - 1947 (unabridged edition)
Anne Frank
OR
The Story of My Life - 1903 (unabridged edition)
Helen Keller
Note:
1.
Formative Assessment is assessment 'for' learning. Thus schools may adapt the
above break-up as per their convenience.
2.
All activities related to Formative Assessment such as language games, quizzes, projects, role
plays dramatisation, script writing etc must be done as 'in class' and 'in school' activities. In
case, a field survey or visit is taken up, it must be under the direct supervision of the
teacher.
336
Note: Teachers must strictly refer to “English Formative Assessment: Manual for
Teachers” published by CBSE for class IX & X for an expected excellent outcome please.
*****
305
337
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI-NOIDA
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14

CLASS: X
SUBJECT: MATHEMATICS
TERM I
NO. OF DAYS
MONTH
UNIT
I
II
III
IV
V
APRIL/JUNE
25
JULY
27
NAME OF UNIT
NUMBER SYSTEM
ALGEBRA
GEOMETRY
TRIGONOMETRY
STASTISTICS
UNITS/SUB UNITS TO BE COVERED
ALGEBRA
i)Polynomials:
Zeros of a polynomial. Relationship between zeros and
coefficients of quadratic polynomials. Statement and simple
problems on division algorithm for polynomials with real
coefficients
ii)Pair of linear equations in two variables:
Pair of linear equations in two variables. Geometric
representation of different possibilities of solutions
inconsistency. Algebraic conditions for number of solutions.
Solution of pair of linear equations in two variables algebraically
by substitution, by elimination must be included. Simple
problems on equations reducible to linear equations may be
included
NUMBER SYSTEM:
Real Numbers:
Euclid division lemma, Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic –
statements after reviewing work done earlier and after
illustrating and motivating through examples, Proofs of results –
irrationality of , ,
decimal expansions of rational
numbers in terms of terminating / non-terminating recurring
decimals
STATISTICS:
Mean, median and mode of grouped data (bimodal situation to
be avoided). Cumulative frequency graph.
MARKS
11
23
17
22
17
ACTIVITIES/
ASSESSMENT
(FA/Assignment/proj
ects etc.)
Activity-1&2
Assignment-1
Activities-3&4
Project-1
FA 1
338
AUGUST
25
Activities 5&6
Assignment-II
Activities-7&8
FA 2
Trigonometric identities:
Proof and applications of the identity Sin2A + Cos2A = 1. Only
simple identities to be given. Trigonometric ratios of
complementary angles.
REVISION
SEPT/OCT
SEPTEMBER
24
GEOMETRY:
Triangles: Similar triangles:
Definitions, examples, counter examples of similar triangles.
(i)(prove) If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to
intersect the other two sides in distinct points, the other two
sides are divided in the same ratio.
(ii) (motivate) If a line divides two sides of a triangle in the same
ratio, the line is parallel to the third side.
(iii) (motivate) If in two triangles, the corresponding angles are
equal, their corresponding sides are proportional and the
triangles are similar.
(iv) (motivate) If the corresponding sides of two angles are
proportional their corresponding angles are equal and the two
triangles are similar.
(v) (motivate) If one angle of a triangle is equal to one angle of
another triangle and the sides including these angles are
proportional, the two triangles are similar.
(vi) (motivate) If a perpendicular is drawn from the vertex of right
angle of a right triangle to the hypotenuse, the triangles on each
side of the perpendicular are similar to the whole triangle and to
each other.
(vii)(prove) The ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal
to the ratio of the squares on their corresponding sides.
(viii)(prove) In a right triangle, the square on the hypotenuse is
equal to the sum of the squares on the other two sides.
(ix)(prove) In a triangle, If the square on one side is equal to
sum of the squares on the other two sides, the angle opposite to
the first side is a right angle.
TRIGONOMETRY: Introduction to Trigonometry. Trigonometric
ratios of an acute angle of a right-angled triangle. Proof of their
existence (well defined); motivate the ratios, whichever are
defined at 00 and 900 values (with proofs) of the trigonometric
ratios of 300, 450 and 600. Relationships between the ratios.
SA 1
SA 1
TERM-II
UNIT
NAME OF UNIT
MARKS
339
PERIODS
MONTH
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
OCTOBER & NOVEMBER
38
ALGEBRA(Contd.)
GEOMETRY(Contd.)
TRIGONOMETRY (Contd.)
PROBABILITY
CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY
MENSURATION
UNITS/SUB UNITS TO BE COVERED
ALGEBRA:
i)Quadratic Equations:
Standard form of a quadratic equation
ax2+bx+c=0, (a≠0). Solution of the quadratic
equations (only real roots) by factorization by
completing the square, and by using quadratic
formula. Relationship between discriminant and
nature of roots.
Problems related to day to day activities to be
incorporated.
ii)Arithmetic Progressions:
Motivation for studying A.P. Derivation of
standard results of finding the nth term and sum of
first n terms and their application in solving daily
life problems.
GEOMETRY:
i)Circles:
Tangents to a circle motivated by chords drawn
from points coming closer and closer to the point.
(i) (prove) the tangent at any point of a circle
is perpendicular to the radius through
the point to contact.
(ii) (prove) The lengths of tangents drawn
from an external point to circle are
equal
11
23
17
22
11
23
ACTIVITIES/
ASSESSMENT
(FA/Assignment/projects
etc.)
Activity-9&10
Assignment-III
ii)Constructions:
(i) Division of a line segment in a given ratio
(internally)
(ii) Tangent to a circle from a point outside it.
(iii)Construction of a triangle similar to a
given triangle
340
DECEMBER
25
JANUARY
27
PROBABILITY:
Classical definition of probability.
Connection with probability as given in Class IX.
Simple problems on single events, not using set
notation
TRIGONOMETRY
Heights and Distances:
Simple and believable problems on heights and
distances. Problems should not involve more than
two right triangles. Angles of elevation/depression
should be only 300, 450, 600.
CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY:
Lines (In two dimension)- Reviews the concepts
of co-ordinate geometry done in earlier including
graphs of linear equations, Awareness of
geometrical representation of quadratic
polynomials. Distance between two points and
section formula (internal). Area of triangle
MENSURATION:
I)Area related to circle:
Areas of plane figures- Motivation- Relating its
needs in day to day life. The area of a circle; are
of sectors and segments of a circle. Problems
based on areas and perimeter / circumference of
the above said plane figures (In calculating area of
segment of a circle, problems should be restricted
to central angle of 60, 90 & 120 degrees only.
Plane figures involving triangles, simple
quadrilaterals and circle should be taken.)
Activities 11&12
Project-2
FA 3
Activities-13&14
Assignment-IV
MARCH
FEBRUARY
24
ii)Surface areas and Volumes:
i) Problems on finding surface areas and
volumes of combinations of any two of
the following: cubes, cuboids, spheres,
hemi-spheres and right circular
cylinders / cones. Frustum of a cone.
ii) Problems involving converting one type of
metallic solid into another and other
mixed problems. (Problems with
combination of not more than two
different solids be taken).
REVISION
FA 4
SA 2
SA 2
Note: Teacher concerned is requested to refer CBSE curriculum-2014
341
SOME OF THE SUGGESTED LAB ACTIVITIES
 To obtain the conditions for consistency of system of linear equation in two variables by
graphical method.
 To verify the basic proportionality theorem using parallel line board and triangles cut out.
 To verify the Pythagoras theorem by method of paper folding cutting and pasting
 To find the mean, median, mode of mathematics marks of UT of class X, draw the OGIVE.
 To verify the ratio of the area of two similar triangles is equal to ratio of corresponding side
square.
 Draw tree factorization of a given number.
 Factorization of polynomial by activity kit.
 Verification of the trigonometric identities.
 To verify the given sequence is an arithmetic progression by paper cutting and pasting method.
 To verify that sum of the first n natural numbers is n(n+1)/2 by graphical method.
 To verify using the method of paper cutting, pasting and folding that
i)
The angles in semi circle is a right angle.
ii)
The angles in a major segment is acute.
iii)
The angle is in a minor segment is obtuse.
 To verify by the method of paper cutting pasting the length of tangent drawn from an external
point are equal.
 To make right circular cylinder of given height, circumference of the base.
 To obtain the formula for the lateral surface area of right circular cylinder in terms of the radius
r, of its base and height h.
 To make a cone of given slant height 1 and base circumference 2пr
 To give a suggestive demonstration of the formula for the lateral surface area of a cone.
 To get familiar with the idea of probability of an event through double color card experiment.
 To make a clinometers and use it to measure the height of an object.
 To verify the sum of first n odd natural numbers is n2 by an activity
 To verify the sum of areas of 3 sectors of the same radius r found at any triangle is п r2/2 using
paper cutting and pasting
Note: Refer Formative Assessment manual for teachers published by CBSE
*****
342
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLITUP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
WEIGHTAGE
SUBJECT: SCIENCE
PERIODS AVAILABLE
NO. OF DAYS
MONTH
CLASS: -X
UNITS/SUB UNITS AND TOPCS TO BE
COVERED
PRACTICALS/ACTIVITIES/PR
OJECTS/ASSESSMENT (FA/
SA/ Assignment/ etc)
APRIL/JUNE
TERM-1
24
12
29
12
33
10
21
Effects of Current ELECTRICITY: Electric
current, potential difference and electric
current. Ohm's law; Resistance, Resistivity,
Factors on which the
Resistance of a conductor depends.
PRACTICALS: To study the
dependence of potential
difference (V) across a resistor
on the current (I) passing
through it and determine its
resistance. Also plot a graph
between V and I.
Practical-1.To perform and
observe the following reactions
and classify them into:
Chemical Substances :Chemical reactions : i. Combination reaction
Chemical equation, Balanced chemical
ii. Decomposition reaction
equation, implications of a balanced
iii.Displacement reaction
chemical equation,
iv. Double displacement reaction
types of chemical reactions : combination,
1) Action of water on quick lime.
decomposition, displacement, double
2) Action of heat on ferrous
displacement, precipitation,
sulphate crystals.
neutralization, oxidation and reduction
3) Iron nails kept in copper
sulphate solution.
4) Reaction between sodium
sulphate and barium chloride
solution
To prepare a temporary mount
of a leaf peel to show stomata.
World of Living
Life processes: "living being". Basic concept
To show experimentally that
of nutrition, respiration in plants and animals.
light is necessary for
photosynthesis.
343
JULY
12
26
13
AUGUST
10
12
Effects of Current: ELECTRICITY: Series
combination of resistors, parallel combination
of resistors and its applications
in daily life.
ELECTRICITY: Heating effect of electric
current and its applications in daily life.
Electric power, Inter relation between
P, V, I and R.
Chemical Substances
Acids, bases and salts :
Their definitions in terms of furnishing of H+
and OH- ions, General properties, examples
and uses, concept of pH scale(Definition
relating to logarithm not required),
importance of pH in everyday life;
preparation and uses of sodium hydroxide,
Bleaching powder, Baking soda, Washing
soda and Plaster of Paris
World of Living
Life processes : "living being". Basic concept
of, transport and excretion in plants and
animals.
Effects of Current
Magnetic effects of current : Magnetic field,
field lines, field due to a current carrying
conductor, field due to
current carrying coil or solenoid; Force on
current carrying conductor, Fleming's left
hand rule. Electromagnetic
induction. Induced potential difference,
Induced current. Fleming's Right Hand Rule,
Direct current. Alternating
current: frequency of AC. Advantage of AC
over DC. Domestic electric circuits.
ASSIGNMENT
Cross Curricular Project
PRACTICALS: To determine
the equivalent resistance of two
resistors when connected in
series.
Practical 2. To find the pH of the
following samples by using pH
paper/universal indicator.
a. Dilute Hydrochloric acid
b. Dilute NaOH solution
c. Dilute ethanoic acid solution
d. Lemon juice
e. Water
f. Dilute sodium bicarbonate
solution.
Practical 3. To study the
properties of acids and bases
HCl & NaOH by their reaction
with
a. Litmus solution (Blue/Red)
b. Zinc metal
c. Solid sodium carbonate
To show experimentally that
carbon dioxide is given out
during respiration.
FA-1
PRACTICALS: To determine
the equivalent resistance of two
resistors when connected in
parallel.
344
24
12
12
SEPTEMBER
12
20
10
8
7
Chemical Substances
Metals and non metals :
Properties of metals and non-metals,
reactivity series, formation and properties of
ionic
Compounds.
World of Living
Control and co-ordination in animals and
plants : Tropic movements in plants;
Introduction to plant hormones; control and
co-ordination in animals : nervous system;
voluntary, involuntary and reflex action,
chemical co-ordination:
animal hormones.
Natural Resources
Sources of energy : Different forms of
Project
energy, conventional and non-conventional
sources of energy: fossil fuels,
solar energy; biogas; wind, water and tidal
energy; nuclear energy. Renewable versus
non-renewable sources.
Practical 5:a) To observe the
action of Zn, Fe, Cu and Al
metals on the following salt
solutions.
Chemical Substances
a. ZnSO4 (aq)
Metals and non metals :
b. FeSO4 (aq)
basic metallurgical processes, corrosion and c. CuSO4(aq)
its prevention
d. Al2(SO4)3 (aq)
b) Arrange Zn, Fe, Cu and Al
metals in the decreasing order
of reactivity based on the above
reactions.
FA-2
World of Living
Control and co-ordination in animals and
plants : Tropic movements in plants;
Introduction to plant hormones; control and
co-ordination in animals : nervous system;
voluntary, involuntary and reflex action,
chemical co-ordination:
Animal hormones.
SEPT/OCTOBER-REVISION-SA-1
TERM-2
345
NOVEMBER
22
12
Natural Phenomena
LIGHT: Reflection of light at curved surfaces,
Images formed by spherical mirrors, centre
of curvature, principal axis,
Principal focus, focal length, mirror formula
(Derivation not required), magnification.
10
Chemical Substances
Carbon compounds :
Covalent bonding in carbon compounds.
Versatile nature of carbon. Homologous
series
Nomenclature of carbon compounds
containing functional groups (halogens,
alcohol, ketones, aldehydes, alkanes
and alkynes), difference between saturated
hydrocarbons and unsaturated
hydrocarbons.
12
World of Living Reproduction :
Reproduction in animal and plants (asexual
and sexual) reproductive health-need for and
methods of family planning. safe sex vs
HIV/AIDS. Child bearing and women's
health.
PRACTICALS :To determine
the focal length of
i. Concave mirror
ii. Convex lens
by obtaining the image of a
distant object
Practical 6:To study the
following properties of acetic
acid (ethanoic acid) :
i) odour
ii) solubility in water
iii)
effect on litmus
iv) reaction with sodium
bicarbonate
To study (a) binary fission in
Amoeba and (b) budding in
yeast with the help of prepared
slides.
To identify the different parts of
an embryo of a dicot seed (
Pea, gram or red kidney bean).
DECEMBER
DECEMBER
PRACTICALS: To trace the
12
22
12
10
Natural Phenomena
LIGHT: Refraction; laws of refraction,
refractive index.
Refraction of light by spherical lens, Image
formed by spherical lenses, Lens formula
(Derivation not required),
Magnification. Power of a lens;
path of a ray of light passing
through a rectangular glass slab
for different angles of incidence.
Measure the angle of incidence,
angle of refraction, angle of
emergence and interpret the
result.
Chemical Substances
Chemical properties of
carbon compounds (combustion, oxidation,
addition and substitution reaction). Ethanol
and Ethanoic acid (only
properties and uses), soaps and detergents
World of Living
Heridity and evolution : Heredity; Mendel's
contribution- Laws for inheritance of traits:
Sex determination: brief introduction; Basic
concepts of evolution.
Practical 7. To study
saponification reaction for
preparation of soap.
To study homology and analogy
with the help of preserved /
available specimens of either
animals or plants.
FA3
346
PRACTICALS : To trace the
13
Chemical Substances
Periodic classification of elements :
Need for classification, Modern periodic
table, gradation in properties,
valency, atomic number.
JANUARY
24
12
path of the rays of light through
Natural Phenomena: LIGHT: Functioning
of a lens in human eye, defects of vision and a glass prism
their corrections, applications
of spherical mirrors and lenses.
Refraction of light through a prism,
dispersion of light.
12
Practical 8. To study the
comparative cleaning capacity of
a sample of soap in soft and
hard water.(Project)
World of Living
Heridity and evolution: Heredity; Mendel's
contribution- Laws for inheritance of traits:
Sex determination: brief introduction; Basic
concepts of evolution.
Natural Resources
Management of natural resources.
Conservation and judicious use of natural
resources. Forest and wild life, coal and
petroleum conservation. Examples of
People's participation for conservation of
natural resources.
FEBRUARY
PRACTICALS: To find the
24
12
image distance for varying
object distances in case of
Natural Phenomena
lens
and
draw
LIGHT: scattering of light, applications in convex
corresponding
ray
diagram
to
daily life.
show the nature of image
formed.
12
Chemical Substances Metallic and nonmetallic properties.
10
Natural Resources
The Regional environment: Big dams:
advantages and limitations; alternatives if
any. Water harvesting. Sustainability of
natural resources.
Our
environment:
Eco-system,
Environmental problems, Ozone depletion,
waste production and their solutions.
Biodegradable and non-biodegradable,
substances.
MARCH-REVISION-SA-2
*****
FA4
347
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
BREAKUP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: X
S.No
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SUBJECT: SOCIAL SCIENCE
UNIT
India and the contemporary world – 2
India resource and their development
Democratic Politics – 2
Understanding Economic Development – 2
Disaster Management
(Through Projects and Assignments )
MONTH
No.of
Working
Days
UNIT
India and Contemporary World –
2.
Economies and livelihoods
Any one of the following
themes.
1) Industrialization
1850 -1950
(Text book chapter – 5)
The age of industrilisation
2) Urbanisation and urban lives.
(Text book chapter – 6)
Work life and leasure
April/June
2013
TERM – 1
23
23
22
22
-
TERM – 2
23
23
22
22
-
90
90
SUB UNIT
FA/
SA
a) Contrast between the
form of industrialisation
in Britain and India
b) Relationship between
handicrafts and
industrial production,
formal and informal
sectors, c) livelihood of
workers. Case studies
Britain and India.
23/26
3. Trade and Globalisation
(Text book chapter – 4)
The making of Global world
Democratic Politics - 2
Power sharing mechanism in
democracy(Text book chapter 1
& 2)
a) Pattern of
Urbanisation
b) Migration and the
growth of towns
c) Social change and
urban life
d) merchants, middle
classes, workers and
urban poor.
Case studies: London
and Bombay in the 19th
and 20th century.
a) Expansion and
integration of world
market in the 19th
century and early 20th
348
century
b) Trade and economy
between the two wars.
c) Shifts after 1950’s
d) Implications of
globalization for
livelihood patterns
Case Study: the post
war international
economic order 1945 to
1960.
Why and how is power
shared in democracies
? How has federal
division of power in
India helped national
unity ? To what extent
has decentralization
achieved in this
objective ? How does
democracy
accommodate different
social groups.
Resource and their development
1. Resource and
development
(Text Book chapter 1)
July
2013
26
2. Understanding
economic development
The story of development
(chapter – 1)
3. Working of Democracy
Text Book chapter 3 & 4
Types –Natural and
Human –Need for
resource planning.
Natural resources –
Land as a resource,
soil,
types
and
distribution, change in
land use pattern, land
degradation
and
conservation measures.
The traditional nation of FA - 1
development, national
income and percapita
income.
Growth of
national income-critical
appraisal of existing
development
indicators(PCI, IMR, SR
and other income and
health indicators). The
need for health and
educational
349
development, women
development indicators(
in simple and brief
holistic measure of
development).
(Case
study- Kerala, Punjab &
Bihar or India, China,
Srilanka
&
one
developed country).
Are divisions inherent to
the
working
of
democracy ?
What has been the
affect of caste on
politics and of politics on
caste ?
How has the gender
division shaped politics
?
How do communal
divisions
affect
democracy ?
Resource and their development
Forest and wild life resource.
(Text Book Chapter 2)
India and contemporary world-2
(Culture, identity and society)
Any one of the following themes.
Print culture and nationalism.
(Chapter 7)
August
2013
25
History of the novel.
(Chapter 8)
Understanding economic
development
(Sectors of the Indian Economy)
(chapter – 2)
Types and distribution,
depletion of flora and
fauna, conservation and
protection of forest and
wild life.
(a)
The history of
print in Europe
(b)
The growth of
press in 19th century
India
(c)
Relationship
between print culture,
public debate and
politics.
(a)
Emergence of
the novel as a genre in
the west
(b)
The relationship
between the novel and
350
Resource and their
development.
September
2013
24
Water resources
(chapter – 3)
Agriculture
(chapter – 4)
changes in modern
society
(c)
Early novels in
th
19 century in India
(d)
A study of 2 or
3 major writers.
Sectors of economic
activities, Historical
changes in sectors,
rising importance of
tertiary sector,
employment generation.
Division of sectors
organized and
unorganized, protective
measures for
unorganized sector
workers.
Sources, distribution,
utilization, multipurpose
projects, water scarcity,
need for conservation
and management, rain
water harvesting (one
case study to be
introduced)
FA-2
Types of farming, major
crops, cropping pattern,
technological and
institutional reforms,
their impact,
contribution of
agriculture to national
economy-employment
and output.
October
Summative Assessment – I
India and
contemporary world
–2
Events and
processes
Any two of the
following themes
1) Nationalism in
Europe
Nationalism in Europe
a) The growth of nationalism in
Europe after the 1830’s
b) The ideas of Giuseppe
351
(chapter – 1)
October
&
November
2013
32
2) Nationalist
movement in Indochina
(chapter – 2)
(choose any one
from the first two
themes)
mazzine…etc
c) General characteristics of the
movements in Poland, Hungary,
Italy, Germany and Greece.
a) French colonialism in IndioChina
b) Phases of struggle against
French
c) The ideas of phan dilh phung,
phan boi chau, Nguyen, AC quoc
d) The second world war and the
liberalization struggle
e) America and the second IndoChina war.
Resource and their
development
December
2013
25
FA - 3
Mineral resource
(chapter – 5)
Types of minerals, distribution,
use and economic importance of
minerals and conservation
Power resource
(chapter – 5)
Types of power resource,
conventional and nonconventional, distribution and
utilization
And conservation.
Democratic Politics
Competition and
contestation
in democracy
(chapter – 5 & 6)
Understanding
economic
development
Money & Credit
(chapter – 3)
How do struggles shape
democracy in favor of ordinary
people?
What role do political parities play
in competition and contestation?
Which are the major national and
regional parties in India?
Why have social movements
come to occupy large role in
politics?
a) Role of money in an economy
b) Historical origin, formal and
informal financial institutions for
savings and credit-general
introduction, select one formal
institution such as nationlise
commercial bank and few informal
institutions, local money lenders,
land lords, self help group, chit
funds and private finance
352
companies.
Democratic Politics
Outcomes of
Democracy
(chapter – 7)
Democratic Politics
Challenges to
Democracy
(chapter – 8)
January
2014
20
Can or should democracy be
judged by its outcomes?
What out comes can one
reasonably except of
democracies?
Does democracy in India meet
these expectations?
Has democracy led to
development security and dignity
for the people.
What sustains democracy in
India?
Is the idea of democracy
shrinking?
What are the major challenges to
democracy in India?
How can democracy be reformed
and deepened?
What role can an ordinary citizen
play in deepening democracy?
Resource and their
development
Manufacturing
industries
(chapter – 6)
Manufacturing industries types,
spatial distribution, contribution of
industries to the national
economy, industrial pollution and
degradation of environment,
measures to control degradation
(one case study to be introduced)
India and
contemporary world
Nationalism in India
(compulsory theme)
(chapter – 3)
Map work based on
theme – 3 only ( 2
Marks)
Civil disobedience movement
a) First world war, Khilafath and
non-cooperation movement
b) Salt Satyagraha
c) Movements of peasants,
workers, tribals
d) Activities of different political
groups
Understanding
economic
development
Globalisation
(chapter – 4)
a) What is globalization? How
India is being globalised and why?
b) Development strategy prior to
1991
c) State controls of the industries
d) Textile goods as an example for
elaboration
e) Economic reforms 1991
353
f) Strategies adopted in reform
measures
(easing of capital flows, migration,
investment flows)
g) different perspectives on
globalization and its impact on
different sectors, political impact of
globalization
Understanding
economic
development-2
Consumer
awareness
chapter – 5)
How consumer is exploited (1 or
2) simple case studies.
Factors causing exploitation of
consumers , rise of consumer
awareness
How a consumer should be in a
market
Role of government in consumer
protection
Resource and their
development
Transport,
Communication and
Trade
(chapter – 7)
Map work for 3
Transport, Communication and
Trade
February-2014- REVISION
FA - 4
March-Summative Assessment - II
Note: a) Disaster management through projects and assignments only.
b) Map work for 3 marks from the source and their development (Geography)
c) Map work based on theme 3 only (History) – 2 Marks Nationalism in India
*****
354
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI-NOIDA
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14

CLASS: X
SUBJECT: PHYSICAL EDUCATION
 Morning jogging and warming-up exercises and evening games to be conducted (except
Sunday and holidays).
 Battery test to be conducted in the beginning and end of the year.
 Exercises should be given to develop motor quality of the child (speed, strength, endurance,
coordination, and flexibility).
Physical Education
Month
Morning


April/
June
Jogging and warming up.
Free hand exercises for
coordination.
 Battery test(to analyze their
ability)
 Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Mayurasana, Kukutasana.



July
August






September/ 
October

SA-I
November





General fitness exercises
Aerobics.
Yogasana: Suryanamaskara,
Shirasasana . and
Makarasana.
Jogging and warming up.
Calestanics exercises.
March past practice.
Group Activities.
Yogasana: Suryanamaskara,
Gandaberundasana,
Sunakasana.
General conditioning
exercises.
Group activities of
coordination
Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Hanumanasana
Natarajasana. .
General Fitness exercises
Mobility exercises.
Rhythemic ActivitesLazium.
Yoga- Suryanamaskar,






Evening
Selecting students
to appropriate
games and sports
based on battery
test analysis.
Basketball
Hockey
Athletics: Triple
jump-basic skills


Practice of skills
and techniques of
the taken game.
Athletics; skills
practice of jumps.
 Physiology of
exercises
 History of
games.
 Practice of basic
and skills of
Basketball and
Hockey.
 Athletics: Throwing
event
-Hammer Throw.



Physical & Health
Education- Theory
Improvised skill
practice and lead
up games.
athletics.Endurance
Training.


Drug Abuses.
History of the
games
National Health
Programme..
Measurement
and marking of
courts of the
taken games.

Adjustment
mechanism.

World Health
Organization.
Personality

Basic movements.
Of the taken
games.
 Athletics:
Field events
practice

355


December



January
February/
March
(SA-2 will be
conducted)






Omkarasana
Vruschikasana
Coordination movements
Gymnastics: Parallel Bar
exercises.
Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Meditaion.
General Fitness exercises
and practice of previous
activities.
Practice of different
formations in Dombbells.
Yogasana:
Suryanamaskara,
Meditation.
.
General conditioning
exercise
Yogasana:
Suryanamaskar and
Meditation.


Improvised skill of
the games.
Athletics: Strength
related exercises
for jumps.
Practice/ game
situations.
Athletics: Jumping and
Bounding exercises.
Hurdles.



Battery test and practice 
matches.
Social
Behaviour..
Group
Dynamics..
Organization of
tournaments. ..
Officiating.
.
Suggestions:
 Inter House matches will be conducted as per the schedule of department of physical
education of respective Vidyalayas.
 Trekking and hiking can be conducted once in a year.
 Allow the students to watch the live matches.
 Martial arts should be encouraged by the help of available resource persons.
*****
356
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI- NEW DELHI
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
SUBJECT: ART (VISUAL)
MONTH
JUNE
JULY
AUG
SEPT
PERIOD
S
CLASS: X
4
4
4
4
OCT
NOV
4
DEC
4
JAN
4
FEB
4
TOPICS TO COVER
Compositional still life:
Arranging the still life composition with 4/5 objects on eye
level , above eye level and below eye level to be studied
with light and shade
Some objects may be studied with reflections by arranging
on glass surface
Presentation of still life of masters like Paul sezane
Composition painting:
Composition on any topic to be done keeping in view that
the elements and principles like line colour form shape
rhythm textures are incorporated
Composition on different Rasas like Karuna Vaatsalya etc
may be incorporated
Presentation on composition of masters may be shown
Introduction of 8/10 Indian contemporary artists with their
works. References may be taken from multimedia system/
of Art Books/ Internet facility in the Art room
Composition landscape:
On the spot / imaginary landscape
Composing a verity of landscapes.
Presentation on landscape of masters of impressionist
period may be shown
Folk art / terracotta
Understanding concept of terracotta / folk art and prepare 1
folk art or sculpture
Folk forms
Presentation on folk art like Madhubani , Pata Chitra , Warli
Wall Paintings may be shown
TERM 2
Life study (human figure)
Study of human figure
Portrait:
Portrait of great personalities in different mediums
Presentation on portraits of masters may be shown
Design :
Abstract design, symmetrical and asymmetrical
Keeping in view of the aspects like cool &warm colours
,colour harmony, contrast and complimentary colours
Submission of assignments on Artists Indian & Western
MEDIUM /
MATERIALS
Any Medium / Mix
Media
Water Colour,
Poster Colour Or
Acrylic Colour
A System with
Internet facility can
be made in the Art
Room
Pencil Water
Colour, Poster
Colour Or Acrylic
Colour
Poster Colour /
Any - Requirement
According To The
Type Of Folk Art /
Clay
Pencil ,
Monochrome Or
Colour
Pencil ,
Monochrome Or
Colour
Pencil Poster
Colour
357
CBSE GUIDELINES
Secondary School Curriculum-Vol-1-2014 OF CBSE / Page 242-246
ART EDUCATION
RATIONALE:
Art education constitutes an important area of curricular activity for the development of the wholesome personality of the
learners. Art is a process of fulfillment running through every aspect of life and it goes on in a creative, productive and joyful
manner. Art education helps to explore various means of communication (verbal and non-verbal). It encourages to develop
creative expression and sharpens senses through keen observation of the environment. It helps to discover preferences
through exposition to variety of material and identify the personal form and style of expression. It develops
awareness of various art forms in and around the environment and locality and develops skills in the use of various
tools, instruments and other art materials in the process of experimentation and exploration. In the process of
discovering space, organization, colours, forms, lines, texture, movement, sound etc., learners develop a sense of
organization and a sense of design which inculcates in them a sense of order with regard to their personal appearance,
home, school and community. It also develops aesthetic sensibilities and respect for social values and cultural heritage. The
idea of creative art involves all the elements of commonly known art forms-visual, performing and language arts, namely
music, dance, drama, drawing and painting, modelling and sculpture, or construction work, pottery and ceramic work, poetry
and creative writing and other connected craft forms.
OBJECTIVES
The objectives of art education are to :
* help learners to consolidate past experiences and knowledge;
* introduce learners to different media and techniques and their use for creative and productive expression for
common use.
* provide opportunities for development of awareness about folk arts, local specific arts and other cultural components
leading to an appreciation of national heritage;
* assist learners to use artistic and aesthetic sensibility in day-to-day life situation;
* enable learners to achieve a balanced growth as a social being in tune with our culture through projects work.
* get acquainted with the life and work of the local artists/artistes;
* use resourcefully locally available material to make different products (objects) with the help of the community;
* refine the sense of appreciation of the beauty of nature through the basic elements of art forms;
APPROACH TO ART ACTIVITIES
At the secondary stage, art education is closer to the local folk art and craft and folk theatre.
Art is not only to always blindly copy the old masters or copying the teacher's work in a rigid manner but to help learners
express themselves in creative and imaginative ways. Creative arts cannot be a substitute of Work Education under which a
few artistic activities may be conducted but the approach and product would be different.
In the interest of the learner, as far as possible, all the media of creative arts may be placed
before them to selection one form or a combination of art forms. These are :
VISUAL ARTS
* Two-dimensional or Pictorial
- Drawing and Painting
- Collage Making
- Printing Making
- Photography
- Computer graphics (Wherever possible)
* Three-dimensional
- Clay modelling and pottery
- Carving and sculpture
- Construction
Art is about creative expression of the learners, uniquely contributed by each one. Studying the works of famous artists of
the past or present is undertaken to orient the learners to varied expressions. Replicating a copying either the Master or the
teacher will check the imagination of the students and therefore must be avoided in all cases.
PERFORMING ARTS
* Music (Vocal, Instrumental)
* Movement and Dance
* Creative Drama and Puppetry
* Creative Writing and Poetry
SOURCES FOR ART TEACHING
The arts programme in schools must reflect the ethos of the region. Artistic expression in music, poetry, dance theater and
in the creation of forms have been part of human life from the very beginning. It is an integral part of human existence.
358
Exposure to the local environment and arts must be treated as an essential activity of the school art programme.
Besides individual expression, the arts provide an opportunity to the learners to study and appreciate the contributions made
in the past and present. By learning to appreciate music, painting, dance and theatre, students develop aesthetic sensibility
and sensitivity to understand people from other cultures. To build a harmonious society, a productive nation or a world,
requires making learners familiar with the tradition of arts of the local region. From the strength and confidence gained from
the familiar, it will be possible for him/her to respect and appreciate the culture and
contribution made by others. A creative expression essentially depends on the approach to create opportunities for learners
to explore, imagine and communicate the same in an art form they feel confident to use. Availability of material and experts
closer to the school or community can be acceded.
SYLLABUS
VISUAL ARTS
When the school(s) can provide art teachers in different media the following syllabus may be adopted. Activities in terms of
Materials/Media and Techniques
Two-dimensional or Pictorial Activities
* Study of visual resources and means of creative expression
- Study of lines, strokes, colours, shades, tones, textures, etc, while organizing two dimensional space with two dimensional
and three dimensional shapes and forms.
- Sketching from nature and surrounding.
- Creative use of colours to show space, atmosphere, subjective moods
- Creative use of perspective in spatial relationship.
- Study of calligraphic strokes of Devnagari and Roman alphabet (Scripts)
- Use of contrast as an expressive element of art.
- Study and use of various media and techniques to the extent of their availability.
- Pencil, charcoal, water colour, crayon, oil colours, poster colour and gouache, acrylic
colour and other unconventional sources of colours such as vermillion, yellow and red earth, rice flour, and tools like painting
brushes for water colours and oil colours, Painting
surfaces such as papers of various kinds and quality, like smooth, rough, thick, thin, etc,
canvas, hardboard, simple marking cloth pasted on paper, etc.,
- Collage and mosaic work with a variety of coloured papers and coloured printed pictures/ photographs from magazines
and newspapers.
- Print Making: Mono printing, Printing with wood-cut blocks, lino-cut and metal foil: serigraphy (silk screen), self-made
stencil etc.
- Basic knowledge of computer graphics (wherever possible)
Three-dimensional or sculptural activities
* Study of basic forms in clay
- Study of various materials such as clay, plaster of paris, soft-stone, wood. (blocks, twigs and branches, roots, etc.,) metal
scraps, plastic sheets, wire thread, papers and cardboards, vegetables and other throw-away available materials.
- Study of natural and man-made forms, human figures, birds, animals, vegetation and
other objects like household items, buildings or as desired by the students.
- Objects of day-to-day use in groups and in different settings and arrangements;
Assignments
Assignments in two and three-dimensional subjective forms and utility and functional art and craft forms in different media
and techniques. Painting, murals, graphics, clay modelling, woodcarving, soft-stone, Plaster Of Paris, block of brick
constructions, collage mobiles, appliqué, pottery and ceramics, masks, and puppets, textile designing (including tie-dye and
batik, and block printing), poster designing, lay-out illustrations and photography etc.,
Correlating Art Activities with Other School Activities
* Construction of puppets and their costumes and improvised puppet stage or theatre, correlation with Home Science and
Arts (Drama) subjects;
* Aesthetic organization of the physical environment by enhancing the surrounding land i.e. landscaping including plantation
of trees and other flowering plants and vegetables, etc. correlating with Agriculture, Home Science and Environment Studies
activities.
* Constructing stage setting props such as curtain, backdrops, stage lighting, improvised furniture sets, etc., designing utility
(crafts) items; correlating with Work Education activities.
* Designing the school magazine and bulletin boards, making posters for school functions, and greeting/invitation cards,
stage scenes for music, dance, drama performances, etc., correlating with applied Art activities.
Note: These activities and other group activities may emerge in project form at individual levels also.
Group Activities
359
* Organization, display and exhibitions of students' periodical and sessional work.
* Organizing inter school art exhibitions to widen their interaction and horizon.
* Planning and organizing festivals and celebrations of the community, cultural evenings, musical concerts, film shows and
other performances including regional and folk (traditional art forms).
* Participating in study visits to museums, botanical gardens, zoological garden, and art galleries and art institutions, etc., for
greater awareness of the environment and cultural variations.
Theoretical Understanding of Art and Culture
* Short notes on important aspects of Indian art and culture based on social studies. Such writing may be based on
reproduction of art work printed in Textbooks.
* Contribution made by any one contemporary artist.
* Knowledge of terms: Contour, texture, graphic, form, volume, space, tone, printmaking, collage, armature, modelling in
relief, mobile construction, appliqué, calligraphy, layout, poster and composition.
NCERT
Art Education as per the curriculum guidelines Ref : 1.7 National Curriculum Framework 2005 / Position Paper National
Focus Group On Art, Music, Dance And Theatre / page 6 chapter 3.4 /
OBJECTIVES AT THE SECONDARY STAGE
* Experience joy / enjoyment.
* Introduce the student to new media and techniques and their use for creative expression and for making objects of
common use.
* Provide opportunities for developing awareness about folk arts, local specific arts, and other components leading to an
appreciation of national heritage and cultural diversity.
* Enable students to use their artistic and aesthetic sensibilities in day to day life.
* Get acquainted with the life and work of local artists.
* Develop creative expression through locally available materials with the help of community.
* Refine the sense of appreciation of the beauty of nature and the basic elements of art forms.
According to the Guidelines Of Secondary School Curriculum-Vol-1-2014 of CBSE Page 242-246 , Principals are requested
to provide the required materials to the students by the Vidyalaya and also arrange study tour to the nearest Museum / Art
Centre / National Heritage Centre which ever possible for conducting art education activities in a wide meaning.
Prepared by: Veeraraghavan, Art Teacher, Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalaya, Haveri, Karnataka. In
consultation with NCERT ,Department Of Art And Aesthetics and V S Saji kumar Art Teacher JNV
Trivendrum.
*****
360
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI- NEW DELHI
SPLITUP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: X
SUBJECT:
MUSIC
OBJECTIVES:
 Expose the student through music to the cultural multiplicity of the country’s five different
regions – North, South, East, North-east and West – in an interesting manner
 Arouse healthy curiosity in the students’ mind about the vast variety of music which may
lead to analysis and research at their level
 Stimulate an interest in the student to study music further at the Secondary and Higher
Secondary levels giving him/her the opportunity for research and documentation in music
as well as pursue it as career
 Instill in the student the sense of values that the arts in general and music in particular are
based on.
The aim of music education is to get maximum exposure about Indian music without it
becoming a burden or reason for monotony and boredom. Music is closely interlinked with the
geography, social structure, festivals, dance, regional theatre, heritage crafts as well as different
forms of visual arts, common beliefs and occupation. A lesson in music would become an
opportunity for the student to be given a Pan-Indian awareness of it. How a song or musical
piece is rendered, on what occasion and where it is presented would be extremely significant in
order to relate music to different subject areas being taught in the classroom as well as to the
life outside it. All this would be a part of the syllabus from which the student would gain an
understanding about the diversity in musical genres stemming from tribal, regional and urban
cultures and sensibilities.
APRIL/JUNE
CONTENTS
Revision of Keerthanas
Theory: A Comparative Study of Carnatic and Hindusthani Music Ragas
Patriotic Song in other than Hindi Language.
Simple Keerthana
July
Theory: A Comparative Study of Carnatic and Hindusthani Music Talas
One regional language song
Group Song Related to a Festival.
Keerthana Continues
August
Theory: A Comparative Study of Carnatic and Hindusthani Musical Forms.
Patriotic Song in Hindi
Keerthana Continues.
September
Theory: Short note on Sugam Sangeeth(Light Music)
Song in Hindi language
Folk Song.
Keerthana, Singing rhythmic patterns in different Talas.
October
Theory: 72 Melakartha Scheme.
Revision of Previous lessons.
Evaluation
*****
361
qÉÉWû
AmÉëæsÉ/eÉÔlÉ
2013
MüÉrÉï
ÌSuÉxÉ
ÌlÉkÉÉïËUiÉ
AuÉÍkÉü
25
24
mÉÉPû MüÉ
lÉÉqÉ/ÌlÉkÉÉïËUiÉ
ÌuÉwÉrÉ uÉxiÉÑ
(CMüÉD)
AÉUÉåWû
1: aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1.नमक का दारोगाmÉëåqÉcÉÇS
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
A) WûqÉ iÉÉæ LMü
LMü MüËU
eÉÉÇlÉÉÇ
oÉ) xÉÇiÉÉåÇ
SåZÉiÉ eÉaÉ
oÉÉæUÉlÉÉ MüoÉÏU
AÇMü pÉÉU
ÌuÉiÉÉlÉ- 1:
1. pÉÉUiÉÏrÉ
aÉÉÌrÉMüÉAÉåÇ
qÉåÇ oÉåeÉÉåQû.:
sÉiÉÉ
qÉÇaÉåvÉMüU –
MÑüqÉÉU
aÉÇkÉuÉï
AÌpÉurÉÌ£ AÉæU
eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
qÉÉkrÉqÉ :
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. ÌmÉëÇOû
qÉÉkrÉqÉ 2.
xÉqÉÉcÉÉU 3.
xÉÇmÉÉSMüÐrÉ
eÉÑsÉÉD 2013
27
27
1. mÉëjÉqÉ
CMüÉD
mÉUϤÉÉ
2. mÉëS¨É
MüÉrÉï/
mÉUϤÉÉ
3.mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ
MüÉrÉï
AÉUÉåWû – 1:
aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1. ÍqÉrÉÉÆ
lÉxÉϬÏlÉ –
M×üwhÉÉ
xÉÉåoÉiÉÏ
2. AmÉÔ Måü xÉÉjÉ
RûÉD xÉÉsÉ –
xÉirÉÎeÉiÉ UÉrÉ
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
A) qÉåUå iÉÉå
ÌaÉËUkÉU
aÉÉåmÉÉsÉ,
SÕxÉUÉ lÉ MüÉåD
oÉ) mÉaÉ
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(08)
2. mÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(08)
3. mÉëvlÉÉåiÉU
mÉÉPèrÉ
mÉÑxiÉMü
AÉæU mÉÔUMü
mÉÑxiÉMü (08)
4. eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
qÉÉkrÉqÉ
(08)
5. UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
362
bÉÑÇbÉÃ oÉÉÇÍkÉ
qÉÏUÉ lÉÉcÉÏ qÉÏUÉ
sÉåZÉlÉ (08)
ÌuÉiÉÉlÉ- 1:
UÉeÉxjÉÉlÉ MüÐ
UeÉiÉ oÉÔÇSå
(mÉëjÉqÉ pÉÉaÉ) –
AlÉÑmÉqÉ ÍqÉ´É.
AÌpÉurÉÌ£ AÉæU
eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
qÉÉkrÉqÉ :
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. ËUmÉÉåOïû 2.
AÉsÉåZÉ 3. TüÐcÉU
sÉåZÉlÉ
AaÉxiÉ 2013
25
25
1. ̲iÉÏrÉ
CMüÉD
mÉUϤÉÉ
2. mÉëS¨É
MüÉrÉï/
mÉUϤÉÉ
3.mÉËUrÉÉåeÉlÉÉ
MüÉrÉï
AÉUÉåWû – 1:
aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(08)
1. ÌoÉSÉD
2.
mÉÌPûiÉ
xÉÇpÉÉwÉhÉ –
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
oÉÉsÉ qÉÑMÑüÇS
(08)
aÉÑmiÉ
3.
mÉëvlÉÉåiÉU
2. aÉsÉiÉÉ sÉÉåWûÉ
mÉÉPèrÉ
– vÉåZÉU eÉÉåvÉÏ
mÉÑxiÉMü
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
AÉæU mÉÔUMü
A) mÉÍjÉMü mÉÑxiÉMü
(08)
UÉqÉlÉUåvÉ
4. eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
̧ÉmÉÉPûÏ
qÉÉkrÉqÉ
oÉ) uÉå
(08)
AÉÆÇZÉåÇ –
5. UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
xÉÑÍqɧÉÉlÉÇSlÉ
sÉåZÉlÉ (08)
mÉÇiÉ
ÌuÉiÉÉlÉ- 1:
UÉeÉxjÉÉlÉ MüÐ
UeÉiÉ oÉÔÆÇSå
(AÇÌiÉqÉ pÉÉaÉ) –
AlÉÑmÉqÉ ÍqÉ´É
AÌpÉurÉÌ£ AÉæU
eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
qÉÉkrÉqÉ :
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. ÌlÉoÉÇkÉ sÉåZÉlÉ
2. mÉ§É sÉåZÉlÉ 3.
xÉÇͤÉmiÉ
mÉëvlÉÉåiÉU
363
ÍxÉiÉÇ
oÉU
2013
24
24
AÉUÉåWû – 1: aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1.
iÉ×iÉÏrÉ
CMüÉD
mÉUϤÉÉ
2.
mÉëS¨É
MüÉrÉï/
mÉUϤÉÉ
3.mÉËUr
ÉÉåeÉlÉÉ
MüÉrÉï
1. xmÉÏÌiÉ qÉåÇ oÉÉËUvÉ –
M×üwhÉÉlÉÉjÉ
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
A) bÉU MüÐ rÉÉS – pÉuÉÉlÉÏ
mÉëxÉÉS ÍqÉ´É
ÌuÉiÉÉlÉ- 1:
AÌpÉurÉÌ£ AÉæU eÉlÉ
xÉÇcÉÉU qÉÉkrÉqÉ :
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. AsÉÇMüÉU mÉËUcÉrÉ
AYतूoÉ
U 2013
09
mÉëjÉqÉ
lÉuÉÇo
ÉU
2013
17
19
AÉUÉåWû – 1:
xɧÉÉÇ aɱ ZÉÇQû:
iÉ
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
mÉUϤÉÉ AÌpÉurÉÌ£ AÉæU eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
qÉÉkrÉqÉ : urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. mÉëjÉqÉ xɧÉÉÇiÉ mÉUϤÉÉ
MüÉå qɬålÉeÉU UZÉiÉå WÒûL
mÉÔuÉï mÉÌPûiÉÉÇvÉ MüÐ
mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ͨÉ
1.
cÉiÉÑjÉï
CMüÉD
mÉUϤÉÉ
2.
mÉëS¨É
MüÉrÉï/
mÉUϤÉÉ
AÉUÉåWû – 1: aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1. UeÉlÉÏ – qɳÉÔ pÉÇQûÉUÏ
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
A) cÉÇmÉÉ MüÉsÉå AcNûU
lÉWûÏÇ cÉÏlWûûiÉÏ
oÉ) aÉeÉsÉ (xÉÉrÉå qÉåÇ kÉÔmÉ)
– SÒwrÉÇiÉ MÑüqÉÉU
ÌuÉiÉÉlÉ- 1:
AÉsÉÉå – AÉÆÇkÉÉUÏ (mÉëjÉqÉ
pÉÉaÉ) – oÉåoÉÏ WûÉsÉSÉU
AÌpÉurÉÌ£ AÉæU eÉlÉ
xÉÇcÉÉU qÉÉkrÉqÉ :
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. ÌlÉoÉÇkÉ sÉåZÉlÉ 2. mɧÉ
sÉåZÉlÉ
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(08)
2. mÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(08)
3. mÉëvlÉÉåiÉU
mÉÉPèrÉ mÉÑxiÉMü
AÉæU mÉÔUMü
mÉÑxiÉMü (08)
4. eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
qÉÉkrÉqÉ
(08)
5. UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ (08)
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(15)
2. mÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(35)
3. mÉëvlÉÉåiÉU
mÉÔUMü mÉÑxiÉMü
(15)
4. eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
qÉÉkrÉqÉ (10)
5. UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ (15) 6.
qÉÉæÎZÉMü mÉUϤÉÉ
(10)
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(08)
2. mÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(08)
3. mÉëvlÉÉåiÉU
mÉÉPèrÉ mÉÑxiÉMü
AÉæU mÉÔUMü
mÉÑxiÉMü (08)
4. eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
qÉÉkrÉqÉ
(08)
5. UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ (08)
364
ÌSxÉÇo
ÉU
2013
25
25
AÉUÉåWû – 1: aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1.
mÉÇcÉqÉ
CMüÉD
mÉUϤÉÉ
2.
mÉëS¨É
MüÉrÉï/
mÉUϤÉÉ
1. UeÉlÉÏ - qɳÉÔ pÉÇQûÉUÏ
2. eÉÉqÉÑlÉ MüÉ mÉåQû. –
M×üvlÉcÉÇSU
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
A) Wåû pÉÔZÉ qÉiÉ qÉcÉsÉ –
AYMü qÉWûÉSåuÉÏ
oÉ) Wåû qÉåUå eÉÑWûÏ Måü
TÔüsÉ eÉæxÉå DµÉU – AYMü
qÉWûÉSåuÉÏ
ÌuÉiÉÉlÉ- 1:
AÉsÉÉå – AÉÆÇkÉÉUÏ (̲iÉÏrÉ
pÉÉaÉ) – oÉåoÉÏ WûÉsÉSÉU
AÌpÉurÉÌ£ AÉæU eÉlÉ
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(08)
2. mÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(08)
3. mÉëvlÉÉåiÉU
mÉÉPèrÉ mÉÑxiÉMü
AÉæU mÉÔUMü
mÉÑxiÉMü (08)
4. eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
qÉÉkrÉqÉ (08)
5. UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ (08)
xÉÇcÉÉU qÉÉkrÉqÉ :
urÉÉMüUhÉ:
1. xÉÇͤÉmiÉ mÉëvlÉÉå¨ÉU
sÉåZÉlÉ
eÉlÉu
ÉUÏ
2014
23
TüUu
ÉUÏ
2014
24
AÉUÉåWû – 1: aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1. eÉÉqÉÑlÉ MüÉ mÉåQû M×üvlÉcÉÇSU
2. pÉÉUiÉ qÉÉiÉÉ - eÉuÉÉWûUsÉÉsÉ
lÉåWûÃ
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
1:आओ ममलकर बचाएँ-ननममला पत
ु ल
ु
ÌuÉiÉÉlÉ- 1:
AÉsÉÉå – AÉÆÇkÉÉUÏ (iÉ×iÉÏrÉ
(AÇÌiÉqÉ) pÉÉaÉ)
– oÉåoÉÏ WûÉsÉSÉU
AÌpÉurÉÌ£ AÉæU eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
(08)
CMüÉD
2. mÉÌPûiÉ
mÉUϤÉÉ
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
2.
(08)
mÉëS¨É
3.
mÉëvlÉÉåiÉU
MüÉrÉï/
mÉÉPèrÉ mÉÑxiÉMü
mÉUϤÉÉ
AÉæU mÉÔUMü
mÉÑxiÉMü (08)
4. eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
qÉÉkrÉqÉ
(08)
qÉÉkrÉqÉ : urÉÉMüUhÉ:
5. UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
1. ÌlÉoÉÇkÉ sÉåZÉlÉ 2. mÉ§É sÉåZÉlÉ sÉåZÉlÉ (08)
3. xÉÇͤÉmiÉ mÉëvlÉÉåiÉU
24
1. AmÉÌPûiÉ
AÉUÉåWû – 1:
aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1.पूर्म
(15)
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
2. mÉÌPûiÉ
ÌuÉiÉÉlÉ1:
uÉÉÌwÉ
AÌpÉurÉÌ£ AÉæU eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU aɱÉÇvÉ/mɱÉÇvÉ
ïMü
(35)
mÉUϤ qÉÉkrÉqÉ : urÉÉMüUhÉ:
3. mÉëvlÉÉåiÉU
1. uÉÉÌwÉïMü mÉUϤÉÉ MüÉå
ÉÉ
mÉÔUMü mÉÑxiÉMü
qɬålÉeÉU UZÉiÉå WÒûL
(15)
mÉÔuÉï mÉÌPûiÉÉÇvÉ MüÐ
4. eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ͨÉ
qÉÉkrÉqÉ (10)
5. UcÉlÉÉiqÉMü
sÉåZÉlÉ (15) 6.
qÉÉæÎZÉMü mÉUϤÉÉ
23
1.षष्ठम
365
(10)
qÉÉc
Éï
2014
23
23
AÉUÉåWû – 1: aɱ ZÉÇQû:
1. mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ꬃ LuÉÇ
uÉÉÌwÉïMü mÉUϤÉÉ
mɱ ZÉÇQû:
A) mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ꬃ LuÉÇ
uÉÉÌwÉïMü mÉUϤÉÉ
ÌuÉiÉÉlÉ- 1:
mÉÑlÉUÉuÉ×ꬃ LuÉÇ uÉÉÌwÉïMü
mÉUϤÉÉ
AÌpÉurÉÌ£ AÉæU eÉlÉ xÉÇcÉÉU
qÉÉkrÉqÉ : urÉÉMüUhÉ:
*****
366
Ukoksn; fo|ky; lfefr] uks,Mk
ikB~;Øe foHkktu l=&2013&14
d{kk&11] fo”k;&fganh ¼,sfPNd½ dksM la[;k&002
Ø0
la0
1-
vifBr cks/k ¼ x|ka’k vkSj dkO;ka’k&cks/k½
15
2-
10 + 05
25
3-
jpukRed rFkk O;kogkfjd ys[ku
35
x|&Ik| ladyu ¼varjk Hkkx % ,d½ ikB~; iqLrd
15
20 ++ 15
10
4-
fo"k; lkexzh
iwjd iqLrd
vad
¼varjky Hkkx % ,d½
ekSf[kd vfHkO;fDr
;ksx
100
ÁFke&l=
varjk % Hkkx&1
i| %1-vjs bu nksgqu
jkg u ikbZ 2- ckye]
vkoks gekjs xsg js&
dchjnkl
x| % bZnxkg&ÁsepUn]
i| % 1- [ksyu esa
dks dkdks xqlS;k¡ 2eqjyh
rÅ
xqikyfga
Hkkofr & lwjnkl
x|
%
nksigj
dk
Hkkstu& vejdkar
varjky %
Hkkx&1
vfHkO
;fDr
vkSj
ek/;e
-------
vifBr
x|ka’k
vaMs ds
fNyds %
eksgu
jkds’k
vifBr
i|ka’k
fVIi.k
h
ÁFke
bdkbZ
ijh{kk]
ÁnÙk
dk;Z@ijh{
kk
2
-
vÁSy@
twu&
2013
1
-
ekg
tqykbZ&
2013
Ø
l
a
-
367
5
-
vDrwcj
2013
fuca/k
ys[ku]
i=
ys[ku
f}rh; bdkbZ ijh{kk]
ÁnÙk dk;Z@ijh{kk
Áfrosn
u]
fjiksV
Z
r`rh; bdkbZ
ijh{kk] ÁnÙk
dk;Z@ijh{kk
flrEcj&
2013
4
-
i| % 1- g¡lh dh pksV
2liuk
3njckj&nso] 1- vkSjs
Hkk¡fr
dqatu
esa
gqlSu dh
xqatjr -- 2-xksdqy
dgkuh viuh
ds dqy ds xyh-- 3tckuh&
HkkSaju
dks
xqatu
edcwy fQnk
fcgkj -gqlSu
x| % 1- VkpZ cspus
okys&
gfj
’kadj
ijlkbZ
2-jkaxs;
jk?ko&xw¡xs
i|
%la/;k
ds
ckn&lqfe=kuanu iar]
1- tkx rq>dks nwj
tkuk
2lc
vk¡[kksa
ds
vk¡lw
---------mtys&egknsoh oekZ]
x|
%1-T;ksfrck
Qqys&lq/kk vjksM+k]
2- [kkukcnks’k& vkse
Ádk’k okYehfd
i| % uhan mpV tkrh
gS
&ujsUnz ‘kekZ]
---------iqujko`fÙk] ÁFke l=
ijh{kk
dk;Zlw
ph
ifj;kstu
k dk;Z
vxLr&
2013
3
-
i| % ckny dks f?kjrs
ns[kk gS&ukxktqZu]
x|
%
mldh
ek¡
&ikaMs; cspu ‘kekZ
^mxz*
-------
------
prqFkZ
bdkbZ
ijh{kk]
ÁnÙk
dk;Z@ijh{kk
x|
%
u,
dh
tUe vkokjk
dqaMyh % ,d &xtkuu elhgk
ek/ko eqfDrcks/k
¼fn’kkgkjk
½& fo”.kq
ÁHkkdj
iape~
bdkbZ
ijh{kk]
ÁnÙk
dk;Z@ijh{k
k
7
-
uoEoj&
2013
6
-
fnlEcj&
2013
f}rh;&l=
dk;Zo`Ù
k
368
Qjojh
]
2014
-------
------
“k”Be~ bdkbZ
ijh{kk] ÁnÙk
dk;Z@ijh{kk
i| % gLr{ksi&Jhdkar
oekZ]
x| % Hkkjr o”kZ dh
mUufr
dSls
gksxh
&HkkjrsUnq gfj’pUnz
i| % ?kj esa okilh&/kwfey]
iqujko`fÙk]
iwoZ okf”kZd ijh{kk ¼ekSf[kd ijh{k.k½
ekpZ] 2014 Okkf”kZd ijh{kk
fu/kkZfjr iqLrdsa %
1. varjk Hkkx % ,d ¼x| &i| ladyu½ ikB~;
iqLrd % ,u-lh-bZ-vkj-Vh- }kjk Ádkf’krA
2. varjky Hkkx % ,d ¼iwjd iqLrd½ % ,u- lh-
bZ- vkj- Vh- }kjk Ádkf’krA
3. vfHkO;fDr ,oa ek/;e % ,u- lh- bZ- vkj-
Vh- }kjk Ádkf’krA
*****
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLIT UP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
SUBJECT: ENGLISH
UNITS AND TOPICS TO BE COVERED
Hornbill
Snapshots
Novel
Grammar/
Composition
ACTIVITY/
PROJECT
/
ASSESSM
ENT
PERIODS
CLASS: XI
(Code:301)
MONTH
9
-
Tkuojh& 2014
8
-
369
April/ June
26
1) The
Portrait of
a Lady
2) A
Photograp
h (Poem)
1)The
Summer of
the
Beautiful
White
Horse
1)Short
composition:
(50 words)
a)notices,
b)posters,
c)advertisements
Chapter 1
2) Grammar
Tenses - Rules to
use all tenses must
be given to the
students. Practice
exercises must be
provided
Unit Test –I
Reading
Project
To be assigned
Conversations to
promote
communicative
skills
July
UT 1
Unit Test–II
26
We're Not
Afraid
to Die…..
If We Can
All Be
Together
The
Address
Chapter 2
1) Unseen passage
for
reading
comprehension
2) Note – Making
and summary
3)Grammar
a)determiners,
b)modals,
c)voices
Reading Project
(prepare reviews,
commentaries on
characters, critical
evaluation of the
plot, story,
characters etc.)
Audio recordings
to be played for
promoting
listening skills
370
AUGUST –
UT 2
25
1)Discover
ing Tut The Saga
Continues Ranga's
2) The
Marriage
Voice of
the Rain
(Poem)
1) Letter Writing
a) Business or
official letters
(for for making
enquiries,
registering
complaints) and
giving
information,
placing orders
and sending
replies)
b) Letters to the
Editor
c) Application for a
job
Chapter 3
d) Letter to school
or college
authorities,
regarding
admission, school
issues,
requirements/
suitability of
courses etc.
Unit Test–III
Submission of
Reading Project
Description of
people, places,
funny anecdotes
etc.
SEPTEMBER
UT 3
2) Grammar
Clauses Kinds of
clauses and
their uses
24
1) The
Ailing
Planet:
The Green
Movement
's Role
2)
Childhood
(Poem)
Albert
Einstein at
School
1)Compositions
(150 – 200 words)
a)article,
Chapter 4
b)speech
c)report writing
d)narrative
Dramatization of
the novel
Assessment of
listening &
speaking skills
(5+5)
371
OCTOBER/ NOVEMBER UT 4
DECEMBER
UT 5
Father to
Son
(Poem)
Mother's
Day
31
25
The
Browning
Version
Birth
Grammatical
structures to be
tested in
meaningful
contexts. Item
types will include
Chapter 5
gap filling,
sentence reordering, dialogue
completion and
sentence
transformation
1) Conversation
skills
2) Grammar
a) Error
Chapter 6 Correction
b)Editing Task
c)Re-ordering of
sentences
Unit Test–IV
Skits on social
issues,
Reading
Project
for Term II To be
assigned
Unit Test–V
Speeches,
Debates,
Group
Discussions etc.
Quiz based on
Newspapers
Unit Test–VI
FEBRU
ARY
22
23
MARCH
JANUARY
UT 6
Submission of
Reading Project II
25
The Tale of
Melon City
Chapter 7
Conversation
skills practice for both
listening and
speaking skills
Describe the theme
of a book read or a
movie
seen
recently defending
characters’ actions
in the story
Assessment of listening & speaking skills (5+5)
TERM TEST II
372
CLASS - XI English Core
SECTION - A
Reading Comprehension
60
Periods
•
Very short answer and MCQ types questions:
Two unseen passages (including poems) with a variety of questions including 04 marks for
vocabulary such as word formation and inferring meaning. The total range of the 2 passages
including a poem or a stanza, should be around 900-1000 words.
1.
550-600 words in length (for note-making and
summarising)
2.
350-400 words in length (to test comprehension, interpretation and
inference) An unseen poem of about 28-35 lines.
The passages could be of any one of the
following types:
•
Factual passages, e.g., illustrations, description, reports
•
Discursive passages involving opinion, e.g., argumentative, persuasive
•
Literary passages e.g. extracts from fiction, biography, autobiography, travelogue, etc. In
the case of a poem, the text may be shorter than the prescribed word limit.
373
SECTION B
Writing Skills and Grammar
WRITING
60 Periods
•
Short Answer Questions: Based on notice/ poster/ advertisement
•
Long Answer Questions: Letters based on verbal/visual input. It would cover all types of letters.
•
Letter types may include:
(a)
business or official letters (for making enquiries, registering complaints, asking for and giving
information, placing orders and sending replies)
(b)
letters to the editor (giving suggestions on an issue) (c)
application for a job with a bio-data or resume
(d)
•
letter to the school or college authorities, regarding admissions, school issues, requirements
/suitability of courses, etc.
Very Long Answer Question:
narrative
Grammar
Composition in the form of article, speech, report writing or a
30 Periods
•
Different grammatical structures in meaningful contexts will be tested. Item types will include gap filling,
sentence re-ordering, dialogue completion and sentence transformation. The grammar syllabus will
include determiners, tenses, clauses, modals and Change of Voice. These grammar areas will be
tested using the following short answer type and MCQ type questions:
•
Error Correction, editing tasks,
•
Re - ordering of Sentences,
•
Transformation of sentences
374
SECTION C
Literature and Long Reading Texts
70 Periods
Questions to test comprehension at different levels: literal, inferential and evaluative
1.
Hornbill: Textbook published by NCERT, New Delhi
2.
Snapshots: Supplementary Reader published by NCERT, New Delhi
The following have been deleted:
Textbooks
Name of the lessons deleted
Hornbill
1.
Landscape of the Soul
2.
The Adventure
3.
Silk Road
4.
The Laburnum Top (Poetry)
5.
The Ghat of the only World
Snapshots
•
Very Short Answer Questions - Based on an extract from poetry to test reference to context
comprehension and appreciation.
•
Short Answer Questions - Based on prose, poetry and plays from both the texts.
•
Long Answer Question - Based on prescribed texts to test global comprehension and extrapolation
beyond the texts to bring out the key messages and values.
•
Long Answer Questions - Based on theme, plot, incidents or event from the prescribed novels.
•
Long Answer Question - Based on understanding appreciation, analysis and interpretation of the
characters.
Note: Values-based questions may be given as long answers in the writing or literature sections.
Long Reading Texts (Anyone)
With a view to inculcate the habit of reading among the students, CBSE has introduced compulsory
reading of a Long Reading Text - Novel in the English Core Course and will be evaluated in the Term-end
Assessments. Schools can opt for either one of the texts.
Novels
The Canterville Ghost
Up from Slavery
Author
Oscar Wilde (unabridged 1906 Edition)
Booker T. Washington (unabridged 2000 Edition)
375
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
*****
376
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NEW DELHI
SPLIT UP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS XI
SUBJECT: MATHEMATICS
APRI
L/JU
NE
UNITS/ SUB TOPICS
LOGARITHMS
Meaning of Logatithm of a number to given base a, a>0
& a 1, Laws of logarithms including change of base,
common logarithm (Base 10), characteristics and
mantissa,
Antilogarithms,
Logarithmic
tables,
Applications of logarithms to problems of compound
interest, growth and decay (depreciation).
SETS
Sets and their representations. Empty set. finite &
Infinite sets. Equal sets. Sub sets. Sub sets of the set of
real numbers especially intervals ( with notations).
Power Set. Universal Set, Venn diagrams. Union and
Intersection of Sets. Difference of sets. Complement of
a set.
NO. OF
PERIODS
MONTH
(UNIT –WISE MARKS DISTRIBUTION AS PER CBSE NORMS)
UNIT
NAME OF THE UNIT
MARKS
I
29
SETS & FUNCTIONS
II
ALGEBRA
37
III
13
COORDINATE GEOMETRY
IV
06
CALCULUS
V
03
MATHEMATICAL REASONING
VI
12
STATISTICS & PROBABILITY
REMARKS
06
10
UNIT 1
Sets &
functions. (29)
marks as per
CBSE
RELATIONS & FUNCTIONS
Ordered pairs, Cartesian Product of Sets. Number of
elements in the Cartesian product of two finite sets.
Cartesian product of the reals with itself (up to R x R x
R). Definition of relation, pictorial diagrams, domain.
Co domain and range of a relation. Function as a
special kind of relation from one set to another.
Pictorial representation of a function, domain, codomain & range of a function. Real valued function of
the real variable, domain and range of these functions,
constant, identity, polynomial, rational, modulus,
signum and greatest integer functions with their graphs.
18
377
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Sum, difference, product and quotients of functions
.Concept of exponential & logarithmic function.
JULY
TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
Positive and negative angles. Measuring angles in
radians & in degrees and conversion from one measure
to another. Definition of trigonometric functions with
the help of unit circle. Truth of the identity Sin2x +
Cos2x = 1, for all x. Signs of trigonometric functions
and sketch of their graphs. Expressing Sin(x+y) and
Cos(x+y) in terms of sinx, siny cosx and cosy.
Deducing the identities like following: tan(x y),
cot(x ),sin x+siny, cos x + cos y, sin x – sin y, cos x –
cos y.
Identities related to Sin2x, Cos2x, Tan2x, Cos3x and
Tan3x. General solution of trigonometric equations of
the type
Sin = Sin , Cos = Cos and tan = tan
Law of sines and Laws of cosines.
Simple Applications of Law of Sines and Cosines
formulae.
28
PRINCIPLE OF MATHEMATICAL INDUCTION
AUG.
Processes of the proof by induction, motivating the
application of the method by looking at natural numbers
as the least inductive subset of real numbers. The
principle of mathematical induction and simple
applications.
COMPLEX NUMBERS AND QUADRATIC
EQUATIONS
Need for complex numbers, especially
to be
motivated by inability to solve quadratic equation. Brief
description of algebraic properties of complex numbers.
Argand plane and polar representation of Complex
numbers.
Statement of Fundamental Theorem of
Algebra, solution of Quadratic equations in the Complex
number system. Square root of complex numbers.
10
15
UNIT II
ALGEBRA
(37) MARKS
AS PER
CBSE
06
LINEAR INEQUALITIES
Liner inequalities.
Algebraic solutions of linear
inequalities in one variable and their representation on
the number line.
Graphical solution of linear
inequalities in two variables.
Solution of linear
inequalities on two variables. Solution of system of
linear inequalities in two variables graphically.
378
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
SEP.
OCT
&
NOV
DEC.
PERMUTATION AND COMBINATION
Fundamental principle of counting. Introduction of
Factorial ‘n’ [n!] notations. Permutations and
combinations, derivation of formulae and their
connections, simple applications
BINOMIAL THEOREM
History, statement and proof of the binomial theorem
for positive integral indices. Pascal’s triangle, General
and middle term in binomial expansion, simple
applications.
SEQUENCES AND SERIES
Sequence and Series. Arithmetic Progression (AP)
arithmetic mean (AM) Geometric progression (GP)
general term of a GP and AP, sum to n terms of a GP
and AP.
Revision and First Term Examination
Arithmetic mean (AM), Geometric mean (GM) relation
between AM and GM. Sum to ‘n’ terms of the special
series
. Sum to œ of Geometric
Progression.
STRAIGHT LINES
Brief recall of 2D from earlier classes. Slope of a line
and angle between two straight lines. Various forms of
equations of a line such as Parallel to axes, point slope
form, two point form, intercept form, normal form,
General equation of a line. Distance of a point from a
line. Shifting of origin. Family of lines passing through
the intersection of two lines.
CONIC SECTIONS
Section of a Cone: circles, ellipse, parabola, Hyperbola,
a straight line and pair of intersecting lines as
degenerated case of a conic section. Standard equations
and simple properties of parabola, ellipse and hyperbola.
Standard equation of circle.
INTRODUCTION TO THREE DIMENSIONAL
GEOMETRY
Coordinate axes and coordinate planes in three
dimensions. Coordinates of a point. Distance between
two points and section formula.
LIMITS AND DERIVATIVES
Derivative introduced as rate of change both as that of
distance function and geometrically. Intuitive idea of
limit. Important limits as n
,
,
14
10
07
07
12
UNIT III
14
08
COORDINAT
E
GEOMETRY
(13) MARKS
AS PER
CBSE
20
UNIT IV
CALCULUS
(06) MARKS
AS PER
CBSE
379
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
JAN.
FEB.
MAR.
Definition of derivative, relate it to slope of tangent of
the curve, derivative of sum, difference, product and
quotient of functions. Derivatives of polynomial and
trigonometric functions.
MATHEMATICAL REASONING
Mathematically acceptable statements.
Connecting
words/ phrases – consolidating the understanding of “if
and only if (necessary and sufficient) Condition”
“implies” “and/or”, “implied by”, “and” “or”, “there
exists” and their use through variety of examples related
to real life and Mathematics. Validating the statements
involving the connecting words – difference between
contradiction, converse and contrapositive.
STASTISTICS
Measure of dispersion, mean deviation, variance and
standard deviation of ungrouped / grouped data.
Analysis of frequency distributions with equal means
but different variances.
PROBABLITY
Random experiment, Outcomes, sample spaces (Set
representation) Events: Occurrence of events, ‘not’,
‘and’ and ‘or’ events, exhaustive events, mutually
exclusive events. Axiomatic (set theoretic) probability,
connections with the theories of earlier classes.
Probability of an event, probability of ‘not’, ‘and’ & ‘or’
events.
REVISION EXAMINATION
TERM II
07
UNIT V
MATHEMAT
ICAL
REASONING
(3) MARKS
AS PER
CBSE
10
15
UNIT VI
STATISTICS
&
PROBABILIT
Y
(12) MARKS
AS PER
CBSE
* Text Book of Mathematics: NCERT Publications
*Exemplar Problems in Mathematics: NCERT Publication
*****
380
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NEW DELHI
SPLIT UP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS XI
SUBJECT: PHYSICS
381
NO.OF PERIODS
MONTH
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
April / June
10
15
July
15
16
NAME OF THE UNIT
SUB -TOPICS TO BE COVERED
Physical World and
Measurement
Physics - scope and excitement; nature of physical
laws; Physics, technology and society.
Need for measurement: Units of measurement;
systems of units; SI units, fundamental
and derived units. Length, mass and time
measurements; accuracy and precision of
measuring instruments; errors in measurement;
significant figures.
Dimensions of physical quantities, dimensional
analysis and its applications.
Kinematics
Kinematics
Laws of Motion
Frame of reference. Motion in a straight line:
Position-time graph, speed and velocity.
Elementary concepts of differentiation and
integration for describing motion.Uniform and nonuniform motion, average speed and instantaneous
velocity.
Uniformly accelerated motion, velocity-time,
position-time graphs. Relations for uniformly
accelerated motion (graphical treatment).
Scalar and vector quantities; Position and
displacement vectors, general vectors and their
notations; equality of vectors, multiplication of
vectors by a real number; addition and subtraction
of vectors. Relative velocity.
Unit vector; Resolution of a vector in a plane rectangular components. Scalar and Vector
product of vectors. Motion in a plane. Cases of
uniform velocity and uniform acceleration-projectile
motion. Uniform circular motion.
Intutive concept of force. Inertia, Newton’s first law
of motion; momentum and Newton’s second law of
motion; impulse; Newton’s third law of motion.
Law of conservation of linear momentum and its
applications.
Equilibrium of concurrent forces. Static and kinetic
friction, laws of friction, rolling friction,
lubrication.
Dynamics of uniform circular motion: Centripetal
force, examples of circular motion (vehicle on a
level circular road, vehicle on banked road).
ACTIVITIES
AND
PRACTICALS
Unit test – 1
Experiment –1 &
2
Assignment – 1
Activity – 1
Unit test – 2
Experiment – 3 ,
4&5
Activity – 2
Assignment – 2
382
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
September
August
16
8
10
Work, Energy and
Power
Motion of System
of Particles and
Rigid Body
Motion of System
of Particles and
Rigid Body
Gravitation
October/ November
14
20
Properties of Bulk
Matter
Work done by a constant force and a variable
force; kinetic energy, work-energy theorem,
power.
Notion of potential energy, potential energy of a
spring, conservative forces: conservation of
mechanical energy (kinetic and potential energies);
non-conservative forces: motion in a vertical circle;
elastic and inelastic collisions in one and two
dimensions.
Centre of mass of a two-particle system,
momentum conservation and centre of mass
motion.
Centre of mass of a rigid body; centre of mass of a
uniform rod.
Moment of a force, torque, angular momentum,
laws of conservation of angular momentum andis
applications.
Equilibrium of rigid bodies, rigid body rotation and
equations of rotational motion, comparison
of linear and rotational motions.
Moment of inertia, radius of gyration. Values of
moments of inertia, for simple geometrical objects
(no derivation). Statement of parallel and
perpendicular axes theorems and their
applications.
Revision
Keplar’s laws of planetary motion. The universal
law of gravitation.
Acceleration due to gravity and its variation with
altitude and depth.
Gravitational potential energy and gravitational
potential. Escape velocity. Orbital velocity of a
satellite. Geo-stationary satellites.
Elastic behaviour, Stress-strain relationship,
Hooke’s law, Young’s modulus, bulk modulus,
shear modulus of rigidity, Poisson's ratio; elastic
energy.
Pressure due to a fluid column; Pascal’s law and
its applications (hydraulic lift and hydraulic
brakes). Effect of gravity on fluid pressure.
Viscosity, Stokes’ law, terminal velocity, streamline
and turbulent flow, critical velocity. Bernoulli’s
theorem and its applications.
Surface energy and surface tension, angle of
contact, excess of pressure accros a curved
surface, application of surface tension ideas to
drops, bubbles and capillary rise.
Unit test – 3
Experiment – 6 &
7
Activity – 3
Assignment – 3
Experiment – 8
&9
Demo experiment
–1
I Term exam
Project
Unit test – 4
Assignment – 4
Experiment – 10
& 11
383
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Properties of Bulk
Matter
Thermodynamics
Heat, temperature, Thermal expansion; thermal
expansion of solids, liquids and gases, anomalous
expansion of water; specific heat capacity; Cp, Cv
- calorimetry; change of state - latent heat
capacity.
Heat transfer-conduction, convection and radiation,
thermal conductivity,Qualitative ideas of Blackbody
radiation , Wein's displacement Law, Stefan's law
Green house effect.
Kinetic Theory of
gases
Thermal equilibrium and definition of temperature
(zeroth law of thermodynamics). Heat, work and
internal energy. First law of thermodynamics.
Isothermal and adiabatic processes.
Second law of thermodynamics: reversible and
irreversible processes. Heat engine and
refrigerator.
8
December
12
8
Unit test – 5
Experiment – 12
& 13
Activity – 4
Demo experiment
–2
Equation of state of a perfect gas, work done in
compressing a gas.
Kinetic theory of gases - assumptions, concept of
pressure. Kinetic interpretation of temperature; rms
speed of gas molecules; degrees of freedom, law
of equipartition of energy (statement only) and
application to specific heat capacities of gases;
concept of mean free path, Avogadro’s number.
February Upto 15th
January
Unit test – 6
28
12
Oscillations and
Waves
Oscillations and
Waves
Periodic motion - time period, frequency,
displacement as a function of time. Periodic
functions. Simple harmonic motion (S.H.M) and its
equation; phase; oscillations of a spring–restoring
force and force constant; energy in S.H.M. Kinetic
and potential energies; simple pendulum–
derivation of expression for its time period.
Free, forced and damped oscillations (qualitative
ideas only), resonance.
Wave motion. Transverse and longitudinal waves,
speed of wave motion. Displacement relation for a
progressive wave. Principle of superposition of
waves, reflection of waves, standing waves in
strings and organ pipes, fundamental mode and
harmonics, Beats, Doppler effect.
Revision
Experiment –14
& 15
Activity – 5
Assignment – 6
Revision
March-Revision-II Term Exam
384
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
CLASS: XI PHYSICS PRACTICALS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
 Record of at least 15 Experiments [with a minimum of 8 from section A and 7 from section B], to be
performed by the students.
 Record of at least 5 Activities [with a minimum of 2 each from section A and section B], to be performed
by the students.
SECTION A
Experiments Total Periods : 60
(Any 8 experiments out of the following to be performed by the Students)
1. To measure diameter of a small spherical/cylindrical body using Vernier Callipers.
2. To measure internal diameter and depth of a given beaker/calorimeter using Vernier Callipers and hence find
its volume.
3. To measure diameter of a given wire using screw gauge.
4. To measure thickness of a given sheet using screw gauge.
5. To determine volume of an irregular lamina using screw gauge.
6. To determine radius of curvature of a given spherical surface by a spherometer.
7. To determine the mass of two different objects using a beam balance.
8. To find the weight of a given body using parallelogram law of vectors.
9. Using a simple pendulum, plot L-T and L-T2 graphs. Hence find the effective length of second's pendulum
using appropriate graph.
10. To study the relationship between force of limiting friction and normal reaction and to find the co-efficient of
friction between a block and a horizontal surface.
11. To find the downward force, along an inclined plane, acting on a roller due to gravitational pull of the earth
and study its relationship with the angle of inclination ( ) by plotting graph between force and sinθ.
Activities
1. To make a paper scale of given least count, e.g. 0.2cm, 0.5 cm.
2. To determine mass of a given body using a metre scale by principle of moments.
3. To plot a graph for a given set of data, with proper choice of scales and error bars.
4. To measure the force of limiting friction for rolling of a roller on a horizontal plane.
5. To study the variation in range of a Projectile with angle of projection.
6. To study the conservation of energy of a ball rolling down on an inclined plane (using a double inclined plane).
7. To study dissipation of energy of a simple pendulum by plotting a graph between square of amplitude and
time.
SECTION B
Experiments
(Any 7 experiments out of the following to be performed by the students)
1. To determine Young’s modulus of elasticity of the material of a given wire.
2. To find the force constant of a helical spring by plotting a graph between load and extension.
3. To study the variation in volume with pressure for a sample of air at constant temperature by plotting graphs
between P and V, and between P and 1/V.
4. To determine the surface tension of water by capillary rise method.
5. To determine the coefficient of viscosity of a given viscous liquid by measuring terminal velocity of a given
spherical body.
6. To study the relationship between the temperature of a hot body and time by plotting a cooling curve.
7. To determine specific heat capacity of a given (i) solid (ii) liquid, by method of mixtures.
8. (i) To study the relation between frequency and length of a given wire under constant tension using
sonometer.
(ii) To study the relation between the length of a given wire and tension for constant frequency using sonometer.
9. To find the speed of sound in air at room temperature using a resonance tube by two resonance positions.
Activities
1. To observe change of state and plot a cooling curve for molten wax.
2. To observe and explain the effect of heating on a bi-metallic strip.
3. To note the change in level of liquid in a container on heating and interpret the observations.
4. To study the effect of detergent on surface tension of water by observing capillary rise.
5. To study the factors affecting the rate of loss of heat of a liquid.
385
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
6. To study the effect of load on depression of a suitably clamped meter scale loaded at (i) its end (ii) in the
middle.
7. To observe the decrease in pressure with increase in velocity of a fluid.
SUGGESTED LIST OF DEMONSTRATION EXPERIMENTS
 Report of at least two demonstration experiments, to be carried out by the teacher.
1. To demonstrate that a centripetal force is necessary for moving a body with a uniform speed along a circle,
and that the magnitude of this force increases with increase in angular speed.
2. To demonstrate inter-conversion of potential and kinetic energy.
3. To demonstrate conservation of linear momentum.
4. To demonstrate conservation of angular momentum.
5. To demonstrate the effect of angle of launch on range of a projectile.
6. To demonstrate that the moment of inertia of a rod changes with the change of position of a pair of equal
weights attached to the rod.
7. To study variation of volume of a gas with its pressure at constant temperature using a doctors' syringe.
8. To demonstrate Bernoulli's theorem with simple illustrations
9. To demonstrate that heat capacities of equal masses of different materials are different.
10. To demonstrate free oscillations of different vibrating systems.
11. To demonstrate resonance with a set of coupled pendulums.
12. To demonstrate longitudinal and transverse waves.
13. To demonstrate the phenomenon of beats, due to superposition of waves produced by two sources of sound
of slightly different frequencies
14. To demonstrate resonance using an open pipe.
15. To demonstrate the direction of torque.
16. To demonstrate the law of moments.
*****
386
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI,NOIDA
CLASS: XI
Month
April/
June
2013
SPLIT UP SYLLABUS FOR THE AADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
SUBJECT:CHEMISTRY
Units to be
covered
Unit 1:
Some Basic
Concepts
of
Chemistry
(5 marks)
periods
& marks
General Introduction: Importance and 14
scope of chemistry. Historical approach to Periods
particulate nature of matter, laws of
chemical combination, Dalton's atomic
theory: concept of elements, atoms and
molecules. Atomic and molecular
masses, mole concept and molar mass,
percentage composition, empirical and
molecular formula, chemical reactions,
stoichiometry and calculations based on
stoichiometry.
Sub units to be covered
Atomic number, isotopes and isobars,
Unit 2:
Thomson's model and its limitations,
Structure of
Rutherford's model and its limitation,
Atom
Bohr's model and its limitations, concept
(6marks)
of shells and subshells, dual nature of
matter and light, de Broglie's relationship,
Heisenberg uncertainty principle, concept
of orbitals, quantum numbers, shape of s,
p and d orbitals,
Rules for filling electrons in orbitals –
Aufbau principle, Pauli's exclusion
principle and Hund's rule, electronic
configuration of atoms, stability of half
filled and completely filled orbitals.
July
2013
UT 1
Unit 3:
Classificati
on of
elements
and
periodicity
in
properties
(4 marks)
Practicals to be
completed
Basic Laboratory
Techniques
(04 Periods)
1 Cutting glass
tube and glass
rod
2 Bending a glass
tube
3 Drawing out a
glass jet
4 Boring a cork
16
periods
Significance of classification, brief history 8
of the development of periodic table, Periods
modern periodic law and the present form
of periodic table, periodic trends in
properties of elements –atomic radii, ionic
radii, Ionization enthalpy, electron gain
enthalpy, electronegativity, valence.
Valence electrons, ionic bond, covalent
bond: bond parameters, Lewis structure,
polar character of covalent bond,
covalent character of ionic bond, valence
bond theory, resonance, geometry of 16
covalent molecules, VSEPR theory, periods
Unit 4 : concept of hybridization, involving s,p and
Chemical
d orbital and shapes of some simple
Characterization
and Purification
of Chemical
Substances (04
Periods)
Crystallization of
an impure sample
of any one of the
following: alum,
copper sulphate,
benzoic acid.
Determination of
melting point of an
organic
compound.
Determination of
Boiling point of an
organic
compound.
• Use of Chemical
Balance
387
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
bonding
and
molecular
structure
(5 marks)
August
2013
Unit 5:
States of
matter;
Gases and
Liquids
(4 marks)
Unit: 6
Thermodynamics
(6 marks )
UT 2
Unit 7:
Equilibrium
(6 marks)
Septem
ber
2013
Unit 7:
Equilibrium
(6 marks)
molecules, molecular orbital theory of
homonuclear diatomic molecules
(qualitative idea only), hydrogen bond.
Three states of matter, intermolecular 14
interactions, types of bonding, melting periods
and boiling points, role of gas laws in
elucidating the concept of the molecule,
Boyle's law, Charles law, Gay Lussac's
law, Avogadro's law, ideal behaviour,
empirical derivation of gas equation,
Avogadro's number, ideal gas equation.
Deviation from ideal behaviour. Liquid
State- vapour pressure, viscosity and
surface tension (qualitative idea only)
System and types of system,
surrounding, work, heat, energy,
extensive and intensive properties,
state
functions.
First
law
of
thermodynamics -internal energy and
enthalpy, heat capacity and specific heat,
measurement of ΔU and ΔH, Hess's law
of constant heat summation, enthalpies of
bond dissociation, combustion, formation
atomization,
sublimation,
phase
transformation, ionization and solution.
Introduction of entropy as a state
function, free energy change for
spontaneous and non - spontaneous
process criteria for equilibrium.
Equilibrium in physical and chemical
processes, dynamic nature of equilibrium,
law of mass action, equilibrium constant,
factors affecting equilibrium - Le
Chatelier's principle, ionic equilibrium ionization of acids and bases, strong and
weak electrolytes, degree of ionization,
concept of pH, hydrolysis of salts
(elementary idea), buffer solution,
solubility product, common ion effect
(With illustrative examples).
This activity which is present in class XII
practical since it is correlated with theory
it is suggested.
(Any one of the following experiments
i) Enthalpy of dissolutions of copper
sulpahte or potassium nitrate.
16
periods
Preparation
of
standard solution
of Oxalic Acid.
Determination of
strength of a
given solution of
sodium hydroxide
by titrating it
against standard
solution of oxalic
acid.
Preparation
of
standard solution
of
sodium
carbonate.
• Determination of
strength of a
given solution of
hydrochloric acid
by titrating it
against standard
sodium carbonate
solution
16
periods
Chemical
Equilibrium
Periods )
(2
388
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
ii) Enthalpy of neutralization of strong
acid (HCl) and strong base (NaOH)
iii) Determination of enthalpy change
during interaction (hydrogen bond
formation) between acetone and
chloroform.)
Unit 8:
Redox
Reactions
(3 marks)
Concept of oxidation and reduction,
Redox reactions, oxidation number,
balancing redox reactions, application of 6
redox reactions.
periods
One
of
the
following
experiments:
(a) Study the shift
in
equilibrium
between ferric ion
and thiocyanate
ion by increasing /
decreasing
the
concentration of
either ion.
(b) Study the shift
in
equilibrium
between
[Co
2+
(H2O)6 ]
and
chloride ion by
changing
the
concentration of
either of the ions.
UT 3
OCT.-TERM TEST 1
October
/
Novemb
er
2013
Unit 9:
Hydrogen
(3 Marks)
Position of hydrogen in periodic table,
occurrence,
isotopes,
preparation,
properties and uses of hydrogen, physical
and chemical properties of water, heavy
water, hydrogen peroxide - preparation,
properties and structure, hydrogen as a 8
fuel.
Periods
Any one of the
following
experiments:
Experiments
based on pH (04
Periods)
1.
Determin
ation of pH of
some solutions
obtained
from
fruit juices, varied
concentrations of
acids, bases and
salts using pH
paper
or
universal
indicator.
2.
Comparing
the pH of solutions
of strong and weak
acids of same
concentration.
Unit 10: sBlock
Elements
(Alkali &
Alkaline
Group 1 and Group 2 Elements
12
General
introduction,
electronic periods
configuration, occurrence, anomalous
properties of the first element of each
group, diagonal relationship, trends in the
3.
b) Study the PH
change
by
common-ion in
case of weak
acids and weak
389
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
UT 4
Decemb
er 2013
Earth
Metals)
(5 Marks)
variation of properties (such as ionization
enthalpy, atomic and ionic radii).
Trends in chemical reactivity with oxygen,
water, hydrogen and halogens, uses.
Preparation and Properties of Some
Important Compounds: Sodium chloride,
sodium hydroxide and biological
importance of sodium and potassium.
Calcium oxide and Calcium carbonate
and industrial uses of lime and limestone,
biological importance of Magnesium and
Calcium.
Unit 11:
some pBlock
Elements
(5 marks)
General Introduction to p -Block 14
Elements
periods
Group 13 Elements: General introduction,
electronic configuration, occurrence,
variation of properties, oxidation states,
trends in chemical reactivity, anomalous
properties of first element of the group,
Boron - physical and chemical properties,
some important compounds, boron
hydrides, Aluminium: Reactions with
acids and alkalies, uses.
bases.
Salt Analysis
(16 periods)
(Insoluble salts
should be
avoided; Sufficient
number of single
salts should be
given for analysis
so that at least
one cation from
each group and
important anions
are covered)
Salt Analysis
Group 14 Elements: General introduction,
electronic configuration, occurrence,
variation of properties, oxidation states,
trends in chemical reactivity, anomalous
behaviour of first elements of the group,
Carbon -catenation, allotropic forms,
physical and chemical properties.
Important compounds of silicon and their
uses: silicates and zeolites.
UT 5
General introduction, methods of
qualitative and quantitative analysis,
classification and IUPAC nomenclature of
organic compounds.
Electronic displacements in a covalent
bond: inductive effect, electromeric effect,
Unit 12:
resonance and hyper conjugation. 16
Organic
Homolytic and heterolytic fission of a periods
Chemistry - covalent
bond:
free
radicals,
Some Basic carbocations, carbanions, electrophiles
Principles
and nucleophiles.
and
Technique
(7 marks)
Determination of
Nitrogen,
Sulphur,
Chlorine
in
organic
compounds
390
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
January
2014
Unit 13:
Hydrocarbo
ns
(8 marks)
UT 6
Unit 14:
Environme
ntal
Chemistry
(3 Marks)
Classification of Hydrocarbons
16
Alkanes - Nomenclature, isomerism, periods
conformation (ethane only), physical
properties, chemical reactions including
free radical mechanism of halogenation,
combustion and pyrolysis.
Alkenes - Nomenclature, structure of
double bond (ethene), geometrical
isomerism, physical properties, methods
of preparation, chemical reactions:
addition of hydrogen, halogen, water,
hydrogen halides (Markonikov's addition
and peroxide effect), ozonolysis,
mechanism of electrophilic addition.
Alkynes - Nomenclature, structure of
triple bond (ethyne), physical properties,
methods of preparation, chemical
reactions: acidic character of alkynes,
addition reaction with - hydrogen,
halogens, hydrogen halides and water.
Aromatic Hydrocarbons: Introduction,
IUPAC
nomenclature,
benzene:
resonance,
aromaticity,
chemical
reactions:
nitration
sulphonation,
halogenation, Friedel Craft's alkylation
and acylation, mechanism of electrophilic
substitution. Directive influence of a
substituted in mono- substituted benzene,
carcinogenicity and toxicity.
Environmental pollution - air, water and
soil pollution, chemical reactions in 8
atmosphere, smog, major atmospheric periods
pollutions, acid rain, ozone and its
reactions, depletion of ozone layer and its
effect, greenhouse effect and global
warming- pollution due to industrial
wastes, green chemistry as an alternative
tool for reducing pollution, strategies for
control of environment pollution.
February 2014-REVISION Examination
March 2014-TERM TEST 2
Note: Kindly refer CBSE Curriculum for the year concerned for further reference
*****
391
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NEW DELHI
SPLITUP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: -XI
Month
03
04
05
Unit
TITLE
Diversity of living organisms
Structural organization in plants and
animals
Cell: Structure and function
Plant Physiology
Human physiology
Total
Sub- Topic
Periods
UNIT NO
01
02
SUBJECT: BIOLOGY (044)
Experiments
MARKS
07
12
15
18
18
70
Spotting
392
April/J
Diversity of living
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Diversity in living world:
What is living? biodiversity;need for
classification; three domains of life;
taxonomy &
systematics; concept of species
and taxonomical hierarchy;
binomial nomenclature; tools
for study of taxonomy-museums,
zorogical parks, herbaria, botanical
gardens.
Five kingdom classification; salient
features and classification of
Monera, Protista and
Fungi into major groups: Lichens,
Viruses and Viroids.
Salient features and classification
of plants into major groups - Algae,
Bryophyta,
Pteridophyta, Gymnospermae and
Angiospermae (three to five salient
and distinguising
features and at least two examples
of each category); Angiosperms classification up to
class, characteristic features and
examples.
Salient features and classification
of animals non chordates up to
phyla level and chordates
up to classes level (three to five
salient features and at least two
examples)
25
UT1
1.study parts of
compound microscope
2. Study of the
specimens and
identifications with
reasons-Bacteria
oscillatoria, spirogyra,
rhizopus, mushrooms,
yeast, liverwort, moss,
fern, pine, one
monocotyledon and one
dicotyledonous plant
and one lichen.
3. study of specimens
identifications with
reasons-Amoeba,
Hydra, Liver fluke,
Ascaris, Leech,
earthworm, prawn, silk
worm, honey bee, snail,
star fish, shark,Rohu,
frog, lizard,pigeo and
Rabbit.
393
Structural organization in plants and animals
Morphology and modifications; tissues;
anatomy and functions of different parts
of flowering
plants: root, stem, leaf, inflorescence;
cymose and racemose, flower, fruit and
seed
Cell structure and function
August
July
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Animal tissues; morphology, anatomy
and functions of different systems
(digestive,
circulatory, respiratory, nervous and
reproductive) of an insect (cockroach).
(a brief account
only)
Cell theory and cell as the basic unit of
life; structure of prokaryotic and
eukaryotic cells;
Plant cell and animal cell; Cell
envelope, cell membrane, cell wall; Cell
organelles - structure
and function; endomembrane system,
endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi bodies,
lysosomes,
vacuoles; mitochondria, ribosomes,
plastids, microbodies; cytoskeleton,
cilia, flagella,
centrioles (ultrastructure and function);
nucleus, nuclear membrane, chromatin,
nucleolus.
Chemical constituents of living cells:
biomolecules, structure and function of
proteins,
carbodydrates, lipids, nucleic acids,
enzymes, types, properties, enzyme
action.
30
UT2
25
UT3
4.Study of
tissues and
diversity in shape
sizes of plant and
animals
cells(example
1.Study and palisade cells
describe three parenchyma,
collenchymas,
common
sclerenchyma,
flowering
xylem, phloem,
plants
squamous
(solanaceae,
epithelium,
fabaceae and muscle fibers
liliaceae).
and mammalian
blood smear)
through
temporary
/permanent
slides
2. Study of
osmosis by
potato
osmometer.
3. Study of
plasmolysis in
epidermal
peals
(example
rhoeo leaves).
4.Preparation
and study of
Ts. of dicot
and monocot
roots and
stems
5.Study of
mitosis onion
root tip cells
and animal cells
(grasshopper)
from permanent
slides
6.Study of
different
modifications in
root, stem and
leaves.
394
Cell structure and function …… continued
September
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
10
Cell division : cell cycle, mitosis,
meiosis and their significance.
TT1
5. Study of
distribution of
stomata in the
upper
and
lower surface
of leaf.
7. Study and
identify
different types
of
inflorescence.
8.study of
6.Comparative imbibitions in
study of the seeds/resins
rates
of
transpiration in
the upper and
lower surfaces
of leaves.
395
Plant physiology
ctober/ November
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Transport in plants; movement of water,
gases and nutrients; cell to cell
transport, Diffusion,
facilitated diffusion, active transport;
plant-water relations, Imbibition, water
potential,
osmosis, plasmolysis; long distance
transport of water - Absorption,
apoplast, symplast,
transpiration pull, root pressure and
guttation; transpiration, opening and
closing of stomata;
Uptake and translocation of mineral
nutrients - Transport of food, phloem
transport, mass
flow hypothesis; diffusion of gases.
Mineral nutrition: Essential minerals,
macro and micronutrients and their role; 20
deficiency
symptoms; mineral toxicity; elementary
idea of hydroponics as a method to
study mineral
nutrition; nitrogen metabolism, nitrogen
cycle, biological nitrogen fixation.
112
Photosynthesis: photosynthesis as a
means of autotrophic nutrition; site of
photosynthesis,
pigments involved in photosynthesis
(elementary idea); photochemical and
biosynthetic
phases of photosynthesis; cyclic and non
cyclic photophosphorylation;
chemiosmotic
hypothesis; photorespiration; C3 and C4
pathways; factors affecting
photosynthesis.
.
7. Test for the
presence of
sugar starch,
proteins and
fats. to detect
them in
suitable plant
and animal
material
9.Observation
and comments
on
the
experimental
setup on :
a.
Anaerobic
respiration
b.Phototropism
c.Apical
bud
removal
d.Suction due
to transpiration
396
Plant physiology
December
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Respiration: exchange of gases; cellular
respiration - glycolysis, fermentation
(anaerobic),
TCA cycle and electron transport
system (aerobic); energy relations number of ATP
molecules generated; amphibolic
pathways; respiratroy quotient.
Plant growth and development: seed
germination; phases of plant growth and
plant growth
rate; conditions of growth;
differentiation, dedifferentiation and
redifferentiation; sequence
of developmental processes in a plant
cell; growth regulators - auxin,
gibberellin, cytokinin,
ethylene, ABA; seed dormancy;
vernalisation; photoperiodism.
Human physiology:
Digestion and absorption: alimentary
canal and digestive glands, role of
digestive enzymes
and gastrointestinal hormones;
Peristalsis, digestion, absorption and
assimilation of proteins,
carbohydrates and fats; calorific values
of proteins, carbohydrates and fats;
egestion;
nutritional and digestive disorders PEM, indigestion, constipation,
vomiting, jaundice,
diarrhoea.
25
UT4
8.. Separate
plant pigments
through paper
chromatograph
y.
9.To study the
rate of
respiration in
flower
parts/leaf
tissues and
germinating
seeds
10. Study of
external
morphology of
cockroach
through models.
397
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
athing and Respiration: Respiratory
organs in animals (recall only);
Respiratory system
in humans; mechanism of breathing and
its regulation in humans - exchange of
gases,
transport of gases and regulation of
respiration, respiratory volume;
disorders related to
respiration - asthma, emphysema,
occupational respiratory disorders.
Body fluids and circulation:
composition of blood, blood groups,
coagulation of blood;
composition of lymph and its function;
human circulatory system - Structure of
human
heart and blood vessels; cardiac cycle,
cardiac output, ECG; double circulation;
regulation
of cardiac activity; disorders of
circulatory system - hypertension,
coronary artery disease,
angina pectoris, heart failure.
Excretory products and their
elimination: modes of excretion ammonotelism, ureotelism,
uricotelism; human excretory system structure and function; urine formation,
osmoregulation; regulation of kidney
function - renin - angiotensin, atrial
natriuretic factor,
ADH and diabetes insipidus; role of
other organs in excretion; disorders uraemia, renal
failure, renal calculi, nephritis; dialysis
and artificial kidney.
Locomotion and movement: types of
movement - ciliary, flagellar, muscular;
skeletal muscle
- contractile proteins and muscle
contraction; skeletal system and its
functions; joints;
disorders of muscular and skeletal
system - myasthenia gravis, tetany,
muscular dystrophy,
arthritis, osteoporosis, gout.
Neural control and coordination: neuron
and nerves; Nervous system in humans central
nervous system; peripheral nervous
system and visceral nervous system;
generation and
conduction of nerve impulse; reflex
action; sensory perception; sense
Hum an physiology
January
Bre
30
UT5
10to14To test
the presence
of
urea,sugar,alb
umin,bile salts,
in urine
11. To study
human skeleton
and different
types of joints.
398
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
structure and function of eye and ear.
Chemical coordination and regulation:
endocrine glands and hormones; human
endocrine
system - hypothalamus, pituitary, pineal,
thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal, pancreas,
gonads;
113
mechanism of hormone action
(elementary Idea); role of hormones as
messengers and
regulators, hypo - and hyperactivity and
related disorders; dwarfism,
acromegaly, cretinism,
goit, exophthalmic goiter, diabetes,
Addision's disease.
15
Feb/
March
UT6
.
REVISION & TERM TEST 2
Note: The teacher concerned is requested to refer to the CBSE curriculum for further
clarifications, if any.
*****
399
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NEW DELHI
SPLITUP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: -XI
SUBJECT: ACCOUNTANCY(055)
One Paper
90 Marks
3 Hours
April/ June
UNIT
Unit 1
NAME OF UNIT
PART A: Part A: Financial Accounting – I
Unit 1 : Theoretical Framework
Introduction to Accounting
 Accounting- objectives, advantages and
limitations, types of accounting information; user
of accounting information and their needs.
 Basic accounting terms: business transaction,
account, capital, drawings, liability (internal
& external, long term & short term) asset ( tangible
& intangible, fixed, current, liquid and
fictitious) receipts (capital & revenue),expenditure
(capital, revenue & deferred), expense,
income, profits, gains and losses, purchases, sales,
25
95
120
40
30
20
90
30
PERIOD
S
MONTH
Periods
MARKS
Units
Marks
Part A: Financial Accounting-I
Unit 1. Theoretical Framework
15
Unit 2. Accounting Process and Special Accounting Treatment
35
Total
50
Part B: Financial Accounting-II
Unit 3. Financial Statements of Sole Proprietorship:
15
From Complete and Incomplete Records
Unit 4. Financial Statements of Not-for-Profit Organisations
15
Unit 5. Computers in Accounting
10
Total
40
Part C: Project Work
10
25
15
11
400
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA



July
August
Unit 2
Accounting Process and Special Accounting Treatment
Recording of Transactions
 Accounting equation: analysis of transactions using
accounting equation.
 Rules of debit and credit: for assets, liabilities,
capital, revenue and expenses.
 Origin of transactions- source documents (invoice,
cash memo, pay in slip, cheque),
 Preparation of vouchers - cash (debit & credit) and
non cash (transfer).
 Books of original entry: format and recording Journal.
 Cash book: simple, cash book with bank column,
petty cash book,
 Other books: purchases book, sales book,
purchases returns book, sales returns book, bills
receivable book, bills payable book and journal
proper.
Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement, Ledger
and Trial Balance
 Bank reconciliation statement: need and
preparation. Corrected cash book balance.

August
stock, debtors, bills receivable,
creditors, bills payable, goods, cost, vouchers,
discount - trade and cash.
Theory Base of Accounting
Fundamental accounting assumptions: going
concern, consistency, and accrual.
Accounting principles: accounting entity, money
measurement, accounting period, full
disclosure, materiality, prudence, cost concept,
matching concept and dual aspect
Double entry system.
Basis of accounting - cash basis and accrual basis.
Accounting standards: concept & objective. IFRS
(International Financial Reporting Standards).
Ledger - format, posting from journal, cash book
and other special purpose books, balancing
of accounts.
 Trial balance: objectives and preparation
Depreciation, Provisions and Reserves
 Depreciation: concept, need and factors affecting
depreciation; methods of computation
of depreciation: straight line method, written down
value method (excluding change in method)
 Accounting treatment of depreciation: by charging to
asset account, by creating provision
14
35
95
23
23
16
16
17
401
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
for depreciation/ accumulated depreciation account,
treatment of disposal of asset.
 Provisions and reserves: concept, objectives and
difference between provisions andreserves; types of
reserves- revenue reserve, capital reserve, general
reserve, specific reserves.
Accounting for Bills of Exchange
 Bills of exchange and promissory note: definition,
features, parties, specimen and distinction.
 Important terms : term of bill ,due date, days of
grace, date of maturity, bill at sight, bill
after date, discounting of bill, endorsement of bill,
bill sent for collection, dishonor of bill,noting of bill ,
retirement and renewal of a bill,
 Accounting treatment of bill transactions
Sept
Rectification of Errors
 Errors: types-errors of omission, commission,
principles, and compensating; Their effect
on Trial Balance.
 Detection and rectification of errors; preparation of
suspense account.
Part B: Financial Accounting-II
Nov/Dec
Unit3
Dec
Unit4
Financial Statements of Sole proprietorship : From
Complete and Incomplete Records
Financial Statements: objective and importance.
 Trading and profit and loss account: gross profit,
operating profit and net profit.
 Balance Sheet: need, grouping, marshalling of
assets and liabilities.
 Adjustments in preparation of financial statements :
with respect to closing stock, outstanding expenses,
prepaid expenses, accrued income, income
received in advance, depreciation, bad debts,
provision for doubtful debts, provision for discount
on debtors, manager's commission, abnormal loss,
goods taken for personal use and goods distributed
as free samples. .
 Preparation of Trading and Profit and Loss Account
and Balance Sheet of sole proprietorship.
 Incomplete records: use and limitations.
Ascertainment of profit/loss by statement of affairs
method.
Financial Statements of not-for-Profit Organizations
 Not-for-profit organizations: concept.
 Receipts and payment account: features.
 Income and expenditure account: features.
preparation of income and expenditure account
40
90
40
30
402
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
and balance sheet from the given receipt and
payment account with additional information.
Jan/2014
Feb
Unit5
Scope:
(i) Adjustments in a question should not exceed 3 or 4 in
number and restricted to subscriptions,
consumption of consumables, and sale of assets/ old
material.
(ii) Entrance/ admission fees and general donations are to
be treated as revenue receipts.
(iii) Trading Account of incidental activities is not to be
prepared.
Computers in Accounting
 Introduction to Computer and Accounting
Information System {AIS}: Introduction to computers
( Elements, Capabilities, Limitations of Computer
system),
 Introduction to operating software, utility software
and application software. Introduction toAccounting
Information System (AIS), as a part of MIS
 �Automation of Accounting Process. Meaning
 Stages in automation (a) Accounting process in a
computerised environment (Comparisonbetween
manual accounting process and Computerised
accounting process.) (b) Sourcing of accounting
Software (Kinds of software: readymade software;
customised software and tailormadesoftware;
Generic Considerations before sourcing accounting
software)(c)�Creation ofAccount groups and
hierarchy ( d) Generation of reports -Trial balance,
Profit and Loss accountand Balance Sheet.
Scope:
 The scope of the unit is to understand accounting
as an information system for the generation
ofaccounting information and preparation of
accounting reports.
 It is presumed that the working knowledge of Tally
software will be given to the students for the
generation of accounting software. For this, the
teachers may refer Chapter 4 of Class XII NCERT
Textbook on Computerized Accounting System.
Part C : Project Work (Any One)
1. Collection of Source Documents, Preparation of
Vouchers, Recording of Transactions with the help of
vouchers.
2. Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement with the
help of given Cash book and Passbook with twenty to
twenty five transactions.
3. Comprehensive project starting with journal entries
regarding any sole proprietorship business, posting them to
the ledger and preparation of Trial balance. The students
20
10
30
403
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
March
will then prepare Trading and Profit and Loss Account on
the basis of the prepared trial balance. Expenses, incomes
and profit (loss) are to be depicted using pie chart / bar
diagram.
SA2
*****
404
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NEW DELHI
SPLITUP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: -XI
SUBJECT: BUSINESS STUDIES
April/
June
UNIT
Unit
1
20
NO OF PERIODS
22
26
22
18
12
50
20
20
10
50
NAME OF UNIT
A Part: Foundations of Business
Nature and purpose of business:
22
12
16
120
30
16
30
14
30
120
PERIOD
S
MONT
H
MARKS
MARKS
UNIT
Unit 1: Nature and Purpose of Business
Unit 2 : Forms of Business Organizations’
Unit 3 : Public, Private and Global
Enterprises
Unit 4 : Business Services
Unit 5 : Emerging Modes of Business
Unit 6 : Social Responsibility of Business
and Business Ethics
TOTAL
Unit 7: Sources of business finance
Unit 8 : Small Business
Unit 9 : Internal Trade
Unit 10 :International Business
Unit 11 : Project Work
TOTAL
08
22
Concept and characteristics of business.
Business, profession and employment distinctive features.
Objectives of business - economic and
social, role of profit in business
Classification of business activities:
Industry and Commerce.
Industry - types: primary, secondary,
tertiary.
Commerce - trade: types (internal,
external, wholesale and retail; and
auxiliaries to trade:banking, insurance,
transportation, warehousing,
communication, and advertising.
Business risks - nature and causes.
Meaning of business with special reference to economic
and non-economic activities.Two or three definitions
of business with one conclusive definition.
405
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Fundamental features of business which differentiate it
with other activities of society.
Meaning of profession and employment with one
definition of each including all their features.
Differentiating features of business, profession and
employment.
Meaning and classification of objectives of business as :
Economic Social
Economic Objectives - Profit earning, survival, growth
Social Objectives - Production and supply of quality
goods and services
Role of Profit - As a source of income for business
persons for meeting expansion requirements.
Indication of efficient working of business and building
its reputation of business.
Meaning of industry and commerce with examples.
Industry: Meaning of primary, secondary and tertiary
industries with 2-3 examples.
Commerce : Meaning of Trade and Auxiliaries to trade.
Meaning of commerce : Meaning of different types
of trade -Internal, External, Wholesale, and Retail
Traders: Meaning of different auxiliaries to tradeBanking,Insurance, Transportation Warehousing,
Communication, and Advertising.
Meaning of risks as a special characteristic of business
including all possible caus
June/
July
Unit
2
Forms of Business Organisations
12
26
Sole Proprietorship- meaning, features,
merits and limitations.
Partnership- Features, types, merits and
limitations of partnership and partners,
registrationof a partnership firm,
partnership deed. Type of partners.
Hindu Undivided Family Business:
features.
Cooperative Societies- features, types,
merits and limitations.
Company: private and public company features, merits and limitations.
Formation of a company- stages.
Starting a business - basic factors.
Meaning of forms of business organisations
Meaning and definition of sole proprietorship, its
features merits and limitations.
Definition of partnership as per partnership act 1932
Types of partnership : On the basis of duration or on the
basis of liability.
Limited liability partnership- Meaning and examples
Types of partners: Active, sleeping, secret and nominal
406
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
partner, partner by estoppel.
Meaning of partnership firms with 5-6 major aspects
Need for registration
Self explanatory
Types : Consumers, producers, marketing, farmers,
credit and housing co-operatives.
Meaning and definition of private and public company.
Difference between private and public company.
Features, merits and limitations of private and public
company.
Stages in the formation of a company in brief.
Knowledge about selection of a business and its size and
form of business organization.
Understanding factor to decide location of business,
financing and physical facilities.
July /
Unit
August 3
Public, Private & Global Enterprises
08
22
August Unit4
/Sept.
Business Services
10
22
Private sector and public sector enterprises.
Forms of public sector enterprises: features,
merits and limitations of departmental
undertakings, statutory corporation and
government Company.
Changing role of public sector enterprises.
Global enterprises, Joint ventures, Public
Private Partnership – features
Develop an understanding of public, private and global
enterprises.
Activity to identify various types of public enterprises.
Develop an understanding for the changing patterns by
studying global enterprises joint ventures and public
private partnership.
Private Sector and Public Sector: Meaning
Forms of Public Sector Enterprises: Departmental
Undertakings, Statutory Corporation, Government
Company (Features, Meaning, Merits and Limitation
of each.)
Global enterprises, Joint ventures, Public private
partnership- Meaning and Features.
Banking: types of bank accounts- savings,
current, recurring, fixed deposit and multiple
option deposit account.
Banking services with particular reference to
issue of bank draft, banker's cheque (Pay
order), RTGS (Real Time Gross Settlement)
NEFT (National Electronic Funds
Transfer),bank overdraft, cash credits and ebanking.
Insurance: principles, concept of life, health, fire
and marine insurance.
407
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Postal and telecom services: mail (UPC,
registered post, parcel, speed post and courier)
and other services.
Banking: Types of Bank Accounts- Saving, current,
recurring and fixed deposit Accounts along with
specificfeatures of each.
Banking Services Meaning and special features of each
bank draft, banker's cheque (Pay order), RTGS (Real
Time Gross Settlement) NEFT (National Electronic
Funds Transfer). Bank overdraft, cash credits, ebanking.
E Banking : Meaning of e- banking and ways of ebanking: ATM, Debit Card, Credit Card, internet
banking
and mobile banking.
Meaning and principle of insurance utmost good faith,
insurance interest, indemnity, contribution, doctrine of
subrogation and cause proxima.
Meaning and distinction between life, health, fire and
marine insurance.
Meaning and uses of mail (UPC, Registered Post,
Parcel, Speed Post, Courier) and Saving schemes
(RecurringDeposit, NSCs, KVP, PPF, MIS )
August Unit5
/Sept.
Emerging Modes of Business
06
12
Sept/
Oct.
Social Responsibility of Business and Business Ethics
06
16
Unit6
E-Business - scope and benefits, resources
required for successful e-business
implementation, online transactions, payment
mechanism, security and safety of business
transactions.
Outsourcing-concept, need and scope of BPO
(business process outsourcing) and KPO
(knowledge process outsourcing).
Smart cards and ATM’s meaning and utility
E-Business - Scope and Benefits, Resources required for
successful e-business implementation, Online
transactions, Payment mechanism, Security and Safety
of business transactions.
Meaning benefits and limitations of e-banking
Meaning and process of online transaction
Ways of payment through online
Methods of secure and safe business transactions
Outsourcing-Concept, Need and Scope of BPO
(Business Process Outsourcing) and KPO (Knowledge
Process Outsourcing).
Meaning and features of outsourcing and its need
Meaning of Business Process and Knowledge Process
Outsourcing.
408
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Concept of social responsibility.
Case for social responsibility.
Responsibility towards owners, investors,
consumers, employees, government and
community.
Environment protection and business.
Business Ethics and Elements
Meaning definition and need of social response sibling
of business.
Responsibility towards investors, consumers,
employees, government and community.
Meaning, need and role of environmental protection.
Meaning and basic elements of business ethics
Nov.
50
120
Part B: Finance and Trade.
Unit7 Sources of business finance
14
30
Unit8
06
16
Concept of business finance.
Owner's funds - equity shares, preference shares,
GDR, ADR & IDR and retained earnings.
Borrowed funds- debentures and bonds, loan
from financial institutions, loans from
commercial banks, public deposits, trade credit,
ICD (inter corporate deposits).
Meaning and need of business finance
Sources- Owners funds; Borrowed funds
Meaning, merits and limitations of owners' funds, equity
shares, preference shares and retained earnings.
Borrowed Funds- Debentures and bonds, loans from
financial institutions, loans from Commercial banks,
public deposits, Trade Credit, ICD (Inter Corporate
Deposits).
Meaning, merits and limitations of borrowed funds,
debentures, bonds, loans from financial institutions,
trade credit and inter corporate deposits
Nov.
Small Business
Small scale enterprise as defined by MSMED
Act 2006 (Micro ,Small and Medium
Enterprise Development Act)
Role of small business in India with special
reference to Rural Areas
Government schemes and agencies for small
scale industries: NSIC (National Small
industries Corporation) and DIC (District
Industrial Center) with special reference to
rural, backward & hilly areas.
Meaning and definition of small scale enterprise as per
409
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
MSMED Act 2006
Distinction between Micro, Small and Medium
enterprises.
Self explanatory
Different government schemes and functions of
agencies.
Dec.
Unit9
Internal Trade
12
30
International Business
08
14
Services rendered by a wholesaler and a retailer
Types of retail trade- itinerant and small scale
fixed shops
Large scale retailers- departmental stores, chain
stores, mail order business.
Concept of automatic vending machine.
Chambers of Commerce and Industry: basic
functions
Main documents used in internal trade:
Performa invoice, invoice, debit note, credit
note, LR(Lorry Receipt) and RR(Railway
Receipt)
Terms of Trade : COD (Cash on Delivery),
FOB(Free on Board ) ,CIF (Cost,
Insurance and Freight), E&OE (Errors and
Omissions Excepted)
Types of Retail Trade - Itinerants and small scale fixed
shops:- Meaning and features.
Large Scale Retailers- Department stores, Chain Stores,
Mail Order Business,
Automatic Vending Machine.
Chambers of Commerce and Industry: Basic Functions
Main Documents Used in Internal trade: Performa
Invoice, Invoice, Debit Note, Credit Note, LR (Lorry
Receipt), RR (Railway Receipt) Meaning , uses and
formats
Terms used in Trade : COD, (Cash on Delivery), FOB
(Free on Board ) ,CIF (Cost Insurance and Freight),
E&OE (Errors and Omissions Excepted): Meaning.
Dec./
Jan.
Unit1
0
Meaning, difference between internal trade and
external trade: Meaning and characteristics of
International trade
Problems of international trade: Advantages and
disadvantages of international trade
Export Trade - Meaning, objective and procedure
of Export Trade
Import Trade - Meaning, objective and procedure:
Meaning and functions of import trade; purpose
and procedure
Documents involved in International Trade;
documents involved in export trade, indent, letter
410
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Dec/
Jan.
2014
Feb.
MAR
CH
Unit1
1
of credit, shipping order, shipping bills, mate's
receipt, bill of lading, certificate of origin, consular
invoice, documentary bill of exchange (DA/DP),
specimen, importance
World Trade Organization (WTO) meaning and
objectives
Need of International Trade and Complexities faced by
Business enterprises in International Trade.
Uses of different documents used in International Trade.
Procedure followed in Export and Import Business.
Historical perspective of WTO
Different types of agreement (Four agreement)
: Project Work ( As per CBSE Prescribed Projects)
10
30
50
104
REVISION
TERM TEST-2
Total
*****
411
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLITUP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-2014
SUBJECT: ECONOMICS
WEIGHTAGE
PERIODS AVAILABLE
NO.OF DAYS
MONTH
CLASS: XI
24/ 32/ 3
26 36
APRIL/
JUNE,2013
12
JULY,2013
27
36
30
UNITS/SUBUNITS AND TOPICS TO BE
COVERED
UNIT
TESTS/
ASSIGNM
ENTS/PRO
JECTS
TERM -1
PART-A : STATISTICS FOR ECONOMICS
Unit-1 Introduction
What is Economics?
Meaning, scope and importance of statistics in
economics
Unit-2-Collection, organization and presentation of
data
Collection of Data-Sources of data-Primary and
secondary sources.
How basic data is collected?
Methods of collecting data.
Some important sources of secondary data.
Census of India, National sample survey organization.
Organization of Data: Meaning and types of variablesFrequency distribution
Presentation of Data: Tabular presentation and
diagrammatic presentation of data.
1. Geometric forms (Bar Diagram and Pie Diagram)
2. Frequency diagrams.(Histogram, polygon and
ogive curve)
Arithmetic lines graphs(Time series graph)
Unit-3-Statistical tools and interpretation
1.Measures of central tendency
a) Mean- simple and weighted
b) Median and mode
UT-1
AS-1
UT-2
AS-2
412
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
AUGUST ,2013
32
2.Measures of dispersion
Absolute dispersion
a) Range
b) Quartile deviation
c) Mean deviation and standard deviation
3) Relative dispersion
Coefficient of quartile deviation
Coefficient of mean deviation
Coefficient of variation
Lorenz curve-Meaning and its
applications
25
24
32
AS-3
PROJEC
T-1
ORAL-1
UT -4
SEPTEMBER,2013
Correlation –Meaning- scattered diagram-Measures of
correlation, Karl Pearson’s methods(Two variable
ungrouped data)
Spearmen’s rank correlation
8
OCTOBER,2013
UT-3
As -4
Introduction to index numbers.
1. Meaning and types
2. Wholesale price index
3. Consumer price index
4. And index of industrial production
Uses of index numbers
Inflation and index number
Some mathematical tools used in economics: Equation of
a line, slope of a line and slope of a curve.
PART B- Indian economic development
UNIT-4 Development policies and experience (19471990)
1. A brief introduction of the state of Indian
economy on the eve of independence.
2. Common goals of 5 year plans. Main features,
problems and policies of agriculture.(institutional
aspects and new agricultural strategy etc)
Industry (industrial license, etc)and
Foreign trade
10
Examination Schedule
TERM
TEST-1
413
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
30
NOVEMBER,2013
23
20
25
DECEMBER,2013
10
UNIT-4 Economic reforms since 1991
Need and main features- liberalisation, globalisation and
privatisation
An appraisal of LPG policies.
UNIT-5 Current challenges facing Indian economy
Poverty- absolute and relative
Main programmes for poverty alleviation; a
critical assessment
Rural development
Key issues- credit and marketing, Role of
cooperatives
Agriculture diversification, Alternative farmingorganic farming
32
Human capital formation
How people become resource, Role of human
capital formation in economic development,
Growth of education sector in India
Employment
Formal and informal, Growth and other issues
Problems and policies, Inflation- problems and
policies
UT-5
AS-5
INFRASTRUCTURE:Meaning and types, case studies, Energy and
health
Problems and policies, A critical assessment.
Sustainable economic development
Meaning, effects of economic development on
resource and environment, including global
warming
414
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
19
27
UT-6
7
JANUARY-2014
10
Pro
ject
wo
rk
MAR-2014
FEB-2014
24
UNIT-6
Development experiences of India
A comparison with neighbours -India and Pakistan. India
and china,
Issues :Growth, population, sectoral development and
other developmental indicators
Part –C Developing projects in Economics ( Project
work)
The students may be encouraged to develop projects
which have primary data, secondary data or both. Case
studies of few organizations/ outlets may also be
encouraged.
Some of the examples of the projects are as
follows.(These are not mandatory but suggestive)
a) A report on Demographic structure of your
neighbourhood.
b) Consumer awareness among house holds
c) Changing prices of few vegetables in your
market
d) Study of a cooperative institution. Ex. Milk
Cooperatives.
e) Case studies on public private partnership,
outsourcing and outward foreign direct
investment.
f) Global warming.
g) Designing eco friendly projects applicable in
school such as paper and water cycle.
AS-6
PRO-2
ORAL-2
32
Revision test
26
2nd TERM EXAMINATION
TERM
TEST-2
Note:
a )PART – C Project work.
b)The question paper will include a section on open case studies based questions on two
case studies, each from PART –A and Part –B of 8 marks, at a total of 16 marks. The case
studies will be supplied to students in advance. These case studies are designed to test the
analytical and higher order thinking skills of students.
c) For Question paper design see CBSE curriculum/Syllabus, 2015.
*****
415
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLIT UP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: XI
SUBJECT: GEOGRAPHY
NAME OF THE TEXT BOOKS
Weightage
Periods
No of Days
MONTH
Sl. No
1. FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY
(35)
2. INDIA-PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
(35)
3. PRACTICAL WORK IN GEOGRAPHY-PART-I
(30)
1
APRIL/
JUNE
03
25
33
05
03
2
JULY
08
27
35
10
UNITS/SUBUNITS AND TOPICS TO BE COVERED
MARKS
MARKS
MARKS
UT/ AM
TERM-01
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY
UNIT-I
1. GEOGRAPHY AS A DISCIPLINE
Geography as an integrating discipline as a science of
spatial attributes.
Branches of Geography, Importance of Physical
Geography
UNIT-II THE EARTH
2. The Origin and Evolution of the Earth
3. Interior of the Earth
4. Distribution of Oceans and Continents
INDIA-PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
UNIT-I
1. India-Location
PRACTICAL WORK IN GEOGRAPHY
UNIT-I
FUNDAMENTALS OF MAP
1. Maps
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY
UNIT-III LANDFORMS
5. Minerals and Rocks
6. Geomorphic processes
7. Landforms and their Evolution
PRACTICAL WORK IN GEOGRAPHY
UNIT-I
FUNDAMENTALS OF MAP
2. Latitude, Longitude and Time
UT-01
AT-01
416
8
SEPTEMBE
R
7
23
OCTOBER/
NOVEMBER
6
33
15
18
NOVEMBER
5.
25
23
32
DECEMBER
4
25
33
JANUARY
3
AUGUST
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
9 FEB
10 MAR
21
19
24
INDIA-PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
10 UNIT-II
2. Structure and Physiography
3. Drainage
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY
UNIT IV
8. Composition and structure of Atmosphere
10 9. Solar Radiation, Heat Balance and Temperature
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY
UNIT IV
08 10. Atmospheric circulation and Weather system
11. Water in the Atmosphere
12. World climate and Climate change
OCTOBER FIRST TERMINAL EXAMINATION
TERM-II
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY
UNIT –V
13. Water (Oceans)
04 14. Movements of Ocean water
FUNDAMENTALS OF MAP
Map Projection
INDIA-PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
UNIT-III
4. Climate
10 5. Vegetation
PRACTICAL WORK
UNIT-II
15 Topographic maps
Study of Topographical maps
INDIA-PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
UNIT-III
6. Soils
PRACTICAL WORK
UNIT-II
Weather instruments and Weather maps
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY
UNIT –VI
03 15. Life on the Earth
16. Biodiversity and conservation.
INDIA-PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
UNIT-IV
09 Natural hazards and Disasters.
Revision Exam
II TERM TEST
UT-02
AT-02
UT-03
AT-03
PROJECT
-I
UT-IV
AT-IV
UT-V
AT-V
UT-VI
AT-VI
PROJECTII
*****
417
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NOIDA
SPLIT –UP OF SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS XI
HISTORY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Themes
Introduction to World History
SECTION A: EARLY SOCIETIES
Introduction
From the Beginning of Time
Focus: Africa, Europe till 15000 BC
(a) Views on the origin of human beings.
(b) Early societies
(c) Historians' views on present-day hunting-gathering
societies.
Early Cities
Focus: Iraq, 3rd millennium BC
(a) Growth of towns.
(b) Nature of early urban societies.
(c) Historians' Debate on uses of writing
SECTION B: EMPIRES
5. Introduction
6. An Empire across Three Continents
Focus: Roman Empire, 27 B.C to A.D 60
(a) Political evolution
(b) Economic expansion
(c) Religion
(d) Late Antiquity
(e) Historians' views on the institution of Slaver.
7. Central Islamic Lands
Focus: 7th to 12th centuries
(a) Polity
(b) Economy
(c) Culture
(d) Historian’s viewpoints on the nature of the
crusades.
8. Nomadic Empires
Focus: the Mongol, 13th to 14th century
(a) The nature of nomadism.
(b) Formation of empires
(c) Consequences and relations with other states.
(d) Historians' views on nomadic societies and state
formation.
SECTION C:CHANGING TRADITIONS
9. Introduction
10. Three Orders
Focus: Western Europe, 13th-16th century
(a) Feudal society and economy.
SUBJECT:
Periods Months
4
Apr/Jun
28
4
12
Marks
15
12
32
3
4
July
20
13
12
32
3
4
Aug
20
418
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
(b) Formation of states.
(c) Church and Society.
(d) Historians' views on decline of feudalism
11. Changing Cultural Traditions
Focus on Europe, 14th to 17th century.
(a) News ideas , and new trends in literature and arts.
(b) Relationship with earlier ideas
(c) The contribution of West Asia
(d) Historians’ viewpoints on the validity of the notion
European Renaissance.
12. Confrontation of Cultures
Focus on America, 15th to 18th century.
(a) European voyages of exploration.
(b) Search for gold; enslavement, raids, extermination.
(c) Indigenous people and cultures- the Arawaks, the
Aztecs the Incas.
Revision and 1st Term Examination
October Term Holidays
SECTION D:
PATHS TO MODERNIZATION
13. Introduction
14. The Industrial Revolution
Focus: on England, 18th and 19th century.
(a) Innovations and technological change.
(b) Patterns of Growth.
(c) Emergence of a working class
(d) Historians viewpoints, Debate on ‘Was there an
Industrial Revolution?’
15. Displacing Indigenous People
Focus on North America and Australia, 18th-20th
Century.
(a) European colonists in North America and Australia.
(b) Formation of white settler societies.
(c) Displacement and repression of local people.
(d) Historians’ viewpoints on the impact of European
settlement on indigenous population.
16. Paths to Modernization
Focus on East asia , late 19th and 20th centuries
(a) Militarization and economic growth in Japan
(b) China and Communist alternative.
(c) Historians debate on the meaning and
modernization.
17. Map Work (1-16)
18. Project Work
NOTE: Value based questions can be taken from any
of the above Sections A,B,C,D accordingly Teacher
can reduce weight age of the corresponding sections
*****
13
12
20
5
5
10
Sept
Nov
12
Dec
5
Jan
12
10
10
10
Feb
Feb
20
5
20
419
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NEW DELHI
SPLITUP SYLLABUS 2013-14
CLASS: XI
SUBJECT: COMPUTER SCIENCE
(083)
Duration 3 Hours
Total Mark 70
Periods
Unit
No
Marks
Unit Name
Theory Practical Total Theory Practical Total
1
COMPUTER
FUNDAMENTALS
10
5
15
10
2
12
2
INTRODUCTION
TO C++
25
20
45
14
8
22
3
PROGRAMMING
METHODOLOGY
10
10
20
10
2
12
4
PROGRAMMING
IN C++
65
35
100
36
18
54
110
70
180
70
30
100
TOTAL
420
WEIGHTAGE
PERIODS
NO.OF DAYS
MONTH
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
UNITS/SUB/UNITS AND TOPICS TO BE
COVERED
PRACTICALS/
ACTIVITIES/
ASSESSMENT
TERM-1
421
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
April/June
UNIT 1: COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS
Evolution of computers; Basics of computer and its
operation: Functional Components and their
interconnections, concept of Booting.
Software Concepts:
Types of Software - System
Software,
Utility
Software and Application Software
System Software: Operating System, Compiler,
Interpreter and Assembler.
25
1
0
T
+
0
5
P
08
Operating System:
Need for operating system, Functions of Operating
System (Processor Management, Memory
Management, File Management and Device
Management), Types of
operating system -Interactive (GUI based), Time
Sharing, Real Time and Distributed; Commonly
used operating systems: UNIX, LINUX, Windows,
Solaris, BOSS (Bharat Operating System
Solutions);Mobile OS-Android,Symbian.
Illustration and practice of the following tasks using
any one of the above Operating Systems:
• Opening/Closing Windows
• Creating/Moving/Deleting Files/Folders
• Renaming Files/Folders
• Switching between Tasks
Utility Software: Anti Virus, File Management
tools, Compression tools and Disk Management
tools (Disk Cleanup, Disk Defragmenter, Backup)
Application software: Office
Tools - Word
Processor, Presentation Tool, Spreadsheet Package,
Database Management System; Domain specific
tools - School Management System, Inventory
Management System, Payroll System, Financial
Accounting, Hotel Management, Reservation
System and Weather Forecasting System.
Note:
Exploring
inside
computer
system in the
computer lab
Record of the
configuration
of computer
system used
by the student
in the
computer lab
422
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Microprocessor: Basic
concepts,
Clock
speed
(MHz, GHz), 16 bit, 32 bit, 64 bit,128 bit
processors; Types
CISC, RISC and EPIC .
Memory Concepts:
Units: Byte, Kilo Byte, Mega Byte, Giga Byte, Tera
Byte, Peta Byte, Exa Byte, Zetta Byte, Yotta Byte.
Primary Memory: Cache, RAM, ROM
Secondary Memory: Fixed and Removable
Storage
- Hard Disk Drive, CD/DVD Drive, Pen Drive,
Blue Ray Disk
Input Output Ports/Connections: Serial, Parallel
and Universal Serial Bus, PS-2 port, Infrared port,
Bluetooth, Firewire
423
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
UNIT 2: INTRODUCTION TO C++
Getting Started:
C++ character set, C++ Tokens (Identifiers,
Keywords, Constants, Operators), Structure of a
C++ Program (include files, main function); Header
files - iostream.h, iomanip.h; cout, cin; Use of I/O
operators (<< and >>), Use of endl and setw(),
Cascading of I/O operators, Error Messages; Use of
editor, basic commands of editor, compilation,
linking and execution;
Simple programs in
C++ included in the
Text book/reference
books.
Data Types, Variables and Constants:
J
u
l
y
2
5
2
2
T
+
1
0
P
14
+
08
Concept of Data types; Built-in Data types: char,
int, float and double; Constants: Integer Constants,
Character Constants (Backslash character constants \n, \t,\b ), Floating Point Constants, String
Constants;
Access modifier: const; Variables of built-in data
types, Declaration/Initialization of variables,
Assignment statement; Type modifier: signed,
unsigned, long
UT-1
Operators and Expressions:
Operators: Arithmetic operators (-,+,*,/,%), Unary
operator (-), Increment (++) and Decrement (--)
Operators, Relational operators (>,>=,<,<=,==,!=),
Logical operators (!, &&, ||), Conditional operator:
<condition>?<if true>:<else>; Precedence
of
Operators;
Expressions;
Automatic
type
conversion
in expressions, Type casting; C++ short hands (+=,
=, *=, /=, %=)
424
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
UNIT 4: PROGRAMMING IN C++
Flow of control:
Conditional statements: if-else, Nested
if,
switch..case..default, use of conditional operator ,
Nested switch..case, break statement (to be used in
switch..case only);
Loops: while, do - while , for and Nested loops
A
u
g
u
s
t
Inbuilt Functions
Standard input/output functions: stdio.h
Functions: gets(),puts()
Character Functions:
2
4
10
Header File: ctype.h
Functions:
1
4
T
+
0
5
P
isalnum(), isalpha(), isdigit(),
islower(), isupper(),
tolower(), toupper()
C++ programs on
Control structures
and in built
functions.
UT-2
425
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
String Functions:
Header File: string.h
Function: strcpy(), strcat(), strlen(), strcmp(),
strcmpi(), strrev(), strlen(), strupr(), strlwr()
Mathematical Functions:
Header File-math.h, stdlib.h
Functions: fabs(), pow(), sqrt(), sin(), cos(), abs();
Other Functions:
Header File- stdlib.h;
Functions: randomize(), random(), itoa(), atoi()
S
e
p
t
e
m
b
e
r
04
UNIT 1: COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS
Number System: Binary, Octal,
Decimal,
Hexadecimal and conversion between two different
number systems
Internal Storage encoding of Characters: ASCII,
ISCII (Indian scripts Standard Code for Information
Interchange), and UNICODE (for
multilingual
computing)
2
4
FIRST TERMINAL EXAMINATION.
TERM II
C++ programs on
Control structures
and inbuilt
functions
1
0
T
426
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
+
0
5
P
04
UT 3
UNIT 3: PROGRAMMING
METHODOLOGY
1
0
T
+
1
0
P
12
General Concepts; Modular approach; Clarity and
Simplicity of Expressions, Use of proper Names for
identifiers, Comments, Indentation; Documentation
and Program Maintenance; Running and
Debugging
programs, Syntax Errors, Run-Time Errors, Logical
Errors.
Problem Solving Methodologies:
Understanding of the problem, Identifying
minimum number of inputs required for output,
Writing code to optimizing execution time and
memory storage, step by step solution for the
problem, breaking down solution into simple steps,
Identification of arithmetic and logical operations
required for solution,
Control Structure: Conditional control and looping
(finite
and infinite)
O
c
427
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
t
o
b
e
r
C++ programs on
Array
manipulation
20
UNIT 4: PROGRAMMING IN C++
(continuation)
Structured Data Type:
Arrays: Introduction to Array and its advantages.
10
1
0
T
+
5
P
One Dimensional Array: Declaration /initialization
of One –dimensional array, Inputting array
elements, Accessing array elements, Manipulation
of array elements(sum of elements, product of
elements, average of elements, linear search,
finding maximum/minimum value)
UT-4
428
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
UNIT 4: PROGRAMMING IN C++
(continuation)
N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r
Declaration/Initialization of a String,
String
manipulations(counting
vowels/consonants/digits/special
characters, case
conversion, reversing a string, reversing each word of
a string)
C++ programs
on String
manipulations (
Declaration /initialization of a two dimensional array, as an array)
inputting array elements, Accessing array elements,
Manipulation of array elements (sum of row
elements, column elements, diagonal elements,
finding maximum/minimum values)
Two –Dimensional array
14
10T
+
10P
10
UNIT 4: PROGRAMMING IN C++
(continuation)
D
e
c
m
b
e
r
User Defined Functions:
23
12T
+
10P
r
10
Defining
a
function; function prototype
Invoking/calling a function, passing arguments to
function, specifying argument data types.
Default argument, constant argument, call by value,
call by reference, returning values from a
function, calling functions with arrays, scope rules
of functions and variables local and global variables.
C++ programs
on function
implementation
(may also
include arrays in
functions).
UT-5
Relating the parameters and return type concepts in
built in functions.
429
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
UNIT 4: PROGRAMMING IN C++
(continuation)
J
a
n
u
a
r
y
26
12T
+
10P
10
User-defined Data Types:
Need for : User defined data type
Structure –
Defining a Structure( Keyword struct ), Declaring
structure variables, Accessing structure elements,
Passing structure to Functions
as
value
and
reference
argument/parameter, Function returning structure,
Array of structures, passing an array of structure as
an argument/ a parameter .
Function returning structure, Array of structures ,
passing an array of structure as an argument/a
parameter to a function.
C++ programs
on structure
manipulation.
Defining a symbol name using typedef keyword and
defining a macro using #define directive
430
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
r
Project work
Problems related to String, Number and
Array manipulation
General Guidelines: Initial Requirement,
developing an interface for user (it is
advised to
use text based interface screen),
developing logic for playing the game and
developing
logic for scoring points
1.Memory Game: A number guessing game with
application of 2 dimensional arrays containing
randomly generated numbers in pairs hidden inside
boxes.
2.Cross 'N Knots Game: A regular tic-tac-toe game
3.Hollywood/Hangman: A word Guessing game
4.Cows 'N Bulls: A word/number Guessing game
or
Similar projects may be undertaken in other
domains
F
e
b
r
u
a
r
y
UT -6
REVISION EXAMINATION
Note:


T stands for number of Theory periods and P stands for Practical periods.
Please do refer to the CBSE curriculum 2014 for further clarifications and alterations (if
any).
Class XI (Practicals)
Duration: 3 hours
1. Programming in C++
Total Marks: 30
10
One programming problem in C++ to be developed and tested in Computer
during the
examination. Marks are allotted on the basis of following:
Logic
: 5 Marks
Documentation/Indentation : 2 Marks
Output presentation
: 3 Marks
2 Project Work
10
Problems related to String, Number and Array manipulation:
General Guidelines: Initial Requirement, developing an interface for user (it is
advised to
431
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
use text based interface screen), developing logic for playing the game and
developing
logic for scoring points.
1. Memory Game: A number guessing game with application of 2 dimensional
arrays containing randomly generated numbers in pairs hidden inside boxes.
2.
Cross 'N Knots Game: A regular tic-tac-toe game
3. Hollywood/Hangman: A word Guessing game
4.
Cows 'N Bulls: A word/number Guessing game
OR
Similar projects may be undertaken in other domains (As mentioned in general guidelines
for project, given at the end of the curriculum in a group of 2-4 students).
3 Practical File
05
Must have minimum 15 programs from the topics covered in class XI course.
• 5 Programs on Control structures
• 4 Programs on Array manipulations
• 4 Programs on String Manipulations
• 2 Programs on structure manipulations
4 Viva Voce
05
Viva will be asked from the syllabus covered in class XI and the project
developed by
the student(s).
*****
432
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NEW DELHI
SPLIT UP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: XI
SUBJECT: INFORMATICS PRACTICES (065)
Learning Objectives:
• To gain working knowledge of a computer system and peripherals.
• To understand the application development process.
• To gain programming skills in front-end development.
• To gain skills in Relational Database Creation and Management.
Competencies:
• Sound knowledge of computer system.
• Familiarity with Application Development process using simple IDEs.
• Ability to use, develop & debug programs independently.
• Ability to store and retrieve data using an RDBMS.
PERIOD
S.NO
MARKS
TOPIC
THEORY PRACTICAL
THEORY
PRACTICAL
1
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER SYSTEMS
15
05
10
02
2
INTRODUCTION TO
PROGRAMMING
40
35
25
16
3
RELATIONAL
DATABASE
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
40
35
30
06
4
IT APPLICATIONS
05
15
05
06
70
30
TOTAL
433
PERIODS
AVAILABLE
MONTH
Sl.NO
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
UNITS/SUB UNITS AND TOPCS TO BE
COVERED
PRACTICALS
1
APRIL/JUNE
UNIT 1: INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER SYSTEMS
28
(22
Theory +
06
Practical)
Hardware Concepts:
Computer organization (basic concepts):
CPU, Memory (RAM and ROM), I/O
devices, communication bus, ports (serial,
parallel), device specific ports.
Input devices: Keyboard, Mouse, Light pen,
Touch Screen, Graphics Tablets, Joystick,
Microphone, OCR, Scanner, Smart Card
reader, Barcode reader, Biometric sensor,
web camera;
Output Devices: Monitor/Visual Display
Unit (VDU), LCD screen, Television, Printer
(Dot Matrix Printer, Desk jet/ Inkjet/ Bubble
jet Printer, Laser Printer), Plotter, Speaker;
Secondary Storage Devices: Floppy Disk,
Hard Disk, Compact Disk, Magnetic Tape,
Digital Versatile Disk (DVD), Flash Drive,
Memory cards; Comparative properties of
storage media;
Primery Memory : Cache, RAM & ROM
Secondary Storage Devices:
Floppy Disk, Hard Disk, Compact Disk,
Magnetic Tape, Digital Versatile Disk
(DVD), Flash Pen Drive, Memory cards;
Comparative properties of storage media
Memory Units: Bit (Binary Digit)/Byte
(Kilobyte, Megabyte, Gigabyte, Terabyte,
Petabyte)
Security of computer system: sources of
attack and possible damages, malware-virus
and related entities - virus, trogen, spyware,
worms, propagation of these entities, virus
detection using a tool, digital certificates,
digital signature, cookies, firewall, password,
file access permissions
MS Windows, MS
Excel, MS Word
UT 1
434
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Types of Software:
(a) System Software
(i) Operating systems, Need for operating
system, major functions of Operating System.
(ii) Language Processors: Assembler,
Interpreter and Compiler.
(b) Utility Software: Compression tools,
disk defragmenter, anti-virus.
(c) Application Software :
(i) General Purpose Application Software:
Word Processor, Presentation Tool,
Spreadsheet
Package, Database Management System.
(ii) Specific Purpose application Software:
Inventory Management System, Purchasing
System, Human Resource Management
System, Payroll System, Financial
Accounting, Hotel Management and
Reservation System etc.
(d) Developer Tools : Interpreter / Complier,
Integrated Development Environment (IDE)
2
JULY
UNIT 2: INTRODUCTION TO
PROGRAMMING
32 ( 24
Theory +
8
Practical)
Getting started with Programming using
IDE
• Introduction, Rapid Application
Development using IDE (Integrated
Development Environment);
Familiarization of IDE using basic Interface
components-Label, Text Field, Test Area,
Button, Checkbox, Radio Button.
Developing General Application, Getting
Familiar with Java Swing User Interface
components - Frame, Dialog, Option Pane,
Label, Text Field, Password
Field, Text Area, Button, Check Box, Radio
Button, Combo Box, List, Table.
• Basic component handling methods and
properties:
setText( ), getText( ), Add, isSelected( ),
setSelected( ).
Simple java
applications to learn
how to use controls
and how to set
different properties
etc. Programs using
getText(), setText()
methods.
UT 2
435
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
3
AUG
UNIT 2: INTRODUCTION TO
PROGRAMMING
32 (24
Theory +
8
Practical)
Programming Fundamentals
Data Types: Concept of data types; Built-in
data types - byte, short, int, long, float,
double, char,String, boolean
Variables:
Need to use variable, Declaring Variables,
Variable Naming Convention, Assigning
value to Variables;
Integer object method: parseInt
Double object method: parse double, parse
float
Programs on if, ifelse, switch
statements.
UT3
UNIT 2: INTRODUCTION TO
PROGRAMMING
Control Structures:
Decision Structures: if, if-else, switch
Looping Structure- while, do-while, for;
4
SEPT.
UNIT 2: INTRODUCTION TO
PROGRAMMING
32 ( 24
Theory +
8
Practical)
General Concepts; Modular approach;
Stylistic Guidelines: Clarity and Simplicity of
Expressions, Names, Comments, Indentation;
Running and debugging programs, Syntax
Errors, Run-Time Errors, Logical Errors.
Problem Solving Methodology:
Understanding of the problem, Identifying
minimum number of inputs required for
output, breaking down problem into simple
logical steps.
Programs on for,
while and do-while
loops.
436
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
UNIT 3: RELATIONAL
DATABASE MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OCT/NOV
5
6
38 (30
Theory +
8
Practical)
Database Management System
Introduction to database concepts: Date base,
Relation/Table, attribute/field, Tuple / Rows;
Data Types - Number, Character and Date
Key - Primary Key, Candidate key, Alternate
key, Foreign key;
Examples of common Database Management
System - MySQL, INGRES, POSTGRES,
ORACLE, DB2, MS SQL, Sybase.
Introduction to MySQL
(ANSI SQL 99 standard commands)
Classification of SQL Statements:
DML - SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE,
DELETE
DDL - CREATE, DROP, ALTER
Creating and using a databse: SQL
CREATE command to create a database,
USE command to select a database.
Creating a table: CREATE command to
create a table, DESC command to display a
table structure, INSERT command for:
Inserting New Rows, Inserting New Rows
with Null Values, Inserting NUMBER,
CHAR and DATE Values.
Displaying table data: SELECT command
for Selecting all the Columns, Selecting
Specific Column,
Simple queries using
SELECT, INSERT,
UPDATE, DELETE,
CREATE, DROP,
ALTER commands
TERM TEST 1
Using Arithmetic Operators, Operator
Precedence, Defining and using column
Alias, Eliminating duplicate values from
display (DISTINCT Keyword), Limiting
Rows during selection (using WHERE
clause), Working with Character Strings and
Dates, Working with NULL values.
437
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
UNIT 3: RELATIONAL
DATABASE MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
7
DEC.
Using Comparison Operators - =, <, >, <=,
>=, <>, BETWEEN, IN, LIKE (%,_), Logical
Operators - AND, OR, NOT, Operator
Precedence.
28 (22
Theory +
6
Practical)
• ORDER BY Clause, Sorting in
Ascending/Descending Order, Sorting By
Column Alias Name, Sorting On Multiple
Columns.
Manipulating Data of a Table/Relation:
Update command to Change Existing Data of
a Table, Delete
command for removing row(s) from a Table.
Restructuring a table: ALTER TABLE for
adding new column(s), deleting a column.
Queries on
Relational operator,
between, like, in
operator and using
functions.
Functions in MySQL:
String Function - CHAR(),
CONCAT(),INSTR(), LCASE(), LEFT(),
LOWER(), LENGTH(),
LTRIM(), MID(), RIGHT(), RTRIM(),
SUBSTR(), TRIM(), UCASE(), UPPER().
Mathematical Functions - POWER(),
ROUND(), TRUNCATE().
Date and Time Functions - CURDATE() ,
DATE(), MONTH(), YEAR(),
DAYNAME(),
DAYOFMONTH(),
DAYOFWEEK(),
DAYOFYEAR(), NOW(), SYSDATE().
UT 4
438
9
FEB
10
MARC
H
8
JAN
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
25 (19
Theory +
6
Practical)
28 (22
Theory +
6
Practical)
UNIT 4: IT APPLICATIONS
e-Governance - Definition, Benefits to
citizens, e-Governance websites and their
salient features and societal impacts; eGovernance challenges.
e-Business - Definition, Benefits to
customers and business, e-Business websites
and their salient features and societal impacts;
e-Business challenges.
e-Learning - Definition; Benefits to students
(Learners), Teachers (Trainers) and School
(Institution) Management; e-Learning
websites and their salient features and
societal impacts; e-Business Challenges.
In each of the above domains, identify at least
two real-life problems, list the inpt(s)
required for the expected outpt(s), and
describe the problem solving approach.
Revision and Practical Examination
Frond and backend
database
connectivity
UT 5
UT 6
TERM TEST II
439
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Class XI (Practical)
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
MARKS
1
Problem Solving using Java
12
2
SQL Queries
4
3
4
Practical Record
• Productivity Tools
• Simple Problems using Java
• SQL Queries
• IT Applications
8
6
Viva Voce
Evaluation of Practical Examination
1. Problem solving using Java
Student is required to solve programming problems based on all concepts covered in theory
throughout the year and maintain a record of these in the practical file. Student will be given
a problem to be solved using Java during final practical examination to be conducted at the
end of the academic session
2. SQL Queries
Students will be trying out SQL queries in MySQL throughout the year along with course
coverage in theory. Student will be asked to write 4 queries based on one or two tables
duringfinal practical examination to be conducted at the end of the academic session
3. Practical Record File
A practical record file is required to be created during the entire academic session. It should
be duly signed by the concerned teacher on regular basis and is to be produced at the time of
Final Practical Examination for evaluation. It should include the following:
• Print out of at least 2 documents with use of Different Style, Page Setting/Formatting,
Bulleting/Numbering and Tabulation
• Print out of at least 2 spreadsheets with simple calculations, basic functions, macros and
graphs/charts
• At least 10 solutions of simple problems using IDE based Java (refer to Appendix 'A' & 'B')
• At least 3 IT applications - problems solving framework
• At least 20 SQL queries
4. Viva Voce
Students will be asked oral questions during practical Examination to be conducted at the end
of the course. The questions will be from the entire course covered in the academic session.
Out of 6 marks, 2 marks are allotted to test student's understanding of basic computer
hardware and their functions.
*****
440
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI, NEW DELHI
SPLITUP SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14
CLASS: -XI
SUBJECT: BIOTECHNOLOGY
26
M.M. 70
PERIODS
NO. OF DAYS
MONTHS
TIME- 3 Hours
20
APRIL/JUNE
JULY
26
20
UNITS/SUB UNITS TO BE
COVERD
Chapter I : Introduction to
Biotechnology
Historical Perspectives
Production Strategies in
Biotechnology
Unit I
Quality Control
Biotechnology Product Safety
Good Manufacturing
Within Your
Practices
Reach
Good Laboratory Practices
Intellectual Property
Public Perception
Global market
Biotechnology in India and
Global Trends
PRACTICAL
1. Preparation of
buffers and pH
determination.
2. Sterilization
techniques : Wet and
Dry Sterilization,
Chemical sterilization
and Utrafiltration.
Marks
5
3. Media preparation
Unit II
Biomolecules Chapter I : Building Blocks : Solid and Liquid LB
of Biomolecules Structure and Dynamics
Building Blocks of
Carbohydrates - Sugars and
Their Derivatives
Building Blocks of Proteins Amino Acids
Building Blocks of Lipids Simple Fatty Acids,
Sphingosine, Glycerol and
Cholesterol
Building Blocks of Nucleic
Acids - Nucleotides
Biochemical Transformations
medium
4. Isolation of
bacteria from curd
and staining of
bacteria.
8
UT-1
441
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
AUGUST
23
20
Chapter II : Structure and
Function of
Macromolecules
Carbohydrates - The Energy
Unit II
Givers
Biomolecules Proteins - The Performers
Enzymes - The Catalysts
Lipids and Biomembranes The Barriers
Nucleic Acids - The
Managers
5. Determination of
bacterial growth
curve.
6. Isolation of casein
from milk.
7
10
Chapter III : Biochemical
Techniques
Techniques Based on
Molecular Weight or Size
Unit II
Biomolecules Techniques Based on
Polarity or Charge
Techniques Based on
Spectroscopy
Techniques Based on
Solubility
SEPTEMER
25
20
Unit III
Cell and
Development
OCTOBER
26
Chapter I : The Basic Unit
of Life
Cell Structure and
Components
119
Tissues and Organs
Stem cells
Biodiversity
Organization of Life
UT-2
5
7. Estimation
of
protein by Biuret
method.
UT-3
8
OCTOBER- TERM TEST 1
442
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
20
Chapter II : Cell Growth
and Development
Cell Division
Cell Cycle
Cell Communication
Movement
Nutrition
Gaseous Exchanges
Unit III Cell and Internal Transport
Maintaining the Internal
Development Enviornment
Reproduction
In vitro Fertilization
Animal and Plant
Development
Immune Response in
Animals
Programmed Cell Death
Defense Mechanisms in
Plants
&
NOVEMBER
Unit III Cell and
Development
Chapter III :
Cellular Techniques
Microscopy
Cell Sorting
Cell Fractionation
Cell Growth
Determination
Unit IV Genetics
and Molecular
Biology
Chapter I :
Principles of
Genetics
Historical
Perspective
Multiple Alleles
Linkage and
Crossing Over
Genetic Mapping
Gene Interaction
Sex-Linked
Inheritance
Extranuclear
Inheritance
Quantitative
Inheritance
Genes at Population
Level
Discovery of DNA as
10
25 25
DECEMBER
8. Study of various
stages of mitosis and
calculation of mitotic
index.
9. Assaying the
enzyme acid
phosphate.
7
5
UT-4
10.
Cell counting (using
Haemocytometer)
UT-5
10
443
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
Genetic Material
Mutations
DNA Repair
Genetic Disorders
JANUARY 26 25
Unit IV Genetics
and Molecular
Biology
11. Isolation of genomic
Chapter II :
DNA.
Genome Function
Genome
12. Detection of DNA
Organization
by gel
DNA Replication
electrophoresis.
Fine Structure of
Genes
From Gene to Protein
Transcription - The
Basic Process
Genetic Code
Translation
Regulation of Gene
Expressi
10
Unit IV Genetics
and Molecular
Biology
13. Preparation of
Chapter III :
Karyotyping
Genetically
Techniques
Chromosomal
Techniques
UT-6
Mutagenic
Techniques
Recombination in
Bacteria
Breeding Methods in
Plants
Pedigree Analysis in
Human
5
REVISION
FEBRUARY – REVISION EXAMINATION
444
PERSPECTIVE ACADEMIC PLANNING 2013-14- NVS NOIDA
MARCH – TERM TEST 2
PRACTICALS
Scheme of Evaluation:
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks 30
The scheme of evaluation at the end of the session will be as under:
1
Two Experiments :
20 MARKS
2
Practical record :
5 MARKS
3
Viva on Practical :
5 MARKS
SPLIT UP OF SYLLABUS FOR CLASS XII IS ALREADY CIRCULATED
TO ALL JNVs BY EMAIL.
445